®

TRAMS
Screens Guide

TRAnsaction
Management
System

Release 8.28
February 2008
This material is proprietary to First Data Corporation and is not to be reproduced, disclosed,
or used except in accordance with program license or other written authorization of First
Data Corporation. All other trademarks, service marks, and trade names referenced in this
material are the property of their respective owners.
© 2000–2008 First Data Corporation
All Rights Reserved.

Update History
Release Publish Date Comments
8.12 02/03 Reissue
8.13 08/03 Update
8.14 11/03 Update
8.15 02/04 Update
8.16 08/04 Update
8.17 11/04 Update
8.18 02/05 Update
8.19 08/05 Update
8.20 11/05 Update
8.21 02/06 Update
8.23 11/06 Update
8.24 02/07 Update
8.25 05/07 Update
8.26 08/07 Update
8.27 11/07 Update
8.28 02/08 Update
 What’s New

TRAMS 8.28
Screens Guide
February 2008

The following summary outlines the changes made to the guide for this release. Editorial
changes are not listed.

Chapter Description of Revision

TRANMENU— ‰ TRNSEG03 screen 3: Added POI CURR CNV TYPE, POI

Transactions CURR CNV AMT, and POI CURR CNV CURR CD fields
‰ TRNSEG06: Updated all screen samples and
removed screen 3
‰ TRNSEG06 screen 2: Added PROG REG ID, PAY TRAN
INIT, and MVV fields

February 2008 What’s New–1

 What’s New

TRAMS 8.27
Screens Guide
November 2007

The following summary outlines the changes made to the guide for this release. Editorial
changes are not listed.

Chapter Description of Revision

FILEMENU—File ‰ FILELIST, CASHLIST, BATCHLIST: Revised and

Management added information on mirror files to description of STS
field

TRANMENU— ‰ TRNSEG03 screen 1: Added ACCOUNT LEVEL

Transactions PARTICIPATION field
‰ TRNSEG03 screen 2: Removed INTCHG LIFE CYC
VALIDATE CD field
‰ TRNSEG23 screens 1 and 2 (Merchant Mailing):
Removed obsolete screens

Appendix A—TRAMS/ ‰ Removed obsolete reports 1748 (Outgoing Merchant

VisionPLUS Base Updates), 1783 (Merchant Mailing List—TC42 and
Information TC43 Input), and 1784 (Merchant Mailing List—TC42
and TC43 Output) from TRAMS/BC—Visa listing in
the “NCVRPTP—Report Control Parameter file” topic
‰ Removed obsolete institutions from “NCVINST—
Institution file” listing: BCMISC/BCSALE System-
Supplied Test Files, BCTEST 2nd and 3rd Institution
‰ Added new CMS Cardholder LMS Credits application
to “NCVAPPL—Application file” listing
‰ Removed obsolete applications from “NCVAPPL—
Application file” listing: ITS Output Europay, BCSALE
Application Test, BCTEST 2nd Institution/Application
‰ Updated “NCVAPPL—Application file” listing to
include MasterCard Automatic Billing Updater (EU)
application
‰ Added new LMSATPT filepath to “NCVJSCH—Job
Schedule file” listing

November 2007 What’s New–1

TRAMS 8.27 Screens Guide What’s New

Chapter Description of Revision

‰ Removed obsolete jobs from “NCVJSCH—Job
Schedule file” listing: REENTRY, BCTEST

November 2007 What’s New–2

 What’s New

TRAMS 8.26
Screens Guide
August 2007

The following summary outlines the changes made to the guide for this release. Editorial
changes are not listed.

Chapter Description of Revision

FILEMENU—File ‰ BATCHLIST5 screen 1: Expanded MERCHANT CITY

Management field; repositioned and renamed STATE/PROV and
COUNTRY fields to ST/PROV and CNTRY
‰ BATCHLIST5 screen 1: Renamed MASTERCARD
ASSIGNED ID field to PROGRAM REGISTRATION ID
‰ BATCHLIST5 screen 2: Renamed TIERED MERCHANT
ID field to MASTERCARD ASSIGNED ID, changed
attribute to alphanumeric, and revised field
description
‰ BATCHLIST5 screen 2: Added EMAIL ADDRESS field

TRANMENU— ‰ TRNSEG02: Expanded MERCHANT CITY field

Transactions ‰ TRNSEG02: Expanded MERCHANT POSTAL CODE field
and changed attribute to alphanumeric
‰ TRNSEG02: Corrected CARD ACCEPTOR URL field
literal and revised description
‰ TRNSEG11: Corrected sample to display the ALT TAX
ID CD field and added description

August 2007 What’s New–1

 What’s New

TRAMS 8.25
Screens Guide
May 2007

The following summary outlines the changes made to the guide for this release. Editorial
changes are not listed.

Chapter Description of Revision

TRANMENU— ‰ TRNDTLPL (Screen 3): Added values 3, 4, and 5 to

Transactions the MTPT-DATA-ENTRY-MODE field

Appendix A—TRAMS/ ‰ Added new Credit Management System Prepaid

VisionPLUS Base institution to “NCVINST—Institution file” listing
Information ‰ Added new Credit Management System Prepaid
application to “NCVAPPL—Application file” listing
‰ Added new PYMTIN (CMS Prepaid Payment In)
filepath to “NCVJSCH—Job Schedule file” listing

TRAMS Glossary ‰ Added prepaid card account

May 2007 What’s New–1

 What’s New

TRAMS 8.24
Screens Guide
February 2007

The following summary outlines the changes made to the guide for this release. Editorial
changes are not listed.

Chapter Description of Revision

TRANMENU— ‰ TRNSEG04 screen 3: Added PRODUCT ID, BUSINESS

Transactions APPLICATION ID, SOURCE OF FUNDS, and PAYMENT
REVERSAL REASON CODE fields

Appendix A—TRAMS/ ‰ Updated “NCVRPTP—Report Control Parameter file”

VisionPLUS Base topic listing with new account updater reports
Information ‰ Updated “NCVAPPL—Application file” topic listing
with new account updater applications for ITS,
MasterCard, User Input, and Visa
‰ Updated “NCVJSCH—Job Schedule file” topic listing
with new account updater jobs

February 2007 What’s New–1

 Table of Contents
Table of Contents

Getting Started
1 Before You Begin ............................................................................................... 1–1
Purpose of the guide .............................................................................................. 1–1
Format of the guide ................................................................................................ 1–1
Who should use this guide ..................................................................................... 1–2
Conventions used in this guide............................................................................... 1–2
TRAMS documentation .......................................................................................... 1–3
Updates to the guide .............................................................................................. 1–4
Customer support ................................................................................................... 1–4

2 Working in TRAMS............................................................................................. 2–1

Screen components................................................................................................ 2–2
Accessing TRAMS.................................................................................................. 2–8
Accessing TRAMS functions ................................................................................ 2–11
Exiting TRAMS ..................................................................................................... 2–26

3 Looking at TRAMS ............................................................................................. 3–1

Description.............................................................................................................. 3–1
International considerations.................................................................................... 3–2
Using TRAMS ......................................................................................................... 3–2
Development environment...................................................................................... 3–4
Processing environment ......................................................................................... 3–5
Accessing TRAMS functions .................................................................................. 3–5
Sources and destinations ....................................................................................... 3–6
System processing ................................................................................................. 3–7
TRAMS Application Generator (TRAMS/AG) ....................................................... 3–11
Bank Card compliance module (TRAMS/BC)....................................................... 3–15
Data Entry module (TRAMS/DE) .......................................................................... 3–16
Questions commonly asked about TRAMS .......................................................... 3–16

February 2008 TOC–1

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Table of Contents

Screens
4 SECRMENU: Security Administration ...................................................................... 4–1
Assigning the user identifier ................................................................................... 4–1
Setting security controls ......................................................................................... 4–2
SECRERROR—Security Violations........................................................................ 4–3
SECRMENU—Security Administration................................................................... 4–4
User profiles ........................................................................................................... 4–5
USERLIST—User Action List ................................................................................. 4–6
USERLIST1—User Profile Details (Screen 1) ........................................................ 4–8
USERLIST2—User Profile Details (Screen 2) ...................................................... 4–12
USERLIST3—User Profile Details (Screen 3) ...................................................... 4–15
Program tables ..................................................................................................... 4–17
PRGMTBLIST—Program Table Action List.......................................................... 4–19
PRGMTBLIS1—Program Table Entries ............................................................... 4–21
PRGMTBLIS2—Program Table Replicate............................................................ 4–24
PRGMTBLIS2—Program Functions ..................................................................... 4–26
File tables ............................................................................................................. 4–27
FILETABLE—File Table Action List...................................................................... 4–28
FILETABLE2—File Table Replicate ..................................................................... 4–30
FILETABLE3—File Table Entries ......................................................................... 4–31
Message tables .................................................................................................... 4–34
MSGTMENU—Message Table Menu................................................................... 4–35
MSGTLIST—Message Table Action List .............................................................. 4–37
MSGTLIST1—Message Table Details.................................................................. 4–39
Help facility ........................................................................................................... 4–40
Fastpath commands ............................................................................................. 4–40
FASTPATH—Fastpath Key Word List .................................................................. 4–41
View Log File ........................................................................................................ 4–41
LOGLIST—TRAMS Log File (Character Display)................................................. 4–43
LOGLIST—TRAMS Log File (Hex Display) .......................................................... 4–46
View Record Definition file.................................................................................... 4–46
RDEFLIST—Record Definition Action List............................................................ 4–48
RDEFLIST1—Record Definition Details (Screen 1) ............................................. 4–50
RDEFLIST2—Record Definition Details (Screen 2) ............................................. 4–53
Reload program and file tables............................................................................. 4–53
SECRMENU—Security Administration................................................................. 4–55
Refresh filepath batch run .................................................................................... 4–55
Delete mirror file records ...................................................................................... 4–58
Institution/application security............................................................................... 4–60

February 2008 TOC–2

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Table of Contents

INSTAPPLGP—Inst/Appl Group Action List ......................................................... 4–61

INSTAPPLG1—Operator Inst/Appl Group Security.............................................. 4–63
Approval limit groups ............................................................................................ 4–64
APRVLGROUP—Approval Limits Group Action List ............................................ 4–65
APRVLGROU1—Operator Approval Limit Group Security................................... 4–67
Switch file table ID ................................................................................................ 4–68
FILETBLID—Switch File Table ID (Screen 1)....................................................... 4–70
FILETBLID—Switch File Table ID (Screen 2)....................................................... 4–71

5 OPTIONMENU: Control Options ............................................................................... 5–1

OPTIONMENU—Control Options Menu................................................................. 5–2
System control options ........................................................................................... 5–3
SYSPLIST—System Control Options Action List ................................................... 5–4
System options ....................................................................................................... 5–5
SYSPLIST1—System Options (Screen 1).............................................................. 5–6
SYSPLIST2—System Options (Screen 2)............................................................ 5–11
Calendar ............................................................................................................... 5–13
CALOPTLIST—Calendar Action List .................................................................... 5–14
CALOPTLIS1—Calendar Options ........................................................................ 5–16
CALOPTLIS1—Holidays ...................................................................................... 5–19
Report options ...................................................................................................... 5–20
RPTLIST—Report Action List ............................................................................... 5–21
RPTLIST1—Report Options (Screen 1) ............................................................... 5–23
RPTLIST2—Report Options (Screen 2) ............................................................... 5–28
Reject options ....................................................................................................... 5–29
REJOPTLIST—Reject Options Action List ........................................................... 5–30
REJOPTLIS1—Reject Options ............................................................................. 5–32
Purge and archive options .................................................................................... 5–36
PRGOPTLIST—Purge/Archive Options Action List.............................................. 5–37
PRGOPTLIS1—Purge and Archive Options......................................................... 5–39

6 CLIENTMENU: Client Information ............................................................................ 6–1

CLIENTMENU—Client Information Menu............................................................... 6–2
Institutions .............................................................................................................. 6–3
INSTLIST—Institution Action List .......................................................................... 6–4
INSTLIST1—Institution Details ............................................................................... 6–6
INSTLIST2—Institution Addresses and Phones..................................................... 6–9
Applications .......................................................................................................... 6–11
APPLLIST—Application Action List ...................................................................... 6–12
APPLLIST1—Application Details.......................................................................... 6–15
APPLLIST2—Application Details.......................................................................... 6–22

February 2008 TOC–3

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Table of Contents

APPLLIST3—Application Details.......................................................................... 6–26

Control groups ...................................................................................................... 6–28
Contacts ............................................................................................................... 6–28
Merchant records.................................................................................................. 6–28
MERCHLIST—Merchant Action List..................................................................... 6–29
MERCHLIST1—Merchant Information ................................................................. 6–31

7 FILEMENU: File Management .................................................................................. 7–1

FILEMENU—File Management Menu .................................................................... 7–2
File information ....................................................................................................... 7–3
FILELIST—File Action List ..................................................................................... 7–5
FILELIST1—File Details ......................................................................................... 7–8
FILELIST2—File Optional Fields Detail ................................................................ 7–12
FILELIST3—File Totals ........................................................................................ 7–13
FILELIST4—File Destinations .............................................................................. 7–16
Cash letter information ......................................................................................... 7–17
CASHLIST—Cash Letter Action List .................................................................... 7–19
CASHLIST1—Cash Letter Details ........................................................................ 7–22
CASHLIST2—Cash Optional Fields Detail ........................................................... 7–25
CASHLIST3—Cash Letter Totals ......................................................................... 7–26
CASHLIST4—Cash Letter Destinations ............................................................... 7–29
Batch information.................................................................................................. 7–30
BATCHLIST—Batch Header Action List............................................................... 7–32
BATCHLIST1—Batch Header Details .................................................................. 7–35
BATCHLIST2—Batch Optional Field Display ....................................................... 7–39
BATCHLIST3—Batch Totals (Screen 1)............................................................... 7–40
BATCHLIST4—Batch Totals (Screen 2)............................................................... 7–43
BATCHLIST5—Batch Merchant Information (Screen 1) ...................................... 7–45
BATCHLIST5—Batch Merchant Information (Screen 2) ...................................... 7–48
BATCHLIST6—Batch Destinations ...................................................................... 7–50
Hash totals............................................................................................................ 7–51
HASHTOTALS—Hash Total Action List ............................................................... 7–53
HASHTOTALS1—Hash Totals Detail................................................................... 7–55
Warehouse totals.................................................................................................. 7–57
WRHSELIST—Warehouse Totals Action List ...................................................... 7–58
WRHSELIST1—Warehouse Totals ...................................................................... 7–60

8 TRANMENU: Transactions ........................................................................................ 8–1

TRANMENU—Transaction Display Menu .............................................................. 8–3
TRNREFLIST—Transaction Action List (Reference Number)................................ 8–4
TRNACTLIST—Transaction Action List (Account Number) ................................... 8–7

February 2008 TOC–4

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Table of Contents

Transaction preamble details ................................................................................. 8–9

TRNDETAIL1—Transaction Preamble Details ..................................................... 8–10
TRNSEG01—Bankcard Common (Screen 1)....................................................... 8–14
TRNSEG01—Bankcard Common (Screen 2)....................................................... 8–16
TRNSEG01—Bankcard Common (Screen 3)....................................................... 8–18
TRNSEG01—Bankcard Common (Screen 4)....................................................... 8–20
TRNSEG01—Bankcard Common (Screen 5)....................................................... 8–22
TRNSEG02—Bankcard Merchant ........................................................................ 8–23
TRNSEG03—Bankcard MasterCard (Screen 1) .................................................. 8–25
TRNSEG03—Bankcard MasterCard (Screen 2) .................................................. 8–27
TRNSEG03—Bankcard MasterCard (Screen 3) .................................................. 8–30
TRNSEG04—Bankcard Visa (Screen 1) .............................................................. 8–31
TRNSEG04—Bankcard Visa (Screen 2) .............................................................. 8–33
TRNSEG04—Bankcard Visa (Screen 3) .............................................................. 8–35
TRNSEG05—Bankcard Reps .............................................................................. 8–37
TRNDTLPL—VCRFS (Screen 1).......................................................................... 8–39
TRNDTLPL—VCRFS (Screen 2).......................................................................... 8–41
TRNSEG06—Bankcard Special Interchange (Screen 1) ..................................... 8–42
TRNSEG06—Bankcard Special Interchange (Screen 2) ..................................... 8–44
TRNSEG20—Visa PURCHA ................................................................................ 8–46
TRNSEG21—Visa PURCHL ................................................................................ 8–48
TRNDTLPL—Visa Data ........................................................................................ 8–50
TRNSEG18—Europay (Screen 1) ........................................................................ 8–52
TRNSEG18—Europay (Screen 2) ........................................................................ 8–54
TRNSEG07—Passenger Transport (Screen 1).................................................... 8–56
TRNSEG07—Passenger Transport (Screen 2).................................................... 8–58
TRNSEG07—Passenger Transport (Screen 3).................................................... 8–60
TRNSEG07—Passenger Transport (Screen 4).................................................... 8–62
TRNSEG08—Vehicle Rental/Lodging (Screen 1) ................................................ 8–64
TRNSEG08—Vehicle Rental/Lodging (Screen 2) ................................................ 8–66
TRNSEG08—Vehicle Rental/Lodging (Screen 3) ................................................ 8–68
TRNSEG08—Vehicle Rental/Lodging (Screen 4) ................................................ 8–70
TRNSEG08—Vehicle Rental/Lodging (Screen 5) ................................................ 8–72
TRNSEG08—Vehicle Rental/Lodging (Screen 6) ................................................ 8–74
TRNSEG09—Fleet (Screen 1) ............................................................................. 8–75
TRNSEG09—Fleet (Screen 2) ............................................................................. 8–77
TRNSEG09—Commercial Card Fleet (Screen 1) ................................................ 8–79
TRNSEG09—Commercial Card Fleet (Screen 2) ................................................ 8–81
TRNSEG19—Visa Fleet (Screen 1) ..................................................................... 8–83
TRNSEG19—Visa Fleet (Screen 2) ..................................................................... 8–84

February 2008 TOC–5

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Table of Contents

TRNSEG10—Corporate Common (Screen 1)...................................................... 8–86

TRNSEG10—Corporate Common (Screen 2)...................................................... 8–88
TRNSEG11—Corp Line Item Detail (Screen 1).................................................... 8–90
TRNSEG11—Corp Line Item Detail (Screen 2).................................................... 8–92
TRNSEG13—Merchant Registration .................................................................... 8–94
TRNSEG14—MAPP (Screen 1) ........................................................................... 8–96
TRNSEG14—MAPP (Screen 2) ........................................................................... 8–98
TRNSEG15—Fraud (Screen 1) ............................................................................ 8–99
TRNSEG15—Fraud (Screen 2) .......................................................................... 8–101
TRNSEG15—Fraud (Screen 3) .......................................................................... 8–103
TRNSEG15—Fraud (Screen 4) .......................................................................... 8–105
TRNSEG16—NRI (Screen 1) ............................................................................. 8–106
TRNSEG16—NRI (Screen 2) ............................................................................. 8–108
TRNSEG17—ICS (Screen 1) ............................................................................. 8–109
TRNSEG17—ICS (Screen 2) ............................................................................. 8–111
TRNSEG24—Chip Data ..................................................................................... 8–113
TRNDTLPL—Private Label ................................................................................ 8–114
TRNDTLPL—ADDNDATA.................................................................................. 8–115
TRNDTLPL—CMSDATA .................................................................................... 8–117
TRNDTLPL—MBSDATA (Screen 1) .................................................................. 8–119
TRNDTLPL—MBSDATA (Screen 2) .................................................................. 8–121
TRNDTLPL—MBSDATA (Screen 3) .................................................................. 8–123
TRNDTLPL—MBSDATA (Screen 4) .................................................................. 8–126
TRNDTLPL—MBSDATA2 (Screen 1) ................................................................ 8–128
TRNDTLPL—MBSDATA2 (Screen 2) ................................................................ 8–131
Original transaction details ................................................................................. 8–132
Original Transaction Details—ITSMI661 ............................................................ 8–133
Original Transaction Details—ITSVSDT............................................................. 8–135
Original Transaction Details—UIMS034 (Screen 1) ........................................... 8–137
Original Transaction Details—UIMS034 (Screen 2) ........................................... 8–139
Original Transaction Details—UIMS045 ............................................................. 8–140
Output record details .......................................................................................... 8–141
Output Record Details ........................................................................................ 8–142

9 EXCEPTMENU: Exception Transactions ................................................................ 9–1

Reject items ............................................................................................................ 9–1
Suspense items ...................................................................................................... 9–1
Accessing exception items ..................................................................................... 9–2
EXCEPTMENU—Exception Transactions Menu.................................................... 9–3
Reject transactions ................................................................................................. 9–4
REJECTLIST—Reject Action List........................................................................... 9–6

February 2008 TOC–6

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Table of Contents

REJDTL—Reject Details ........................................................................................ 9–9

REJORDTL—Original Rejected Transaction Details............................................ 9–12
Suspense transactions ......................................................................................... 9–13
SUSPLIST—Suspense Action List ....................................................................... 9–15
SUSPDTL—Suspense Details ............................................................................. 9–18

10 SETTMENU: Settlement .......................................................................................... 10–1

SETTMENU—Settlement Menu ........................................................................... 10–3
Common settlement ............................................................................................. 10–4
SETTLIST—Common Settlement Action List ....................................................... 10–6
SETTLIST1—Common Settlement Totals (Screen 1) .......................................... 10–9
SETTLIST2—Common Settlement Totals (Screen 2) ........................................ 10–11
SETTLIST3—Transaction Code Totals .............................................................. 10–14

11 JOBMENU: Job Schedule ........................................................................................ 11–1

JOBMENU—Job Schedule Menu......................................................................... 11–2
Job schedule ........................................................................................................ 11–4
JOBSCHDLST—Job Schedule Action List ........................................................... 11–5
JOBSCHDLS1—Job Schedule Details................................................................. 11–7
Job status ........................................................................................................... 11–10
JOBSTSLST—Job Status Action List ................................................................. 11–11
JOBSTSLST1—Job Status Details .................................................................... 11–15

12 SYSTBLMENU: System Tables .............................................................................. 12–1

TRAMS system tables .......................................................................................... 12–1
SYSTBLMENU—System Table Management Menu............................................ 12–3
Transaction Code Translation table...................................................................... 12–3
TRANLIST—Transaction Code Action List........................................................... 12–5
TRANLIST1—Transaction Code Details .............................................................. 12–7

Appendices
Appendix A: TRAMS/VisionPLUS Base Information ............................................. A–1

Appendix B: Error Messages .................................................................................... B–1

Appendix C: Setup Procedures ................................................................................C–1

Appendix D: Commands and Codes .......................................................................D–1

Glossary .................................................................................................. Glossary–1

February 2008 TOC–7

Getting Started
 Chapter 1

Before You Begin

This guide provides detailed information about each online screen in the Transaction
Management System (TRAMS). This chapter includes the following information:
‰ The purpose of this guide
‰ An outline of the order and contents of this guide
‰ A description of the audience for whom this guide is written
‰ The conventions used in this guide
‰ The method used to update this guide
‰ A brief description of the documentation and support that is provided with TRAMS.

Purpose of the guide

The TRAMS Screens Guide provides samples of all online screens you will use in
TRAMS. This guide also provides descriptions and values for the fields that display on the
online screens.

Format of the guide

This guide contains reference-type documentation. The guide provides information in the
following order:
“Getting Started” introduces you to the documentation. This section includes information
on the organization of this guide, the conventions used in the guide, updating the guide,
and the additional types of support offered by First Data. This section also includes an
explanation of the TRAMS screen layout and instructions on how to navigate easily
through the system.
“Screens” provides a chapter for each online screen necessary to the operation of TRAMS.
These chapters are arranged in the order the function appears on the TRAMS Main Menu.
Each chapter provides:
‰ A purpose statement to describe the screen function
‰ A sample of each screen
‰ Descriptions and values for the fields on each screen.

February 2008 1–1

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Before You Begin

The “TRAMS/VisionPLUS Base Information” appendix contains a series of tables that

describe base information for various files in TRAMS.
The “Error Messages” appendix contains a complete listing of the various error messages
supported by TRAMS.
The “Setup Procedures” appendix contains instructional information on initializing the
user-defined fields during system setup.
The “Commands and Codes” appendix contains the following lists:
‰ Fastpath commands
‰ U. S. state abbreviations
‰ Canadian province codes
‰ TRAMS files
‰ TRAMS tables
‰ TRAMS control parameter tables
‰ TRAMS and TRAMS/DE files containing INST and/or APPL
‰ MasterCard and
‰ Visa category codes.
The glossary provides descriptions of often-used terminology in TRAMS.

Who should use this guide

This guide contains information required by your management, supervisory personnel,
and data entry staff to ensure efficient processing of credit using TRAMS.

Conventions used in this guide

To help you effectively use your documentation, this guide follows conventions, or
standard methods, described in the following topics.

Guide identification
In sections other than “Appendices,” the top of every page displays a header that provides
the product name, release level, name of the guide, and current chapter name. The header
of an appendix page displays the same information except for the name of the guide. This
is because some of the appendices are shared between guides.

Page numbering and release date information

This guide divides information into sections and chapters. The chapter numbers are in
consecutive order throughout. Each page in the guide has a two-part page number—the
chapter number followed by the number of the page within that individual chapter.
The page number appears at the bottom right corner of every page. The release date
appears at the bottom left corner.

February 2008 1–2

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Before You Begin

Information alert
This guide uses two types of information alerts.

Notes
Notes provide information about the subject being discussed. All notes have the following
format:

 This is a sample of a note. Notes provide information that will help

you with the current task.

Cautions
Cautions alert you to a potential loss of information or severe consequences that may
result from a particular action. All cautions have the following format:

2 This is a sample of a caution. Pay close attention to any information

that appears next to the caution flag.

Typographical formats
The following text formats identify special information:

This text formatting... Indicates...

Bold following the Type command Words or characters you type

Italics Titles of guides and manuals that provide

additional information
Results of an action within a procedure
BOLD, SMALL CAPITAL LETTERS Names of fields as they appear on screens and
reports

NONPROPORTIONAL,SMALL Messages as they appear on screens and reports.

CAPITAL LETTERS

TRAMS documentation
TRAMS documentation includes a set of comprehensive, easy-to-use guides. The
following topics briefly describe each guide.

Screens guide
The TRAMS Screens Guide provides samples of all the online screens you will use in
TRAMS. The guide also provides descriptions and values for the fields that display on the
screens.

February 2008 1–3

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Before You Begin

Reports guide
The TRAMS Reports Guide contains samples of the reports that TRAMS produces and
describes the information on the reports.

Technical guide
The TRAMS Technical Guide contains information required by your programming and
data processing staff for technical processing and maintenance of TRAMS.

Updates to the guide

When changes are required, First Data updates the online version of the guide for
inclusion in the next scheduled release and subsequently sends you a CD that contains the
current VisionPLUS documentation. The “What’s New” document provides a list of the
changed chapters and a brief description of the technical and/or functional changes
included in the release. The “What’s New” document also serves as an update history for
future reference.

Customer support
Two forms of customer support are available to VisionPLUS clients who contract for
maintenance—telephone support through the client services centers and Web support
through the VisionPLUS customer support Web site.

Telephone support
VisionPLUS client services centers are staffed with experts who provide functional and
technical support for VisionPLUS products 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. Contact your
assigned client services representative for assistance.

Customer support Web site

VisionPLUS clients are offered access to a secured, multifunctional customer support Web
site. The Web site address is http://visionplus.firstdata.com. Through this site, you can log
support requests and access a variety of information, including code changes, release
schedules, training materials and research tools, online documentation, and user group
news.
To access and use the customer support Web site, contact your VisionPLUS client services
representative.

February 2008 1–4

 Chapter 2

Working in TRAMS

Before you start using TRAMS, it is important for you to understand how to navigate
across screens or functions. This chapter provides you with a description of the standard
layout of TRAMS screens and discusses some of the standard features and conventions
used in TRAMS.

February 2008 2–1

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Working in TRAMS

Screen components
This sample screen is labeled to show you the common parts of the TRAMS screen. Each
of these components is discussed following the sample.
Action Work Selection System
Bar area field date and time

( ) (H) Help
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
---
MAINMENU TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 12/05/02 15:47:
MAIN MENU
Select one of the following and press Enter.
( ) 1. Security Administration
2. Control Options
3. Client Information
4. File Management
5. Transactions
6. Exception Transactions
7. Settlement
8. Job Schedule
9. System Tables
10. Signoff
11. TRAMS/DE

COMMAND ===>
F1=HELP F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS F12=CANCEL

Command Function Message

line keys area

Following is an explanation of the illustrated screen elements.

Action bar
The action bar is the topmost line on the screen. It identifies the actions TRAMS supports
through the screen and enables you to access these actions. Actions are represented by
keywords. For example, the action bar illustrated contains the keyword Help. To access
the action bar, press the Actions function key or tab to the entry field on the action bar line.
To select an action from the action bar, type the first character of the action name in the
field provided at the leftmost side of the action bar. For reference purposes, that character
is displayed in parentheses beside each keyword. For example, to select Help from the
action bar, you would type H in the field. To return to the work area, press the Tab key.

Work area
The work area contains the title of the screen, the date and time, and the fields that you use
in performing the function. Refer to the “Fields” topic for more discussion of fields. The

February 2008 2–2

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Working in TRAMS

main title within the work area is customized for your installation by your System
Administrator.

Command line
The command line is used to communicate directly with TRAMS through fastpath
commands. For example, if you want to access a function without using a menu, you type
a keyword identifying that function in the command line. You can also use the command
line to simulate function keys if your keyboard does not have full 24-key capability. For
example, if you have 12 function keys and need to press F21, you can type F21 in the
command line and press Enter.

Function key area

The bottom line of the screen lists the function keys that are available to you and describes
their actions. Refer to the “Function keys” topic for more information about their use.

Fields
TRAMS information is displayed in fields within the work area of your screen. The types
of fields vary, including:
‰ Selection and input fields
‰ Protected (display-only) fields.

Field content format

The information you type into the fields of a screen is either alphanumeric (alphabetic
characters, special characters, and/or numbers), or numeric (numbers only). The definition
of the individual field determines whether you are allowed to enter alphanumeric or
numeric data. In this guide, each screen description defines the maximum length of each
input field and indicates the type of data allowed in the field. The type of data is indicated
as shown in the following table:

If the field description

indicates this... This field is...
C Alphanumeric
For example, 4C indicates that the maximum field length
is four alphanumeric characters.
N Numeric
For example, 4N indicates that the maximum field length
is four numeric digits.

February 2008 2–3

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Working in TRAMS

If the field description

indicates this... This field is...
REQ Required
Required fields cannot be blank or zeros. If you leave a
required field blank and press Enter, TRAMS highlights
the field as an error. You must correct the error before you
can advance to the next screen in the series.
NS Numbers, signed
Some numeric fields allow you to type a minus (–) sign in
the right-most position of the field to indicate a negative
value. For example, a field description that indicates 5NS
specifies that the maximum field length is five numbers
and a minus sign if the value is negative (for example,
00025–). If you do not enter a sign, TRAMS assumes the
value is positive.

In addition to field length and type of data, some numeric fields require a particular
format. These formats are explained in the following table:

Format Description
MMDDYY All dates are entered as six digits, stored as Julian dates,
DD/MM/YY and displayed using one of the three options. If you enter
YY/MM/DD
a two-digit year, the system will provide the first two
digits of the year.
CCYYDDD This is a Julian date format. Enter a two-digit century, a
two-digit year, and a three-digit Julian day.
For example, January 20, 1999, would be entered as
1999020.
HH:MM:SS This is a clock time definition.
For example, five minutes and seven seconds past 11
o’clock would be displayed as 11:05:07.
ZZZZ.99 The leading Zs in this format indicate that TRAMS will
not display leading zeros in the field. The decimal
identifies the location of the decimal position for that
number and appears on the screen.

February 2008 2–4

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Working in TRAMS

Format Description
9999.99 This number contains two digits to the right of the
decimal. The decimal identifies the location of the
decimal position in the number and appears on the screen.
This format is only used for numeric fields; you do not
need to enter leading zeros. When you enter a number in
a field with this format (9999.99), do not enter the
decimal.
AAAEEENNNN This is a phone number definition. AAA is the area code,
EEE is the exchange number (first three digits of the
number), and NNNN are the last four digits of the
number.

Selection fields
Certain TRAMS screens and windows give you a list of options from which to choose. To
identify your choice, you make an entry in a selection field and press Enter to process the
selection.

Field Type Description

SINGLE CHOICE Selection fields that require you to make only one choice
from a list. The selection field shown on menus is an
example of a single-choice selection field.
MULTIPLE CHOICE Selection fields that enable you to choose more than one
selection from the list. You then press Enter to process all
selections. The ACTION fields on action listings are
examples of multiple-choice selection fields, since they
permit you to process one other action in addition to a
Delete action.

Protected (display-only) fields

Some of the fields on TRAMS screens are protected against any entry. They display data
for reference purposes only and do not permit this data to be changed. Protected fields are
either identified by a colon (:) replacing the last leader dot preceding the field name and
are not underscored, or they are not enclosed in field delimiters such as parentheses.

February 2008 2–5

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Working in TRAMS

Messages
TRAMS interacts with you by displaying messages. There are varying types of messages

Message Type Description

ERROR MESSAGES Alert you to mistakes that have been made in input. Error
messages appear in a standard format, SSSNNL, where:
SSS = the screen or program number
NN = the message number
L = the language.
PROMPTS Request that you take some action in order to continue
processing. For example, before the system will delete an
object, it prompts you to confirm that you want to
perform the deletion. This capability reduces the risk of
erasing information accidentally.
WARNING MESSAGES Indicate that a potentially risky condition exists. For
example, the system displays a warning message before
writing over existing data. Warning messages require
some type of response; you can take corrective action or
press the “Cancel” function key to continue.
ACTION MESSAGES Indicate that an exception condition exists. These
messages identify minor situations that temporarily stop
you from working with the current screen or function, as
well as serious system-related conditions that require you
to stop working with any application until the condition is
resolved. Action messages require you to respond and
correct the situation before continuing.

Messages are displayed immediately above the command area on your screen.

Removing messages
When you press Enter or a function key, information messages and warning messages that
do not require input are cleared. When you take action to correct the specific condition,
action messages are removed. When you make one of the requested responses a prompt is
cleared.

Keyboard overview
TRAMS is designed to work on a variety of computer types. Therefore, the types of
terminals used to access TRAMS vary. You should become familiar with your own

February 2008 2–6

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Working in TRAMS

terminal and its keyboard before working with TRAMS. Be sure you know the location of
the following keys:

Use this key... To...

ENTER Transmit information to the computer for
processing.
TAB Move the cursor from field to field. SHIFT-TAB
moves it backward.
ARROW OR CURSOR Move the cursor between locations on a screen.
MOVEMENT

FUNCTION Give you quick access to specific capabilities.

Function keys
The function keys enable you to quickly carry out specific tasks. The function keys that
are available at any given time vary, depending on the TRAMS function that you are
currently performing. The following function keys are standard for TRAMS as delivered
to your organization:

Key Task Description

F1 HELP Accesses Help text
F2 SET1/SET2 Displays additional function keys that are
available
F3 EXIT Returns display to action list and saves
changes
F4 PROMPT Displays a prompt window containing valid
entries
F5 REFRESH Refreshes information previously displayed
F6 END Returns display to action list and does not
save changes
F7 BACKWARD Pages backward
F8 FORWARD Pages forward
F9 COMMANDS Refreshes the prior fastpath command and
moves the cursor to the command line

February 2008 2–7

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Working in TRAMS

Key Task Description

F10 ACTIONS Moves the cursor to the action bar
F11 COPY Copies the prior record
F12 CANCEL Cancels the current function or action and
returns to previous screen without saving
changes
F13 TOP Displays the beginning of an action list
F14 BOTTOM Displays the ending of an action list
F19 PREVIOUS Displays the previous record
F20 NEXT Displays the next record

Note that the listed function key numbers are those delivered with TRAMS. Your
organization can change these function keys for each user through a Security
Administration function. You may want to note the actual key to press for each function.
TRAMS enables you to modify the usage of the function keys, as well as to add
definitions for other function keys. Refer to the “Security Administration” chapter in this
guide for help in defining function keys.

Accessing TRAMS
In order to access TRAMS, you need a valid password and user identification code. Your
System Administrator assigns these codes. To access TRAMS:
‰ Sign on to your appropriate operating system (for example, CICS).
‰ Type the command TRAM.

February 2008 2–8

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Working in TRAMS

A screen similar to the following is displayed:

/ TTTTTTTTTTT / RRRRRRRRR / AAAAAAAAAA / MMM / MMMM / SSSSSSS

~~~/~TTT~~~ / RRR~~~/~RRR / AAA~~~/~AAA~ / MMMMM / MMMMM / SSS~~~~
/ TTT / RRR /~RRR / AAA / AAA / MMM~MM MMMMMM / S
/ TTT / RRRRRRRRRRRR / AAAAAAAAAAA / MMM/ MMMMMMMMMM / SSSSSS
/ TTT / RRR~~/~RRR~~ / AAA /~AAA / MMM /~MMM/~MMM ~~~~~~/~
/ TTT / RRR / RRR / AAA / AAA / MMM ~~/ MMM / S
/ TTT / RRR / RRR / AAA / AAA / MMM / MMM / S
/ TTT / RRR / RRR / AAA / AAA / MMM / MMM / SSSSSSSS
/~~~ / ~~~ / ~~~ / ~~~ / ~~~ / ~~~ / ~~~ / ~~~~~~~~
~~~ ~~~ ~~~ ~~~ ~~~ ~~~ ~~~ ~~~~~~~~
*------------------------------*
* TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM *
* *
*------------------------------*

Version Number 8.0.0

Enter to Continue

February 2008 2–9

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Working in TRAMS

This is the TRAMS Logo screen. It contains information about the version number of
TRAMS that you are using. Press Enter to exit this screen and continue. TRAMS displays
a screen similar to the one following.

--------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 09/25/01 15:32:22
USER SIGN ON

Enter your Identification and Password and then press Enter

User Identification . . . . ( )

Password . . . . . . . . . ( )

COMMAND ===>
F3=SIGNOFF F12=CANCEL

‰ Type your user identification in the USER IDENTIFICATION field.

‰ Press the Tab key to move to the PASSWORD field and type your password. Notice that
the password does not display as you enter it; this is a security feature that prevents
your unique password from being used without authorization.
‰ Press Enter to display the TRAMS Main Menu.

 If you enter an invalid value in either field, TRAMS displays a

message in the message line. After clearing the field, carefully
retype the user identification or password in the appropriate field.
Should you receive another error message, and if you are sure that
you entered the value correctly, contact your System Administrator
immediately.

Your organization may require that passwords be changed on a regular schedule. If your
current password has expired and you attempt to sign on using it, a message is displayed
requesting that you enter a new password and verify it to continue. Make a note of your
new password and continue using it until it also expires.

February 2008 2–10

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Working in TRAMS

Signing onto TRAMS when the single image feature is enabled

When the single image feature is enabled, you can type a four-character identifier at the
TRAMS sign-on screen to select the file set to be used. The fourth character is used by the
TRAMS system to point to a specific set of files.
The following table provides examples of the identifiers that can be used to sign onto
TRAMS.

Identifier File Set

TRAA TRAMS file set A
TRAB TRAMS file set B
TRA1 TRAMS file set 1
TRAM Default/Standard TRAMS file set
TRDA TRAMS Data Entry file set A
TRDB TRAMS Data Entry file set B
TRD1 TRAMS Data Entry file set 1
TRDE Default/Standard TRAMS Data Entry file set

 Users are restricted from using C, E, M, T, or V in the fourth position

of an identifier due to conflicts with other systems.

After you type in the proper identifier, you can sign on using your user ID. The same user
ID and password can be used for accessing multiple files.
To change to a different file set, you must clear the screen and begin the procedure again
from the TRAMS sign-on screen.

Accessing TRAMS functions

To enter or retrieve TRAMS information, you perform a variety of functions. These
functions are primarily online; that is, you perform the functions using your computer
terminal. Information entered online is processed immediately.
TRAMS provides a number of methods for you to use in accessing its functions. These
include:
‰ Function keys
‰ Menus
‰ Action lists
‰ Fastpath commands.

February 2008 2–11

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Working in TRAMS

The following topics describe each of these access methods:

Function keys
Function keys are discussed in the “Screen components” topic of this chapter. The other
access methods are described in the following topics.

Menus
You can access TRAMS functions and capabilities by choosing options from the TRAMS
menus. Menus list all of the functions that are available to you. Every function is not
available to every user; should you attempt to choose a function you are not allowed to
perform, TRAMS displays a Security Violation screen warning you of this fact. If this
happens, press Enter; the system clears the Security Violation screen and returns you to
the TRAMS Main Menu. The access attempt is logged as a security violation and appears
on a printed report reviewed by your Security Administrator.
To make a selection from a menu, type the number identifying your choice in the entry
field provided near the top of the menu listing and press Enter. For example, to choose the
Transactions option from the TRAMS Main Menu, you would type 5 in the entry field and
press Enter.
Note that certain menu options lead you to other menus (called submenus). For example,
if you select the Exception Transactions option from the TRAMS Main Menu, the system
displays a submenu that provides access to Reject and Suspense functions.

Menu descriptions
Included at the beginning of each of the chapters in the “Screens” section is a description
of each of the menus you use to access TRAMS functions.

February 2008 2–12

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Working in TRAMS

Main Menu screen

The Main Menu provides access to submenus leading to categories of TRAMS functions.

( ) (H) Help
----------------------------------------------------------------- -------------
MAINMENU TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 09/25/01 14:53:02
MAIN MENU

Select one of the following and press Enter.

( ) 1. Security Administration
2. Control Options
3. Client Information
4. File Management
5. Transactions
6. Exception Transactions
7. Settlement
8. Job Schedule
9. System Tables
10. Signoff
11. TRAMS/DE

COMMAND ===>
F1=HELP F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS F12=CANCEL

Use the Main Menu screen to access the following submenus.

Function Description
SECURITY ADMINISTRATION Enables the system Security Administrator to
maintain passwords, user identifications, message
tables and other security controls
CONTROL OPTIONS Enables you to choose options that control the way
TRAMS performs
CLIENT INFORMATION Enables you to maintain information about
institutions for which you process TRAMS
FILE MANAGEMENT Enables you to maintain controls over information
included in system storage and transmission
vehicles (such as files, cash letters, and batches)
TRANSACTIONS Enables you to display TRAMS transactions based
on a variety of sorting criteria

February 2008 2–13

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Working in TRAMS

Function Description
EXCEPTION TRANSACTIONS Enables you to work with transactions that TRAMS
has identified as rejects or suspense items based on
your defined edits
SETTLEMENT Enables you to view settlement information created
during process input and output
JOB SCHEDULE Enables you to maintain controls governing system
operations
SYSTEM TABLES Enables you to access various tables used during
TRAMS processing.

Search fields
Many of the TRAMS Menus contain fields that enable you to search for specific
information within the file. For example, you may want to look at applications belonging
to a specific institution. You can enter the institution number in the SEARCH field on the
Client Information Menu. When you press Enter, the resulting display begins with the
information for the institution you selected.
Search fields are valid individually or in combination with other search fields on the
menu. Certain search fields are valid only with specific menu selections.
The function descriptions within this guide contain detailed information about the use of
search fields on the menus. Refer to this information for help in making your entries.

Action lists
An action list is a type of screen used to display, locate, and select objects. Using an action
list, you can identify objects for subsequent action. For example, you can identify objects
to be copied, updated, or deleted using one list.

February 2008 2–14

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Working in TRAMS

The following screen sample is an example of an action list.

INSTLIST TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 10/19/01 09:49:2

INSTITUTION ACTION LIST More:

Type actions next to selected objects. Then press Enter.

C=Copy D=Delete N=New S=Search U=Update V=View

Action Inst
( ) ( )
Action Inst Status Institution Name
( ) 0001 A FIRST NATIONAL BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
( ) 0002 A GREEN NATIONAL BANK
( ) 0003 A CAROLINA CREDIT CORPORATION
( ) 0004 A WILLIAMS SOUTHERN CORPORATION
( ) 0005 A MONEY SERVICES INCORPORATED
( ) 0006 A SOUTHERN HEALTHCARE PROVIDERS
( ) 0007 P CREDIT FIDELITY SERVICES OF BOSTON
( ) 0008 A UNIVERSE STORES LIMITED

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Paging and scrolling information

It is possible for an action list to include more items than can fit on a single screen.
TRAMS displays the word MORE on the screen to indicate that additional choices are
available. A plus sign (+) indicates that additional choices follow those displayed; a minus
sign (–) indicates that additional choices precede those displayed. Press the Forward
function key to page forward to the next screen(s) containing listed information. Press the
Backward function key to page backward to preceding screens.

Actions
Action lists enable you to perform the following:

Action Description
COPY (C) Create a new record by duplicating an existing
record
DELETE (D) Change a record’s status to purge
DELETE (X) Change a header’s record status with released
transactions to purge

February 2008 2–15

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Working in TRAMS

Action Description
NEW (N) Add a record to the system
SEARCH (S) Create a new action list by looking for a specific
record based on a key that you enter or matching
records to your search criteria
UPDATE (U) Change an existing record
VIEW (V) Display an existing record without making any
changes
NEXT RECORD (+) Page forward through original records for a
transaction
PREVIOUS RECORD(-) Page backward through original records for a
transaction.

Selecting an action
You can enter an action in an action list in one of the following ways:
‰ Enter the one-character code identifying the action in the ACTION field associated with
the selected object. For example, to view an object, you would type V in the ACTION
field next to that object. On a single screen, you can request multiple Delete actions
along with one other action. Press Enter to proceed with the action(s).
‰ Enter a key identifying a new or existing object in the entry field provided (see the
“Searching the file based on a key” topic for more information). Enter an action code
in the ACTION field associated with the key. Press Enter to proceed.

 TRAMS does not permit you to page forward or backward once you
have entered an action. Therefore, complete any paging that is
necessary before identifying an action. Once your action is
completed, TRAMS returns you to the action list and permits you to
page forward or backward and select another action.

Searching the file based on a key

Notice that the first row of fields in the action list are open entry fields. You can use these
3s to enter a key that identifies a specific object upon which to act. For example, refer to
the preceding sample screen. If you want to look at Institution Details for Green National
Bank, you could type 0002 in the INST field and type V in the ACTION field beside that
field. (Alternatively, you could tab to the ACTION field associated with Green National
Bank and type V in that field.)

February 2008 2–16

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Working in TRAMS

You can also enter portions of a key in combination with the Search action to generate a
new action list beginning with the first record in the file that matches the key information
you provide.
Refer to this screen in the following example.

SETTLIST TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 10/19/01 4:13:00

COMMON SETTLEMENT ACTION LIST More: +

Type actions next to selected objects. Then press Enter.

S=Search V=View T=Tran Totals

Action Inst Appl Date Run Dest Status Job Name

( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
Action Inst Appl Date Run Dest Status Hdr Job Name Settlement Amount
( ) 9000 0001 10/15/01 0003 P A IN N P VISAIN 101.00
( ) 9000 0001 10/17/01 0007 P A OUT N A VISAOUT .00
( ) 9000 1001 10/17/01 0006 P A IN N A MBSMTVN .00
( ) 9001 0001 10/15/01 0008 P A OUT N A MCARDOUT 217.00
( ) 9001 0001 10/15/01 0011 P A OUT N A MCARDOUT 10,511.87
( ) 9001 0001 10/15/01 0015 P A OUT N A MCARDOUT 16,579.74
( ) 9001 0001 10/15/01 0015 S A OUT N A MCARDOUT 2,222.00
( ) 9300 0001 10/15/01 0001 P A IN N A USERIPT 218.00
( ) 9300 0001 10/15/01 0010 P A IN N A USERIPT 2,222.00
( ) 9300 0001 10/15/01 0012 P A IN N A USERIPT 8,289.87
( ) 9300 0001 10/15/01 0013 P A IN N A USERIPT 8,289.87
( ) 9300 0001 10/15/01 0014 P A IN N A USERIPT 2,222.00

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

February 2008 2–17

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Working in TRAMS

Example: Suppose that you wanted to display a screen listing settlement information for
only Institution 0012 and Application 0001. Your entries in the key fields would look like
the following screen fragment:

SETTLIST TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 10/19/01 4:13:00

COMMON SETTLEMENT ACTION LIST More: +

Type actions next to selected objects. Then press Enter.

D=Delete S=Search V=View T=Tran Totals

Action Inst Appl Date Run Dest Status Job Name

( S ) ( 0012 ) ( 0001 ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )

February 2008 2–18

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Working in TRAMS

The resulting display might be similar to the following:

SETTLIST TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 10/19/01 4:13:00

COMMON SETTLEMENT ACTION LIST More: +

Type actions next to selected objects. Then press Enter.

S=Search V=View T=Tran Totals

Action Inst Appl Date Run Dest Status Job Name

( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
Action Inst Appl Date Run Dest Status Hdr Job Name Settlement Amount
( ) 9000 0001 10/15/01 0003 P A IN N P VISAIN 101.00
( ) 9000 0001 10/17/01 0007 P A OUT N A VISAOUT .00
( ) 9000 1001 10/17/01 0006 P A IN N A MBSMTVN .00
( ) 9001 0001 10/15/01 0008 P A OUT N A MCARDOUT 217.00
( ) 9001 0001 10/15/01 0011 P A OUT N A MCARDOUT 10,511.87
( ) 9001 0001 10/15/01 0015 P A OUT N A MCARDOUT 16,579.74
( ) 9001 0001 10/15/01 0015 S A OUT N A MCARDOUT 2,222.00

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Note that in this case TRAMS starts the action list with the first record for Institution
0012, Application 0001, and displays the remainder of the file from that point forward.
The results of your search depend on the number of key fields you complete. In the
preceding example, if you entered only the application number in the appropriate key
field, your listing would begin with the first institution in the file containing settlement
information for that application and list only the records for that application for all
institutions.
If you make an entry in a non-key field, TRAMS searches for the record that matches that
entry. In the preceding example, the filepath name is not a key to the Settlement file.
Therefore, if you type CPBUSIN in the FILE field, the system displays only the record
matching that entry.
If you are entering key information in alphanumeric key fields, you can enter a partial key.

February 2008 2–19

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Working in TRAMS

Example: You want to display a list of users starting with the first user whose identifier
begins with STU. Your entries in the key fields on the User Action List would look like
the following screen fragment:

USERLIST TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 03/15/01 08:17:15

USER ACTION LIST More:

Type actions next to selected objects. Then press Enter.

C=Copy D=Delete N=New S=Search U=Update V=View

Action User Lvl Manager

( S ) ( STU ) ( ) ( )

For numeric key fields, you must enter the entire value in order to search for that key
information.
Partial keys are valid only in conjunction with a Search action. All other actions require
entry of a complete key to act on a specific record.

Using key fields to add a new record

To add a new record, you can perform one of the following:
‰ Type N in the ACTION field, complete all key field information, and press Enter
‰ Type N in the ACTION field, leave the remaining key fields blank, and press Enter.
When you perform one of these actions, Trams displays a model record when you press
Enter. The model record is a detail screen containing your organization’s default values for
the object. If you entered any key information on the action list, those values are displayed
on this screen. Remaining values are the defaults.
Your system administrator establishes and maintains the model records; with proper
security, you can change the default values as necessary by entering new values over those
displayed.

February 2008 2–20

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Working in TRAMS

The “Processing actions” topic contains more detailed information about the processes
TRAMS follows when you add or change a record.

Processing actions
When you finish selecting actions and objects on the action list, press Enter.
TRAMS first processes any Delete actions you entered, processing them as a group.
TRAMS then processes any other action you entered on the action list.
Copy
If you elected to copy any object in the action list, the system displays a duplicate of that
object on your screen. The key fields are blank (zero-filled), enabling you to enter a new
key to identify the record. You can change the displayed values as required to reflect the
new object.
Press Enter on each screen to add the new record to TRAMS.

 TRAMS requires you to page through all screens associated with a

record you are copying in order to add the new record to the system.
If you press any other key, the message PRESS ENTER TO
CONTINUE OR CANCEL prompts you to press Enter to continue,
or to press F12 to exit the function without adding the record.
Delete
The Delete action changes the object’s status to P (purge). TRAMS removes the object
from the file the next time a backup and reload of the files is performed.
New
If you selected New as an action and entered a key in the key fields, TRAMS checks the
file to determine whether a record exists with that key. If so, TRAMS displays the
message DUPLICATE KEY in the message line. If not, TRAMS displays a model record.
The key that you entered on the action list screen is protected and cannot be changed.
If you selected New as an action and did not enter a key in the key fields, TRAMS
displays a model record. Be sure to enter a complete, valid key in the appropriate field on
this screen.
When you finish making the appropriate entries on the detail screen and press Enter,
TRAMS adds the new record to the file. TRAMS requires you to page through all screens
associated with the record in order to add the new record. If you attempt to exit prior to
paging through all screens, TRAMS displays the message PRESS ENTER TO CONTINUE
OR CANCEL. If you want to continue adding the record, press Enter; if you do not want to
add the record, press the Cancel key.

 You can also add a new object by modeling the object on one that
already exists, using the Copy action.

February 2008 2–21

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Working in TRAMS

Search
If you selected Search as an action and entered a key in the entry field, TRAMS displays a
new action list when you press Enter. The action list begins with the record matching the
key that you entered.
In order to search the file based on numeric key fields, you must enter the complete key
value. You may enter a partial value in alphabetic key fields. Refer to the “Searching the
file based on a key” topic for more information.

 If you select Search as an action, any other entries in the ACTION

fields on the screen are not valid.
Update
If you selected Update as an action for any object, TRAMS displays one or more detail
screens for that object. Use the screen(s) to change any values as necessary. When you
press Enter on the last detail screen or the “Exit” function key on any screen, TRAMS
updates the file with your changes. If you press the End or Cancel function key at any time
during the update, any changes you have made will not be applied.
View
If you selected View as an action for any object, TRAMS displays one or more detail
screens for that object. Values on the screen(s) are protected and cannot be changed.
Ending action list processing
After all selected actions are completed, TRAMS redisplays the action list on your screen.
An asterisk (*) appears beside each object for which an action was performed. If
necessary, you can key another action code over the asterisk and perform another action
on that object. Also note that the status is changed for any objects selected for deletion.
Continue to identify actions as required, or exit the action list through a function key or
fastpath command.

Fastpath commands
As you are learning TRAMS, you will probably prefer to use menus to access the various
TRAMS functions. Once you are more proficient, you can bypass the menus and access
submenus or action lists by entering commands, called fastpaths, within the command
line. Fastpath commands take you directly to a menu or to an action list, enabling you to
quickly identify the information you want to access.
To enter a fastpath command:
‰ Press the Commands function key to move the cursor into the command line.
‰ Type the fastpath command
‰ Press Enter.

February 2008 2–22

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Working in TRAMS

2 If you enter a fastpath command in a detail screen, any changes you

have made on that screen or any related detail screens will not be
saved. You must save your changes through an appropriate
completion option before using fastpath commands.

For quick reference, access the FastPath Key Word List option by selecting Fastpaths from
the Security Administration menu or by typing fastpath in the command line and pressing
Enter. TRAMS displays an on-screen listing of the fastpath commands set up for your
organization.
A list of fastpath commands is included in the “Commands and Codes” appendix of this
guide.

Detail screens
Detail screens contain specific information about an object. Depending upon the object,
TRAMS may display multiple detail screens.
Based on your security and the action you requested, fields on the screen may be
protected, unprotected, or a combination of both.
Examples:

(V) View (U) Update (D) Delete (H) Help

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 09/25/01 16:41:09
FILE DETAILS
Inst Appl Date Run Job Name
9800 0001 10/17/01 0227 DEBASIN

File Path Name . . . . . . . : DEBASIN Record Status . . . . . . : A

Balance Status . . . . . . . : P Date Added . . . . . . . . : 09/04/01
Balance Status Date . . . . : 10/17/01 Last Maintenance By . . . :
Nbr of Out of Balance Batches: 00002 Date Of Last Maintenance . : 00/00/00
Nbr of Out of Balance Cashes : 00001 Time Of Last Maintenance . : 00:00:00
Beginning Batch Number . . . : 00001
Ending Batch Number . . . . : 00003
Summary Indicator . . . . . : Y
Settlement Indicator . . . . :
Balancing Method . . . . . . : D
Hash Total . . . . . . . . . : 0

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F8=FWRD F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS

February 2008 2–23

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Working in TRAMS

This screen uses leader dots as delimiters and colons to indicate protected fields.

(V) View (U) Update (D) Delete (H) Help

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 09/25/01 16:41:09
FILE DETAILS
Inst Appl Date Run Job Name
9800 0001 10/17/01 0227 DEBASIN

File Path Name . . . . . . . : DEBASIN Record Status . . . . . . : A

Balance Status . . . . . . . : P Date Added . . . . . . . . : 09/04/01
Balance Status Date . . . . : 10/17/01 Last Maintenance By . . . :
Nbr of Out of Balance Batches: 00002 Date Of Last Maintenance . : 00/00/00
Nbr of Out of Balance Cashes : 00001 Time Of Last Maintenance . : 00:00:00
Beginning Batch Number . . . : 00001
Ending Batch Number . . . . : 00003
Summary Indicator . . . . . : Y
Settlement Indicator . . . . :
Balancing Method . . . . . . : D
Hash Total . . . . . . . . . : 0

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F8=FWRD F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS

This screen uses parentheses as delimiters. Note that there are no delimiters around
protected fields.

 All screen samples shown in this documentation use parentheses

as delimiter characters. Remember, your own screens may display
underlines and colons. Also, your organization can choose to use
characters other than parentheses as delimiters.

Restoring values
Suppose that you are making entries on a detail screen, then change your mind about what
you have entered. To restore the original data, press the Refresh function key without
pressing Enter. TRAMS redisplays the screen with the data as it was before your changes.

Completion options
TRAMS offers a number of options for you to use in completing a screen. To select one of
these options, use the Enter key or one of the function keys, as follows:
‰ Use the Enter key to leave the screen currently displayed, save entries you made on it
and on preceding screens, and proceed with the function
‰ Use the Exit function key to leave the screen currently displayed, save entries you
made on it and on preceding screens, and finish the function

February 2008 2–24

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Working in TRAMS

‰ Use the Cancel function key to leave the screen currently displayed, cancel any
entries you made on that screen, and redisplay the preceding screen.
‰ Use the End function key to leave the screen currently displayed, cancel any entries
you made on that screen and on preceding screens, and end the function.
Following is more detailed information about the results of each completion option.

Enter
If you press the Enter key from within a TRAMS screen, TRAMS performs the following
actions:
‰ Edits and saves any entries you made on the screen
‰ Displays an error message if the edits encountered any errors (you must correct the
error(s) and press Enter again in order to proceed)
‰ Displays the next screen in the series if you are within a multi-screen function, or
displays the action list used to access the screen if you are on the last screen of a
function.

 If you press Enter while displaying an action list without making any
entries on the screen, the system displays an error message. You
must either make valid entries on the screen and press Enter to
proceed or use one of the other completion options to leave the
action list.

You can enter a fastpath command in the command line before pressing Enter. The system
ignores any entries you may have made on the screen and displays the screen identified
through the command.

Exit
If you press the Exit function key at any point within a detail screen, TRAMS performs the
following actions:
‰ Edits and saves any entries you made on the screen
‰ Displays an error message if the edits encountered any errors (you must correct the
error(s) and press Enter again in order to proceed)
‰ Redisplays the action list you used to access the screen.
If you press the Exit function key while within an action list, the system redisplays the
menu used to access the action list.
TRAMS does not recognize any fastpath commands when you press the Exit function key.

Cancel
If you press the Cancel function key at any point within a TRAMS screen, TRAMS
performs the following actions:

February 2008 2–25

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Working in TRAMS

‰ Ignores any entries you made on the current screen

‰ Retains any entries made on preceding screens
‰ Redisplays the previous screen (either action list, detail screen, or menu).
TRAMS does not recognize any fastpath commands when you press the Cancel key.

End
If you press the End function key at any point within a TRAMS screen, TRAMS performs
the following actions:
‰ Ignores any entries you made on the current screen
‰ Cancels any entries you made on preceding screens
‰ Returns to a higher level function (for example, an action list if you are working with
a detail screen, or a menu if you are working with an action list).
TRAMS does not recognize any fastpath commands when you press the End key.

 If an error occurs on a screen, you must clear the error before

proceeding with a function key. For example, if you make an
erroneous selection from a menu (such as a function not yet
enabled for your organization), the system displays an error
message in the message line. You must delete the erroneous entry
before you can use a function key.

Exiting TRAMS
When your work in TRAMS is complete, exit the system by performing one of the
following actions:
‰ Type the fastpath command OFF, LOGOFF, or SIGNOFF in the command line and
press Enter
‰ Select the Signoff option from the TRAMS Main Menu and press Enter.
TRAMS displays a message indicating that the sign-off is successful. Be sure to take the
appropriate steps to sign off from the operating system as necessary.

February 2008 2–26

 Chapter 3

Looking at TRAMS

TRAMS acts as a front-end collection, processing, and routing mechanism for

transactions, both monetary and nonmonetary. The system allows users to receive
transactions from multiple sources using a single system that interfaces with multiple
application end points. This capability provides integration between applications,
promoting more timely transfer of information between these applications. TRAMS
provides numerous storage and reporting functions to facilitate and support its processes.

Description
TRAMS is a software product that streamlines processing for any type of institution that
deals in high volumes of transactions.
Currently, many organizations must maintain multiple front-end processors to conform to
transactions coming in from various sources. In addition, many organizations use several
different types of processing products in order to reformat transactions to comply with
application end point requirements. Frequently, organizations resort to “patching”
programs to accommodate new or changing functionality. This redundancy and lack of
standardization leads to difficulties when new features are added or when requirements
change.
TRAMS eliminates this problem. The system accepts multiple transaction types and
prepares them for any destination, consolidating numerous front-end processing systems
into a single “unified input” system. Users can handle even the highest transaction
volumes quickly and accurately. At the same time, the system’s specialized design enables
users to efficiently apply updates and changes required to comply with legal and
operational requirements. These powerful capabilities are combined with extensive job
scheduling, settlement, warehousing, reject, and suspense handling capabilities.
The wide variety of sources provides an even wider variety of transactions to TRAMS.
The transactions arrive in different formats, depending on their source applications. It is
the function of TRAMS to process these transactions and prepare them for their
destinations, which frequently specify their own formats for transactions.

February 2008 3–1

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Looking at TRAMS

TRAMS meets these requirements using a centralized set of controls that can be
customized to each organization’s unique requirements. The result is a highly
sophisticated processing capability that is driven by a simple, table-oriented interface
known as the TRAMS Application Generator.
This comprehensive and innovative software product offers users the opportunity to
maintain quality control of both their processing and operating environments, reduce
costs, and improve profit margins. In addition, TRAMS represents a technologically
advanced system that will meet future needs.

International considerations
TRAMS design enables users to operate in an international marketplace using one version
of the system. When TRAMS is installed, the System Administrator establishes the
language used for TRAMS screens and reports, and the currency used for financial
transactions. The system further supports different currencies for source and destination
files.
The system administrator can also customize the way that the time and date appear on
system output, ensuring that these formats match that used in the organization’s location.
If necessary, the system administrator can customize the format for individual users.
These capabilities enable organizations with international affiliations to use TRAMS
software without requiring separate versions of the system for each country. In addition,
users can easily expand into the international markets as their requirements grow.

Using TRAMS
All of the features of TRAMS allow the system to be used in a variety of environments
and business types. Following are some examples of TRAMS uses that are of particular
interest to the user:

Extended system life

Use TRAMS to extend the life of older card systems that are already in-house. TRAMS
simplifies maintenance in the areas most subject to change—compliance and data format.
This important capability enables organizations to be current with the technology of the
new century without skyrocketing costs.

Replace current system

Use TRAMS to replace existing edit/merge programs and add capabilities such as full
editing, warehousing, online reject/suspense handling, and settlement reporting. TRAMS
eliminates the need for separate software to handle each of these tasks in different systems
and reduces the cost of maintaining each of these systems.

February 2008 3–2

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Looking at TRAMS

Improve customer service

Use TRAMS to process features that are attractive to customers, such as overdraft
protection or lines of credit. The system accepts transactions generated from a demand
deposit or proof of deposit application, processes the transactions, and passes them to a
credit card account for billing.

Generate extract files

Use TRAMS to generate extract files for marketing or any other purpose. These files
efficiently feed spreadsheet or database programs operating on a mainframe or personal
computer by offering detailed reporting capabilities.

Automate reject correction

Use TRAMS to automate reject correction by transforming current printed reject reports
into transactions for online reject correction and reentry.

Easier conversion
Use TRAMS as a file-to-file conversion tool. The system easily converts files from one
format to another for use in other applications. This capability is faster to use than
traditional programming and is significantly useful for acquisitions.

Single input—multiple output

Use TRAMS to route a single transaction to multiple destinations as needed. For example,
the system can extract business card transactions from personal card transactions and
submit the business card transactions for analysis as well as posting.

Expanded international capabilities

Use TRAMS to expand international business by taking advantage of the powerful
currency conversion and foreign language capabilities.

Increase client base

Use TRAMS to attract new clients or merchants. TRAMS permits clients to operate as
they have in the past; users can receive client transactions in any format. TRAMS users
can also offer additional products to customers at a reduced cost since the price of
programming changes is low.

More efficient ATM support

Use TRAMS for automated teller machine settlement. TRAMS gives you the flexibility to
meet multiple processing windows and provides full calculation of interchange and
intrachange fees.

February 2008 3–3

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Looking at TRAMS

Better fraud protection

Use TRAMS to identify fraud transactions immediately, reducing the danger of liability.

Development environment
First Data has considerable resources for the development, design, and implementation of
products for the financial software industry. First Data is committed to the use of
progressive development methods that offer benefit to our end-users.

Structured methodology and CASE tools

The Transaction Management System is designed and developed using a well-defined set
of business modeling techniques implemented with an advanced set of Computer Aided
Software Engineering (CASE) tools. The structured methodology and CASE tools permit
exceptionally detailed system analysis and design, from the highest to the lowest system
level, before any programs are coded. By nature, CASE tools also require strict adherence
to consistency and standards throughout the system, ensuring that the benefits of this
consistency are passed along to the system’s users.
The CASE tools contain features that contribute to the speed and efficiency of system
development—techniques that prove valuable to the end-user. The structured
methodology makes it simple to update and enhance the software in development,
meaning that the user more quickly receives the benefits of these enhancements.

Common User Access and Systems Application Architecture

TRAMS is also developed under the guidelines of IBM’s Systems Application
Architecture (SAA) and Common User Access (CUA) standards. Many vendors are
complying with these guidelines in the development of new systems. As more systems are
developed under SAA and CUA, users can anticipate a common look and feel as they
move from one application to another.
SAA provides for consistency across the three IBM platforms supported by TRAMS by
incorporating common languages, interfaces, and functions. As users move from one
platform to another, they receive a uniform view of each system. For example, SAA
compliance ensures that the system behaves in a similar manner whether the user is
working with the Application Generator at the PC level or other functions at the
mainframe level.
CUA ensures that the interface between the system and the user (that is, the way the
person and the computer communicate with each other) is consistent across all
applications designed according to CUA standards. This consistency encompasses
keyboard layout, screen layout, mouse usage, techniques used to input information, and
the meaning of elements, terms, and symbols used within the system. Therefore, if a user
leaves the Transaction Management System and accesses another application designed
under CUA, he or she can expect similarities between both applications and the way they

February 2008 3–4

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Looking at TRAMS

are used. By providing such consistency, CUA helps users become proficient with
multiple applications quickly and contributes to users’ acceptance of new applications.

Processing environment
TRAMS is designed to operate on any mainframe platform, including the IBM mainframe
series processing platforms. The Application Generator resides at an intelligent PC-based
workstation. In addition, TRAMS operates in a distributed processing environment,
controlled by one system-level set of controls, for use in multiple locations.
First Data stays current with the latest developments in the hardware industry as well as
the software industry and reacts to these changes in advance of their release to the general
market. Our adherence to SAA and CUA standards enhances our ability to incorporate
new technology and new features as they become available.

Accessing TRAMS functions

The Transaction Management System is an online, menu-driven system. The consistency
enforced through SAA and CUA compliance makes the system easy to learn and use
while making future development simple.
TRAMS is protected through security functions that determine who can use the system
and the level of information each user can access. Users are identified by passwords and
user ID codes, providing specialized access to the system as well as an audit trail for
system activity.
Once the user signs on to the system, menus guide him or her in navigating through the
TRAMS functions. TRAMS menus make it simple not only to select the function to be
performed but also to specify the information that the user wants to access. Special search
fields on menus enable the user to go directly to desired information. Frequently, this
feature enables the user to bypass listing or selection screens and directly access the data
desired, thus simplifying and speeding system navigation.
Once a user is familiar with the menus and functions within the system, fastpath
capabilities are available to further speed access to the various tasks. For example, rather
than returning to a menu to select an option, the user can type a brief command and go
directly to the first screen of the option, bypassing the menus.

User-definable components
TRAMS enables users to define a variety of components within the system according to
the organization’s exact requirements. User-definable components include:
‰ Security
‰ Function keys
‰ Transaction formats
‰ Ad hoc and scheduled reports (including sorts and totals)
‰ Configuration controls

February 2008 3–5

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Looking at TRAMS

‰ Scheduling of input/output file processing

‰ Displayed or printed date and time formats
‰ Data defaults
‰ Edits.

Beyond user exits

By permitting user definition of specific components, TRAMS moves beyond the
traditional concept of “user exits.” Rather than restricting the user to specific “hooks”
within a program, TRAMS and its Application Generator permit users to implement their
own templates and their own code segments. Templated code can include a call to a
program outside of TRAMS to perform a specific function.
First Data is committed to the support of user flexibility within the design of TRAMS. An
advantage is that we use our own product in our design and development. Future updates,
therefore, are compatible with programs that are already in place, simplifying the
requirements for TRAMS customization. This commitment adds to the extraordinary ease
of maintaining the system.

Sources and destinations

The transactions that TRAMS handles can come from a variety of sources. In turn, the
transactions are routed to varying destinations. The destination usually is different from
the source; for example, transactions accepted from one source may be routed to a
separate organization for posting or exception processing. The source and destination may
also be the same entity.
Sources and destinations within TRAMS are represented by combinations of institutions
and applications, as illustrated on the following page. A description of each of these
elements follows.

Institutions
The institutions that feed transactions to or receive transactions from TRAMS can be any
organizational entities that generate, post, or otherwise manipulate transactions. Examples
of institutions include:
‰ Financial institutions
‰ Retail organizations
‰ Oil industries
‰ Health care organizations
‰ Travel and entertainment businesses
‰ Automated teller machine networks
‰ Point-of-sale networks
‰ Bankcard issuers/networks
‰ Private label card issuers

February 2008 3–6

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Looking at TRAMS

‰ Merchants
‰ Clearing houses.

Applications
Within each institution are applications that represent sources and destinations of
transaction data for that institution. Examples of applications are:
‰ Data entry systems
‰ Demand applications (DDA, certificates of deposit, savings)
‰ Loan applications (commercial loans, mortgage loans)
‰ Bank or other credit card billing applications
‰ Marketing systems
‰ Merchant capture systems
‰ Card interchange networks
‰ General ledger
‰ BASE II (Visa), GCMS (MasterCard), and AEGN (American Express).
To handle the requirements of these varying sources and destinations, TRAMS relies on
its singular and powerful Application Generator.

System processing
TRAMS is designed to receive transactions, pass them through several editing levels,
reformat them if needed, warehouse transactions as necessary, and pass transactions to as
many as ten destinations. This processing capability reduces data handling, maintenance
requirements, and programming effort.
TRAMS processes transactions at the following levels:
‰ Input processing
‰ Reject/suspense handling
‰ Transaction warehousing
‰ Output processing
‰ Reconciliation
‰ Settlement
‰ Summary reporting.

Input processing
As mentioned, TRAMS accepts transaction input from a variety of sources. The controls
established in the Application Generator define the record and file layouts, enabling the
system to recognize the various transaction formats provided by these sources. This
capability eliminates the need to batch transactions separately by type prior to processing.
A job scheduling function enables users to define which filepaths are processed during
each system run and the specific date and time of day to process.

February 2008 3–7

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Looking at TRAMS

The organization can enter data at varying frequencies during the day rather than being
limited to a single input time. Users can verify data earlier in the day, so that any errors
can be corrected before making application production runs. The assurance of clean data
in production runs results in smoother, more accurate processing during tight production
windows.
TRAMS includes an automated file management capability designed to prevent users
from processing duplicate files. The system assigns file identifiers and internal batch
headers to each transaction file and compares this information, along with file name,
number of transactions, and transaction amount, to ensure that the same file is not
processed twice. The user determines the schedule used as the basis for the comparison
(for example, processing run, day, week, etc.).
As part of processing, the system determines the exact destination for each transaction
based on user-defined parameters. Organizations can use any portion of the transaction to
identify the destination, depending on their individual requirements. Processing also
includes tasks such as calculation of processing fees and currency conversions.
In addition to processing financial transactions, TRAMS can extract informational items
from input files. This capability enables the organization to obtain valuable demographic
and marketing information for later analysis and reporting.

Reject/suspense handling
Detail records and/or transactions can be marked in reject or suspend status if they fail
user-defined editing logic; for instance, they contain errors or conditions that prevent
normal processing. Rejected and suspended transactions can be stored in the warehouse
for later review and correction, and can be routed to a specific destination for special
processing.
Rejected transactions are available for online review. Operators can view the rejected
transaction and/or record, including the reason for the reject condition and can correct any
field within each record. The corrected transactions are automatically submitted to the
original editing logic to prevent new errors and/or conditions preventing normal
processing from being introduced.
Transactions that are correct but which require some type of review (such as the amount
over a certain limit) or manual intervention are flagged as suspended transactions.
Operators can view the suspended transaction and can either release the transaction as
valid or delete the transaction. A suspended transaction cannot be corrected.
All online processing performed against a mirror warehouse; for instance, the base
warehouse is available for batch processing and the mirror warehouse is available for
online corrections. Usually before output processing is performed, a TRAMS function,
Online Recovery, is performed, which updates the base warehouse and empties the mirror
warehouse.

February 2008 3–8

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Looking at TRAMS

Transaction warehousing
After processing, TRAMS normally stores all transactions in its own database for later
release to one or more destinations. These are called warehoused transactions.
The warehoused transactions form a database that is separate from any application
programs. You can warehouse input from multiple runs during the day and release it at
night during the production run of your applications. The system tracks and reports
activity in the transaction warehouse, providing a clear picture of transactions added and
released during the course of processing. Warehoused transactions are available
immediately for online inquiry.
The system can release warehoused transactions to the appropriate destination at any time,
enabling you to meet varying processing windows.
TRAMS’ warehousing facilities are also capable of handling ACH items. The system can
both generate and accept ACH-formatted transactions. This eliminates the need for a
separate system to handle clearinghouse transactions, thereby reducing costs and
maintenance requirements.

Output processing
After processing transactions, TRAMS creates output files for transmission to the
appropriate destinations. These files are formatted according to the destination
requirements. The file and record layouts, formatting standards, designations, and other
controls reside within the Application Generator, making it simple to develop and
maintain formats at a central location.
Transactions are selected from the transaction warehouse for output processing according
to selection criteria identified by the Process Input FilePath, stored in the PC-based
Application Generator.
Output filepaths can be processed at any time during the day, enabling users to take
advantage of multiple transmission windows or establish earlier processing schedules.
These filepaths can include more than one destination, or be restricted to a single
destination. This capability enables the user to generate schedules that accommodate
varying processing requirements.
TRAMS provides a complete audit trail of its activity through printed reports that reflect
the contents of the various files produced during processing. Through control options,
users determine the schedule for each report and the output method. Users can choose to
print several versions of a report that is totaled at different levels; for example, one
organization may choose to print daily detailed settlement reports on paper and produce a
weekly summary on microfiche.

February 2008 3–9

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Looking at TRAMS

Reconciliation
TRAMS includes comprehensive internal and external reconciliation and balancing
capabilities. The system maintains totals reflecting all transactions that it has processed.
The system performs accumulations for accepted, rejected, and suspended transactions for
each transaction code within the file. The system produces a reconciliation report
immediately after processing the file so that users can validate the totals against any
supplied control totals. In output processing, the report can serve as control totals when
passing the file to its destination. These totals are also available for online review, and are
accessed through the File Management Menu.

Settlement
After TRAMS has processed transactions, the system performs its settlement procedures.
TRAMS performs settlement on both source and destination transaction files,
accumulating transaction totals and fees by transaction code for each file. Settlement
records are generated from this information. All transactions are processed through
common settlement; additional Visa and MasterCard settlement procedures are performed
for applicable transactions.
TRAMS provides an automated settlement function that generates settlement information
that can be used to disburse funds to the appropriate destination. TRAMS maintains the
routing and transit number of the financial institution and can generate an electronic funds
transfer as necessary. In addition to automated settlement, TRAMS provides settlement
reports that contain all data required for any manual settlement procedures.

Settlement reporting
TRAMS produces settlement reports that reflect all settlement methods and the
transactions handled by each method. Optionally, your organization can choose to
combine settlement reporting and produce a net settlement report if needed.
In addition to printed reports, the Settlement selection on the TRAMS Main Menu enables
you to access online reporting of settled transactions. Both detailed and summary
information is available.

Summary reporting
Summary reports, produced after settlement, reflect summary records for processed
transactions. As many as ten levels of totals are available.
Users are able to establish control groups, consisting of categories of transactions.
TRAMS can summarize transactions according to control group, enabling the
organization to develop more meaningful settlement reporting and totaling.

February 2008 3–10

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Looking at TRAMS

TRAMS Application Generator (TRAMS/AG)

TRAMS’ unique Application Generator represents the source of all programs that move
transactions into and out of the TRAMS transaction database. The Application Generator
is also the creation and maintenance location for all transaction routing information,
controls, options, data definitions, editing requirements, tables, and other data that the
system requires for processing.

The Application Generator environment

Within the context of TRAMS, the Application Generator includes tables and
functionality that reside not only on the host system, but also on personal computer (PC)
based applications development workstations. The following illustration depicts the
Application Generator environment.

Application Generator Environment

The following illustration depicts the basic elements of the Application Generator
environment

February 2008 3–11

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Looking at TRAMS

The host aspect includes common TRAMS system tables and control parameters. The
system tables contain information used by TRAMS processes, while the control
parameters contain information specific to a given application. Also included at the host
level are common programs that provide a standardized interface to the TRAMS
transaction processing programs.
The overall objective of the PC-level Application Generator is to provide an environment
that simplifies the development and maintenance of the TRAMS transaction processing
programs. The Application Generator follows a “manufacturing” approach to the
production of such programs, using the PC-based tables to identify and guide their
construction.
An advantage of the Application Generator concept is that information commonly used by
all applications (such as editing routines, help messages, and system error messages) can
be stored in Application Generator tables where they are accessible to every program.
This capability eliminates the need for duplicate tables in multiple applications. Users can
build and change applications in a central location rather than in several places, thereby
reducing the expense and time needed to set up processing requirements. Updates are
implemented in one location also and are propagated to all programs and areas that require
their information. This ability ensures the accuracy and timeliness of application updates.

“Manufacturing” an application
The transaction processing programs required for TRAMS processing basically perform
the following functions:
‰ Add transactions to the database (Process Input)
‰ Remove transactions from the database (Process Output).
These processes involve many specialized procedures required to accept, transform, edit,
and summarize transactions, as well as procedures needed to reformat transactions
according to destination requirements. Certain procedures are common across processing
lines; others require customization to match a specific need. All of these procedures are
subject to changes mandated by external agents such as networks or regulators.
To address this need, the Application Generator incorporates a technology known as
“template programming,” which provides an assembly-line type of procedure for the
development of Process Input and Process Output programs. Analysis of the input and
output processes has identified the various components required to build such programs.
Further analysis has separated those components which are common to all Process Input
applications from those that are specific to a given application or group of applications.
The application-specific components are housed in the Application Source Code tables
within the Application Generator.
This analysis has led to “class solutions” that are provided for TRAMS Process Input and
Process Output programs. Using template programming, the class solution permits

February 2008 3–12

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Looking at TRAMS

substitution of application-specific components, depending on the application for which

the program is generated.
The Application Generator is delivered with a series of model tables that serve as
templates for future development and customization. These templates lend themselves to
our “manufacturing” concept, whereby users assemble application controls using a set of
individual components. This approach provides a simple, system-directed method of
building procedures needed to process transactions for a specific application.
When a user accesses the Application Generator to add a new application or to change an
existing one, he or she actually accesses procedures that are stored as portions of existing
applications. One or more components may require modification, depending on the
process that the user is performing. To aid the user in ensuring that every necessary task is
successfully performed, the system provides a ToDo List functionality that is unique to the
TRAMS Application Generator.
The ToDo List keeps track of the requirements that have been fulfilled and those still
pending. Additional tables then generate COBOL code, producing highly standardized
code sections. Once all tasks are complete, the template tables act as a “paste-up” facility
to bring all the modified portions together, building a cohesive, operable whole which can
be uploaded to the host system for further testing and execution. These programs process
input files from the organization’s various sources and produce output files for the various
destinations.
This “manufacturing” concept makes it possible to rapidly update applications as file
structures or edit requirements change. Changes are made in a central location,
simplifying monitoring and recordkeeping requirements.
The Application Generator further streamlines the building and changing of applications
through an import facility that accepts existing copybooks. Any application information
that is already in use can be seamlessly incorporated into Application Generator tables
without excessive manipulation of information.
The Application Generator’s import capabilities enable the system to generate file-to-file
conversion programs in a fraction of the time normally required. This ability makes the
Application Generator a significant and effective conversion tool.
In addition, the Application Generator stores multiple versions of the same components.
Such built-in “versioning” greatly simplifies implementation of change.
An added advantage of the Application Generator is its ability to generate COBOL
programs using a simple-to-understand, CUA-compliant interface. This capability
increases the speed of development for both the user and for First Data, in turn increasing
the speed with which enhancements are implemented. At the same time, the COBOL
language programs execute quickly at the host end, reducing processing time and user
costs.

February 2008 3–13

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Looking at TRAMS

Combined with the IBM COBOL/2 (or other PC COBOL) compiler, the Application
Generator provides a complete development and test environment on a PC, removing that
burden from the mainframe and significantly improving programmer productivity. Junior-
level programmers become more productive using the extensive help facilities. Senior-
level programmers, not being required to learn a new syntax, increase their efficiency.

Application Generator elements

The following illustration depicts the basic elements that comprise the Application
Generator.

As mentioned, the major function of the Application Generator is to generate programs

that move transactions into and out of the TRAMS database. Template programs are
provided for Process Input and Process Output. The template programs reference system

February 2008 3–14

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Looking at TRAMS

common code and data sections stored in the system copybooks and combine them with
user-supplied code and generated code to produce a complete program.
This integration process is directed by information stored in particular Application
Generator tables, primarily from the filepath definition. Other tables such as the File and
Record Definition tables are used to generate the COBOL code to perform input edits and
record sequence checking. The output of these code generators is stored in Generated
Code tables, available for use by the template program.

Application Generator access

Users access the Application Generator through an intelligent, PC-based workstation. The
result is a visual, “point and click” interface with the system that is easy for both technical
and non-technical personnel to use.
The workstation provides fast access to the various tables and other records required to
build and maintain the controls used to process transactions for different applications. In
addition, workstation functions permit communication with the host system for efficient
file transfer.
Elements that users access through the PC-based Application Generator include:

Element Description
FILEPATH NAMES Defines the files and procedures to be used during
processing
FILE STRUCTURES Specifies the records that make up the files
RECORD DEFINITIONS Defines specifications for each of the records that can be
used in a file (such as field name, picture statement,
position, length, etc.)
DATA TYPES Specifies the classifications that can be assigned to fields
(such as numeric, alphanumeric, date, etc.)
PROCEDURES Defines COBOL procedures used to build programs
(such as edit procedures, settlement and summary
procedures, select/extract procedures, etc.)

Each of these elements is used to build controls for the various applications processed by
TRAMS.

Bank Card compliance module (TRAMS/BC)

With the optional Bank Card compliance module, TRAMS permits input of special
interchange transactions for Visa, MasterCard, and other bankcards. These transactions

February 2008 3–15

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Looking at TRAMS

include on-us and foreign draft copy requests, confirmations, chargebacks, and fees/funds
disbursements. This capability streamlines support of third-party storage facilities or in-
house microfilm systems. The system automatically assigns Issuer/Control/Chargeback
reference numbers to all special interchange transactions for subsequent tracing or
identification.

 American Express processing requires only the beginning- and end-

of-day jobs for the Cardholder Transaction History file from TRAMS/
BC. American Express does not require TRAMS/BC to run.
Visa settlement and MasterCard settlement, available through the Bank Card compliance
module, use routines that are provided by the respective bankcard companies. TRAMS
calculates interchange and intrachange fees for bankcard transactions during settlement as
well.

Data Entry module (TRAMS/DE)

TRAMS interfaces with an optional data entry module that speeds input of transactions
directly into the system. The module supports entry of multiple cash letters and batches by
a TRAMS user, with either system-defined or user-defined batch and cash letter number
assignment. Repeat key support streamlines input of duplicate transactions. Online
functions facilitate batch and cash letter balancing, with a holdover capability for those
that are out of balance. The system maintains complete supervisor approval functions for
transactions, batches, and cash letters entered; supervisors can review transactions by
operator or by status (balanced, out of balance, or in progress).
As with all TRAMS modules, detailed transaction entry screens are supported by the
Application Generator. Editing facilities allow implementation of new records or updates
with minimal technical support.

Questions commonly asked about TRAMS

After reviewing the previous pages, you undoubtedly have many questions about
TRAMS. Following are some of the questions that our specialists are most commonly
asked as we talk to both current and potential TRAMS users.
“We have most of these functions in our system today. Why do I need TRAMS?”
TRAMS standardizes input rather than requiring imbedded input routines in each
application. Maintenance is concentrated in a single area instead of many. CUA and SAA
standards used in developing TRAMS ensure a current, state-of-the-art product, while
simplifying maintenance and training. First Data maintains and enhances TRAMS,
assuring that you remain current with the latest technology and industry requirements.
“My current system is highly modified. Would I need to modify TRAMS as well?”
TRAMS is designed to handle transactions coming from and going to your applications,
moving the areas most susceptible to change out of those applications and into TRAMS.

February 2008 3–16

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Looking at TRAMS

The Application Generator provides a central location in which to define files, records,
edits, procedures, reject reasons, suspense criteria, settlement requirements, and summary
reporting. This information is stored in a database and is used to generate structured
COBOL programs, which are easily modified.
“Can the Application Generator be used in areas outside credit cards? Can we
generate other programs?”
Yes. TRAMS and the Application Generator work with any high-volume transaction
applications. Many organizations will use the Application Generator to generate
conversion programs for acquisitions or to generate programs for new product offerings.
“Where does TRAMS fit in my processing scheme?”
In most instances, TRAMS serves as a front-end system, processing between data capture
systems and your in-house applications. As part of the evaluation and installation
procedures, First Data will determine where TRAMS interfaces with your applications.
“How can TRAMS reduce my maintenance overhead?”
By moving the input/output functions to TRAMS, changes do not ripple through
applications. In most cases, the changes are confined to TRAMS, involving redefining
record or file layouts within the Application Generator and recompiling the generated
COBOL programs. TRAMS also eliminates much of the overhead of Visa/MasterCard/
American Express compliance changes.
“Can TRAMS/DE replace our data entry system?”
The TRAMS/DE design enables the replacement of data entry systems with a more
functional and powerful entry system. By centralizing these functions for all applications,
TRAMS/DE will simplify the processing of new data formats. TRAMS/DE adheres to
CUA screen handling standards, thereby standardizing input for your applications. This
means that training of data entry personnel will be easier and faster.
“Our system allows only one merchant format. How can TRAMS handle merchant
transactions in any format?”
The Application Generator controls the data formats. Its data dictionary simplifies the
process of mapping user file formats into TRAMS common data formats. In addition, the
Application Generator generates programs to accommodate new formats as needed.
“Will TRAMS/BC be updated for future network and Visa/MasterCard/American
Express compliance requirements?”
Yes, First Data will update Visa, MasterCard, and American Express compliance. First
Data works closely with the major bankcard companies to remain knowledgeable about
current and anticipated requirements.

February 2008 3–17

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide Looking at TRAMS

 American Express processing requires only the beginning- and end-

of-day jobs for the Cardholder Transaction History file from TRAMS/
BC. American Express does not require TRAMS/BC to run.
“What about user enhancements?”
TRAMS was designed based on input from industry representatives, including our
potential customers. First Data will continue to solicit input from our customers and
potential customers and incorporate the most requested and needed features into the
system.

February 2008 3–18

Screens
 Chapter 4

SECRMENU
Security Administration

The Transaction Management System includes controls that protect the system against
unauthorized access. Your System Administrator or Security Administrator establishes
and maintains these controls.

Assigning the user identifier

User identification
Each individual who uses TRAMS is assigned a user identifier, an eight-character code
that uniquely identifies the user to the system. The user identifier is linked to the user’s
password, and indicates additional options that apply to that operator (for example, the
user’s language and the time and date format preferred by the user).
In addition, the user identifier is linked to controls that specify the institutions,
applications, files, and programs that the user can access. These controls restrict the user
to only those actions that he or she is authorized to perform. This capability effectively
protects the system against access by users who may not be allowed to perform certain
actions due to job function or level of training. As a user progresses or changes positions
within the organization, the Security Administrator can change his or her authorization
level at any time.

Passwords
The user identifier is also linked to a password that further identifies the user to the
system. The Security Administrator can assign a password to an individual user, or to a
group of users. For example, a group that is responsible for processing and settling Visa
transactions can use a single password.
Passwords are encrypted within TRAMS programs for control and protection. The
password is not displayed as the user enters it on the Sign-On screen to prevent viewing by
unauthorized individuals.

February 2008 4–1

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

As an option, your organization can require users to change their passwords at regular
intervals. The Security Administrator establishes the frequency for these password
changes. Passwords can change on a schedule that is unique for each user, or all passwords
can change on the same date.

Setting security controls

Security groups
TRAMS security enables your organization to define security groups for approvals,
programs, files, and institution/application combinations. Through security groups, you
can limit an individual user’s access to these elements of the system.
Security groups are identified by four-digit codes. These codes reside within system tables
that are themselves identified by one-character codes. As the Security Administrator
establishes user records, he or she assigns a security group and table code to that user for
both files and programs. As TRAMS processes the user’s entries, it continually checks to
ensure that the appropriate security code is set up in the table for the program or file that
the user is attempting to access. If not, the system does not permit the user to access the
program or file. In such cases, the system detects, logs, and reports a security violation.
The Security Administrator also has the option of setting up approval limits and group
codes for the user. The approval limit is a maximum monetary value permitted for user
entries. When the user makes a monetary entry, the system determines whether the user is
identified within an approval group. If so, the system edits the monetary entry to ensure
that it is less than or equal to the approval limit. If the entry exceeds the limit, the system
displays an error message.
Institution and application combinations can also be set up within an institution/
application security group. The Security Administrator assigns a group code to the user as
part of the user security record. The system checks this information to ensure that the user
does not access any institution and/or application without proper authorization.

Security violations
If a user attempts to access information without proper security (whether inadvertently or
deliberately), the screen on the following page is displayed on his or her terminal.

February 2008 4–2

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

SECRERROR—Security Violations
( ) (H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECRERROR TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/19/01 15:20:51
SECURITY VIOLATION

A security violation has been detected. The Security Administrator is being

notified. The violation detected was:

The screen you tried to access is not available to you at this time.

Press ENTER to continue

At the same time this screen is displayed, TRAMS records the security violation within
the Log file. The violation will be reflected on the Security Violations Log, and is also
available for review online through the View Log file function.
When the user presses Enter from the Security Violation screen, the system returns to the
TRAMS Main Menu.

Security Administration menu

The Security Administrator accesses security functions through the Security
Administration menu. To display this menu:
‰ Select the Security option from the TRAMS Main Menu, or type the fastpath
command SECRMENU in the command line. Press Enter and a menu screen similar
to the one following displays.

February 2008 4–3

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

SECRMENU—Security Administration
(H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECRMENU TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 09/19/01 15:35:48
SECURITY ADMINISTRATION

Select one of the following and press Enter.

1. User Profiles 14. Switch File Table ID

2. Program Table
3. File Table
4. Message Table
5. Help Facility
6. Fastpaths
7. View Log File
8. View Record Definition File
9. Reload Program & File Tables
10. Refresh Filepath Batch Run
11. Delete Mirror File Records
12. Inst/Appl Security Groups
13. Approval Limit Groups

COMMAND ===>
F1=HELP F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS

Use this menu to access the following Security Administration functions:

‰ User Profiles—Contains user identifier, password, preferences and security group
information.
‰ Program Table—Identifies the specific programs that a user can access, as defined
through the User Profile.
‰ File Table—Identifies the specific files that a user can access, as defined through the
User Profile.
‰ Message Table—Contains the text for the various messages displayed or printed
using TRAMS functions; this table (NCVMSGT) is created within the Application
Generator and uploaded to your mainframe for processing.
‰ Help Facility—Provides access to TRAMS help message.
‰ Fastpaths—Provides access to the fastpath commands used to quickly move to a
TRAMS function.
‰ View Log File—Provides access to the online Log File (NSVLOGR) containing
before and after images of data that has been changed, added, or deleted as well as
security violations.
‰ View Record Definition File—Provides online viewing of the Record Definition File
(NCVRDEF) that was created in and loaded from the Application Generator.
‰ Reload Program & File Tables—Enables you to reload the tables controlling
programs and files that each user can access.

February 2008 4–4

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

‰ Refresh Filepath Batch Run—Updates the Reject/Suspense (NCVRJSP) and mirror

files (NCVCFIL, NCVCCSH, NCVCBTH, NCBCTRN, NCVCRJS) based on
corrected reject and suspense transactions.
‰ Delete Mirror File Records—Erases records in the mirror files.
‰ Inst/Appl Security Groups—Enables you to assign ranges of institution/application
security groups.
‰ Approval Limit Groups—Enables you to establish maximum limits for key entered
transactions.
‰ Switch File Table ID—Enables the switching to multiple warehouses based on the
table ID selected.
The remainder of this section contains instructions to assist you in performing these
Security Administration functions.

User profiles
Purpose
This function lists the TRAMS users within your organization. It also enables you to
access the User Profile screens and copy, delete, add, or display user records. Remember,
if you are copying a user profile, press Enter to page through all screens in order to save
the new profile.

Accessing user profiles

To access this function:
Select User Profiles from the Security Administration menu or enter the fastpath
command “USERLIST” in the command line. Press Enter and the system displays a
screen similar to the following.

February 2008 4–5

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

USERLIST—User Action List

USERLIST TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 05/17/06 09:46:09
USER ACTION LIST More:

Type actions next to selected objects. Then press Enter.

C=Copy D=Delete N=New S=Search U=Update V=View
Action User Lvl Manager
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
Action User Lvl Manager Sts User Name
( ) ANDY S A JONES, ANDREW
( ) ANDYA A ANDY A ADMINISTRATOR
( ) ANDYM M ANDYA A MANAGER
( ) BARRYK S A QUALITY ASSURANCE, FIXES
( ) BTHAMEX S A SYSTEM ADMINISTRATOR, SYSTEM ADMIN
( ) CARLS S A SYSTEM ADMINISTRATOR, SYSTEM ADMIN
( ) CCNAD S A SYSTEM ADMINISTRATOR, SYSTEM ADMIN
( ) CMPDEV S A DEVELOPMENT, COMPLIANCE
( ) CMPQA S A QUALITY ASSURANCE, COMPLIANCE
( ) ENHDEV S A EURO DEVELOPMENT, ENHANCEMENT

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen contains an action list identifying up to 13 individuals who are established as
TRAMS users.
Paging options may apply to this function. Refer to the “Working in TRAMS” chapter for
help with paging.

Fields

ACTION Code that identifies the action you want to take concerning the
1C associated user. Available actions are displayed on your screen.

USER Eight-character user-defined code used to identify the user to

8C KEY the system.

LVL Security authorization level assigned to the user. The values are:
1C
S = System Administrator
A = Administrator
M = Manager
U = User.

February 2008 4–6

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

MANAGER Manager who is responsible for the user. The manager’s

8C security authorization level must be higher than that of the user.

STS Current status of the user record. The values are:

1C
A = Active
E = Expired
I = Inactive
N = New
P = Purge.

USER NAME Full name of the TRAMS user.

When you finish viewing the screen, paging forward and backward as necessary, continue
the function by performing one of the following actions:
‰ Enter a value in the key field at the top of the action list. Enter a code in the ACTION
field beside the key and press Enter. Refer to the “User Profile” topic that follows for
help with resulting screens.
‰ Enter an action code in the ACTION field beside any selected object(s). Press Enter.
Refer to the “User Profile” topic in this subsection for help with resulting screens. If
you need help in understanding action codes and their use, refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide.
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Enter a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. Remember, this
action negates any entries you may have made on this screen.

User profile details

If you selected an action for a user listed on the User Display screen, the system displays a
screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 4–7

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

USERLIST1—User Profile Details (Screen 1)

( ) (V) View (U) Update (D) Delete (C) Copy (H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (Q) 01/31/02 11:55:08
USER PROFILE

User ID . . . . . : CMPQA
Level . . . . . . : S SYSTEM ADMINISTRATOR
Last Name . . . . : QUALITY ASSURANCE
First Name . . . . : COMPLIANCE
Middle Initial . . :
Title . . . . . . : Q.A. OF COMPLIANCE USER INFORMATION
Department . . . . : MIS Effective Date . . . . : 040398
Current Password . : Expiration Date . . . : 123139
Verify . . . . . . : Status . . . . . . . . : A
PASSWORD EXPIRATION Manager ID . . . . . . :
Frequency . . . : Y D,W,M,Q,Y
Period . . . . . : 999 Date Added . . . . . . : 10/22/97
Date . . . . . . : 123139 Added By . . . . . . . : CCNAD
NEW PASSWORD ASSIGNMENT Last Maintenance By . : CMPQA
New Password . . : Date Last Maintained . : 01/31/02
New Date . . . . : 123149 Time Last Maintained . : 10:55:09

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F8=FWRD F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS

This is the first of four screens containing information established for the selected user. If
you are setting up new user information, most of these fields are blank. If you are updating
user information, you can change unprotected fields by entering new values over those
displayed. If you are viewing user information, you cannot change the information on this
screen.
All user and date formats shown on this screen are those established for the user by the
System Administrator.

Fields

USER ID Unique code that identifies this user to the system.

8C

LEVEL Security authorization level assigned to this user. The values

1C are:
S = System Administrator
A = Administrator
M = Manager
U = User.

February 2008 4–8

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

LAST NAME Last name of the user.

30C

FIRST NAME First name of the user.

20C

MIDDLE INITIAL Middle initial of the user.

1C

TITLE Job title of the user.

20C

DEPARTMENT Department within the organization to which the user is

20C assigned.

CURRENT Unique password currently valid for this user. This value does
PASSWORD not display on the screen or while being keyed, and it is
8C protected in update mode.

VERIFY If you are adding a new password, re-key the password in this
8C field to verify that it was entered correctly. This value does not
display on the screen or while being keyed, and is protected in
update mode.

PASSWORD EXPIRATION
The fields beneath this heading determine how often this user’s password will expire and
require change.

FREQUENCY Unit of time used to schedule password expiration. The values

1C are:
D = Days
W = Weeks
M = Months
Q = Quarters
Y = Years.

PERIOD Number of days, weeks, months, quarters, or years to elapse

3N between password expirations. The values are 0 through 999.

DATE Date on which the password will expire.

6N

February 2008 4–9

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

NEW PASSWORD ASSIGNMENT

Fields beneath this heading identify the new password that will replace the current
password upon its expiration.

NEW PASSWORD Password that will become valid when the current password
8C expires. This value does not display on the screen or while
being keyed.

NEW DATE Date on which the new password will take effect. If you enter a
6N new password for this individual, the new date is required.

USER INFORMATION
Fields beneath this heading contain current information for the user.

EFFECTIVE DATE Date this user record becomes valid.

6N

EXPIRATION DATE Date on which this user record is no longer valid.

6N

STATUS Current status of the user record. The values are:

1C
A = Active
E = Expired
I = Inactive
N = New
P = Purge.

MANAGER ID Identification of the manager responsible for this user. The

8C REQ manager’s level must be superior to that of the user. If the user’s
level is U, the manager’s level must be M. If the user’s level is
M, the manager’s level must be A. If the user’s level is A, the
manager’s level must be S. If the user’s level is S, the Manager
ID is not required.

DATE ADDED Date on which this user record was added to the system.
6N

ADDED BY User ID of the individual who established this user record

3C within TRAMS.

LAST MAINTENANCE User ID of the individual who last updated this user record.
BY
5C

February 2008 4–10

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

DATE LAST Date on which this user record was last updated.
MAINTAINED
6N

TIME LAST Time of day at which this user record was last updated.
MAINTAINED
6N
When you finish working with this screen, press Enter. The system displays a screen
similar to the one following.

February 2008 4–11

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

USERLIST2—User Profile Details (Screen 2)

( ) (V) View (U) Update (D) Delete (C) Copy (H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (Q) 01/31/02 11:56:16
USER PROFILE

User ID . . . . . . : CMPQA
Level . . . . . . . : S

Date Last Signed On : 01/31/02

Time Last Signed On : 11:27:45
Terminal Last Used : 0891

Language . . . . . . : E

Time Offset . . . . : +00 EXAMPLES: +3 -5 (1ST POSITION IS THE SIGN)

Time Format . . . . : 2 1=12 HOURS 2=24 HOURS
Date Format . . . . : 1 1=MDY 2=DMY 3=YMD

Memo . . :

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen contains a record of the user’s last system access, as well as preferences that
control certain aspects of TRAMS display. The user ID and level are redisplayed at the top
of the screen in protected mode.

Fields

USER ID Unique code that identifies this user to the system.

5C

LEVEL Security authorization level assigned to this user. The values are
1C
S = System Administrator
A = Administrator
M = Manager
U = User.

DATE LAST SIGNED Date this user was last signed on to the system.
ON
6N

February 2008 4–12

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

TIME LAST SIGNED Time of day this user was last signed on to the system.
ON
6N

TERMINAL LAST Identification of the terminal that the user last used to access the
USED system.
4N

LANGUAGE User’s preferred language for the system. The values are:
1C
C = French Canadian
E = English
F = French
G = German
I = Italian
S = Spanish.

TIME OFFSET Number of hours by which the user’s time differs from the time
3C at the associated data center. The system uses this value to
calculate the correct time for display on the user’s screen. A
plus or a minus sign in the first position indicates whether the
system will add or subtract hours within this calculation,
followed by two digits. The numeric value must be less than or
equal to 24.
For example, if the user is in New York and the data center is in
Colorado, the time offset value would be +02, indicating that
the system will add two hours to calculate the time to be shown
on the user’s screen. The value would be -02 if the user is in
Colorado and the data center is in New York, indicating that the
system will subtract two hours to calculate the correct time for
the user.

TIME FORMAT Format in which the time is presented on TRAMS screens. The
1N values are:
1 = 12-hour clock (for example, 1:00 p.m. is
presented as 01:00)
2 = 24-hour clock (for example, 1:00 p.m. is
presented as 13:00).

February 2008 4–13

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

DATE FORMAT Format in which the date is presented on TRAMS screens. The
1N values are:
1 = MDY, month-day-year (for example, October
15, 2005, is presented as 10/15/05 and entered
as 101505)
2 = DMY, day-month-year (for example, October
15, 2005, is presented as 15/10/05 and entered
as 151005)
3 = YMD, year-month-day (for example, October
15, 2005, is presented as 05/10/15 and entered
as 051015).

MEMO User-defined field containing additional information pertinent

65C to this user.
When you finish working with this screen, press Enter and the system will display a screen
similar to the one following.

February 2008 4–14

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

USERLIST3—User Profile Details (Screen 3)

( ) (V) View (U) Update (D) Delete (C) Copy (H) Help
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (Q) 01/31/02 11:58:11
USER PROFILE More: +
User ID Level
CMPQA S

Application . . . . . ( TRAMS ) TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Approval Limit . . . : 9999999999999 Approval Group Code . . : 0000
Program Table ID . . : Q Program Group Code . . : 0001
File Table ID . . . . : Q File Group Code . . . . : 0001
User Code . . . . . . : Inst/Appl Group Code . : 0000
Function Keys 1 Thru 24 and PA1, PA2 and Assignments:
F1 : HELP F9 : CMD F17 : PA1 : BKWD
F2 : SET F10 : ACT F18 : PA2 : FWRD
F3 : EXIT F11 : COPY F19 : PREV
F4 : NEXT F12 : CAN F20 : PROM
F5 : REFR F13 : TOP F21 :
F6 : END F14 : BOT F22 :
F7 : BKWD F15 : F23 :
F8 : FWRD F16 : F24 :

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen contains security group assignments governing the user’s access to TRAMS.
It also contains 24 function keys that your organization can define for this user, as well as
two program action (PA) keys. The User ID and Level code are redisplayed at the top of
the screen.
This screen is displayed once for each TRAMS application available within the
organization.

Fields

USER ID Unique code that identifies this user to the system.

5C

LEVEL Security authorization level assigned to this user. The values are
1C
S = System Administrator
A = Administrator
M = Manager
U = User.

APPLICATION Application to which these controls apply. Screens for each

8C available application are displayed as you press Enter.

February 2008 4–15

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

APPROVAL LIMIT Maximum monetary transaction value that this user can enter.
11N Enter this value as a whole currency amount; for example,
$500.00 is entered as “500”. If you make an entry in this field,
an entry in the APPROVAL GROUP CODE field is required.

APPROVAL GROUP Table of approval controls to which this user is assigned. If you
CODE make an entry in this field, an entry in the APPROVAL LIMIT field
4N is required. The system edits monetary entries against the
approval limit to ensure that the entries remain within the limit.

PROGRAM TABLE ID Program table suffix that governs this user’s access to TRAMS
1C programs, screens, and functions.

PROGRAM GROUP Code corresponding to those TRAMS programs that this user is
CODE permitted to access. The system checks the associated program
4N table to determine those programs that include this code, and
allows the user to access only those programs.

FILE TABLE ID File table suffix that governs this user’s access to TRAMS files.
1C

FILE GROUP CODE Code corresponding to those TRAMS files that this user is
4N permitted to access. The system checks the associated file table
to determine those files that include this code, and allows the
user to access only those files.

USER CODE User-defined code available for your organization’s use.

1C

INST/APPL GROUP Code that corresponds to those security groups that are
CODE accessible to this user.
4N

 Group ranges must be defined in option 12 of the Master Menu

section before values can be entered.

FUNCTION KEYS Using this screen, you can customize the keys’ associated
functions to match the requirements of the individual user. To
do so, type the function abbreviation in the field associated with
the key number. Function abbreviations are:
HELP = Help
SET = Set 1/2
EXIT = Exit
PROM = Prompt

February 2008 4–16

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

REFR = Refresh
BKWD = Backward
FWRD = Forward
CMD = Commands
ACT = Action
COPY = Copy
CAN = Cancel
END = End
TOP = Top
BOT = Bottom
PREV = Previous
NEXT = Next.
While the following functions are required and cannot be
removed from the system, they can be reassigned to another
key:
‰ Exit
‰ Backward
‰ Forward
‰ Cancel.

 Changes that you make to function and PA keys take effect as soon
as you sign off and sign back on to TRAMS. Once you make a
change, the function previously associated with that key is
unavailable until it is assigned to another key.
For the assigned functions to take effect on a particular screen, the
functions must be turned on for that screen’s programs in the
Program table.

Exiting the function

When you finish viewing the screen, complete the function by performing one of the
following actions:
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Enter a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. This action negates
any entries you have made on the User Profile screens.

Program tables
Purpose
Use this function to define the various program tables that control users’ access to the
Transaction Management System online. These program tables determine:

February 2008 4–17

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

‰ The specific functions or screens that a user can access

‰ The actions that users can perform within a function.

Accessing program tables

To access this function, select Program Tables from the Security Administration menu and
press Enter. The system displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 4–18

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

PRGMTBLIST—Program Table Action List

PRGMTBLIST TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 09/19/01 14:23:22
PROGRAM TABLE ACTION LIST More: +

Type actions next to selected objects. Then press Enter.

C=Copy D=Delete N=New S=Search U=Update V=View R=Replicate

Action Table ID Number

( ) ( ) ( )
Action Table ID Number Status Program Description
( ) D 00001 A NCPO001 COMMON ERROR
( ) D 00003 A NCPO003 SIGNOFF
( ) D 00004 A NCPO004 SECURITY VIOLATIONS
( ) D 00005 A NCPO005 DISPATCH
( ) D 00006 A NCPO006 SEND LOGO SCREEN
( ) D 00010 A NCPO010 NCM SIGNON
( ) D 00020 A NCPO020 TRAMS MAIN MENU
( ) D 00022 A NCPO022 FAST PATH LIST
( ) D 00024 A NCPO024 OPEN/CLOSE CORR
( ) D 00026 A NCPO026 DELETE MIRRORS
( ) D 00028 A NCPO028 SWITCH FILE TBL ID
( ) D 00030 A NCPO030 NCM SYSTEM OPTIONS

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen consists of an action list displaying all of the program table entries that are
available for your review.
Paging options may apply to this function. Refer to the “Working in TRAMS” chapter for
help with paging.

Fields

ACTION Action you want to take concerning the associated program

1C table.

TABLE ID Code that identifies a specific program table. The values are A
1C KEY through Z, or 0 through 9.

NUMBER Number that identifies the program within the program table.
5N KEY

February 2008 4–19

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

STATUS Status of the program table. The values are:

1C A = Active
I = Inactive
N = New
P = Purge.

PROGRAM Alphanumeric identifier of the program controlled by the

7C associated program table.

DESCRIPTION Alphanumeric description of the program controlled by the

20C program table.
When you finish viewing the screen (paging forward and backward as necessary),
continue by performing one of the following actions:
‰ Enter values in the key fields located at the beginning of the action list. Enter a code
in the ACTION field beside the key and press Enter. Refer to the “Working in TRAMS”
chapter of the guide if you need help in searching the action list based on a key.
‰ Enter an action code in the ACTION field beside any selected object(s). Press Enter.
Refer to the “Program table entries details” subtopic for help with resulting screens. If
you need help in understanding action codes and their use, refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide.

 The Program Table Action List contains an additional action code

option, “R” (Replicate). This action enables you to quickly duplicate
an entire set of programs into another program table. For help in
performing this action, see the “Replicating program tables” topic
within this chapter.
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Enter a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. Remember, this
action negates any entries you may have made on this screen.

Program table entries details

If you specified a program table and action on the Program Table Action List screen, the
system displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 4–20

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

PRGMTBLIS1—Program Table Entries

(V) View (U) Update (C) Copy (D) Delete (H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 09/19/01 17:09:50
PROGRAM TABLE ENTRIES

Program Table ID. . : D

Number. . . . . . . : 00030 Date Added. . . : 08/21/01
Program ID. . . . . : NCPO030 Last Mntd By. . :
Map ID. . . . . . . : NCMO030 Date Last Mntd. :
Status. . . . . . . : A Time Last Mntd. : 00:00:00

Security Data Code Action Level Code Action Level

0001 15 0 0002 01 0
0003 03 0 0004 04 0
0000 00 0 0000 00 0
0000 00 0 0000 00 0
0000 00 0 0000 00 0

Screen Type . . . . : M Next Program. . : 00032

Description . . . . : NCM SYSTEM OPTIONS Prev Program. . : 00020
Exit Program. . : 00020

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F8=FWRD F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS

This screen displays detailed information for the program table you selected.

Fields

PROGRAM TABLE ID Code that identifies this program table within the system.
1C

NUMBER Number that identifies the program within the program table.
5N

PROGRAM ID Name of the program that is controlled by this program table.

8C

MAP ID TRAMS screen map that is controlled by this program table.

7C

STATUS Current status of this program table. The values are:

1C
A = Active
I = Inactive
N = New
P = Purge.

February 2008 4–21

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

DATE ADDED Date on which this program table entry was created, displayed
6N in user-defined format.

LAST MNTD BY User who last updated this program table entry.
5C

DATE LAST MNTD Date on which this program table entry was last updated,
6N displayed in user-defined format.

TIME LAST MNTD Time of day at which this program table entry was last updated.
6N

SECURITY DATA
This section of the screen contains ten sets of fields. Use these fields to define the
functionality that is available within the associated program and its map.

CODE Security group code used to verify against a TRAMS user

4N record to determine accessibility.
(appears 10 times)

ACTION Type of action that a user with this security group code can
2N perform within this program. The values are:
(appears 10 times)
1 = Read only
2 = Update
4 = Create
8 = Delete
15 = Read, Update, Create, and Delete.
You can combine these values to customize a user’s access to
the system. For example, if you want to permit the user to read
and update only, enter “3”
(1 + 2) as the ACTION code.

LEVEL (Reserved for future use.) Level of field security provided to

1N users accessing this program. Depending on this level, the
(appears 10 times) system may prevent the user from accessing or viewing certain
fields on the screen associated with this program. The values
are:
0 = No field level security checking applies
1–9 = Field level security checking applies.

February 2008 4–22

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

SCREEN TYPE Type of screen identified by the MAP ID field. The values are:
1C A = Action list
C = Control screen
D = Detail
M = Menu

NEXT PROGRAM Number of the program that follows this program in a function,
5C if applicable.

DESCRIPTION Alphanumeric description of the program.

20C

PREV PROGRAM Number of the program that precedes this program in a

5C function, if applicable.

EXIT PROGRAM Number of the program to which this program passes control
5C when the user selects the Exit function.

Replicating program tables

As you work with TRAMS, you will sometimes find it necessary to copy a set of programs
from one table to another. For example, once TRAMS is installed within your
organization, you may process in testing mode for a period of time. The programs you use
during this period might carry a program table identification of T to identify them as
testing programs. When the testing period is complete, you might replicate all of the
programs into a table with an identification of P to identify them as processing programs.
To replicate a program table, enter R in the ACTION field associated with the key near the
top of the Program Table Action List. This entry is not valid for any other programs listed
on the screen. Leave the rest of the key fields blank. Press Enter. The system displays a
screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 4–23

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

PRGMTBLIS2—Program Table Replicate

( ) (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 09/20/01 14:53:12
PROGRAM TABLE REPLICATE

From To
Copy All Program IDs . . . . . ( ) ( )
Change All Program Prefixes . . ( ) ( )

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS

Use this screen to identify the programs you want to replicate.

Fields

COPY ALL PROGRAM Program identifications you want to duplicate, and the program
IDS identification you want to assign to the new programs. For
1C REQ example, to copy testing programs into live processing
programs, you would enter T in the FROM field and P in the TO
field.

CHANGE ALL Prefixes of the programs you want to change, and the prefix you
PROGRAM PREFIXES want to assign to the new programs. For example, many
3C TRAMS programs are prefixed by the letters NCP. You may
want to change these prefixes to TRP. To do so, you would enter
NCP in the FROM field and TRP in the TO field.
When entries are complete, press Enter in order for the system to replicate the program
table.

February 2008 4–24

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

Program functions
If you pressed Enter to proceed from the Program Table Entries screen, the system
displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 4–25

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

PRGMTBLIS2—Program Functions
( ) (V) View (U) Update (N) New (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/20/01 15:13:22

PROGRAM FUNCTIONS

Program Table ID. . : T

Program Number. . . : 00020

Functions Available To Display On The Screen (Y/N) For: NCMO020

Help . . . ( Y ) Set. . . . ( Y ) Exit . . . : Y

Prompt . . ( N ) Refresh. . ( Y ) End. . . . : N
Backward . ( N ) Forward. . ( N ) Commands . ( Y )
Actions. . ( Y ) Copy . . . ( N ) Cancel . . : Y
Top . . . ( N ) Bottom . . ( N ) Reserved . : N
Reserved . : N Reserved . : N Reserved . : N
Previous . ( N ) Next . . . ( N )

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS

This screen lists the functions that are available (through function keys) for the associated
program. A Y value means that the function is available; N means that the function is not
available. The system will automatically display available function keys in the function
key area (bottom line) of each screen when the user accesses the program.

 The Exit and Cancel functions are set to Y and are not modifiable.

Exiting program table functions

When you finish viewing the screen (making any changes or additions as necessary),
complete the function by performing one of the following actions:
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Enter a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. This action negates
any changes you may have made on this screen.

February 2008 4–26

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

File tables
Purpose
This function defines the various file table entries that control users’ access to Transaction
Management System files. These file table entries determine:
‰ The specific TRAMS files that a user can access
‰ The actions that users can perform within a file.
Each user’s security profile is linked to a file table entry through the FILE TABLE ID and FILE
GROUP CODE fields (accessed through the User Profile menu selection). As the user works
with TRAMS, the system references the corresponding file table and group. The controls
set up within the file table determine any limitations to the user’s access to a file and the
data stored in the file.

Accessing file table entries

To access this function, select File Table from the Security Administration menu and press
Enter. The system displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 4–27

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

FILETABLE—File Table Action List

FILETABLE TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 09/20/01 15:21:12
FILE TABLE ACTION LIST More: +

Type actions next to selected objects. Then press Enter.

C=Copy D=Delete N=New S=Search U=Update V=View R=Replicate

Action Table Id Number

( ) ( ) ( )
Action Table Id Number Status File Description
( ) D 001 A NSVSECR OPERATOR PROFILES
( ) D 002 A NSVPRGM PROGRAM TABLE
( ) D 003 A NSVFILE FILE TABLE
( ) D 004 A NCVSYSP SYS CONTROL OPTIONS
( ) D 007 A NCVLOGA CCN LOG FILE A
( ) D 010 A NCVAPPL APPLICATION CNTRLS
( ) D 011 A NCVINST INSTITUTION CNTRLS
( ) D 012 A NCVMRCH MERCHANT FILE
( ) D 013 A NCDBTCH BATCH HEADER FILE
( ) D 014 A NCDCASH CASH HEADER FILE
( ) D 015 A NCDFILE FILE CONTROLS INFO
( ) D 016 A NCDTRAN TRANSACTION DATABASE

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen consists of an action list displaying all of the file table entries that are
available for your review.
Paging options may apply to this function. Refer to the “Working in TRAMS” chapter for
help with paging.

Fields

ACTION Code that indicates the action you want to take concerning the
1C associated file.

TABLE ID Code that identifies a specific file table. The values are alpha
1C KEY characters A through Z, or numbers 0 through 9.

NUMBER Number identifying the file within the file table.

3N KEY

February 2008 4–28

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

STATUS Status of the file table. The values are:

1C A = Active
I = Inactive
N = New
P = Purge.

FILE Alphanumeric identifier of the file controlled by the associated

7C program table.

DESCRIPTION Alphanumeric description of the file controlled by the file table.

20C
When you finish viewing the screen (paging forward and backward as necessary),
continue by performing one of the following actions:
‰ Enter values in the key fields near the top of the action list. Enter a code in the ACTION
field associated with the key, and press Enter. Refer to the “Working in TRAMS”
chapter of this guide if you need help in searching the action list using a key.
‰ Enter an action code in the ACTION field beside any selected object(s). Press Enter.
Refer to the “File table entries” topic for help with resulting screens. If you need help
in understanding action codes and their use, refer to the “Working in TRAMS”
chapter of this guide.

 The File Table Action List contains an additional action code option,
R (replicate). This action enables you to quickly duplicate an entire
set of files into another file table. For help in performing this action,
see the “Replicating file tables” topic.
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Enter a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. Remember, this
action negates any entries you may have made on this screen.

Replicating file tables

As you work with TRAMS, you will sometimes find it necessary to copy a set of files
from one table to another. For example, once TRAMS is installed within your
organization, you may process in testing mode for a period of time. The files you use
during this period might carry a file table ID of T to identify them as testing files. When
the testing period is complete, you might replicate all of the files into a table with an ID of
P to identify them as processing files.
To replicate a file table, enter R in the ACTION field associated with the key near the top of
the File Table Action List. This entry is not valid for any other files listed on the screen.
Press Enter. The system displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 4–29

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

FILETABLE2—File Table Replicate

( ) (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 09/20/01 14:53:12
FILE TABLE REPLICATE

From To
Copy All File IDs . . . . . . . ( ) ( )
Change All File Prefixes . . . ( ) ( )

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS

Use this screen to identify the files you want to replicate.

Fields

COPY ALL FILE IDS Code that identifies the file identifications you want to
1C REQ duplicate, and the file identification you want to assign to the
new files. For example, to copy testing files into live processing
files, you would enter T in the FROM field and P in the TO field.

CHANGE ALL FILE Code that identifies the prefixes of the files you want to change,
PREFIXES and the prefix you want to assign to the new files. For example,
3C many TRAMS files are prefixed by the letters NCV. You may
want to change these prefixes to TRV. To do so, you would
enter NCV in the FROM field and TRV in the TO field.
When entries are complete, press Enter in order for the system to replicate the files.

File table entries

If you selected a specific file table and action on the File Table Display screen, the system
displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 4–30

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

FILETABLE3—File Table Entries

( ) (V) View (U) Update (C) Copy (D) Delete (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/20/01 15:28:56

FILE TABLE ENTRIES

File Table ID . . . : T Status. . . . . . ( A )

File Number . . . . : 004 Date Added. . . . :
Description . . . . ( SYS CONTROL OPTIONS ) Last Mntd By. . . : MARY
File ID . . . . . . ( NCVSYSP ) Date Last Mntd. . : 10/25/1999
Log Indicator . . . ( S ) Time Last Mntd. . : 15:19:00

Security Data Code Action Level Code Action Level

( 0001 ) ( 02 ) ( 0 ) ( 0000 ) ( 15 ) ( 0 )
( 0000 ) ( 15 ) ( 0 ) ( 0000 ) ( 15 ) ( 0 )
( 0000 ) ( 15 ) ( 0 ) ( 0000 ) ( 15 ) ( 0 )
( 0000 ) ( 15 ) ( 0 ) ( 0000 ) ( 15 ) ( 0 )
( 0000 ) ( 15 ) ( 0 ) ( 0000 ) ( 15 ) ( 0 )

Record Length . . .( 0182 ) Key Length. . . .( 08 ) Common Format. . ( Y )

Min Record Len. . .( 0182 ) Inst/Appl Disp. .( 0000 ) Inst/Appl Ind . .( )

COMMAND ===>
F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS F12=CANCEL

This screen displays detailed information for the file table you selected.

Fields

FILE TABLE ID Code that identifies this file table within the system.
1C

FILE NUMBER Number identifying the file within the file table.
7C

DESCRIPTION Alphanumeric description of the file.

20C

FILE ID Code that identifies the file that is controlled by this file table.
8C

LOG INDICATOR Flag that indicates whether dual logging applies to the file. This
1C capability enables your organization to write file data to a

February 2008 4–31

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

secondary file that serves as a backup for the primary log file.
The values are:
N = No file logging; write to the primary file only
S = Single file logging; write to log file A only
D = Dual file logging; write to log file A and B.

STATUS Current status of this file table entry. The values are:
1C
A = Active
I = Inactive
N = New
P = Purge.

DATE ADDED Date on which this file table entry was created, displayed in
6C user-defined format.

LAST MNTD BY User who last updated this file table entry.
5C

DATE LAST MNTD Date on which this file table entry was last updated, displayed
6N in user-defined format.

SECURITY DATA
This section of the screen contains ten sets of fields. Use these fields to define the
functionality that is available within the associated file and its data.

CODE Security group code to be assigned to a TRAMS user record to

4N link that record with this file table.

ACTION Type of action that a user with this security group code can
2N perform within this file. The values are:
1 = Read only
2 = Update
4 = Create
8 = Delete
15 = Read, Update, Create, and Delete.
You can combine these values to customize a user’s access to
the system. For example, if you want to permit the user to read
and update only, enter “3”(1 + 2) as the ACTION code.

LEVEL (Reserved for future use.) Level of field security provided to

1N users accessing this file. Depending on this level, the system

February 2008 4–32

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

may prevent the user from accessing or viewing certain fields

on the screen associated with this file. The values are:
0 = No field level security checking applies
1–9 = Field level security checking applies.

RECORD LENGTH Maximum length in bytes of a single record within the file.
4N

KEY LENGTH Length in bytes of the file key.

2N

COMMON FORMAT Flag that indicates whether the file is in the standard TRAMS
1C format, with maintenance fields following the key. This format
enables the common input/output program to update the fields
automatically. The values are:
Y = TRAMS standard format
N = Non-standard format.

MIN RECORD LENGTH Minimum length in bytes of a single record within the file.
4N

INST/APPL DISP Actual starting position where the institution field resides in this
4N particular file.

INST/APPL IND Flag that indicates if a security check is to be instituted, and if

1C so, identifies whether this check will be for Inst/Appl level or
Inst only level. The values are:
B = Institution/application number
I = Institution number only
Space = No security check.

 See the “TRAMS and TRAMS/DE files containing Institution and/or

Application” topic in the“Commands and Codes” appendix for more
information on the values.

Exiting file tables

When you finish viewing the screen (making any changes or additions as necessary),
complete the function by performing one of the following actions:
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Enter a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. Remember, this
action negates any changes you have made to the file table entry.

February 2008 4–33

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

Message tables
Purpose
This function is used to access text for the various messages that are displayed or printed
as part of TRAMS functions. These include online informational or error messages, reject
reason codes, and text for fields displayed on screens or printed on reports.
The Message Table is created within the TRAMS Application Generator, using a Run-
Time Support menu selection. The Application Generator enables your organization to
customize the messages based on your own preferences and processing methods. Once the
table is created, it is uploaded to your mainframe computer and made available to the
TRAMS functions.

Accessing the function

To access the function, select Message Table from the Security Administration menu and
press Enter. The system displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 4–34

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

MSGTMENU—Message Table Menu

( ) (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MSGTMENU TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/13/01 08:47:16
MESSAGE TABLE MENU

Select one of the following and press Enter. Include any search options below

( ) 1. Help Message Text

2. Online Error Message
3. Process Input Errors
4. Reject Reason Code Messages
5. Report Literal Text
6. Screen Literal Text

Code Language Status

Search . . . . . ( ) ( ) ( )

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET1 F12=CANCEL

This screen consists of a submenu offering access to the following message types:
‰ Help Message Text—Messages displayed when a user requests “Help” for a specific
field
‰ Online Error Message—Messages displayed when an online entry error occurs
‰ Process Input Errors—Messages displayed as a result of errors encountered during
Process Input
‰ Reject Reason Code Messages—Messages explaining the reason that an item was
rejected or suspended
‰ Report Literal Text—Messages that are printed on reports to describe fields or other
entities
‰ Screen Literal Text—Messages displayed on screens as field prompts.
To select any of these options, enter the number identifying the option in the field
provided.

Search options
Note that the Message Table Menu permits you to make entries that target and search for a
specific message code, language, or status. By using these search options, you can limit
the action list to the objects in which you are specifically interested.

February 2008 4–35

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

‰ To search for a specific message, enter the code for that message in the CODE field
located beside the Search prompt.
‰ To search for messages in a specific language, enter the language code in the
LANGUAGE field beside the Search prompt.
‰ To search for messages with a particular status code, enter the code in the STATUS
field beside the Search prompt.
Enter Search options in any combination. Remember, the more Search options you use,
the more you limit the resulting action list.
When these steps are complete, press Enter.

Message table action list

The system displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 4–36

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

MSGTLIST—Message Table Action List

MSGTLIST TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/13/01 08:50:26
MESSAGE TABLE ACTION LIST More:

Type actions next to selected objects. Then press Enter.

C=Copy D=Delete N=New S=Search U=Update V=View

Action Msg Code Language Status

( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
Action Tbl Type Msg Code Language Status
( ) HP FORMATCD E A
( ) HP ORIGSTAN E A
( ) HP ORTRANDA E A
( ) HP ORTRANTI E A
( ) HP PROCLASS E A
( ) HP RECONAMT E A
( ) HP TRAN537 E A
( ) HP TRAN538 E A
( ) HP TRAN539 E A
( ) HP TRAN540 E A

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen consists of an action list containing messages of the type specified on the
preceding submenu. If you targeted message criteria using the SEARCH fields on the
preceding screen, the list begins with the message you targeted.
Paging options may apply to this function. Refer to the “Working in TRAMS” chapter for
help with paging.

Fields

ACTION Code that indicates the action you want to take concerning the
1C KEY associated message. Valid action codes are displayed on your
screen.

MSG CODE User-defined code uniquely identifying the message within the
8C KEY table.

LANGUAGE Language in which the message is written. The values are:

1C
C = French Canadian
E = English
F = French

February 2008 4–37

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

G = German
I = Italian
S = Spanish.

STATUS Maintenance status of the message. The values are:

1C
A = Active
I = Inactive
N = New
P = Purge.

TBL TYPE Code that specifies the table you have accessed. The table type
2C is dependent on the selection made through the submenu, as
follows:
HP = Help message text (not available at this time)
OL = Online error message
PI = Process input errors
RC = Reject reason code messages
RP = Report literal text
SC = Screen literal text.
When you finish viewing the screen, paging forward and backward as necessary, continue
the function by performing one of the following actions:
‰ Enter values in the key fields at the top of the action list. Enter a code in the ACTION
field beside the key and press Enter. Turn to the “Message table detail” topic that
follows for help with the resulting screen.
‰ Enter an action code in the ACTION field beside any selected object(s). Press Enter.
Refer to the “Message table detail” topic for help with the resulting screen. If you
need help in understanding action codes and their use, refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide.
‰ Choose a completion option using a function key. Refer to the “Working in TRAMS”
chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their results.
‰ Enter a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. Remember, this
action negates any entries you may have made on this screen.

Message table details

If you selected an action for a message listed on the Message Table Action List, the system
displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 4–38

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

MSGTLIST1—Message Table Details

( ) (V) View (U) Update (C) Copy (D) Delete
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/13/01 09:06:06
MESSAGE TABLE DETAILS

Table Type . . . . . . : HP Status . . . . . . . ( A )

Message Code . . . . . : FORMATCD
Language . . . . . . . : E
Number of Characters . : 78
Message Literal . . . . ( FORMAT CODE )
( )

COMMAND ===>
F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS F12=CANCEL

Fields

TABLE TYPE Specifies the message table type. The values are:
2C
HP = Help message text
OI = Online error message
PI = Process input errors
RC = Reject reason code messages
RP = Report literal text
SC = Screen literal text.

STATUS Maintenance status of the message. The values are:

1C
A = Active
I = Inactive
N = New
P = Purge.

MESSAGE CODE User-defined code that identifies the message within the table.
5C

February 2008 4–39

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

LANGUAGE Language in which the message is written. The values are:

1C C = French Canadian
E = English
F = French
G = German
I = Italian
S = Spanish.

NUMBER OF Number of available characters for the message, as defined

CHARACTERS through the Record Definition table. Some help messages have
2N a maximum of 78 characters, others have a maximum of 30
characters.

MESSAGE LITERAL Actual text of the message to be displayed or printed. The

30C OR 78C length is defined through the NUMBER OF CHARACTERS field.

Exiting the function

When you finish viewing the screen, complete the function by performing one of the
following actions:
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Enter a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. This action negates
any changes you may have made on this screen.

Help facility
This selection is not active at this time.

Fastpath commands
Purpose
This option displays a listing of commands that are available for use as a shortcut to
specific Transaction Management System functions. By using fastpath commands, you
bypass menus and speed access to TRAMS functions. Usually, a fastpath command brings
you to a menu or an action list.

Accessing fastpath commands

To access the function, select Fastpaths from the Security Administration menu, or type
the command fastpath in the command line. Press Enter.
The system displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 4–40

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

FASTPATH—Fastpath Key Word List

( ) (H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FASTPATH TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/29/05 15:24:30
FASTPATH KEY WORD LIST

Available FASTPATH commands are:

WRCTLIST DEMAINMENU EMRPLIST INSTAPPLGP OFF TRANLIST

APPLLIST DEOPTSMENU EMRRLIST INSTLIST OPTIONMENU TRANMENU
APRVLGROUP DESBALLIST EMSPLIST IPSTLIST PRGMTBLIST TRNACTLIST
BATCHLIST DETOTSLIST EUROMENU JFETLIST RDEFLIST TRNREFLIST
CASHLIST DETRANLIST EXCEPTMENU JISTLIST REJLIST USERLIST
CHECKMENU EMBNLIST FASTPATH JOBMENU RPTLIST VISTLIST
CLIENTMENU EMCRLIST FILELIST JOBSCHDLST SECRMENU WRCTLIST
DEADMNMENU EMDHLIST FILEMENU JOBSTSLIST SETTLIST WRHSELIST
DEBTCHLIST EMFRLIST FILETBLIST LOGLIST SETTMENU
DECASHLIST EMIFLIST HASHTOTALS LOGOFF SIGNOFF
DECHCKMENU EMMBLIST ICALIST MAINMENU SIGNON
DECLNTMENU EMMSLIST IFETLIST MCSTLIST SUSPLIST
DEFILEMENU EMNHLIST IINLIST MSGTMENU SYSTBLMENU

COMMAND ===>
F1=HELP F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS F12=CANCEL

The screen lists the available fastpath commands for TRAMS, TRAMS/DE, and TRAMS
Eurocard-MasterCard. Refer to the “Commands and Codes” appendix in this guide for a
list of the full command names for the TRAMS system fastpaths; refer to the TRAMS/DE
Screens Guide and TRAMS Eurocard-MasterCard Screens Guide, respectively, for
information on fastpath commands for those systems.

Exiting the function

When you have finished reviewing the fastpath key word list, complete the function by
performing one of the following actions:
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Enter a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter.

View Log File

Purpose
This function displays the TRAMS Log File online. This file contains a “before and after”
view of data in the system that has been changed through online functions, providing an
on-screen audit trail.

February 2008 4–41

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

 This function displays only data that has been maintained through
online entry. It is not its purpose to display all of the transactions
entered into the system in a day’s processing.

Accessing the log file

To access the function, select View Log File from the Security Administration menu, or
type the fastpath command LOGFILE in the command line. Press Enter.
The system displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 4–42

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

LOGLIST—TRAMS Log File (Character Display)

LOGLIST TRAMS/BSE 8.07 COMPLIANCE 2.1 (Q) 01/25/02 14:48:13
TRAMS LOG FILE More: +

Type actions next to selected objects. Then press Enter.

S=Search H=Hex Display C=Character Display

Action Proc Date Time Appl File Func Type Term User
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
Action Proc Date Time Appl File Func Type Term User Seq
( ) 082201 094728 N 001 S 8 T159 FIXQA 0000
Char Key= FIXQA
( ) 082201 110537 N 001 S 8 T177 FIXQA 0000
Char Key= FIXQA
( ) 082201 134557 N 001 S 8 T186 CCNAD 0000
Char Key= CCNAD
( ) 082201 143434 N 001 S 8 T138 CMPQA 0000
Char Key= CMPQA
( ) 082201 162552 N 001 S 8 T105 CCNAD 0000
Char Key= CCNAD
( ) 082201 163224 N 001 S 8 T149 FIXQA 0000
Char Key= FIXQA

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen consists of an action list displaying activity within the system so far today.
Paging options may apply to this function. Refer to the “Working in TRAMS” chapter for
help with paging.

Fields

ACTION Code that identifies the action you want to take concerning the
1C associated object(s). Valid action codes are displayed on your
screen.

PROC DATE Date on which the particular activity occurred.

6N KEY

TIME Time of day at which the particular activity occurred.

6N KEY

APPL Application affected by the activity. Currently, the valid entry

1C KEY for this field is N, identifying TRAMS.

February 2008 4–43

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

FILE TRAMS file affected by the activity. A list of files and their
3N KEY identifying numbers is included in the Appendix to this guide.

FUNC Type of function performed in this activity. The values are:

1C KEY
C = Copy
U = Update
D = Delete
V = View
N = New record added
S = Security.

TYPE Type of activity performed within the function. The values are:
1C KEY
1 = New record added
2 = Before image update
3 = After image update
4 = Deleted record image
8 = Sign-on
9 = Sign-off
F = Field-level update
V = Security violation.

TERM User-defined identification of the terminal used to perform the

4C KEY activity.

USER User who performed the activity.

8C KEY

SEQ Sequence number identifying the specific activity within the

4N file.
When you finish viewing the screen (paging forward and backward as necessary),
continue by performing one of the following actions:
‰ Enter values in the key fields located near the top of the action list. Enter a code in the
ACTION field associated with the key and press Enter. The resulting action list will
begin with the object matching the key values you entered. (There is not a detail
screen associated with this action list.)
‰ Enter an action code in the ACTION field beside any selected object(s). Press Enter. If
your action code was H (hex display) or C (character display), refer to the “Changing
views” topic that follows for more information. If you need help in understanding
action codes and their use, refer to the “Working in TRAMS” chapter of this guide.

February 2008 4–44

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Enter a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. This action negates
any changes you may have made on this screen.

Changing views
The TRAMS Log File screen differs from the standard TRAMS screens in that it permits
you to display either a hexadecimal-based view or a character-based view of the file
objects.
When you first access the TRAMS Log File screen, values are displayed in standard
character format. To display hexadecimal values, type H in the ACTION field associated
with the key. Leave the rest of the key fields blank and press Enter.
The screen changes to a view similar to the one following.

February 2008 4–45

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

LOGLIST—TRAMS Log File (Hex Display)

LOGLIST TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/13/01 09:20:14
TRAMS LOG FILE More: +

Type actions next to selected objects. Then press Enter.

S=Search H=Hex Display C=Character Display

Action Proc Date Time Appl File Func Type Term User
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
Action Proc Date Time Appl File Func Type Term User Seq
( ) 040693 212325 N 01 S 8 N071 CCNAD 0000
Hex Key = C3C3D5C1C4404040
( ) 040693 212453 N 00 S 9 N071 CCNAD 0000
Hex Key =
( ) 040693 212514 N 01 S 8 N070 MARY 0000
Hex Key = D4C1D9E840404040
( ) 040693 212939 N 01 S 8 N071 CCNAD 0000
Hex Key = C3C3D5C1C4404040
( ) 040693 212948 N 01 S 8 N070 MARY 0000
Hex Key = D4C1D9E840404040
( ) 040693 213023 N 01 S 8 N071 CCNAD 0000
Hex Key = C3C3D5C1C4404040

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Note that the CHAR KEY field has changed to a HEX KEY field, displaying the key in
hexadecimal format.
To change back to the character-based format, type C in the ACTION field associated with
the key fields. Again, leave the rest of the key fields blank and press Enter. The system
redisplays the action list in character-based format.

View Record Definition file

Purpose
This function displays your organization’s Record Definition file online.
The Record Definition file specifies the fields that compose a transaction record. The file
is originated through the Application Generator, which operates on a PC-based
workstation. Your organization transfers the file from the PC to the mainframe, where
TRAMS refers to it as it processes transactions. The View Record Definition File function
enables you to look at the file at your terminal without requiring you to access the
Application Generator.
For more detailed information about the Record Definition file and the way it is created,
refer to the TRAMS/AG Reference Guide.

February 2008 4–46

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

Accessing the function

To access the function, select View Record Definition File from the Security
Administration menu. Press Enter.
The system displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 4–47

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

RDEFLIST—Record Definition Action List

RDEFLIST TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/13/01 09:29:33
RECORD DEFINITION ACTION LIST More: +

Type actions next to selected objects. Then press Enter.

S=Search V=View E=Set Data Entry Format

Action Rec Name Project Nbr Fld Nbr

( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
Action Rec Name Project Nbr Nbr of Fields Status
( ) ACHDATA 000000000000000 0007 A
( ) AMLDATA 000000000000000 0013 A
( ) AML1LSSH 000000000000000 0022 A
( ) AML1LSSM 000000000000000 0022 A
( ) AML1PS01 000000000000000 0018 A
( ) AML1PS02 000000000000000 0047 A
( ) AMT1DT 000000000000000 0024 A
( ) AMT1DX 000000000000000 0001 A
( ) AMT1D1 000000000000000 0054 A
( ) ATGTDT 000000000000000 0066 A
( ) ATGTDTX 000000000000000 0001 A
( ) BCBTCH 000000000000000 0003 A

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen contains an action list identifying Record Definition File records.
Paging options may apply to this function. Refer to the “Working in TRAMS” chapter for
help with paging.

Fields

ACTION Code that indicates the action you want to take concerning the
1C associated record. Available actions are displayed on your
screen. Note that this action list includes an action of “E” (Set
Data Entry Format) in addition to standard actions. Use this
action to identify a record format to be used for subsequent data
entry. This action moves the data entry format designation into
your communications area, from which it can be used by the
TRAMS Data Entry module (TRAMS/DE) during data entry.

REC NAME Name that identifies the record, as assigned through the
8C KEY Application Generator.

PROJECT NBR Project to which the record is assigned through the Application
15N KEY Generator.

February 2008 4–48

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

FLD NBR Number that identifies a specific field within the record.
4N

NBR OF FIELDS Total number of fields within the record.

4N

STATUS Current status of the record. The values are:

1C
A = Active
I = Inactive
N = New
P = Purge.
When you finish viewing the screen, paging forward and backward as necessary, continue
the function by performing one of the following actions:
‰ Enter values in the key fields at the top of the action list. Enter a code in the ACTION
field beside the key and press Enter. Refer to the “Record definition detail” topic that
follows for help with resulting screens.
‰ Enter an action code in the ACTION field beside any selected object. Press Enter. Refer
to the “Record definition detail” topic that follows for help with resulting screens. If
you need help in understanding action codes and their use, refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide.
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Enter a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. Remember, this
action negates any entries you may have made on this screen.

Record definition detail

If you selected an action for a record listed on the Record Definition Action List, the
system displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 4–49

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

RDEFLIST1—Record Definition Details (Screen 1)

( ) (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/13/01 09:31:33
RECORD DEFINITION DETAILS More: +
Number of Fields Rec Name Project Nbr
0007 ACHDATA 000000000000000
Field Description . . : REPORT NUMBER Occurrence . : 0001
Field Number . . . . : 0003
Storage Format . . . : ZD Status . . . . . . . : A
Number of Decimals . : 00 Date Added . . . . . : 12/05/0
Field Length . . . . : 0009 Last Maintenance By . :
Field Position . . . : 0001 Date Last Maintenance : 12/05/0
Occur Depending On . : 0000 Time Last Maintenance : 00:00:0
Occur Group 1 Number : 0000
Occur Group 1 Length : 0000
Occur Group 2 Number : 0000
Occur Group 2 Length : 0000
Screen Sequence . . . : 0000
Description Key . . . : RPTNBR
Edit List Name. . . . :

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F8=FWRD F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS

This screen contains data for the first field within the selected record as defined through
the Application Generator. All of the fields on this screen are protected and cannot be
changed.

Fields

NUMBER OF FIELDS Total number of fields within the record.

4N

REC NAME Name of the displayed record.

8C

PROJECT NBR Number of the project to which the record is assigned.

15N

FIELD DESCRIPTION Complete description of the field.

20C

OCCURRENCE Number of occurrences of this field within this record.

4N

February 2008 4–50

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

FIELD NUMBER Number that identifies the field’s position in the record.
4N

STORAGE FORMAT Format in which the field is stored. The values are:
2C
AN = Alphanumeric
BI = Binary (Comp)
FL = Floating Point (Comp-4)
PS = Packed Signed (Comp-3)
PU = Packed Unsigned (Comp-3)
ZD = Signed Zoned Decimal
ZU = Unsigned Zoned Decimal.

NUMBER OF For decimal fields, number of characters to the right of the

DECIMALS decimal.
2N

FIELD LENGTH Length of the field in bytes.

4N

FIELD POSITION Field’s starting position relative to 01.

4N

OCCUR DEPENDING Name of the field used to index an occurring (repeating) item.
ON
4N

OCCUR GROUP 1 Number of times this field or group of fields occurs.

NUMBER
4N

OCCUR GROUP 1 Total length in bytes of a group of occurring fields.

LENGTH
4N

OCCUR GROUP 2 Number of times this field or group of fields occurs.

NUMBER
4N

OCCUR GROUP 2 Total length in bytes of a group of occurring fields.

LENGTH
4N

SCREEN SEQUENCE Order in which this record appears on the Reject screens.
4N

February 2008 4–51

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

DESCRIPTION KEY Name used to refer to this record on the Messages Table.
8C

EDIT LIST NAME Edit list name defined in the Application Generator that
8C contains the list of macros used to perform field-type editing.

OCCURRENCE Number of the occurrence of this field or group of fields.

4N

STATUS Current status of this record. The values are:

1C
A = Active
I = Inactive
N = New
P = Purge.

DATE ADDED Date on which this record was established, shown in user-
6N defined format.

LAST MAINTENANCE Application Generator user who last updated this record.
BY
5C

DATE LAST Date this record was last updated.

MAINTENANCE
6N

TIME LAST Time of day that this record was last updated.
MAINTENANCE
6N
When you finish viewing the screen, press Enter to continue viewing the fields associated
with the record. The system displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 4–52

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

RDEFLIST2—Record Definition Details (Screen 2)

( ) (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/13/01 09:51:12
RECORD DEFINITION DETAILS More: - +
Number of Fields Rec Name Project Nbr
0007 ACHDATA 000000000000000

Field Description . : ACCOUNT NUMBER Occurrence . : 0002

Field Nbr . . : 0004 Storage Fmt . : AN Nbr of Dec . : 00
Field Len . . : 0017 Field Pos . . : 0010 Occ Dep On . : 0000
Occ Grp1 Nbr : 0000 Occ Grp1 Len : 0000 Occ Grp2 Nbr : 0000
Occ Grp2 Len : 0000 Screen Seq . : 0000 Desc Key . . : ACCTNBR
Edit List Name:

Field Description . : NAME Occurrence . : 0003

Field Nbr . . : 0005 Storage Fmt . : AN Nbr of Dec . : 00
Field Len . . : 0022 Field Pos . . : 0027 Occ Dep On . : 0000
Occ Grp1 Nbr : 0000 Occ Grp1 Len : 0000 Occ Grp2 Nbr : 0000
Occ Grp2 Len : 0000 Screen Seq . : 0000 Desc Key . . : NAME
Edit List Name:

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen displays details for the next two fields contained in the record. Fields are
identical to those shown on the previous page (some are abbreviated differently). All
fields are protected and cannot be changed.

Exiting the function

Continue to page through the record as necessary using the Enter key or the Forward and
Backward function keys. When you finish viewing the record, complete the function by
performing one of the following actions:
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Enter a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter.

Reload program and file tables

Purpose
This function reloads the program tables and file tables after they have been maintained.
Normally, this function is selected after performing the Program Table and/or File Table
selections from the Security Administration Menu.

February 2008 4–53

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

Accessing the function

To access the Reload function, select Reload Program & File Tables from the Security
Administration Menu and press Enter.
The system redisplays the Security Administration menu similar to that shown on the
following page. Notice the message displayed in the message line.

February 2008 4–54

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

SECRMENU—Security Administration
( ) (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECRMENU TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/13/01 09:52:55
SECURITY ADMINISTRATION

Select one of the following and press Enter.

( ) 1. User Profiles 14. Switch File Table ID

2. Program Table
3. File Table
4. Message Table
5. Help Facility
6. Fastpaths
7. View Log File
8. View Record Definition File
9. Reload Program & File Tables
10. Refresh Filepath Batch Run
11. Delete Mirror File Records
12. Inst/Appl Security Groups
13. Approval Limit Groups

COMMAND ===>
F1=HELP F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS

This message indicates that the system successfully loaded the program and file tables.
You may now begin to use any new controls entered within the tables.

Exiting the function

When you finish with the function, continue by performing one of the following options:
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Type a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter.

Refresh filepath batch run

Purpose
This function updates the transaction-related files after running an input or output filepath.
This action ensures that the online view of the files is accurate.

February 2008 4–55

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

For your reference, following is a listing of the master and mirror files affected by this
action:

Master File File Name

NCVFILE File Header File

NCVCASH Cash Letter Header File

NCVBTCH Batch Header File

NCVTRAN Transaction File

NCVTAUX Transaction Auxiliary File

NCVRJSP Reject/Suspense File

NCVSETT Common Settlement File

NCVSETR Common Settlement Tran Code File

NCVTRWH Trans Warehouse Totals File

NCVTXRF Transaction Cross Reference File

NCVJSTA Job Status File

NCVDUPH Duplicate Header Control File

Accessing the function

To access the function, select Refresh Filepath Batch Run from the Security
Administration Menu. Press Enter.
Your screen will not change for a short period of time while the system accesses the files.
When the function is complete, the system redisplays the Security Administration menu.
Note the message that appears in the message line.

February 2008 4–56

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

 This function can also be invoked by typing REFRESHALL in the

command line. Your screen will not change while the system
accesses the files. When the function is complete, enter the PF
command to refresh the screen and view current information.
Whether you enter this function from the command line or through
the menu option, it will affect only the warehouse you are currently
signed into.

( ) (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECRMENU TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/13/01 09:52:56
SECURITY ADMINISTRATION

Select one of the following and press Enter.

( 10 ) 1. User Profiles 14. Switch File Table ID

2. Program Table
3. File Table
4. Message Table
5. Help Facility
6. Fastpaths
7. View Log File
8. View Record Definition File
9. Reload Program & File Tables
10. Refresh Filepath Batch Run
11. Delete Mirror File Records
12. Inst/Appl Security Groups
13. Approval Limit Groups

02400109 FILES ARE NOW REFRESHED

COMMAND ===>
F1=HELP F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS

This message indicates that the function has successfully completed. You can now view
the updated files through the File Management menu selections or by entering a fastpath
command.

Exiting the function

When you have successfully refreshed the files, complete the function by performing one
of the following actions:
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Enter a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. Remember, this
action negates any entries you may have made on this screen.

February 2008 4–57

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

Delete mirror file records

Purpose
As the system processes, it maintains two sets of files that are “mirrors” of one another.
The difference between the two files is that one contains data as it was originally
processed by TRAMS; the mirrored file contains the corrections made through exception
item handling. A Reject Reentry procedure, performed offline, restores the corrections to
the appropriate master file.
Use this function to erase records from the mirror files once the Reject Reentry job has
been run. For your reference, see the following list of the files affected by this action.

Mirror File File Name

NCVCFIL Mirror File Header File

NCVCCSH Mirror Cash Letter Header File

NCVCBTH Mirror Batch Header File

NCVCTRN Mirror Transaction File

NCVCRJS Mirror Reject/Suspense File

NCVCAUX Mirror Auxiliary File

Accessing the function

To access the function, select Delete Mirror File Records from the Security
Administration menu. Press Enter.
Your screen will not change for a short period of time while the system accesses the mirror
files. When the function is complete, the system redisplays the Security Administration
menu. Note the message that appears in the message line.

February 2008 4–58

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

 This function can also be invoked by typing DELMIRRORS in the

command line. Your screen will not change while the system
accesses the files. When the function is complete, enter the PF
command to refresh the screen and view current information.
Whether you enter this function from the command line or through
the menu option, it will affect only the warehouse you are currently
signed into.

( ) (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECRMENU TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/13/01 09:52:58
SECURITY ADMINISTRATION

Select one of the following and press Enter.

( 11 ) 1. User Profiles 14. Switch File Table ID

2. Program Table
3. File Table
4. Message Table
5. Help Facility
6. Fastpaths
7. View Log File
8. View Record Definition File
9. Reload Program & File Tables
10. Refresh Filepath Batch Run
11. Delete Mirror File Records
12. Inst/Appl Security Groups
13. Approval Limit Groups

45000110 MIRROR FILE RECORDS NOW DELETED

COMMAND ===>
F1=HELP F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS

This message indicates that the function has successfully completed.

Exiting the function

When you have successfully deleted the mirror records, complete the function by
performing one of the following actions:
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Enter a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter.

February 2008 4–59

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

Institution/application security
Purpose
This function is used to restrict which institutions and applications an operator may
access.

Accessing institution/application security groups

To access this function:
Select Inst/Appl Security Groups from the Security Administration menu or type the
fastpath command INSTAPPLGP in the command line. Press Enter. The system displays
a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 4–60

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

INSTAPPLGP—Inst/Appl Group Action List

INSTAPPLGP TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/13/01 09:59:12
INST/APPL GROUP ACTION LIST More:

Type actions next to selected objects. Then press Enter.

C=Copy D=Delete N=New S=Search U=Update V=View

Action Group
( ) ( )
-- From -- --- To ---
Action Group Inst Appl Inst Appl Sts Description
( ) 0001 0001 0001 9999 9999 N DEFAULT GROUP 1 - ALL INST/APPL GROUPS
( ) 0005 9300 0001 9300 0001 A DEFAULT GROUP 1 - ALL INST/APPL GROUPS

Command ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen contains an action list identifying security groups. Each Inst/Appl group
number can equate up to ten “from” and “to” ranges of institutions and applications.
Paging options may apply to this function. Refer to the “Working in TRAMS” chapter for
help with paging.

Fields

ACTION Code that indicates the action you want to take concerning the
1C associated group. Valid action codes are displayed on your
screen.

GROUP Group of institution/application combinations.

4N KEY

INST Number that uniquely identifies the institution within TRAMS.

4N

APPL Number which identifies the application.

4N

February 2008 4–61

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

STS Maintenance status of the message. The values are:

1C A = Active
I = Inactive
N = New
P = Purge.

DESCRIPTION User-defined description of the group.

40C
When you finish viewing the action list (paging forward and backward as necessary),
continue by performing one of the following actions:
‰ Enter values in the key fields at the top of the action list. Enter a code in the ACTION
field beside the key and press Enter. Refer to the “Operator Inst/Appl group security
details” topic that follows for help with resulting screens.
‰ Choose a completion option by pressing Enter or a function key. Refer to the
“Working in TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options
and their results.
‰ Enter a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. Remember that this
action negates any entries that you have entered on this screen.

Operator Inst/Appl group security details

If you specified a Inst/Appl group action on the Inst/Appl Group Action List screen, the
system displays a screen similar to the one on the following page.

February 2008 4–62

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

INSTAPPLG1—Operator Inst/Appl Group Security

( ) (V) View (U) Update (C) Copy (D) Delete (H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/13/01 10:02:52
OPERATOR INST/APPL GROUP SECURITY

GROUP 0001 Status . . . . . . ( N )

( DEFAULT GROUP 1 - ALL INST/APPL GROUP ) Date Added. . . . . : 05/22/00
Last Maint By . . . :
Date Last Maint . . : 00000000
---- From ---- ----- To ----- Time Last Maint . . : 00:00:00
Inst Appl Inst Appl
1. ( 0001 ) ( 0001 ) ( 9999 ) ( 9999 )
2. ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
3. ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
4. ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
5. ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
6. ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
7. ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
8. ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
9. ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
10. ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F8=FWRD F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS

This screen displays detailed information for the group you selected.

Fields

GROUP Institution/application group number and description.

4N

GROUP DATA
This section of the screen contains ten sets of fields. Use these fields to define the
institution and application ranges to be assigned to this group.

STATUS Current status of this program table. The values are:

1C
A = Active
I = Inactive
N = New
P = Purge.

DATE ADDED Date on which this program table entry was created, displayed
6N in user-defined format.

February 2008 4–63

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

LAST MAINT BY User who last updated this program table entry.
5C

DATE LAST MAINT Date on which this program table entry was last updated,
6N displayed in user-defined format.

TIME LAST MAINT Time of day that this program table entry was last updated.
6N

Approval limit groups

Purpose
This function monitors the amount of a transaction that a specific operator, or group of
operators may enter. The amount can be specific to a given type of transaction and can be
only for debits, credits, or both. In addition, monetary amounts that exceed an operator’s
limits will automatically be queued for approval to that operator’s supervisor or
administrator.

Accessing approval limit groups

Select Approval Limit Groups from the Security Administration menu or type the fastpath
command APRVLGROUP in the command line. Press Enter.
The system displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 4–64

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

APRVLGROUP—Approval Limits Group Action List

APRVLGROUP TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/13/01 10:08:08
APPROVAL LIMITS GROUP ACTION LIST More: +

Type actions next to selected objects. Then press Enter.

C=Copy D=Delete N=New S=Search U=Update V=View

Action ApId Group Inst Appl Rec Name

( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
Action ApId Group Inst Appl Recname Sts DB Limit CR Limit Que Ind
( ) 00 0001 0000 0000 NDBTRAN N 9999999999999 9999999999999 N
DEFAULT GROUP 1 - ALL APPROVAL GROUPS
( ) 00 0002 0000 0000 NDBTRAN N 9999999999999 9999999999999 N
DEFAULT GROUP 1 - ALL APPROVAL GROUPS
( ) 02 0007 9800 0001 DEMERDEP N 0000000000500 0000000000500 Y
JASONS TEST
( ) 02 0010 9800 0001 DEMERDEP A 0010000000000 0010000000000 Y
TEST FOR FICI
( ) 02 0010 9800 0001 DETRAN A 0000000010000 0000000010000 Y
TEST FOR FICI
( ) 02 0011 9800 0001 DEMERDEP N 0012345678901 0010000000000 Y
TEST FOR FICI

Command ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Paging options may apply to this function. Refer to the “Working in TRAMS” chapter for
help with paging.

Fields

ACTION Code that indicates the action you want to take concerning the
1C associated file. Valid action codes are displayed on your screen.

APID Application to which these options apply.

2C KEY
01 = Transaction Management System application
(TRAMS)
02 = TRAMS/Data Entry.

GROUP Group of institution/application combinations.

4N KEY

INST Number that uniquely identifies the institution within TRAMS.

4N KEY

APPL Number identifying the application.

4N KEY

February 2008 4–65

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

RECNAME Name of the record definition to be applied for security

8C approval.

STS Status of the file table. The values are:

1C
A = Active
I = Inactive
N = New
P = Purge.

DB LIMIT Maximum debit transaction monetary amount.

20N

CR LIMIT Maximum credit transaction monetary amount.

20N

QUE IND Flag that indicates whether the transaction has been queued to a
1C supervisor. The values are:
Y = Yes
N = No.
When you finish working with this screen, press Enter. The system displays a screen
similar to the one following.

February 2008 4–66

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

APRVLGROU1—Operator Approval Limit Group Security

( ) (V) View (U) Update (C) Copy (D) Delete (H) Help
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/13/01 10:09:04
OPERATOR APPROVAL LIMIT GROUP SECURITY

Application Id. . . . : 00 Status . . . . . . . ( N )

Approval Group. . . . : 0001 Date Added . . . . . : 11/12/98
Institution . . . . . : 0000 Last Maintenance By . : CCNAD
Application . . . . . : 0000 Date Last Maintenance : 10/19/99
RDEF Record Name. . . : NDBTRAN Time Last Maintenance : 13:34:53

Description . . . . . ( DEFAULT GROUP 1 - ALL APPROVAL GROUPS )

QUEUE LIMITS:
Debit . . . . . . . . ( 9,999,999,999,999 )
Credit. . . . . . . . ( 9,999,999,999,999 )

Memos . . . . . . . . ( N ) Y or N

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F8=FWRD F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS

Fields

APPLICATION ID Application to which these options apply. A value of 02 is the

2C only valid value.

APPROVAL GROUP Group of institution/application combinations.

4N

INSTITUTION Number that uniquely identifies the institution within TRAMS.

4N

APPLICATION Number identifying the application.

4N

RDEF RECORD NAME Name of the record definition to be applied for security
8C approval.

DESCRIPTION User-defined description of the group.

40C

February 2008 4–67

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

QUEUE LIMITS

DEBIT Maximum debit transaction monetary amount.

11N

CREDIT Maximum credit transaction monetary amount.

11N

MEMOS Flag that indicates if the transaction has been queued to a

1C supervisor. The values are:
Y = Yes
N = No.

STATUS Status of the program table. The values are:

1C
A = Active
I = Inactive
N = New
P = Purge.

DATE ADDED Date on which this program table entry was created, displayed
6N in user-defined format.

LAST MAINTENANCE User who last updated this program table entry.
BY
5C

DATE LAST Date on which this program table entry was last updated,
MAINTENANCE displayed in user-defined format.
6N

TIME LAST Time of day at which this program table entry was last updated.
MAINTENANCE
6N

Switch file table ID

Purpose
This function lets you switch from the current warehouse you are viewing to a different
one.

Accessing this function

Select Switch File Table ID from the Security Administration menu. Press Enter and the
system displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 4–68

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

 This function can also be activated by typing FILE? (the ? indicates

the warehouse you want to switch to) in the command line. Whether
you type this function in the command line or through the menu
option, it will only affect the warehouse you are currently signed into.
Type the command, then type the PF command to refresh the
screen and view current information.

February 2008 4–69

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

FILETBLID—Switch File Table ID (Screen 1)

( ) (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 12/13/01 10:10:12
SWITCH FILE TABLE ID

Your current File Table ID is . . . . : T

Switch the current File Table Id to . ( )

COMMAND ===>
F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS F12=CANCEL

Fields

YOUR CURRENT FILE Current File Table being accessed.

TABLE ID
1C

SWITCH THE Identification that uniquely identifies the File Table within
CURRENT TABLE ID TRAMS that you want to switch to.
TO
1C
Your screen will not change for a short period of time while the system switches from one
table to the other. When the function is complete, the system redisplays the screen with a
message indicating the files have been switched.

February 2008 4–70

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SECRMENU
Security Administration

FILETBLID—Switch File Table ID (Screen 2)

( ) (H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FILETBLID TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 12/13/01 14:34:08
SWITCH FILE TABLE ID

Your current File Table ID is . . . . : T

Switch the current File Table ID to . . U

49900340 FILE TABLE REQUESTED IS NOW SWITCHED

COMMAND ===>
F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F9=CMDS F10-ACTNS F12-CANCEL

This message indicates that the function has been successfully completed. The Warehouse
indication at the top of the screen also reflects this change as does the current File Table
ID indicator.

Exiting the Function

When you have successfully switched, complete the function by performing one of the
following actions:
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter for an explanation of completion options and their results.
‰ Enter a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter.

February 2008 4–71

 Chapter 5

OPTIONMENU
Control Options

TRAMS enables your organization to establish, change, or view a number of controls that
determine the way your system operates. By applying these controls, you ensure that
TRAMS functions according to your organization's unique requirements.
Because control options are significant to the way your system operates, TRAMS includes
stringent security to protect these options. Only personnel who are designated as System
Administrators or Managers (through their User Profile) are permitted to change active
control options. Others may establish or change new control options; however, once the
option’s status is changed to “Active,” it is protected from change by unauthorized users.

Accessing control options

From the TRAMS Menu, select Control Options and press Enter. The system displays a
menu similar to the one following:

February 2008 5–1

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide OPTIONMENU
Control Options

OPTIONMENU—Control Options Menu

( ) (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPTIONMENU TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/13/01 12:11:32
CONTROL OPTIONS MENU

Select one of the following and press Enter.

( ) 1. System Options
2. Calendar
3. Report Options
4. Reject Options
5. Purge and Archive Option

COMMAND ===>
F1=HELP F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS

Using this menu, you can establish, change, or view the following control options for your
organization:
‰ System Options—Determines system-level controls, including base currency code,
language, date and time formats, and basic purge/archive controls.
‰ Calendar—Determines the schedule for TRAMS processing, including holidays as
well as production days.
‰ Report Options—Determines your report naming conventions, production schedule,
and printing controls.
‰ Reject Options—Determines the way your organization handles reject processing and
reentry.
‰ Purge and Archive Options—Determines the schedule for the purging and archiving
of outdated control options and system tables.
To select any of these options, enter the number identifying the option in the field
provided and press Enter. Now, turn to the appropriate subsection and continue with the
instructions for the Control Option you selected.

February 2008 5–2

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide OPTIONMENU
Control Options

System control options

Purpose
This function updates or displays basic control information about the Transaction
Management System (TRAMS). You may be asked to provide this information if you need
to contact your VisionPLUS client services representative. This function also enables you
to set specific user-defined controls for TRAMS, TRAMS/DE, or other TRAMS systems
your organization may have.

Accessing system options

To access this function, select System Options from the Control Options Menu or enter the
fastpath command. Press Enter. The system displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 5–3

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide OPTIONMENU
Control Options

SYSPLIST—System Control Options Action List

SYSPLIST TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/13/01 12:16:12
SYSTEM CONTROL OPTIONS ACTION LIST More:

Type actions next to selected objects. Then press Enter.

S=Search U=Update V=View

Action Appl ID Trans ID

( ) ( ) ( )
Action Appl ID Trans ID System Name
( ) 01 TRAM TRAMS/BSE 8.0
( ) 02 TRDE TRAMS/TDE 8.0

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen consists of an action list containing TRAMS applications that your
organization is currently running.
Paging options may apply to this function. Refer to the “Working in TRAMS” chapter for
help with paging.

Fields

ACTION Code that indicates the action you want to take concerning the
1C associated institution/application’s calendar. Valid actions are
displayed on the screen.

APPL ID Application to which these options apply. A value of 01 is the

2N KEY TRAMS application identification.

TRANS ID CICS transaction identification that defines this TRAMS

4C application to the CICS system.
When you finish viewing the screen, paging forward and backward as necessary, continue
the function by performing one of the following actions:

February 2008 5–4

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide OPTIONMENU
Control Options

‰ Type values in the key fields near the top of the action list and press Enter. Refer to
the “Working in TRAMS” chapter of this guide for help in searching the action list
based on a key.
‰ Type an action code in the ACTION field beside any selected object(s) in the action list.
Press Enter. Refer to the “System options” topic for help with resulting screens. If you
need help in understanding action codes and their use, refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide.
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Type a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. This action negates
any entries you may have made on this screen.

System options
If you selected a specific Application ID and action on the System Control Options Action
List, the system displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 5–5

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide OPTIONMENU
Control Options

SYSPLIST1—System Options (Screen 1)

( ) (V) View (U) Update (H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRAMSOPTS TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 07/17/06 14:57:17
SYSTEM OPTIONS
Application Product ID . : 01 Record Status . . . . . . ( A )
CICS Transaction ID . . . ( TRAM ) Date Added . . . . . . . : 03/13/03
Release Number . . . . . : 8000 Last Maintenance By . . . : CMPQA
Serial Number . . . . . . : 00000000 Date Last Maintenance . . : 07/07/06
Security Method . . . . . ( N ) Time Last Maintenance . . : 10:00:45
BANKCARD INDICATORS . . . : M/C : ( Y ) VISA : ( Y )
IPM : ( Y ) AMEX Active 0 JCB Active 0
Multi Sign On . . . . . . ( Y ) Beginning of Day . . . . ( Y )
Field Delimiters . . Lt ( ( ) Rt ( ) ) Settlement . . . . . . . ( Y )
Base Currency Code . . . ( 840 ) System Tables Backup . . ( N )
Language Code . . . . . . ( E ) Commercial Data Reporting ( )
Date Format . . . . . . . ( 1 ) 1=MDY 2=DMY 3=YMD
Time Format . . . . . . . ( 2 ) 1=12 Hours 2=24 Hours
Maximum I/O Allowed . . . ( 0000000 )
User Defined System Name ( TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM )
Copyright Notice . . . . : COPYRIGHT 1995 TRANSACTION SOLUTIONS, INC.

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F8=FWRD F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS

This screen displays both system- and user-defined information about your installed
version of TRAMS.

Fields

APPLICATION Two-digit number identifying the TRAMS application to which

PRODUCT ID these options apply. The values are:
2N
01 = TRAMS
02 = TRAMS/DE.

RECORD STATUS Code identifying the current status of this control record. The
1C values are:
A = Active
I = Inactive
N = New
P = Purge.

CICS TRANSACTION Transaction name for the application you want to move to. This
ID name has to be defined to your CICS system.
4C

February 2008 5–6

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide OPTIONMENU
Control Options

DATE ADDED Date that this system control record was established.
6N

RELEASE NUMBER Code that identifies this release of TRAMS.

4N

LAST MAINTENANCE TRAMS user who last updated this control record.
BY
5C

SERIAL NUMBER Number that uniquely identifies your organization’s model of

8N TRAMS.

DATE LAST Date on which the control record was last updated.
MAINTENANCE
6N

SECURITY METHOD Method used to protect TRAMS against unauthorized access.

1C The values are:
E = External security
T = TRAMS security.

TIME LAST Time at which this control record was last updated.
MAINTENANCE
6N

BANKCARD Two-part field that indicates whether TRAMS processes

INDICATORS MasterCard and Visa transactions.
1C/1C
The first part, M/C, is a code that indicates whether processing
for MasterCard transactions is active. The values are:
Y = MasterCard processing is active
N = MasterCard processing is not active.
If this part is N, the MasterCard IPM indicator must be space. If
this part is Y, the MasterCard IPM indicator can be either Y (IPM
processing is active) or N (not active).
The second part, VISA, is a code that indicates whether
processing for Visa transactions is active. The values are:
Y = Visa processing is active
N = Visa processing is not active.

IPM Code that indicates whether processing for MasterCard IPM

1C format transactions is active. The values are:
Y = IPM processing is active

February 2008 5–7

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide OPTIONMENU
Control Options

N = IPM processing is not active

Space = Not applicable.
This field must be space if the M/C indicator is N.

AMEX ACTIVE Code that indicates whether processing for American Express
1N transactions is installed and active. The values are:
0 = AMEX processing is not active (Default)
1 = AMEX processing is active.
This value is system-generated and cannot be modified. The
value is automatically set to 1 when the AMEX product for
VisionPLUS is installed.

JCB ACTIVE Code that indicates whether processing for JCB transactions is
1N installed and active. The values are:
0 = JCB processing is not active (Default)
1 = JCB processing is active.
This value is system-generated and cannot be modified. The
value is automatically set to 1 when the JCB product for
VisionPLUS is installed.

MULTI SIGN ON Flag that determines whether one user can sign on to the system
1C at more than one terminal simultaneously. The values are:
Y = Yes, multiple sign-on is allowed
N = No, multiple sign-on is not allowed.

BEGINNING OF DAY Current status of the Beginning of Day procedure. The values
1C are:
Y = Procedure successfully completed
N = Procedure has not begun
I = Procedure interrupted in progress.

FIELD DELIMITERS Two-part field containing the characters that your organization
1C/1C wants to employ to mark beginning and ending limits around
fields. If you choose not to define field delimiters, the system
assigns left and right parentheses ( ) for these values.

SETTLEMENT Current status of the Settlement procedure. The values are:

1C
Y = Procedure successfully completed
N = Procedure has not begun
I = Procedure interrupted in progress.

February 2008 5–8

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide OPTIONMENU
Control Options

BASE CURRENCY Code identifying the currency in which TRAMS transactions

CODE are stored. The term base currency used in this documentation
3N refers to this currency.

SYSTEM TABLES Current status of the System Tables Backup procedure. The
BACKUP values are:
1C
Y = Procedure successfully completed
N = Procedure has not begun
I = Procedure interrupted in progress.

 This information is helpful in case of processing interruptions,

enabling you to determine exactly which procedures have
completed and which must be rerun.

LANGUAGE CODE Code that identifies the organization’s preferred language for
1C the system. The values are:
C = French Canadian
D = Dutch
E = English
F = French
G = German
I = Italian
S = Spanish.

COMMERCIAL DATA Code that indicates if a Commercial Card reporting system is

REPORTING being used by this organization. The values are:
1C
Y = A Commercial Card reporting system (such as
InfoSpan) is being used. Bankcard EOD
Cardholder History file purge processing
should identify and bypass Visa Commercial
Card transactions less than 45 days old,
regardless of the purge period specified on
screen 2 of the System Options.
N = No Commercial Card reporting system is being
used. Bankcard EOD Cardholder History file
purge processing should purge all transactions
based on the “purge period” specified on
screen 2 of the System Options.

DATE FORMAT Format in which the date is presented on TRAMS screens. The
1N values are:

February 2008 5–9

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide OPTIONMENU
Control Options

1 = MDY, month-day-year (for example, October

15, 1999, is presented as 10/15/1999 and
entered as 10151999)
2 = DMY, day-month-year (for example, October
15, 1999, is presented as 15/10/1999 and
entered as 15101999)
3 = YMD, year-month-day (for example, October
15, 1999, is presented 1999/10/15 and entered
as 19991015).

TIME FORMAT Format in which the time is presented on system screens. The
1N values are:
1 = 12-hour clock (for example, 1:00 p.m. is
presented as 01:00:00)
2 = 24-hour clock (for example, 1:00 p.m. is
presented as 13:00:00).

MAXIMUM I/O Maximum number of input/output attempts permitted against a

ALLOWED single file during a search transaction initiated on-line.
7N

USER DEFINED Name you want to appear as a main title on reports and screens.
SYSTEM NAME If you do not define a name, TRAMS uses TRANSACTION
40C MANAGEMENT SYSTEM.

COPYRIGHT NOTICE Text of the copyright notice displayed on the system sign-on
25C screen and reproduced on reports.
When you finish reviewing this screen and making any necessary changes, press Enter to
proceed with the function.
The system displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 5–10

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide OPTIONMENU
Control Options

SYSPLIST2—System Options (Screen 2)

( ) (V) View (U) Update (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTIOM MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 12/13/01 12:31:24
SYSTEM OPTIONS

Cntrl Opts Purge/Archive ( P ) Merchant Xref Purge/Archive ( P )

Cntrl Opts Purge Period . ( 000 ) Merchant Xref Purge Period ( 000 )
Cntrl Opts Purge Freq . . ( D ) Merchant Xref Purge Freq. . ( D )

Sys Table Purge/Archive . ( P ) Cardhldr Tran Purge/Archive ( P )

Sys Table Purge Period . ( 000 ) Cardhldr Tran Purge Period ( 000 )
Sys Table Purge Freq . . ( D ) Cardhldr Tran Purge Freq. . ( D )

Comm Data Purge/Archive . . ( P )

Comm Data Purge Period . . ( 000 )
Comm Data Purge Freq . . . ( D )

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS

This screen displays the various procedures that the system performs in the course of
processing and the status of each procedure.

Fields

CNTRL OPTS PURGE/ Flag that indicates how the control options are purged and
ARCHIVE stored for backup on disk or tape. The values are:
1C
A = Purge and archive
P = Purge only.

MERCHANT XREF Code that indicates how the Merchant Xref file is purged and
PURGE/ARCHIVE stored for backup on disk or tape. The values are:
1C
A = Purge and archive
P = Purge only.

CNTRL OPTS PURGE Number of days, weeks, or months occurring between purges
PERIOD and archival of the control options. The values are 0 through
3N 999; a value of 0 indicates “purge immediately.”

February 2008 5–11

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide OPTIONMENU
Control Options

MERCHANT XREF Number of days, weeks, or months occurring between purges

PURGE PERIOD and archival of the Merchant Xref file. The values are 0 through
3N 999; a value of 0 indicates “purge immediately.”

CNTRL OPTS PURGE Code that indicates whether the purge/archival period
FREQ determined by the CNTRL OPTS PURGE PERIOD field is defined in
1C days, weeks, or months. The values are:
D = Days
M = Months
W = Weeks.

MERCHANT XREF Code that indicates whether the purge/archival period

PURGE FREQ determined by the MERCHANT XREF PURGE PERIOD field is
1C defined in days, weeks, or months. The values are:
D = Days
M = Months
W = Weeks.

SYS TABLE PURGE/ Code that indicates how the system tables are purged and stored
ARCHIVE for backup. The values are:
1C
A = Purge and archive
P = Purge only.

CARDHLDR TRAN Code that indicates how the Cardholder Tran file is purged and
PURGE/ARCHIVE stored for backup. The values are:
1C
A = Purge and archive
P = Purge only.

SYS TABLE PURGE Number of days, weeks, or months occurring between purges
PERIOD and archival of the system tables. The values are 0 through 999;
3N a value of 0 indicates “purge immediately.”

CARDHLDR TRAN Number of days, weeks, or months occurring between purges

PURGE PERIOD and archival of the Cardholder Tran file. The values are 0
3N through 999; a value of 0 indicates “purge immediately.”

SYS TABLE PURGE Code that indicates whether the purge period determined by the
FREQ SYS TABLE PURGE PERIOD field is defined in days, weeks, or
1C months. The values are:
D = Days
M = Months
W = Weeks.

February 2008 5–12

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide OPTIONMENU
Control Options

CARDHLDR TRAN Code that indicates whether the purge period determined by the
PURGE FREQ CARDHLDR TRAN PURGE PERIOD field is defined in days, weeks,
1C or months. The values are:
D = Days
M = Months
W = Weeks.

COMM DATA PURGE/ Code that indicates how the Comm Data file is purged and
ARCHIVE stored for backup. The values are:
1C
A = Purge and archive
P = Purge only.

COMM DATA PURGE Number of days, weeks, or months occurring between purges
PERIOD and archival of the Comm Data file. The values are 0 through
3N 999; a value of 0 indicates “purge immediately.”

COMM DATA PURGE Code that indicates if the purge period determined by the COMM
FREQ DATA PURGE PERIOD field is defined in days, weeks, or months.
1C The values are:
D = Days
M = Months
W = Weeks.

Exiting the function

To exit System Options, complete the function by performing one of the following
actions:
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Type a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. Remember, this
action negates any entries you may have made on the screen.

Calendar
Purpose
Use the Calendar function to review your organization’s TRAMS processing and holiday
schedule.

Accessing the calendar

To access this function, select Calendar from the Control Options Menu and press Enter.
The system displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 5–13

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide OPTIONMENU
Control Options

CALOPTLIST—Calendar Action List

CALOPTLIST TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 06/05/03 08:57:09
CALENDAR ACTION LIST More:

Type actions next to selected objects. Then press Enter.

C=Copy D=Delete N=New S=Search U=Update V=View

Action Inst Appl

( ) ( ) ( )
Action Inst Appl Eff/Date Sts Institution/Application Name
0000 0000 00/00/00 A
9000 0001 00/00/00 A CALENDAR EXCLUDES SUNDAY ONLY
9000 0002 00/00/00 A VISA CPS/PASSENGER TRANSPORT
9100 0000 00/00/00 A AMERICAN EXPRESS

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen consists of an action list containing institution/application combinations for

which calendar information is available.
Paging options may apply to this function. Refer to the “Working in TRAMS” chapter for
help with paging.

Fields

ACTION Indicates the action you want to take concerning the associated
1C institution/application’s calendar. Valid actions are displayed on
the screen.

INST Code that identifies the institution associated with the calendar.
4N KEY

APPL Code that identifies the application associated with the calendar.
4N KEY An application value of 0000 indicates an institution-level
calendar. If both the INST and APPL values are 0000, this is a
system-level calendar.

February 2008 5–14

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide OPTIONMENU
Control Options

EFF/DATE Date that the calendar went into effect for the institution/
6N KEY application, in user-defined format. Note that dates in the action
list are all zeros and protected. Unlike other control options, the
calendar does not permit future effective dating of calendar
records.

STS Current status of the calendar. The values are:

1C
A = Active
I = Inactive
N = New
P = Purge.

INSTITUTION/ Name of the institution or application from the associated

APPLICATION NAME institution/application file.
30C
When you finish viewing the screen, paging forward and backward as necessary, continue
the function by performing one of the following actions:
‰ Enter values in the key fields near the top of the action list and press Enter. Refer to
the “Working in TRAMS” chapter of this guide for help in searching the action list
based on a key.
‰ Enter an action code in the ACTION field beside any selected object(s) in the action list.
Press Enter. Refer to the “Calendar options details” subtopic for help with resulting
screens. If you need help in understanding action codes and their use, refer to the
“Working in TRAMS” chapter of this guide.
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Type a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. This action negates
any entries you may have made on this screen.

Calendar options details

If you selected a specific institution/application and action on the Calendar Options
Action List, the system displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 5–15

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide OPTIONMENU
Control Options

CALOPTLIS1—Calendar Options
( ) (V) View (U) Update (C) Copy (D) Delete (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/13/01 12:44:48
CALENDAR OPTIONS
Inst Appl
0000 0000

Next Processing Date . ( 102001 ) Record Status . . . . . . ( A )

Current Processing Date ( 101601 ) Date Added . . . . . . . : 09/21/99
Last Processing Date . : 10/16/01 Last Maintenance By . . . : FIXQA
Date Last Maintenance . . : 12/05/01
******** Work Week ******** Time Last Maintenance . . : 09:02:11
Monday . . . . . . . . ( O )
Tuesday . . . . . . . . ( O )
Wednesday . . . . . . . ( O )
Thursday . . . . . . . ( O ) O=Open C=Closed
Friday . . . . . . . . ( O )
Saturday . . . . . . . ( O )
Sunday . . . . . . . . ( C )

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F8=FWRD F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS

This screen displays the TRAMS processing schedule established for the specified
institution/application.

Fields

INST Number that uniquely identifies the institution to which the

4N calendar applies.

APPL Number that uniquely identifies the application to which the

4N calendar applies.

NEXT PROCESSING Date that TRAMS is next scheduled to process for this
DATE institution/application, shown in user-defined format. The
6N system edits this entry to ensure that it is an “open” date in the
WORK WEEK.

CURRENT Date that TRAMS is currently scheduled to process for this

PROCESSING DATE institution/application, shown in user-defined format. If this is a
6N lower-level calendar (institution or application level), you can

February 2008 5–16

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide OPTIONMENU
Control Options

change this date to one greater than the system-level calendar’s

current processing date.

LAST PROCESSING Date that TRAMS last processed for this institution/application,
DATE shown in user-defined format.
6N

WORK WEEK Set of codes indicating which days of the week are processing
1C days for TRAMS. The days are listed at the left side of the
screen. The values are:
C = The institution is closed and TRAMS is not
processing on the corresponding day
O = The institution is open and TRAMS is
processing on the corresponding day.

RECORD STATUS Current status of this calendar record. The values are:
1C
A = Active
I = Inactive
N = New
P = Purge.

DATE ADDED Date on which this calendar record was established within
6N TRAMS, shown in user-defined format.

LAST MAINTENANCE TRAMS user who last updated this calendar record.
BY
5C

DATE LAST Date on which this calendar record was last updated, shown in
MAINTENANCE user-defined format.
6N

TIME LAST Time of day that this calendar record was last updated.
MAINTENANCE
6N

 If you are entering calendar information for a lower-level calendar

(for instance, institution or application), the system edits the WORK
WEEK entries against the higher-level calendar. As you determine
work days and holidays, institutions 9000, 9001, and 9100 are
reserved for bankcard processing; the values in the processing date
fields for these institutions do not display.

When you finish viewing the screen, continue by performing one of the following actions:
‰ Press Enter to continue to the Holidays screen. A description of this screen follows.

February 2008 5–17

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide OPTIONMENU
Control Options

‰ Enter another institution and/or application in the fields provided near the top of the
screen and press Enter. The system redisplays the Calendar Options screen with
values for the institution and application you selected.
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Enter a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. Remember, this
action negates any entries you may have made on this screen.

Holidays
If you continued with the Calendar function, the system displays a screen similar to the
one following.

February 2008 5–18

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide OPTIONMENU
Control Options

CALOPTLIS1—Holidays
( ) (V) View (U) Update (C) Copy (D) Delete (H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRAMS/BSE 8.07 COMPLIANCE 2.1 (Q) 01/25/02 15:57:02
HOLIDAYS
Inst Appl
0000 0000

Date Name Date Name

1. ( 010102 ) ( NEW YEAR DAY ) 2. ( 011502 ) ( DR. MARTIN KING )

3. ( 052802 ) ( MEMORIAL DAY ) 4. ( 070402 ) ( INDEPENDENCE DAY )
5. ( 090302 ) ( LABOR DAY ) 6. ( 112202 ) ( THANKS GIVING DAY )
7. ( 122402 ) ( CHRISTMAS EVE DAY ) 8. ( 122403 ) ( CHRISTMAS EVE DAY )
9. ( 122502 ) ( CHRISTMAS DAY ) 10. ( 122503 ) ( CHRISTMAS DAY )
11. ( ) ( ) 12. ( ) ( )
13. ( ) ( ) 14. ( ) ( )
15. ( ) ( ) 16. ( ) ( )
17. ( ) ( ) 18. ( ) ( )
19. ( ) ( ) 20. ( ) ( )

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS

Use this screen to establish and maintain the various holidays that your organization
observes. Your organization can choose to process jobs before or after each holiday, or to
skip processing of jobs entirely on a holiday. This control is set up through the Job
Schedule functions.
Twenty holidays are available through this screen.

Fields

INST Number that uniquely identifies the institution to which the

4N calendar applies.

APPL Number that uniquely identifies the application to which the

4N calendar applies.

DATE Date on which the holiday is observed, in your user-defined

6N format.

NAME Name identifying the holiday.

20C

February 2008 5–19

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide OPTIONMENU
Control Options

 You can enter holiday dates in any order and for any period of time
that is not before the current processing date. You can update the
holiday calendar as often as necessary. The system recognizes any
holidays that exist within the calendar when it begins to process.
Holidays that have passed remain in the calendar until they are
changed or deleted.

Exiting the function

When you finish viewing the screen, complete the function by performing one of the
following actions:
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
Enter a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. Remember, this action
negates any entries you may have made on this screen.

Report options
Purpose
This function provides access to the control parameters affecting the way your
organization produces TRAMS reports. These parameters include:
‰ Report scheduling
‰ Report naming
‰ Report production (including media and distribution).

Accessing report options

To access this function, select Report Options from the Control Options Menu. Press
Enter.
The system displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 5–20

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide OPTIONMENU
Control Options

RPTLIST—Report Action List

RPTLIST TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/13/01 12:48:14
REPORT ACTION LIST More: +

Type actions next to selected objects. Then press Enter.

C=Copy D=Delete N=New S=Search U=Update V=View

Action Inst Appl Rpt Eff/Date

( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) Report Name
Action Inst Appl Rpt Eff/Date Sts
( ) 0000 0000 0560 06/13/95 A SYSTEM CALENDAR JOURNAL
( ) 0000 0000 0701 06/13/95 A REPORT PRODUCTION LISTING
( ) 0000 0000 0702 06/13/95 A SYSTEM WAREHOUSE TOTALS
( ) 0000 0000 0703 06/13/95 A UNIDENTIFIED TRANSACTIONS
( ) 0000 0000 0704 06/13/95 A RECONCILIATION REPORT
( ) 0000 0000 0705 06/13/95 A SYSTEM MAINTENANCE LOG
( ) 0000 0000 0707 06/13/95 A SCHEDULED JOBS LISTING
( ) 0000 0000 0708 06/13/95 A JOB STATUS LOG
( ) 0000 0000 0709 06/13/95 A CONTROL OPTIONS LOG
( ) 0000 0000 0710 06/13/95 A SECURITY VIOLATIONS LOG
( ) 0000 0000 0711 06/13/95 A BACKUP/PURGE SUMMARY

Command ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen consists of an action list containing the reports that are available for each
institution/application. TRAMS automatically adds most TRAMS, TRAMS/BC, and
TRAMS/DE reports to the action list during installation processes, depending on the
modules installed. However, some reports require manual addition. Refer to the
“Manually adding a Report Options record” topic following the RPTLIST2 screen sample.
Paging options may apply to this function. Refer to the “Working in TRAMS” chapter for
help with paging.

Fields

ACTION Code that indicates the action you want to take concerning the
1C associated report. Available actions are displayed on the screen.

INST Identifies the institution with which the report is associated.

4N KEY

APPL Application with which the report is associated.

4N KEY

 Both the INST and APPL fields must not be zeros when you make an
entry for the 860 report.

February 2008 5–21

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide OPTIONMENU
Control Options

RPT Number that identifies the specific TRAMS report.

4N KEY

EFF/DATE Date on which this report became effective for the institution/
6N KEY application.

STS Current status of the report. The values are:

1C
A = Active
I = Inactive
N = New
P = Purge.

REPORT NAME User-defined title of the report.

40C
When you finish viewing the screen (paging forward and backward as necessary),
continue by performing one of the following actions:
‰ Type values in the key fields located near the top of the action list and press Enter.
Refer to the “Working in TRAMS” chapter of this guide for help in searching the
action list using a key.
‰ Type an action code in the ACTION field beside any selected object(s) in the list. Press
Enter. Refer to the “Report options details” subtopic for help with resulting screens. If
you need help in understanding action codes and their use, refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide.
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Type a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. Remember, this
action negates any entries you may have made on this screen.

Report options details

If you selected a report and an action on the Report Action List, the system displays a
screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 5–22

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide OPTIONMENU
Control Options

RPTLIST1—Report Options (Screen 1)

( ) (V) View (U) Update (C) Copy (D) Delete (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 12/13/01 12:49:22
REPORT OPTIONS More: +
Inst Appl Report Eff/Date
0000 0000 0560 061395

Report Name ( SYSTEM CALENDAR JOURNAL )

Institution ( ) Date Added . . . . . : 06/13/9
Application ( ) Last Maintenance By :
Detail . . ( N ) Date Last Maintenance: 00/00/0
Status . . ( A ) Time Last Maintenance: 00:00:0
*** Frequency ***
Freq Period Date Next Run Date Last Run Fiche
( D ) ( 001 ) ( 101701 ) 10/16/01 ( N )

Media Dist Copies LPPg Printer Set Up User Parameters

( 01 ) ( 0000 ) ( 01 ) ( 60 ) ( ) (
( 00 ) ( 0000 ) ( 00 ) ( 00 ) ( ) (
( 00 ) ( 0000 ) ( 00 ) ( 00 ) ( ) (

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F8=FWRD F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS

This screen displays the current controls that are established for your selected report.

Fields

INST Institution associated with the report.

4N

APPL Application associated with the report.

4N

REPORT Number identifying the report.

4N

EFF/DATE Date on which this option becomes active. This date must be
6N greater than or equal to the current processing date. If this field
is equal to the current processing date, the system automatically
sets the record status to A (active) if no other active record
exists for the same key except for this field. If it is greater than
the current processing date, the system sets the record status to
N (new).

February 2008 5–23

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide OPTIONMENU
Control Options

REPORT NAME Report title as it appears on the report heading.

40C

INSTITUTION Name of the institution as it appears on the report heading.

20C

APPLICATION Name of the application as it appears on the report heading.

20C

 The APPLICATION and INSTITUTION fields are used as headings in

the upper left of each report and are 20 bytes long. The actual
institution and application names that appear on screens are 40
bytes long.

DETAIL Flag that indicates whether the report contains detailed

1C information or summary information only. The values are:
Y = Detail
N = Summary only.

 For IPM reports, this value must be defined in the Pre/Post JCL
control card. Any value defined in the DETAIL field will be overridden
by the control card setting.

STATUS Current status of the report. The values are:

1C
A = Active
I = Inactive
N = New
P = Purge.

DATE ADDED Date that this report was added to the system, shown in user-
6N defined format.

LAST MAINTENANCE TRAMS user who last updated the report record.
BY
5C

DATE LAST Date on which this report record was last updated.
MAINTENANCE
6N

TIME LAST Time of day at which this report record was last updated.
MAINTENANCE
6N
The remainder of this screen contains scheduling information for the report. Within the
scheduling information are from one to five sets of production controls. You can establish

February 2008 5–24

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide OPTIONMENU
Control Options

from one through five separate schedules for each report, each with three separate sets of
production and distribution controls. The additional scheduling options, if established, are
displayed on the following two screens when you press Enter.
The scheduling information includes the following fields:

Frequency
The two fields beneath this heading determine how often the report is produced.

 When making an entry in the FREQ field, the PERIOD field is also
required.

FREQ Code that indicates whether the following PERIOD value

1C identifies a number of days, months, weeks, quarters, or years.
The values are:
D = Days
W = Weekly
M = Months
Q = Quarter
Y = Years.

PERIOD Days, weeks, months, etc. (as defined by the FREQ value) that
3N elapse between production runs of this report on this schedule.

 Currently all TRAMS reports are daily; requesting them at any

frequency other than D (daily) will only produce the regular daily
report (with daily accumulations only) on the specified “Date Next
Run.” All 700–799 reports will be produced daily regardless of the
frequency set in the report option for that report.

DATE NEXT RUN Date on which the report is next scheduled for production.
6N

DATE LAST RUN Date on which the report was last produced, shown in user-
6N defined format.

FICHE Flag that indicates whether the report is produced on

1C microfiche. The values are:
Y = Yes
N = No.
The remaining fields identify three separate sets of production controls for the report.
Each set of production controls includes the following fields:

February 2008 5–25

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide OPTIONMENU
Control Options

MEDIA Medium on which the report is produced. This value is user-

2N REQ defined. For example, you might assign 1 for one-part paper, 2
for two-part paper, 8 for 8 1/2 by 11 inch paper, 4 for A4 paper,
etc.

DIST Distribution method used by these production controls. This

4N value is user-defined. For example, you might enter a number to
identify a department or a cost center which receives this report.

COPIES Number of report copies produced.

2N REQ

LPPG Number of printed lines per report page. The values are 48
2N REQ through 66.

PRINTER SET UP Printer to which the report is routed for production. The value is
20C user-defined.

USER PARAMETERS Any user-defined controls that apply to report production.

20C

 To activate a report, the MEDIA, COPIES, and LPPG fields are

required.

The following screen fragment illustrates the usage of these fields.

*** Frequency ***

Freq Period Date Next Run Date Last Run Fiche
( M ) ( 001 ) ( 021599 ) ( 011599 ) ( N )

Media Dist Copies LPPg Printer Set Up User Parameters

( 01 ) ( 0001 ) ( 02 ) ( 66 ) ( ) ( )
( 03 ) ( 0002 ) ( 01 ) ( 66 ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )

In this case, the report is produced on the 15th of each month. It is scheduled to next be
produced on February 15, 1999, and was last produced on January15, 1999. It is not
produced on microfiche. On this schedule, two copies of the report are produced on
medium number 01 and distributed to department 0001. An additional copy is produced
on medium 03 and distributed to department 0002. Both sets of reports have 66 lines per
report page.

February 2008 5–26

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide OPTIONMENU
Control Options

When you finish with this screen, continue by performing one of the following actions:
‰ Press Enter to proceed to the next Report Options screen. This screen displays two
more sets of scheduling and production options for the same report and is similar to
the following screen:

February 2008 5–27

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide OPTIONMENU
Control Options

RPTLIST2—Report Options (Screen 2)

( ) (V) View (U) Update (C) Copy (D) Delete (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/13/01 12:55:04
REPORT OPTIONS More: - +
Inst Appl Report Eff/Date
0000 0000 0560 061395
SYSTEM CALENDAR JOURNAL
*** Frequency ***
Freq Period Date Next Run Date Last Run Fiche
( ) ( 000 ) ( 000000 ) 00/00/00 ( N )
Media Dist Copies LPPg Printer Set Up User Parameters
( 00 ) ( 0000 ) ( 00 ) ( 00 ) ( ) (
( 00 ) ( 0000 ) ( 00 ) ( 00 ) ( ) (
( 00 ) ( 0000 ) ( 00 ) ( 00 ) ( ) (
*** Frequency ***
Freq Period Date Next Run Date Last Run Fiche
( ) ( 000 ) ( 000000 ) 00/00/00 ( N )
Media Dist Copies LPPg Printer Set Up User Parameters
( 00 ) ( 0000 ) ( 00 ) ( 00 ) ( ) (
( 00 ) ( 0000 ) ( 00 ) ( 00 ) ( ) (
( 00 ) ( 0000 ) ( 00 ) ( 00 ) ( ) (

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Press Enter again to access the final two sets of scheduling and production options for the
report. When all of your entries are complete, continue with one of the remaining actions.
‰ Type another institution, application, report, or effective date, in the fields provided
near the top of the screen and press Enter. The system displays a Report Options
screen based on your selections.
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Type a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. Remember, this
action negates any entries you may have made on this screen.

 Requesting “Run” reports (those created by an input or output

filepath run) at a level other than the system level (Inst/Appl 0000)
will customize the institution and application names in the report
heading.

 Report 860 (Common Settlement Report) must be active at the

specific institution/application level that settlement parameters have
been set for.

February 2008 5–28

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide OPTIONMENU
Control Options

Manually adding a Report Options record

If a report does not display in the action list, it may need to be manually added to TRAMS.
Follow these steps to add a Report Options record for a TRAMS, TRAMS/BC, or
TRAMS/DE report:
1. On the Report Action List screen, type N in the first ACTION field and press Enter.
TRAMS displays a copy of the model record.
2. Type the report identifier (for example, 1791) in the REPORT field near the top of the
screen.
3. Type the report name (for example, VMAS INCOMING DAILY ACTIVITY
REPORT) in the REPORT NAME field.
4. Enter the remaining report parameters, pressing Enter to save your changes. The report
is now active in TRAMS.

Reject options
Purpose
As TRAMS processes, it edits each transaction according to a set of user-defined criteria.
Transactions that do not meet these criteria are rejected from further processing and
flagged by the system. Reject functions (accessed through the Exception Transactions
option on the TRAMS Main Menu) enable users to review these transactions and either
make corrections that permit them to be processed, or return the transactions to the source
or another location for correction. Use the Reject Options function to determine the way
TRAMS further processes files, cash letters, and batches containing rejects.

Accessing reject options

To access the function, select Reject Options from the Control Options Menu and press
Enter.
The system displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 5–29

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide OPTIONMENU
Control Options

REJOPTLIST—Reject Options Action List

REJOPTLIST TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/13/01 12:57:04
REJECT OPTIONS ACTION LIST More:

Type actions next to selected objects. Then press Enter.

C=Copy D=Delete N=New S=Search U=Update V=View

Action Inst Appl Eff/Date

( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
Action Inst Appl Eff/Date Sts Institution/Application Name
( ) 0000 0000 09/21/99 A
( ) 9450 0000 05/18/20 N CREDIT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM OUTPUTS

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen consists of an action list containing institution/application combinations for

which reject options are available.
Paging options may apply to this function. Refer to the “Working in TRAMS” chapter for
help with paging.

Fields

ACTION Code that indicates the action you want to take concerning the
1C associated institution/application’s reject options. Valid actions
are displayed on the screen.

INST Institution associated with the reject options.

4N KEY

APPL Application associated with the reject options.

4N KEY

EFF/DATE Date that the reject options went into effect for the institution/
6N KEY application, in user-defined format. Note that the dates in the
action list are protected. This date must be greater than or equal

February 2008 5–30

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide OPTIONMENU
Control Options

to the current processing date. If it is equal to the current

processing date, the system automatically sets the record status
to “Active.” If it is greater than the current processing date, the
system automatically sets the record status to “New.”

STS Current status of the reject option record. The values are:
1C
A = Active
I = Inactive
N = New
P = Purge.

INSTITUTION/ Name of the institution/application combination associated with

APPLICATION NAME the reject options.
30C
When you finish viewing the screen, paging forward and backward as necessary, continue
the function by performing one of the following actions:
‰ Enter values in the key fields near the top of the screen. Enter a code in the ACTION
field beside the key and press Enter. Refer to the “Reject option details” topic for help
with resulting screens.
‰ Enter a code in the ACTION field beside any selected object(s) in the action list. Press
Enter. Refer to the “Reject option details” topic for help with resulting screens. If you
need help in understanding action codes and their use, refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide.
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Type a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. Remember, this
action negates any entries you may have made on this screen.

Reject option details

If you selected a specific institution/application and action on the Reject Options List
screen, the system displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 5–31

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide OPTIONMENU
Control Options

REJOPTLIS1—Reject Options
( ) (V) View (U) Update (C) Copy (D) Delete (H) Help
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/13/01 13:03:44
REJECT OPTIONS
Inst Appl Date
0000 0000 092199

Reject File . . . . . . . . ( N ) Status . . . . . . . ( A )

Reject File Limit . . . . . ( 999999,999 ) Date Added . . . . . : 09/21/9
Release File . . . . . . . . ( Y ) Last Maintenance By . : FIXQA
Rel Cash Letter . . . . . . ( Y ) Date Last Maintenance : 04/17/0
Release Batch . . . . . . . ( Y ) Time Last Maintenance : 08:49:0
Release Tran . . . . . . . . ( N )
Release Out of Balance File ( Y )
Rel Out of Balance Cash Ltr ( Y )
Release Out of Balance Batch ( Y )

COMMAND ===>
F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS F12=CANCEL

This screen displays the reject options that are currently in effect for the institution. (If this
is the first time you are accessing the function, the fields display defaults that are provided
by TRAMS.) Note that the key fields are redisplayed near the top of the screen for
reference purposes. These fields are accessible only if you are performing a Copy or New
action; otherwise, they are protected from input. (If you entered a key on the action list,
the fields are protected during a New action also.)

Fields

INST Number that identifies the selected institution.

4N

APPL Number that identifies the selected application.

4N

DATE Date on which this option becomes active. This date must be
6N greater than or equal to the current processing date. If this field
is equal to the current processing date, the system automatically
sets the record status to A (active) if no other active record
exists for the same key except for this field. If it is greater than

February 2008 5–32

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide OPTIONMENU
Control Options

the current processing date, the system sets the record status to
N (new).

 If your ACTION entry was one other than N (new) or C (copy), the
preceding three fields are protected and cannot be changed.

REJECT FILE Flag that indicates whether an entire file is rejected if it exceeds
1C the specified transaction limit, based on the value in the REJECT
FILE LIMIT field. The values are:
A = Abort when the number of rejects exceeds the
REJECT FILE LIMIT value
Y = Yes
N = No
% = Percentage of transactions.

REJECT FILE LIMIT Maximum number of rejected transactions that a file can
9N contain before being completely rejected. Values are 0 through
999999999. If the REJECT FILE is yes, this is a count of
transactions. If the REJECT FILE is %, this is the percentage of
transactions within the file.

RELEASE FILE Code that indicates whether a file containing any rejected
1C transactions or a rejected header can be released to its
destination. The values are:
Y = Release transactions within this header if the
header record status is A
N = Release transactions within this header only if
the balance status is B and the record status is
A
R = Release transactions if the header record status
is anything but D, N, or P.

REL CASH LETTER Code that indicates whether a cash letter containing any
1C rejected transactions or a rejected header can be released to its
destination. The values are:
Y = Release transactions within this header if the
header record status is A
N = Release transactions within this header only if
the balance status is B and the record status
is A
R = Release transactions if the header record status
is anything but D, N, or P.

February 2008 5–33

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide OPTIONMENU
Control Options

RELEASE BATCH Code that indicates whether valid transactions containing any
1C rejected transactions or a rejected header can be released to its
destination. The values are:
Y = Release transactions within this header if the
header record status is A
N = Release transactions within this header only if
the balance status is B and the record status
is A
R = Release transactions if the header record status
is anything but D, N, or P.

RELEASE TRAN Code that indicates whether transactions with a reject status can
1C be released to their destination. The values are:
Y = Release all transactions within this header with
a record status of A
N = Release all transactions within this header with
a balance status of A and a record status of A
D = Release and purge all transactions within this
header with a record status of A.

 The system edits the preceding four fields against one another to
ensure that a valid combination of values exists. Following are the
valid combinations for these fields:

Field Name Valid Combinations

RELEASE FILE Y or Y or Y or
R R R
REL CASH LETTER N Y or Y or
R R
RELEASE BATCH N N Y or
R
RELEASE TRAN N N Y or
N

RELEASE OUT OF Flag that indicates whether valid transactions contained within
BALANCE FILE a file that is out of balance can be released to its destination.
1C The values are:
Y = Release all transactions within this header with
a balance status of O, P, Q, or T and a record
status of A
N = Do not release transactions with a balance
status of O, P, Q, or T.

February 2008 5–34

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide OPTIONMENU
Control Options

REL OUT OF Flag that indicates whether valid transactions contained within
BALANCE CASH LTR a cash letter that is out of balance can be released to its
1C destination. The values are:
Y = Release all transactions within this header with
a balance status of O, P, Q, or T and a record
status of A
N = Do not release transactions with a balance
status of O, P, Q, or T.

RELEASE OUT OF Flag that indicates whether valid transactions contained within
BALANCE BATCH a batch that is out of balance can be released to its destination.
1C The values are:
Y = Release all transactions within this header with
a balance status of O, P, Q, or T and a record
status of A
N = Do not release transactions with a balance
status of O, P, Q, or T.

 The system edits the preceding three fields against one another to
ensure that a valid combination of values exist. Following are the
valid combinations for these fields:

Field Name Valid Combinations

RELEASE OUT OF BALANCE FILE Y Y Y
REL OUT OF BALANCE CASH N Y Y
LTR
RELEASE OUT OF BALANCE N N Y
BATCH

STATUS Current status of this record. The values are:

1C
A = Active
I = Inactive
N = New
P = Purge.

DATE ADDED Date this record was added to the system, displayed in user-
6N defined format.

LAST MAINTENANCE User who last updated this record.

BY
5C

February 2008 5–35

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide OPTIONMENU
Control Options

DATE LAST Date on which this record was last updated, displayed in user-
MAINTENANCE defined format.
6N

TIME LAST Time of day at which this record was last updated.
MAINTENANCE
6N

 If a reject option has not been established for an institution/

application combination, the processing system defaults to the next
level using a hierarchy working up to the System Level (Inst/Appl
0000).

Exiting reject options

When you have finished viewing the screen and making any necessary changes, complete
the function by performing one of the following actions:
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Type a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. Remember, this
action negates any entries you may have made on this screen.

Purge and archive options

Purpose
Use this function to establish controls governing periodic maintenance of the TRAMS
transaction, settlement, and header files. Based on these controls, the system schedules
procedures that clear the files of any records flagged for purging. This process happens
through a backup-reload that is part of the end-of-day processing. If your organization
wishes to store purged transactions in case they are needed for future reference, you can
set the system to archive purged records to either tape or disk.

Accessing purge and archive options

To access this function, select Purge and Archive Options from the Control Options Menu
and press Enter.
The system displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 5–36

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide OPTIONMENU
Control Options

PRGOPTLIST—Purge/Archive Options Action List

PRGOPTLIST TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/13/01 13:11:04
PURGE/ARCHIVE OPTIONS ACTION LIST More:

Type actions next to selected objects. Then press Enter.

C=Copy D=Delete N=New S=Search U=Update V=View

Action Inst Appl Eff/Date

( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
Action Inst Appl Eff/Date Sts Institution/Application Name
( ) 0000 0000 09/21/99 A

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen consists of an action list containing institution/application combinations for

which purge and archive options are available.
Paging options may apply to this function. Refer to the “Working in TRAMS” chapter for
help with paging.

Fields

ACTION Code that indicates the action you want to take concerning the
1C associated institution/application’s purge and archive options.
Valid actions are displayed on the screen.

INST Institution associated with the purge and archive options.

4N KEY

APPL Application associated with the purge and archive options.

4N KEY

EFF/DATE Date on which this option becomes active. This date must be
6N KEY greater than or equal to the current processing date. If this field
is equal to the current processing date, the system automatically

February 2008 5–37

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide OPTIONMENU
Control Options

sets the record status to A (active) if no other active record

exists for the same key except for this field. If it is greater than
the current processing date, the system sets the record status to
N (new).

STS Current status of the purge and archive options. The values are:
1C
A = Active
I = Inactive
N = New
P = Purge.

INSTITUTION/ Identifies the institution/application combination associated

APPLICATION NAME with the purge and archive options.
When you finish viewing the screen, paging forward and backward as necessary, continue
the function by performing one of the following actions:
‰ Enter values in one or more of the key fields near the beginning of the action list.
Enter an action code in the ACTION field associated with the key fields and press Enter.
The system redisplays an action list that begins with the record matching the key
fields that you completed.
‰ Enter an action code in the ACTION field beside any selected object(s) in the action list.
Press Enter. Refer to the “Purge and archive options details” topic for help with
resulting screens. If you need help in understanding action codes and their use, refer
to the “Working in TRAMS” chapter of this guide.
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Type a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. Remember, this
action negates any entries you may have made on this screen.

Purge and archive options details

If you selected a specific institution/application and action through the preceding action
list, the system displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 5–38

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide OPTIONMENU
Control Options

PRGOPTLIS1—Purge and Archive Options

( ) (V) View (U) Update (C) Copy (D) Delete
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/13/01 13:12:26
PURGE AND ARCHIVE OPTIONS
Inst Appl Eff/Date
0000 0000 092199

Status . . . . . . . . ( \ )
Date Added . . . . . . : 09/21/99
Transaction Purge/Archive ( ) Last Maintenance By . : FIXQA
Transaction Period . . . . ( 000 ) Date Last Maintenance : 06/04/01
Transaction Frequency . . ( D ) Time Last Maintenance : 14:08:05

Settlement Purge/Archive . ( P ) Reject Trans Purge/Archive ( P )

Settlement Period . . . . ( 000 ) Reject Trans Period . . . ( 000 )
Settlement Frequency . . . ( D ) Reject Trans Frequency . . ( D )

Header Purge/Archive . . . ( P ) Hash Totals Purge/Archive. ( P )

Header Period. . . . . . . ( 000 ) Hash Totals Period . . . . ( 000 )
Header Frequency . . . . . ( D ) Hash Totals Frequency. . . ( D )

COMMAND ===>
F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS F12=CANCEL

This screen displays the purge and archive options established for the specified institution/
application. Note that the key fields are displayed near the top of the screen for reference
purposes. These values are accessible only if your selected action was N (new) or C
(copy); otherwise, they are protected fields.

Fields

INST Number that identifies the selected institution.

4N

APPL Number that identifies the selected application.

4N

EFF/DATE Date on which this option becomes active. This date must be
6N greater than or equal to the current processing date. If this field
is equal to the current processing date, the system automatically
sets the record status to A (active) if no other active record
exists for the same key except for this field. If it is greater than
the current processing date, the system sets the record status to
N (new).

February 2008 5–39

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide OPTIONMENU
Control Options

 If your ACTION entry was one other than N (new) or C (copy), the
preceding three fields are protected and cannot be changed.

TRANSACTION Flag that indicates whether transactions are purged or archived.

PURGE/ARCHIVE The values are:
1C
P = Purged
A = Archived.

TRANSACTION Number of days, weeks, or months that elapse between

PERIOD transaction purge/archive procedures. The values are 0 through
3N 999, with 0 indicating “purge immediately” (next purge/archive
run). If you enter a value in this field, ensure that a valid entry
also appears in the TRANSACTION FREQUENCY field.

TRANSACTION Time unit used to further define the transaction purge/archive

FREQUENCY period. The values are:
1C
D = Daily
W = Weekly
M = Monthly.
If you enter a value in this field, ensure that a valid entry also
appears in the TRANSACTION PERIOD field.

SETTLEMENT PURGE/ Flag that indicates whether settlement records are purged or
ARCHIVE archived. The values are:
1C
P = Purged
A = Archive.

SETTLEMENT PERIOD Indicates the number of days, weeks, or months that elapse
3N between settlement purge/archive procedures. The values are 0
through 999, with 0 indicating “purge immediately” (next
purge/archive run). If you enter a value in this field, ensure that
a valid entry also appears in the SETTLEMENT FREQUENCY field.

SETTLEMENT Time unit used to further define the settlement purge/archive

FREQUENCY period. The values are:
1C
D = Daily
W = Weekly
M = Monthly.
If you enter a value in this field, ensure that a valid entry also
appears in the SETTLEMENT PERIOD field.

February 2008 5–40

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide OPTIONMENU
Control Options

HEADER PURGE/ Flag that indicates whether header records are purged or
ARCHIVE archived to disk or tape. The values are:
1C
P = Purge
A = Archive.

HEADER PERIOD Number of days, weeks, or months that elapse between

3N summary purge/archive procedures. The values are 0 through
999, with 0 indicating “purge immediately” (next purge/archive
run). If you enter a value in this field, ensure that a valid entry
also appears in the HEADER FREQUENCY field.

HEADER FREQUENCY Time unit used to further define the Header purge/archive
1C period. The values are:
D = Daily
W = Weekly
M = Monthly.
If you enter a value in this field, ensure that a valid entry also
appears in the HEADER PERIOD field.

 The only reporting available at this time is summary; requesting D

will not supply a detailed listing.

STATUS Status of this purge/archive record. The values are:

1C
A = Active
I = Inactive
N = New
P = Purge.

DATE ADDED Date on which this record was added to the system, displayed in
6N user-defined format.

LAST MAINTENANCE System user who last updated this record.

BY
5C

DATE LAST Date on which this record was last updated, displayed in user-
MAINTENANCE defined format.
6N

TIME LAST Time of day at which this record was last updated.
MAINTENANCE
6N

February 2008 5–41

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide OPTIONMENU
Control Options

REJECT TRANS Flag that indicates whether transaction records archives are
PURGE/ARCHIVE purged or archived to disk or tape. The values are:
1C
P = Purge
A = Archive.

REJECT TRANS Number of days, weeks, or months that elapse between

PERIOD summary purge/archive procedures. The values are 0 through
3N 999, with 0 indicating “purge immediately” (next purge/archive
run).

 If you enter a value in this field, ensure that a valid entry also
appears in the REJECT TRANS FREQUENCY field.

REJECT TRANS Time unit used to further define the header summary purge/
FREQUENCY archive period. The values are:
1C
D = Daily
W = Weekly
M = Monthly.

 If you enter a value in this field, ensure that a valid entry also
appears in the REJECT TRANS PERIOD field.

HASH TOTALS Flag that indicates whether hash totals are purged or archived to
PURGE/ARCHIVE disk or tape. The values are:
1C
P = Purge
A = Archive.

HASH TOTALS Number of days, weeks, or months that elapse between

PERIOD summary purge/archive procedures. The values are 0 through
3N 999, with 0 indicating “purge immediately” (next purge/archive
run).

 If you enter a value in this field, ensure that a valid entry also
appears in the HASH TOTALS FREQUENCY field.

HASH TOTALS Time unit used to further define the header summary purge/
FREQUENCY archive period. The values are:
1C
D = Daily
W = Weekly
M = Monthly.

 If you enter a value in this field, ensure that a valid entry also
appears in the HASH TOTALS PERIOD field.

February 2008 5–42

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide OPTIONMENU
Control Options

 If a Purge/Archive option has not been established for an institution/

application combination, the processing system will default to the
next level using a hierarchy working up to the System Level (INST/
APPL 0000).

Exiting purge and archive options

When you have finished viewing the screen and making any entries or necessary changes,
complete the function by performing one of the following actions:
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Type a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. Remember, this
action negates any entries you may have made on this screen.

February 2008 5–43

 Chapter 6

CLIENTMENU
Client Information

TRAMS provides online functions which enable you to add, change, review, and delete
client information according to your organization’s requirements.

Accessing client information

To access these client functions, select Client Information from the Main Menu or type the
fastpath command CLIENTMENU in the Command area. Press Enter. The system
displays a menu similar to the one following:

February 2008 6–1

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide CLIENTMENU
Client Information

CLIENTMENU—Client Information Menu

( ) (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CLIENTMENU TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/13/03 13:44:34
CLIENT INFORMATION MENU

Select one of the following and press Enter. Include any search options below

( ) 1. Institutions
2. Applications
3. Control Groups
4. Contacts
5. Merchant Records

Inst Appl Group Contact

Search . . . . . ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )

COMMAND ===>
F1=HELP F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS

This menu provides access to the following client information:

‰ Institutions—Lists the various institutions that make up your organization’s client
base. Using this option, you can also access detailed information about a specific
client, including telephone, address, and contact information.
‰ Applications—Lists the various applications used by client institutions, for which you
use TRAMS to process transactions. Using this option, you can also access detailed
application information including representative address and telephone.
‰ Control Groups—Lists the various control groups used to group transactions for
summarization. This option is not available in this release.
‰ Contacts—Lists the individuals who represent your organization’s contacts within the
client institutions. Using this option, you can also access detailed contact information
including business, address, and telephone. This option is not available in this release.
‰ Merchant Records—Lists the various client merchants. Using this option, you can
also access detailed merchant information including city, state, and qualification
codes.
To select any of these options, enter the number identifying the option in the field
provided and press Enter.

February 2008 6–2

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide CLIENTMENU
Client Information

Search options
Note that the Client Information Menu permits you to make entries that target and search
for a specific institution, application, control group, and/or contact to access. By using
these search options, you can limit the action list to the objects in which you are
specifically interested.
‰ To search for a specific institution, enter the institution number in the INST field
located beside the Search prompt and press Enter.
‰ To search for a specific application, enter the application ID in the APPL field located
beside the Search prompt and press Enter.
‰ To search for a specific control group, enter the control group ID in the GROUP field
located beside the Search prompt and press Enter.
‰ To search for a specific contact name, enter the name in the CONTACT field located
beside the Search prompt and press Enter.
These search options are subject to the following rules based on your menu selection:
‰ If your menu selection was 1 (Institutions), INST is the only valid search option.
‰ If your menu selection is 2 (Applications), valid search options are INST and APPL.
‰ If your menu selection is 3 (Control Groups), valid search options are INST, APPL, and
GROUP.
‰ If your menu selection is 4 (Contacts), valid search options are INST, APPL, and
CONTACT.

When these steps are complete, press Enter. Then, turn to the appropriate subsection and
continue with your selected function.

Institutions
Purpose
Use the Institutions option to access both summary and detailed information about the
clients for whom your organization processes. This information includes:
‰ Institution Action List—Lists your organization’s client institutions
‰ Institution Details—Provides more detailed information about a specific client.

Accessing institutions
To access this function, select Institutions from the Client Information Menu. If you want
to target a specific institution, make the appropriate entry in the INST field located beside
the Search prompt. Press Enter.
The system displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 6–3

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide CLIENTMENU
Client Information

INSTLIST—Institution Action List

INSTLIST TRAMSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 06/05/03 12:27:52
INSTITUTION ACTION LIST More: +

Type actions next to selected objects. Then press Enter.

C=Copy D=Delete N=New S=Search U=Update V=View

Action Inst
( ) ( )
Action Inst Status Institution Name
( ) 7777 A BCMISC/BCSALE SYSTEM SUPPLIED TEST FILES
( ) 8000 A BCTEST 2ND AND 3RD INST
( ) 9000 A VISA
( ) 9001 A MASTERCARD
( ) 9100 A AMERICAN EXPRESS
( ) 9200 A EUROPAY INPUTS
( ) 9250 A EUROPAY OUTPUTS
( ) 9300 A USERIPT / USER INPUT
( ) 9400 A CREDIT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM INPUTS
( ) 9450 A CREDIT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM OUTPUTS
( ) 9460 A CREDIT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM NON-MON OUT
( ) 9500 A MERCHANT BANKCARD SYSTEM INPUTS

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen lists institutions for which your organization performs TRAMS processing,
with basic information to identify each institution. If you targeted an institution through
the Client Information Menu, the listing begins with the institution you specified.
Paging options may apply to this function. Refer to the “Working in TRAMS” chapter for
help with paging.

Fields

ACTION Code that indicates the action you want to take concerning the
1C associated institution. Valid action codes display on the screen.

INST Code that uniquely identifies the institution within TRAMS.

4N KEY

 Institution numbers 9000, 9001, and 9100 are reserved for Visa,
MasterCard, and American Express usage.

STATUS Current status of the institution. Status codes are:

1C
A = Active
I = Inactive

February 2008 6–4

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide CLIENTMENU
Client Information

N = New
P = Purge.

INSTITUTION NAME Name of the institution.

When you finish viewing this screen (paging forward and backward as necessary),
continue by completing one of the following actions:
‰ Type a value in the key field located near the top of the action list and press Enter.
Refer to the “Working in TRAMS” chapter of this guide for help in searching the
action list based on a key.
‰ Type an action code in the ACTION field beside any selected object(s). Press Enter.
Refer to the “Institution details” subtopic for help with resulting screens. If you need
help in understanding action codes and their use, refer to the “Working in TRAMS”
chapter of this guide.
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Type a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter.

Institution details
If you selected an institution for further action using the Institution Display action list, the
system displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 6–5

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide CLIENTMENU
Client Information

INSTLIST1—Institution Details
( ) (V) View (U) Update (C) Copy (D) Delete (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/13/01 13:47:11
INSTITUTION DETAILS

Institution Id . . . . . : 0001
Institution Name . . . . ( TEST FOR CR-USERS )
Institution Type . . . . ( )
Record Status . . . . . . ( A )
Language Code . . . . . . ( E ) Date Added . . . . . . . : 06/17/00
Last Maintenance By . . . :
Date Last Maintenance . . :
Time Last Maintenance . . : 00:00:00

Report Date Format . . . ( 1 ) 1=MDY, 2=DMY, 3=YMD

Report Time Format . . . ( 2 ) 1=12 Hour Clock, 2=24 Hour Clock

Processing Description . ( )

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F8=FWRD F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS

This screen displays more detailed information for the selected institution.

Fields

INSTITUTION ID Number that uniquely identifies the institution within TRAMS.

4N If your action is one other than “new” or “copy,” this value is
protected.

INSTITUTION NAME Name of the institution.

40C

INSTITUTION TYPE User-defined code available for your organization’s use.

1C

LANGUAGE CODE Preferred language for information on this institution’s screens

1C and reports. The values are:
C = French Canadian
D = Dutch
E = English
F = French

February 2008 6–6

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide CLIENTMENU
Client Information

G = German
I = Italian
S = Spanish.

REPORT DATE Format used for date displays on reports and screens for this
FORMAT institution. The values are:
1N
1 = MDY, month-day-year (for example, October
15, 2000 is presented as 10/15/00 and entered
as 10152000
2 = DMY, day-month-year (for example, October
15, 2000 is presented as 15/10/00 and entered
as 15102000
3 = YMD, year-month-day (for example, October
15, 2000 is presented as 200010/15 and entered
as 20001015).

REPORT TIME Format used for time displays on reports and screens for this
FORMAT institution. The values are:
1N
1 = 12-hour clock (for example, 1:00 p.m. is
displayed as 01:00:00)
2 = 24-hour clock (for example, 1:00 p.m. is
displayed as 13:00:00).

PROCESSING User-defined description of the type of processing performed

DESCRIPTION for this institution’s transactions.
40C

RECORD STATUS Current status of this institution record. The values are:
1C
A = Active
I = Inactive
N = New
P = Purge.

DATE ADDED Date on which this institution record was added to the system,
6N displayed in user-defined format.

LAST MAINTENANCE TRAMS user who last updated this institution record.
BY
5C

DATE LAST Date on which this institution record was last updated,
MAINTENANCE displayed in user-defined format.
6N

February 2008 6–7

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide CLIENTMENU
Client Information

TIME LAST Time of day at which this institution record was last updated,
MAINTENANCE displayed in user-defined format.
6N
When you finish viewing the screen, press Enter to proceed and review address and
telephone information for the institution.

Institution addresses and phones

When you press Enter while viewing the Institution Details screen, the system displays a
screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 6–8

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide CLIENTMENU
Client Information

INSTLIST2—Institution Addresses and Phones

( ) (V) View (U) Update (C) Copy (D) Delete (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/13/01 13:48:56
Inst INSTITUTION ADDRESSES AND PHONES
0001
Institution Name : TEST FOR CR-USERS
Type ( Y ) Address Line 1 . ( WIDERLAY 900 )
Address Line 2 . ( GREEN ROOM )
Address Line 3 . ( ;LK;LK;' )
City . . . . . . ( MAITLAND ) St/Prov ( FL )
Country . . . . ( US ) Postal Code ( 32822 )

Type ( ) Address Line 1 . ( )

Address Line 2 . ( )
Address Line 3 . ( )
City . . . . . . ( ) St/Prov (
Country . . . . ( ) Postal Code ( )

Telephone Extension Location

Type ( ) ( 0000-000000-0000000 ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( 0000-000000-0000000 ) ( ) ( )

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS

This screen displays the address(es) and telephone(s) for the institution. Your organization
can define up to two addresses and telephone numbers for the client institution. These
values are user-defined. For example, you may want to define a mailing and a shipping
address and a primary and secondary telephone number used to reach the institution.

Fields

INST Number that identifies the institution.

4N

INSTITUTION NAME Name of the institution.

40C

TYPE User-defined code that identifies the address type. For example,
1C you might use M to identify a mailing address and S to identify
a shipping address.

ADDRESS LINE 1 First line of the institution’s address.

40C

February 2008 6–9

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide CLIENTMENU
Client Information

ADDRESS LINE 2 Second line of the institution’s address.

40C

ADDRESS LINE 3 Third line of the institution’s address.

40C

CITY City in which the address is located.

30C

ST/PROV Abbreviation of the state or province in which the address is

3C located as defined in the abbreviations tables found in the
“Commands and Codes” appendix.

COUNTRY Abbreviation of the country in which the address is located as

3C defined in the abbreviations tables found in the “Commands
and Codes” appendix.

POSTAL CODE Code defined by the post office to further classify the address.
10C
For each telephone number, the screen includes the following fields:

TYPE Telephone type or usage. This value is user-defined. For

1C example, you might use F to identify a fax line, V to identify a
voice line, or D to identify a data line.

TELEPHONE Actual telephone number used to contact the institution.

20C

EXTENSION Office extension used to reach a specific individual or

5N department in the institution.

LOCATION Physical location of the telephone within the institution.

10C

Exiting the function

When you finish viewing the screen, complete the function by performing one of the
following actions:
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Type a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. Remember, this
action negates any entries you may have made on this screen.

February 2008 6–10

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide CLIENTMENU
Client Information

Applications
Purpose
The transactions that you process for an individual client may encompass a number of
applications. Applications are individual software systems that specialize in a particular
type of account. For example, a client may run demand deposit, credit card, automated
clearinghouse, and automated teller machine applications and send their transactions to
your organization for TRAMS processing.
Use the Applications menu option to access both summary and detailed information about
the applications used by your clients. This information includes:
‰ Application Action List—Lists the applications used by client institutions
‰ Application Details—Provides more detailed information about a specific
application.

Accessing applications
To access this function, select Applications from the Client Information Menu or type
APPLLIST in the command line. Enter any appropriate search values if you are using the
menu. Press Enter.
The system displays an action list similar to the one following.

February 2008 6–11

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide CLIENTMENU
Client Information

APPLLIST—Application Action List

APPLLIST TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (F) 10/18/07 10:50:50
APPLICATION ACTION LIST More: - +

Type actions next to selected objects. Then press Enter.

C=Copy D=Delete N=New S=Search U=Update V=View

Action Inst Appl

( ) ( ) ( )
Action Inst Appl Sts Institution Name / Application Name
( ) 9001 2001 A MASTERCARD
MASTERCARD - CANADA
( ) 9001 3001 A MASTERCARD
MASTERCARD - ASIA PACIFIC
( ) 9001 4001 A MASTERCARD
MASTERCARD - CEMEA
( ) 9001 5001 A MASTERCARD
MASTERCARD - LATIN AMERICA
( ) 9100 0001 A AMEX
AMEX INCOMING CLEARING
( ) 9100 0050 A AMEX
AMEX OUTGOING CLEARING

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen consists of an action list displaying the applications for which your
organization processes transactions using TRAMS. If you targeted an institution and/or
application through the SEARCH fields on the Client Information Menu, this list begins
with the institution and/or application you targeted.
Paging options may apply to this function. Refer to the “Working in TRAMS” chapter for
help with paging.

2 The CURRENCY CODE field on the NCVAPPL model record must be

updated when an international client installs a new region. Not doing
so could result in an abend. For instructions on how to update the
model record, refer to the “Updating the NCVAPPL model record”
topic in this chapter. Consult with your system administrator before
performing this function.

Fields

ACTION Code that indicates the action you want to take concerning the
1C associated application. Valid action codes display on the screen.

INST Number identifying the institution for which your organization

4N KEY processes this application. Institution numbers 9000, 9001, and

February 2008 6–12

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide CLIENTMENU
Client Information

9100 represent Visa, MasterCard, and American Express

institutions.

APPL Number identifying the application. Application numbers 0001

4N KEY and 0010 within institutions 9000 and 9001 represent Visa and
MasterCard applications. Application numbers 0001, 0050, and
0060 within institution 9100 represent American Express.

STS Current status of the application. The values are:

1C
A = Active
I = Inactive
N = New
P = Purge.

INSTITUTION NAME Name of the institution.

40C

APPLICATION NAME Name of the application.

40C
When you finish viewing this screen (paging forward and backward as necessary),
continue by completing one of the following actions:
‰ Type values in the key fields located near the top of the action list. Enter a code in the
ACTION field associated with the key and press Enter. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for help in searching the action list based on a key.

 The Application Action List contains an additional action code

option, M (update model record). This action enables you to update
the NCVAPPL model record when a new region is installed for
international clients. For help in performing this action, see the
“Updating the NCVAPPL model record” topic within this chapter.
‰ Type an action code in the ACTION field beside any selected object(s). Press Enter.
Refer to the “Application details” subtopic for help with resulting screens. If you need
help in understanding action codes and their use, refer to the “Working in TRAMS”
chapter of this guide.
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Type a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. Remember, this
action negates any entries you may have made on this screen.

February 2008 6–13

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide CLIENTMENU
Client Information

Application details
If you selected an application for further action using the Application Action List screen,
the system displays a screen similar to the one following:

February 2008 6–14

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide CLIENTMENU
Client Information

APPLLIST1—Application Details
( ) (V) View (U) Update (C) Copy (D) Delete (H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/01/06 13:29:55
APPLICATION DETAILS

Institution . . . . . . . . 9000 VISA

Application . . . . . . . . 1001 VISA - EUROPE
Language Code . . . . . . ( E ) Record Status . . . . . ( A )
Currency Code . . . . . . ( 978 ) Date Added . . . . . . . : 10/15/97
Currency Conversion Date ( T ) Last Maintenance By . . : CCNAD
Warehouse Days . . . . . ( 000 ) Date Last Maintenance . : 08/01/06
Qual/Auto CB Indicators . ( MV / ) Time Last Maintenance . : 10:04:03
File Balancing Method . . ( N ) Active Systems . . . . . ( YN )
Cash/Ltr Balancing Method ( N ) Source ICA Number . . . ( 000000 )
Batch Balancing Method . ( N ) Source BIN Number . . . ( 000000 )
XLATE Default Inst/Appl . ( 9000 / 0001 ) MC Acquirer Id . . . ( 000000 )
Tran Code XLATE Method . ( N ) Visa Acquirer Prefix . . ( 440728 )
Curr Conversion Tran Code ( 0096 ) Acquirer Business Id . . ( 00000000 )
EMV AC Check/Skip. . . ( / )
AMEX Inst ID/Cntry Code/Processor ID . . 000 .
Processing Description . ( )

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F8=FWRD F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS

This screen displays more detailed information for the selected application.

Fields

INSTITUTION Two-part field that identifies the number of the institution

4N/40C associated with the application and the name of the institution.

APPLICATION Two-part field that identifies the number and the name of the
4N/40C application.

LANGUAGE CODE Preferred language for information on this institution’s screens

1C and reports. The values are:
C = French Canadian
D = Dutch
E = English
F = French
G = German
I = Italian
S = Spanish.

February 2008 6–15

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide CLIENTMENU
Client Information

CURRENCY CODE Code identifying the currency used in processing transactions

3C for the application. Refer to the applicable card association
manual for a list of currency codes.

 If your organization chooses not to perform settlement and therefore

does not establish a Settlement Parameters File, the application
currency code becomes the default used on screens permitting
change of view between source and destination currency.

 Refer to the “Dual currency” topic following the Applications screens

for information on how to ensure that TRAMS directs cardholder
adjustments generated in ITS to the correct organization in CMS.

CURRENCY Code that defines the date used for currency conversion of this
CONVERSION DATE application’s transactions. The values are:
1C
P = Processing date
T = Transaction date.

WAREHOUSE DAYS Maximum number of days that this application’s transactions

3N may remain in the TRAMS transaction warehouse before being
reported on the Warehouse Exception Log report (0802). The
values are 000–999.

QUAL/AUTO CB Two-part field that indicates whether transactions for this

INDICATORS application require card association qualification as part of
2C/1C processing and whether the automatic chargeback functionality
is active for the application.
The first part (QUAL) is the flag that indicates whether
transactions for this application require Visa or MasterCard
qualification as part of processing. The values are:
M = MasterCard only
V = Visa only
N = None
MV (or VM) = MasterCard and Visa.

 If this application requires bankcard processing through the TRAMS

Bank Card module (TRAMS/BC), be sure to set the appropriate
qualification indicator to ensure that the appropriate processes are
applied to the transactions.

 American Express does not use qualification.

The second part (AUTO CB INDICATORS) is the flag that
determines whether the automatic chargeback functionality is
active for the application. The values are:

February 2008 6–16

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide CLIENTMENU
Client Information

N = Do not use automatic chargeback functionality

Y = Use automatic chargeback functionality.
If this field is N, monetary transactions that are rejected by
TRAMS because of an invalid BIN/ICA/IIN prefix or because
of a valid BIN/ICA/IIN prefix with an invalid account number
remain in the Transaction Warehouse file until the transactions
are worked manually or aged off. The transactions are listed on
the Reject Transaction Listing report (0751) and the Reject
Transaction Listing by Reason Code report (0752). If this field
is Y, monetary transactions that are rejected because of an
invalid BIN/ICA/IIN prefix or because of a valid BIN/ICA/IIN
prefix with an invalid account number are automatically
charged back to the originating card association. The
transactions are listed on the TRAMS/BC Auto Chargeback
Transactions report (1701).

 You can use the initialization program NCPO500 to set the default
for this parameter to N or Y. If you do not set the default using
NCPO500, the default is N.

FILE BALANCING Method used by the Process Input program to balance original
METHOD file amounts against the system calculated file amounts for this
1C application. The values are:
D = Do not balance.
G = Gross method. The system adds the calculated
debits and credits together and compares that
figure to the original amount plus debit
adjustments minus credit adjustments.
N = Net method. The system subtracts the
calculated credits from the calculated debits
and compares that figure to the original amount
plus debit adjustments minus credit
adjustments.
P = Net positive method. The system subtracts the
calculated debits from the calculated credits. If
the result is a negative value, the system
changes it to a positive value. The system
compares that value to the original amount plus
debit adjustments minus credit adjustments
(this value is also changed to positive if it was
negative).
S = Split debits/credits method. The system
compares the calculated debits to the original

February 2008 6–17

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide CLIENTMENU
Client Information

debits plus any debit adjustments, then

compares the calculated credits to the original
credits plus any credit adjustments. Results of
the calculations are allowed to remain
negative.

CASH/LTR Method used by the Process Input program to balance original

BALANCING METHOD cash letter amounts against the system-calculated cash letter
1C amounts for this application. The values are the same as for the
FILE BALANCING METHOD field.

BATCH BALANCING Method used by the Process Input program to balance original
METHOD batch amounts against the system-calculated batch amounts for
1C this application. The values are the same as for the FILE
BALANCING METHOD field.

XLATE DEFAULT Two-part field that identifies the institution and application to
INST/APPL be used for translating incoming (source) transaction codes to
4N/4N outgoing (destination) transaction codes. The first part is the
identification number of the institution to be used in performing
transaction code translation through the Transaction Code
Translation table (TRANLIST). The second part is the
identification number of the application to be used in
performing transaction code translation through the Transaction
Code Translation table.

TRAN CODE XLATE Method used to translate transactions for this application for
METHOD TRAMS processing. The values are:
1C
N = Normal translation
D = Default source institution/application to 0000/
0000
S = Destination transaction code and debit/credit/
memo indicators are set to the same value as
source
B = Both default and source options apply.

CURR CONVERSION Transaction code assigned to currency conversion memo

TRAN CODE transactions generated in TRAMS for this application and
4N passed to CMS for posting. This code must also be defined on
the CMS Monetary Transaction Control record (ARMX).

February 2008 6–18

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide CLIENTMENU
Client Information

AMEX INST ID/CNTRY Three-part field that displays the American Express issuer
CODE/PROCESSOR institution identification number, the country code, and the
ID processor ID. The first part of the field is the unique institution
11N/3N/11N
identification number assigned to an AMEX issuer. The second
part of the field is the country code for the AMEX issuer. The
third part of the field is the unique processor identification
number assigned to the designated processor of an American
Express issuer.

PROCESSING User-defined description of the type of processing performed

DESCRIPTION for this application’s transactions.
40C

RECORD STATUS Current status of this application record. The values are:
1C
A = Active
I = Inactive
N = New
P = Purge.

DATE ADDED Date on which this application record was added to the system,
6N displayed in user-defined format.

LAST MAINTENANCE TRAMS user who last updated this application record.
BY
5C

DATE LAST Date on which this application record was last updated,
MAINTENANCE displayed in user-defined format.
6N

TIME LAST Time of day at which this application record was last updated.
MAINTENANCE
6N

ACTIVE SYSTEMS Other TRAMS modules in use for this application. The field
4C consists of four positions; type either a Y (yes, active) or N (no,
not active) in the appropriate position for TRAMS modules in
use, as follows:
Position 1 = TRAMS
Position 2 = TRAMS/DE
Position 3 = Currently blank
Position 4 = Currently blank.

February 2008 6–19

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide CLIENTMENU
Client Information

 The following fields are used as default values for transactions

routed to Visa or MasterCard.

SOURCE ICA Interbank Card Association number that identifies the source
NUMBER application as a MasterCard member. This number is required
6N for a MasterCard issuer who does not also acquire for
MasterCard. If the MC ACQUIRER ID is supplied, this field is not
needed. TRAMS uses this input filepath field to determine
which regional rules to apply for qualification processing.

SOURCE BIN Bank Identification Number that identifies the source

NUMBER application as a Visa member. This number is required for a
6N Visa issuer who does not also acquire for Visa. If the VISA
ACQUIRER PREFIX is supplied, this field is not needed. TRAMS
uses this input filepath field to determine which regional rules
to apply for qualification processing.

MC ACQUIRER ID Number that identifies the application as an acquirer of

6N MasterCard transactions. This number is required for a
MasterCard acquirer. TRAMS uses this input filepath field to
determine which regional rules to apply for qualification
processing.

 For MasterCard processing, it is not necessary to supply the

SOURCE ICA NUMBER if the MC ACQUIRER ID is supplied.

VISA ACQUIRER Prefix that identifies the application as an acquirer of Visa

PREFIX transactions. This number is required for a Visa acquirer.
6N TRAMS uses this input filepath field to determine which
regional rules to apply for qualification processing.

 For Visa processing, it is not necessary to supply the SOURCE BIN

NUMBER if the VISA ACQUIRER PREFIX is supplied

ACQUIRER BUSINESS Number that identifies the application as an acquirer of

ID transactions. For JCB, this value is the six-digit licensee ID.
8N

EMV AC CHECK/SKIP Two-part field that indicates whether EMV authorization

1C/5N cryptogram checking is performed for the application and the
number of EMV transactions to skip during checking.

February 2008 6–20

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide CLIENTMENU
Client Information

The first part of the field is a switch that enables checking of the
EMV Transaction Certificate (TC), also referred to as the
Application Cryptogram. The values are:
Y = Check EMV Application Cryptogram
N = Do not check EMV Application Cryptogram.
The second part of the field denotes the number of EMV
transactions to skip before validating the next TC when the EMV
AC CHECK switch is set to Y. For example, if this field were set
to 20, then every 21st EMV transaction would have the
Transaction Certificate (TC) validated. The values are:
00000 = Check all EMV transactions
00001–99999 = Number of EMV transactions to skip
before performing the next check.
When you finish viewing the screen, press Enter to view application addresses.

Application addresses
When you press Enter while viewing the Application Detail screen, the system displays a
screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 6–21

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide CLIENTMENU
Client Information

APPLLIST2—Application Details
( ) (V) View (U) Update (C) Copy (D) Delete (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/13/01 14:14:34
APPLICATION DETAILS

Institution: 0001 TEST FOR CR-USERS

Application: 1111 missing inst
Type ( ) Address Line 1 . ( WINDERLAY 900 )
Address Line 2 . ( GREEN ROOM )
Address Line 3 . ( )
City . . . . . . ( MAITLAND ) St/Prov ( FL
Country . . . . ( US ) Postal Code. . ( 32822 )
Type ( ) Address Line 1 . ( )
Address Line 2 . ( )
Address Line 3 . ( )
City . . . . . . ( ) St/Prov (
Country . . . . ( ) Postal Code. . ( )
DE Future Trans Allowed . . ( Y ) DE User Assigned Batch Nbrs . ( N )
DE Queue By Manager . . . . ( N ) DE User Assigned C/Ltr Nbrs . ( N )
DE Duplicate Batch Audit . . ( 00 ) DE Batch Balancing Method . . ( N )
DE Duplicate C/Ltr Audit . . ( 00 ) DE Cash Ltr Balancing Method . ( N )

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen displays the address(es) established for the application. Your organization can
define up to two addresses for the client application. For example, you may want to define
a mailing and a shipping address used for correspondence regarding the application.

Fields

INSTITUTION Two-part field that identifies the number of the institution

4N/30C associated with the application and the name of the institution.

APPLICATION Two-part field that identifies the number and the name of the
4N/40C application.

TYPE Address type. For example, you might use M to identify a

1C mailing address and S to identify a shipping address.

ADDRESS LINE 1 First line of the application’s address.

40C

ADDRESS LINE 2 Second line of the application’s address.

40C

February 2008 6–22

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide CLIENTMENU
Client Information

ADDRESS LINE 3 Third line of the application’s address.

40C

CITY City in which the address is located.

30C

ST/PROV Abbreviation of the state or province in which the address is

3C located as defined in the abbreviations tables in the “Commands
and Codes” appendix.

COUNTRY Abbreviation of the country in which the address is located as

3C defined in the abbreviations tables in the “Commands and
Codes” appendix.

POSTAL CODE Code defined by the post office to further classify the address.
10C

 The following fields are used as default values for the processing of
this application with the TRAMS/DE module.

DE FUTURE TRANS Flag that indicates whether transactions entered can have a
ALLOWED transaction date greater than the current system processing date.
1C The values are:
Y = Yes
N = No.

DE QUEUE BY Flag that indicates whether batch or cash letters will be held for
MANAGER review by a manager. The values are:
1C
Y = Yes
N = No.
The determination to hold a batch or cash letter would be based
upon edits.

DE DUPLICATE Number of previous days used as the basis for duplicate file
BATCH AUDIT checking. The system checks batch headers processed this
2N many days before the current date, searching for a match on the
transaction count and amount. A match is considered a
duplicate batch and flagged as such on the file header.

DE DUPLICATE C/LTR Number of previous days used as the basis for duplicate file
AUDIT checking. The system checks cash letter headers processed this
2N many days before the current date, searching for a match on the

February 2008 6–23

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide CLIENTMENU
Client Information

transaction count and amount. A match is considered a

duplicate cash letter and flagged as such on the file header.

DE USER ASSIGNED Flag that indicates whether batch numbers should be user
BATCH NBRS defined or the system should default to the next batch number in
1C the sequence. The values are:
Y = Yes (user assigned)
N = No (system default).

DE USER ASSIGNED Flag that indicates whether cash letter numbers should be user
C/LTR NBRS defined or the system should default to the next cash letter
1C number in the sequence. The values are:
Y = Yes (user assigned)
N = No (system default).

DE BATCH Method used by the process input program to balance original

BALANCING METHOD batch amounts against the system-calculated batch amounts for
1C this application. The values are:
D = Do not balance.
G = Gross method. The system adds the calculated
debits and credits together and compares that
figure to the original amount plus debit
adjustments minus credit adjustments.
N = Net method. The system subtracts the
calculated debits from the calculated credits
and compares that figure to the original amount
plus debit adjustments minus credit
adjustments.
P = Net positive method. The system subtracts the
calculated debits from the calculated credits. If
the result is a negative value, the system
changes it to a positive value. The system
compares that value to the original amount plus
debit adjustments minus credit adjustments
(this value is also changed to positive if it was
negative).
S = Split debits/credits method. The system
compares the calculated debits to the original
debits plus any debit adjustments, then
compares the calculated credits to the original
credits plus any credit adjustments. Results of

February 2008 6–24

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide CLIENTMENU
Client Information

the calculations are allowed to remain

negative.

DE CASH/LTR Method used by the process input program to balance original

BALANCING METHOD cash letter amounts against the system-calculated cash letter
1C amounts for this application. The values are the same as for the
DE BATCH BALANCING METHOD field.

Paging forward displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 6–25

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide CLIENTMENU
Client Information

APPLLIST3—Application Details
( ) (V) View (U) Update (C) Copy (D) Delete (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/13/01 14:19:36
APPLICATION DETAILS

Institution: 0001 TEST FOR CR-USERS

Application: 1111 missing inst
DUPLICATE HEADER VERIFICATION
INCLUDE WITH HASH TOTAL (Y/N) FILE HDR CASH HDR BATCH HDR
MERCHANT NUMBER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ( N )
CALCULATED DEBIT COUNT . . . . . . . . ( N ) ( N ) ( N )
CALCULATED DEBIT SOURCE AMOUNT . . . . ( N ) ( N ) ( N )
CALCULATED CREDIT COUNT. . . . . . . . ( N ) ( N ) ( N )
CALCULATED CREDIT SOURCE AMOUNT. . . . ( N ) ( N ) ( N )
ORIGINAL BALANCE COUNT . . . . . . . . ( N ) ( N ) ( N )
ORIGINAL BALANCE AMOUNT. . . . . . . . ( N ) ( N ) ( N )
ORIGINAL DEBIT COUNT . . . . . . . . . ( N ) ( N ) ( N )
ORIGINAL DEBIT SOURCE AMOUNT . . . . . ( N ) ( N ) ( N )
ORIGINAL CREDIT COUNT. . . . . . . . . ( N ) ( N ) ( N )
ORIGINAL CREDIT SOURCE AMOUNT. . . . . ( N ) ( N ) ( N )
ACCOUNT NUMBER . . . . . . . . . . . . ( N ) ( N ) ( N )

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS

Fields
This screen displays the various fields that are used for the calculation of a hash total for
the purpose of duplicate checking. TRAMS performs duplicate checking on incoming
files only.
Each of the fields on this screen is a flag indicating whether this field is included during
the duplicate checking process. These fields are valid for the various header levels
indicated. The values are:
Y = Include this field during the duplicate checking process
N = Do not include this field during the duplicate checking process.

 Including the ACCOUNT NUMBER field is recommended whenever

duplicate checking is activated. This enables the process to more
accurately detect duplicate headers.

Dual currency
If Dual Currency processing is active in the Credit Management System (CMS), you must
establish application controls to ensure that TRAMS directs cardholder adjustments
generated in the Interchange Tracking System (ITS) to the correct organization in CMS,
based on the transaction currency. The ITS Special Interchange Transactions (ITSCRCR)

February 2008 6–26

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide CLIENTMENU
Client Information

Assign Destinations procedure will search for the application record that matches the
currency code of the incoming transaction and then route the outbound transaction based
on the currency. You must therefore define one application per currency per ITS client
institution. The currency codes within the applications must be consistent across
institutions. For example:

Application Institution Currency

0001 9750—Visa 840

0002 9750—Visa 214

0001 9751—MasterCard 840

0002 9751—MasterCard 214

The following screen fragments show control record examples:

( ) (V) VIEW (U) UPDATE (C) COPY (D) DELETE (H) HELP
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/19/03 13:19:17
APPLICATION DETAILS
INSTITUTION . . . . . . . . 9750 ITS VISA
APPLICATION . . . . . . . . 0001 VISA FOREIGN
LANGUAGE CODE . . . . . . : E RECORD STATUS . . . . . : A
CURRENCY CODE . . . . . . : 840 DATE ADDED . . . . . . . : 06/27/01

( ) (V) VIEW (U) UPDATE (C) COPY (D) DELETE (H) HELP
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/19/03 13:19:17
APPLICATION DETAILS
INSTITUTION . . . . . . . . 9750 ITS VISA
APPLICATION . . . . . . . . 0002 VISA LOCAL
LANGUAGE CODE . . . . . . : E RECORD STATUS . . . . . : A
CURRENCY CODE . . . . . . : 214 DATE ADDED . . . . . . . : 06/27/01

Updating the NCVAPPL model record (for international clients)

After installing TRAMS in a new region, follow these steps to update the NCVAPPL
model record:
1. Type M in the ACTION field on the Application Action List screen. Leave the
remaining fields blank, and press Enter. Page 1 of the Application Details screen
displays.
2. If applicable, change the value in the LANGUAGE CODE field.
3. In the CURRENCY CODE field, enter the relevant currency code for your region.

February 2008 6–27

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide CLIENTMENU
Client Information

4. If applicable, make any other updates to the record and press Enter. The model record
is updated.

Exiting the function

When you finish viewing the screen, complete the function by performing one of the
following actions:
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Type a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. Remember, this
action negates any entries you may have made on the current screen.

Control groups
This function is not currently active in the TRAMS system.

Contacts
This function is not currently active in the TRAMS system.

Merchant records
Purpose
This function sets up a TRAMS online merchant file primarily for testing purposes.
‰ Merchant Action List—Lists your organization’s merchants
‰ Merchant Information—Provides detailed information about a specific merchant.

Accessing merchant records

To access this function, select Merchant Records from the Client Information Menu. The
system will display a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 6–28

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide CLIENTMENU
Client Information

MERCHLIST—Merchant Action List

MERCHLIST TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 03/23/06 13:17:59
MERCHANT ACTION LIST More:

Type actions next to selected objects. Then press Enter.

C=Copy D=Delete N=New S=Search U=Update V=View

Action Merchant Number Merchant Name

( ) ( ) ( )
Action Merchant Number Merchant Name Status
( * ) 0000000000000001 ABC COMPANY A

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen lists the merchants contained and maintained in the TRAMS merchant file.
Paging options may apply to this function. Refer to the “Working in TRAMS” chapter for
help with paging.

Fields

ACTION Code that indicates the action you want to take concerning the
1C associated merchant. Valid action codes display on the screen.

MERCHANT NUMBER Unique user-defined number that identifies the merchant.

16N

MERCHANT NAME Merchant’s doing-business-as name.

25C

STATUS Current status of the merchant record. The values are:

1C
A = Active
I = Inactive
N = New
P = Purge.

February 2008 6–29

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide CLIENTMENU
Client Information

When you finish viewing this screen (paging forward and backward as necessary),
continue by completing one of the following actions:
‰ Type a value in the key field located near the top of the action list and press Enter.
Refer to the “Working in TRAMS” chapter of this guide for help in searching the
action list based on a key.
‰ Type an action code in the ACTION field beside any selected object(s). Press Enter.
Refer to the “Merchant information” subtopic for help with resulting screens. If you
need help in understanding action codes and their use, refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide.
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Type a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter.

Merchant information
If you selected a merchant for further action using the Merchant Action List screen, the
system displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 6–30

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide CLIENTMENU
Client Information

MERCHLIST1—Merchant Information
( ) (V) View (U) Update (C) Copy (D) Delete (H)Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 03/23/06 13:16:21
MERCHANT INFORMATION
Merchant Number Merchant DBA Name
0000000000000001 ( ABC COMPANY )
EC/MC Merchant Acct Status. ( O ) Status . . . . . . . ( A )
MCard Merchant Acct Status ( O ) Date Added . . . . . : 04/04/05
Merchant City . . . . . . . ( SMITHVILLE ) Last Maintenance By . :
Merchant State/Province . . ( FL ) Date Last Maintenance : 0000000
Merchant Country Code . . . ( USA ) Time Last Maintenance : 00:00:00
Merchant Postal Code . . . ( 30000 )
Merchant MCC MC/Visa . . . ( 5999 / 5999 )
EC/MC Qualification Code . ( MSD )
Visa Qualification Code . . ( VSF )
MCard Assign Code . . . . . ( )
MasterCard QPS Code . . . . ( )
Abbreviated Merchant Name . ( ABC )
Customer Service Number . . ( 1-800-123-4567 )
Merchant Tax Id . . . . . . ( 999999998 )
Merchant Type . . . . . . . ( 0110 )

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F8=FWRD F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS

This screen displays more detailed information for the selected merchant.

Fields

MERCHANT NUMBER Unique user-defined number that identifies the merchant.

16N

EC/MC MERCHANT Current status of the Eurocard-MasterCard merchant account.

ACCT STATUS The values are:
1C
O = Open
C = Closed.

MCARD MERCHANT Current status of the MasterCard merchant account. The values
ACCT STATUS are:
1C
O = Open
C = Closed.

MERCHANT CITY City where the merchant conducts business.

13C

February 2008 6–31

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide CLIENTMENU
Client Information

MERCHANT STATE/ State or province where the merchant conducts business.

PROVINCE
2C

MERCHANT Code identifying the country where the merchant’s business is

COUNTRY CODE located.
3C

MERCHANT POSTAL Code identifying the merchant’s postal region.

CODE
12C

MERCHANT MCC MC/ MasterCard or Visa code identifying the type of business.
VISA
4N/4N

EC/MC TRAMS-defined code that identifies the merchant’s

QUALIFICATION MasterCard or Eurocard-MasterCard interchange qualification
CODE level.
3C

VISA QUALIFICATION TRAMS-defined code identifying the merchant’s Visa

CODE interchange qualification level.
3C

MCARD ASSIGN Code identifying the merchant as participating in the

CODE MasterCard assign program.
3C

MASTERCARD QPS Code identifying the merchant as participating in the

CODE MasterCard Quick Payment Service.
3C

ABBREVIATED Abbreviated name of the merchant’s business.

MERCHANT NAME
11C

CUSTOMER SERVICE Number used for contacting customer service (“800” number).
NUMBER
14N

MERCHANT TAX ID Merchant’s federal tax ID or value-added tax ID.

14N

MERCHANT TYPE Type of business.

3C

February 2008 6–32

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide CLIENTMENU
Client Information

MERCHANT DBA Merchant’s doing-business-as name.

NAME
25C

STATUS Current status of the merchant record. The values are:

1C
A = Active
I = Inactive
N = New
P = Purge.

DATE ADDED Date on which this merchant record was added to the system,
6N displayed in user-defined format.

LAST MAINTENANCE TRAMS user who last updated this merchant record.
BY
5C

DATE LAST Date on which this merchant record was last updated, displayed
MAINTENANCE in user-defined format.
6N

TIME LAST Time of day at which this merchant record was last updated.
MAINTENANCE
6N

Exiting the function

When you finish viewing the screen, complete the function by performing one of the
following actions:
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Type a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. This action negates
any entries you may have made on the current screen.

February 2008 6–33

 Chapter 7

FILEMENU
File Management

Accessing file management

To access File Management functions, select File Management from the TRAMS Main
Menu or type FILEMENU in the command line. Press Enter. The system displays a menu
similar to the one following.

February 2008 7–1

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

FILEMENU—File Management Menu

( ) (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FILEMENU TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/13/01 14:59:36
FILE MANAGEMENT MENU

Select one of the following and press Enter.

( ) 1. File Information
2. Cash Letter Information
3. Batch Information
4. Hash Total Information
5. Warehouse Totals

COMMAND ===>
F1=HELP F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS

The File Management Menu enables you to work with the following objects:
‰ File Information—Transactions are submitted to and output by TRAMS within files.
Files can be transmitted electronically or can be handled in the form of tape or disk.
Each source file includes an internally generated file header that summarizes the
information it contains.
‰ Cash Letter Information—Optionally, files can contain one or more cash letters,
which in turn contain groups of batches. Cash letters include internally generated cash
letter headers that summarize the batches that they contain. These headers provide a
checkpoint for verification and balancing of files.
‰ Batch Information—Batches are optional subdivisions of a file, consisting of groups
of individual transactions. Batches include internally generated batch headers that
summarize the transactions they contain.

 Cash letters are optional elements within a file. For example, your
organization may receive a file that contains a series of transactions
that are not grouped in any way. The system generates an internal
file header and one internal batch header for this file; the totals for
these two headers are the same.

February 2008 7–2

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

‰ Hash Total Information—Hash totals are calculated records computed during process
input. They are used for duplicate checking by TRAMS.
‰ Warehouse Totals—The system warehouses all transactions before releasing them to
their destination. File Management enables you to review warehoused transaction
totals and monitor activity within the TRAMS transaction database.
To select an option, type the number identifying the option in the field provided and press
Enter. Turn to the appropriate subsection describing the option you selected (for example,
File Management) and continue.

File information
Purpose
This option displays either summary or detailed information about a transaction file.

Special fastpath handling

File information actions include specialized handling for certain fastpath commands, as
follows:
‰ CASHLIST results in a Cash Letter action list positioned at the first cash letter
contained in the file. If the file header you were on when you issued the command did
not contain any Cash Letters, the action list is positioned at the next cash letter in the
cash letter file.
‰ BATCHLIST results in a Batch Header action list positioned at the first batch in the
file.
‰ TRNREFLIST results in a Transaction action list positioned at the first transaction in
the first batch in the file.
‰ REJLIST results in a Reject Transaction action list positioned at the first rejected
transaction in the file. If the file header you were on when you issued the command
did not contain any rejected transactions, the action list is positioned at the next
rejected transaction in the reject file.
‰ SUSPLIST results in a Suspense Transaction action list positioned at the first
suspended transaction in the file. If the file header you were on when you issued the
command did not contain any suspended transactions, the action list is positioned at
the next suspended transaction in the suspense file.
‰ HASHTOTALS results in a Hash Totals action list positioned at the first Hash Total
record for the file header you were on when you issued the command. If the file
header you were on when you issued the command did not contain any Hash Total
records, the action list is positioned at the nest file header Hash Total record.

February 2008 7–3

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

Accessing file information

To access the option, select File Information from the File Management Menu or type
FILELIST in the command line. Press Enter. The system displays a screen similar to the
one following.

February 2008 7–4

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

FILELIST—File Action List

FILELIST TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/13/01 15:01:38
FILE ACTION LIST More: +

Type actions next to selected objects. Then press Enter.

D=Delete S=Search Frwd U=Update V=View R=Search Bkwd X=Delete Released

Action Date Run File St Rec St Inst Appl Job Name

( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
Action Sts Date Run Inst Appl Job Name Net Amount Rel
( ) P A 04/12/03 0082 9700 2001 CTSCRCR 6,142.00
( ) P A 04/12/03 0081 9700 2001 CTSCRCR 6,142.00
( ) P A 04/12/03 0080 9700 2001 CTSCRCR 6,142.00
( ) P A 04/12/03 0079 9700 0001 ITSCRCR 75.00
( ) I I 04/12/03 0078 9700 0001 ITSCRCR 00
( ) P A 04/12/03 0077 9700 5001 LTSCRCR 330.00
( ) P A 04/12/03 0076 9700 2001 CTSCRCR 330.00
( ) P A 04/12/03 0075 9700 0001 ITSCRCR 330.00
( ) P A 04/12/03 0074 9700 0001 ITSCRCR 330.00
( ) I I 04/12/03 0073 9700 0001 ITSCRCR 00
( ) O A 11/15/01 0022 9000 0010 VISADC 203.00 S
( ) O A 11/15/01 0021 9000 0010 VISADC 203.00 S

COMMAND ===>
F2= 2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen consists of an action list displaying file headers that are available for your
review. File headers are displayed according to run number, with the most recent run first.
Paging options may apply to this function. Refer to the “Working in TRAMS” chapter for
help with paging.

Fields

ACTION Code that indicates the action you want to take concerning the
1C associated file. Valid action codes are displayed on your screen.
This screen provides two actions used to search the list. Use S
(search forward) to reverse the order of the list and show the
earliest run first. Then use R (reverse search) to reverse the
direction of the search and again display latest run first.

DATE Date that TRAMS generated the file header record (shown in
8C KEY user-defined format).

RUN Number identifying the processing run of TRAMS that

4N KEY generated the file header record.

February 2008 7–5

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

FILE ST Current balance status of the file. The values are:

1C KEY B = Balanced
I = In progress via process (file is unusable)
M = Balanced with rejects and suspense
R = Balanced with rejects
S = Balanced with suspense
O = Out of balance
P = Out of balance with rejects
Q = Out of balance with suspense
T = Out of balance with rejects and suspense.

REC ST Maintenance status of the file header record. The values are:
1C
A = Active
B = Both rejected and suspended
C = Corrupted during reject process
D = Duplicate
I = In progress via process (file is unusable)
E = Duplicate with rejects and/or suspense
N = New
P = Purge
R = Rejected
S = Suspended.

 Both the FILE ST and REC ST values are reflected in the STS field
within the action list.

INST Institution with which the file is associated.

4N KEY

APPL Application with which the file is associated.

4N KEY

JOB NAME Name of the filepath used to process this file. This name is user-
8C KEY defined through the job schedule.

STS Two-position field that identifies the balancing and current

2C maintenance status of the file header record. Refer to the FILE ST
and REC ST field descriptions for values.
An asterisk (*) to the left of this field indicates that a mirror file
record is present, which means that the file header record has
changed since the last batch run. The change may reflect a
change to a lower-level record such as the batch header.
TRAMS displays the latest information from the mirror file on

February 2008 7–6

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

the following screens. The next batch run applies the changes
on the mirror file to the appropriate master file.

NET AMOUNT Net monetary value of the transactions contained within the file.
10N

REL Code that indicates the release status of all the destinations. The
1C values are:
R = Released. Entries in the destination status (STS)
field are only R’s or P’s.
S = Partially released. Entries in the destination
status (STS) field are a combination of A’s and
any other letter or S’s.
Spaces = Not released. All destination status (STS) field
entries are A’s.
When you finish viewing the screen, continue or complete the function by performing one
of the following actions:
‰ Type values in the key fields located near the top of the action list. Refer to the
“Working in TRAMS” chapter of this guide for help in searching the action list using
a key.
‰ Type an action code in the ACTION field beside any selected object(s). Press Enter.
Refer to the “File details” subtopic for help with resulting screens. If you need help in
understanding action codes and their use, refer to the “Working in TRAMS” chapter
of this guide.
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Type a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. This action negates
any entries you made on this screen.

File details
If you selected a specific file and action on the File Details screen, the system displays a
screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 7–7

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

FILELIST1—File Details
( ) (V) View (U) Update (D) Delete (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 12/13/01 15:02:56
FILE DETAILS
Inst Appl Date Run Job Name
9700 2001 04/12/01 0082 CTSCRCR

File Path Name . . . . . . . : ITSCRCR Record Status . . . . . . ( F )

Balance Status . . . . . . . : P Date Added . . . . . . . . : 11/13/01
Balance Status Date . . . . : 04/12/01 Last Maintenance By . . . :
Nbr of Out of Balance Batches: 00001 Date Of Last Maintenance . : 00/00/00
Nbr of Out of Balance Cashes : 00000 Time Of Last Maintenance . : 00:00:00
Beginning Batch Number . . . : 00001
Ending Batch Number . . . . : 00001
Summary Indicator . . . . . : Y
Settlement Indicator . . . . :
Balancing Method . . . . . . : N
Hash Total . . . . . . . . . : 0

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F8=FWRD F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS

This screen displays detailed information for the file you selected. Press Enter to display a
second screen.

Fields

INST Institution with which the file is associated.

4N

APPL Application with which the file is associated.

4N

DATE Date TRAMS generated the file header record (shown in user-
6N defined format).

RUN Number identifying the processing run of TRAMS that

4N generated the file header record.

JOB NAME Name of the filepath used to process this file. This name is user-
8C defined through the job schedule.

February 2008 7–8

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

FILE PATH NAME Name of the filepath associated with this file.
8C

BALANCE STATUS Code that indicates whether the file header information
1C balances against its cash letter and/or batch header information.
The values are:
B = Balanced
D = Duplicate
M = Balanced with rejects and suspense
R = Balanced with rejects
S = Balanced with suspense
O = Out of balance
P = Out of balance with rejects
Q = Out of balance with suspense
T = Out of balance with rejects and suspense.

BALANCE STATUS Date that TRAMS assigned the current balance status to the file
DATE (shown in user-defined format).
6N

NBR OF OUT OF Number of batches in the file that did not balance with their
BALANCE BATCHES batch headers.
5N

NBR OF OUT OF Number of cashes in the file that did not balance with their cash
BALANCE CASHES headers.
5N

BEGINNING BATCH Number identifying the first batch contained in the file.
NUMBER
5N

ENDING BATCH Number identifying the last batch contained in the file.
NUMBER
5N

SUMMARY Flag that indicates whether summary reporting was performed

INDICATOR on this file. The values are:
1C
Y = Yes
N = No.

February 2008 7–9

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

SETTLEMENT Flag that indicates whether settlement was performed on this

INDICATOR file. The values are:
1C
Y = Yes
N = No
Blank = Your organization does not perform settlement.

BALANCING METHOD Method used by the Process Input program to balance the
1C original file amounts against the system-calculated file
amounts. The values are:
D = Do not balance. ORIGINAL COUNT and AMOUNT
fields on subsequent screens are protected in
update mode.
G = Gross method. Calculated debits and credits
are added together and compared to the
original amount plus debit adjustments minus
credit adjustments.
N = Net method. The system subtracts the
calculated credits from the calculated debits
and compares that figure to the original amount
plus debit adjustments minus credit
adjustments. This method displays an
additional field D/C on the screen that indicates
whether the original amount is a debit or credit
value.
P = Net positive method. The system subtracts the
calculated debits from the calculated credits. If
the result is a negative value, the system
changes it to positive. The system compares
that value to the original amount plus debit
adjustments minus credit adjustments (this
value is also changed to positive if it was
negative).
S = Split debits/credits method. The system
compares the calculated debits to the original
debits plus any debit adjustments, then
compares the calculated credits to the original
credits plus any credit adjustments. Results of
the calculations are allowed to remain
negative.

 Values are set on the Application record.

February 2008 7–10

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

HASH TOTAL Number calculated during the input process for duplicate
13N checking.

RECORD STATUS Current status of the file header record. The values are:
1C
A = Active
B = Both rejected and suspended
C = Corrupted during reject process
D = Duplicate
E = Duplicate with rejects and/or suspense
I = In progress via process (file is unusable)
N = New
P = Purge
R = Rejected
S = Suspended.

DATE ADDED Date TRAMS generated the file header record (shown in user-
6N defined format).

LAST MAINTENANCE System-supplied identification of the user who last updated the
BY file information.
5C

DATE OF LAST System-supplied date on which the file information was last
MAINTENANCE updated (shown in user-defined format).
6N

TIME OF LAST System-supplied time of day at which the file information was
MAINTENANCE last updated.
6N

February 2008 7–11

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

FILELIST2—File Optional Fields Detail

( ) (U)Update (V)View (D)Delete (H)Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/13/01 :02:50
FILE OPTIONAL FIELDS DETAIL More:
PROC JOB RECORD
INST APPL DATE RUN NAME NAME
7777 0002 06/12/99 0003 BCTEST FILEOPT

OPTIONAL FIELD

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

If there are optional fields on the record, this screen displays when you press Enter from
the File Details screen.

Fields

OPTIONAL FIELD User-defined information not otherwise accommodated by the

file header record. The record definition is created in TRAMS/
AG.

 If no optional fields exist on the record, this screen does not display.

When you finish viewing the File Details screen or the File Optional Fields Detail screen,
if applicable, press Enter to proceed to the File Totals screen.

File totals
If you press Enter while displaying the File Details screen, the system displays a screen
similar to the one following.

February 2008 7–12

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

FILELIST3—File Totals
( ) (V) View (U) Update (D) Delete (H) Help
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/13/01 15:10:43
FILE TOTALS
Balancing Out of Bal
Inst Appl Currency Date Run Job Name Method Batches Cashes
9700 2001 124 04/12/03 0082 CTSCRCR N 00001 00000

Items Source Amount D/C

Original Amount : ( 0 ) ( .00 ) ( D )
Original Debits : : 0 .00
Original Credits : : 0 .00
Original Memos : ( 0 )
Debit Adjustments : 0 .00
Credit Adjustments: 0 .00
Original Net Amt : 0 .00
Base Amount
Calculated Debits : 13 6,142.00 5,686.26
Calculated Credits: 0 .00 .00
Calculated Memos : 0
Calculated Net Amt: 13 6,142.00 5,686.26

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen displays both count and amount totals for the specified file. Key information
redisplays near the top of the screen, along with the balancing method, the number of out-
of-balance batches, and the number of out-of-balance cashes. The currency code
identifying the source currency for the file displays as well.

Fields

ITEMS Values in this column represent the actual count of transactions

9N included in the file.

SOURCE AMOUNT Values in this column represent the monetary value of

21N transactions included in the file, expressed in the file’s source
currency. For example, if the incoming file’s transactions
represented British pounds, these values are expressed in
British pounds.

D/C Code that indicates if the associated settlement amount is a

1C debit or a credit amount. The values are:
C = Credit
D = Debit.

February 2008 7–13

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

BASE AMOUNT Values in this column represent the monetary value of

21N transactions included in the file, expressed in the currency that
your organization uses to process TRAMS. For example, if your
currency processes and balances TRAMS using U.S. dollars,
these values are expressed in U.S. dollars.

 Under these column headings, only certain fields are available for
entry if you are updating the record. The remainder of the fields on
the screen are protected. The balancing method (as identified on
FILELIST1) determines which fields are protected.

ORIGINAL AMOUNT Count and amount of all transactions in the file as identified in
21N the incoming file header record. If the balancing method is D or
S, this value is protected in update mode.

ORIGINAL DEBITS Count and amount of debit transactions in the file as identified
21N in the file header record. If the balancing method is G, N, P, or
D, these fields are protected in update mode.

ORIGINAL CREDITS Count and amount of credit transactions in the file as identified
21N in the file header record. If the balancing method is G, N, P, or
D, these fields are protected in update mode.

ORIGINAL MEMOS Count of memo (nonmonetary) transactions in the file as

21N identified in the file header record.

DEBIT ADJUSTMENTS Monetary value of any debit adjustments made to the file during
21N processing and settlement. If you increase the value for
ORIGINAL AMOUNT, the amount of the increase is placed in this
field.

CREDIT Monetary value of any credit adjustments made to the file

ADJUSTMENTS during processing and settlement. If you decrease the value for
21N ORIGINAL AMOUNT, the amount of the decrease is placed in this
field.

February 2008 7–14

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

 An exception exists when the balancing method is S (split debits/

credits). In that case, the following rules apply:
‰ If you decrease the ORIGINAL DEBITS amount, the system
places the amount of the decrease in the DEBIT ADJUSTMENTS
field as a negative value.
‰ If you increase the ORIGINAL DEBITS amount, the system
places the amount of the increase in the DEBIT ADJUSTMENTS
field as a positive value.
‰ If you decrease the ORIGINAL CREDITS amount, the system
places the amount of the decrease in the CREDIT
ADJUSTMENTS field as a negative value.
‰ If you increase the ORIGINAL CREDITS amount, the system
places the amount of the increase in the CREDIT ADJUSTMENTS
field as a positive value.

2 TRAMS offers only one opportunity to adjust the original debit,

credit, and memo count and amount fields. Any adjustments you
make must balance the values with the calculated debit, credit, and
memo values reflected on this screen. If you attempt to make any
subsequent adjustments once balancing is achieved, TRAMS
returns an error message.

ORIGINAL NET AMT Count and net (debits minus credits) monetary value of the
21N transactions in the file as identified in the file header record.

CALCULATED DEBITS System-calculated count and amount of debit transactions in the

21N file.

CALCULATED System-calculated count and amount of credit transactions in

CREDITS the file.
21N

CALCULATED System-calculated count of memo transactions in the file.

MEMOS
21N

CALCULATED NET System-calculated total item count and monetary value of the
AMT transactions in the file.
21N
When you finish viewing the screen, press Enter to proceed and view file destinations.

File destinations
If you press Enter while displaying the File Details screen, the system displays a screen
similar to the one following.

February 2008 7–15

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

FILELIST4—File Destinations
( ) (D) Delete (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/13/01 15:20:04
FILE DESTINATIONS More:
Nbr
Inst Appl Dests Date Run Job Name
9700 2001 02 04/12/03 0082 CTSCRCR

Destination Primary Status Status Run Status Date

9000 0001 P A 0000 00/00/00
9750 0001 S A 0000 00/00/00

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen displays information about the various destinations targeted for transactions
within the selected file. Key information is redisplayed at the top of the screen. An
additional field, NBR DESTS, also displays in this location. This field indicates the total
number of destinations established for the file, to a maximum of 50. All fields on this
screen are protected and cannot be changed.
Destinations are classified into two categories: primary and secondary. The primary
destination is the institution and application to which the file is always routed for
monetary purposes. Secondary destinations are those to which the file is routed upon
request from the client institution or under some exception condition. For example,
suppose your client is a financial institution for whom you process bankcard transactions
using TRAMS. The primary destination for these transactions is the institution itself;
however, the institution may set up secondary destinations for reporting, tracking, and
other non-monetary purposes. A file can have up to 99 destinations.

Fields

DESTINATION Institution and application combination making up this

2N destination.

February 2008 7–16

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

PRIMARY Flag that indicates whether the destination is the primary

1C destination for the file. The values are:
P = Primary
S = Secondary.

STATUS Current status of the file as it relates to each destination. The

1C values are:
A = Available
S = Some items released
R = Released all items
P = Purge.

STATUS RUN Processing run of TRAMS during which the file was assigned
4N its status in relation to the destination.

STATUS DATE Date that the file was assigned its status in relation to the
6N destination, shown in user-defined format.

Exiting the function

When you finish viewing the screen, complete the function by performing one of the
following actions:
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Type a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. This action negates
any entries you made on the current screen.

Cash letter information

Purpose
This function displays information about the cash letters that exist within transaction files.
Cash letters contain a number of transaction batches, and they carry a cash letter header
that summarizes the batch information. TRAMS automatically balances the cash letter
header to the file header and batch headers as a balancing and verification control.

Special fastpath handling

Cash Letter Information functions include specialized handling for certain fastpath
commands, as follows:
‰ FILELIST results in a File Header action list positioned at the file containing the cash
letter.

February 2008 7–17

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

‰ BATCHLIST results in a Batch Header action list positioned at the first batch in the
cash letter.
‰ TRNREFLIST results in a Transaction action list positioned at the first transaction in
the first batch of the cash letter.
‰ REJLIST results in a Reject Transaction action list positioned at the first rejected
transaction in the cash letter. If the cash letter you were on when you issued the
command did not contain any rejected transactions, the action list is positioned at the
next rejected transaction in the reject file.
‰ SUSPLIST results in a Suspense Transaction action list positioned at the first
suspended transaction in the cash letter. If the cash letter you were on when you
issued the command did not contain any suspended transactions, the action list is
positioned at the next suspended transaction in the suspense file.
‰ HASHTOTALS results in a Hash Totals action list positioned at the first Hash Total
record for the cash letter you were on when you issued the command. If there are no
Hash Total records for the cash letter you are on, the Hash Totals action list is
positioned at the next cash letter Hash Total record.

Accessing cash letter information

To access this function, select Cash Letter Information from the File Management Menu
and press Enter. The system displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 7–18

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

CASHLIST—Cash Letter Action List

CASHLIST TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/13/01 15:20:56
CASH LETTER ACTION LIST More: +

Type actions next to selected objects. Then press Enter.

D=Delete S=Search U=Update V=View X=Delete Released

Action Date Run C/Ltr CashSt RecSt Inst Appl Job Name
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (
Action Sts Date Run C/Ltr Inst Appl Job Name Net Amount
( ) O A 10/15/01 0027 00001 9001 0040 MAPPIN 143.18
( ) O A 10/15/01 0029 00001 9001 0040 MAPPIN 143.18
( ) O A 10/15/01 0033 00001 9001 0040 MAPPIN 143.18
( ) O A 10/15/01 0036 00001 9001 0040 MAPPIN 143.18
( ) O A 10/15/01 0039 00001 9001 0040 MAPPIN 332.05
( ) O A 10/15/01 0040 00001 9001 0040 MAPPIN 143.18
( ) O A 10/15/01 0041 00001 9001 0040 MAPPIN 332.05
( ) O A 10/15/01 0042 00001 9001 0040 MAPPIN 143.18
( ) O A 10/15/01 0043 00001 9001 0040 MAPPIN 143.18
( ) O A 10/15/01 0045 00001 9001 0040 MAPPIN 143.18
( ) O A 10/15/01 0047 00001 9001 0040 MAPPIN 143.18
( ) B A 10/15/01 0122 00001 9800 0001 DEBASIN 203.00

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen consists of an action list displaying all the cash letters that are available for
your review.

Fields

ACTION Code that indicates the action you want to take concerning the
1C associated cash letter. Valid action selections are shown on your
screen.

DATE Date TRAMS generated the cash letter header record (shown in
6N KEY user-defined format).

RUN Number identifying the processing run of TRAMS that

4N KEY generated the cash letter header record.

C/LTR System-assigned number that identifies the cash letter.

5N KEY

CASHST Balancing status of the cash letter record, indicating whether the
1C record balances to the cash letter header. The values are:

February 2008 7–19

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

B = Balanced
M = Balanced with rejects and suspense
R = Balanced with rejects
S = Balanced with suspense
O = Out of balance
P = Out of balance with rejects
Q = Out of balance with suspense
T = Out of balance with rejects and suspense.

RECST Current maintenance status of the cash letter record. The values
1C are:
A = Active
B = Both reject and suspense
C = Corrupted during reject process
D = Duplicate
E = Duplicate and also reject/suspense or both
I = In progress via process (file is unusable)
N = New
P = Purge
R = Reject
S = Suspense.

 CASHST and RECST values are both reflected in the STS field within
the action list.

INST Institution with which the cash letter is associated.

4N KEY

APPL Application with which the cash letter is associated.

4N KEY

JOB NAME Name that uniquely identifies the filepath used to process the
8C KEY cash letter.

STS Two-position field that identifies the balancing and current

2C maintenance status of the cash letter header record. Refer to the
CASHST and RECSTS field descriptions for values.
An asterisk (*) to the left of this field indicates that a mirror file
record is present, which means that the cash letter header record
has changed since the last batch run. The change may reflect a
change to a lower-level record such as the batch header.
TRAMS displays the latest information from the mirror file on

February 2008 7–20

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

the following screens. The next batch run applies the changes
on the mirror file to the appropriate master file.

NET AMOUNT System-calculated net monetary value of the transactions

21N contained within the cash letter.
When you finish viewing cash letters (paging forward and backward as necessary),
continue by performing one of the following actions:
‰ Type values in the key fields located near the top of the action list and press Enter.
Refer to the “Working in TRAMS” chapter of this guide for help in searching the
action list using a key.
‰ Type an action code in the ACTION field beside any selected object(s). Press Enter.
Refer to the “Cash letter details” subtopic for help with resulting screens. If you need
help in understanding action codes and their use, refer to the “Working in TRAMS”
chapter of this guide.
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Type a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. This action negates
any entries you made on the screen.

Cash letter details

If you selected a specific cash letter and action on the Cash Letter Action List screen, the
system displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 7–21

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

CASHLIST1—Cash Letter Details

( ) (V) View (U) Update (D) Delete (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/13/01 15:21:44
CASH LETTER DETAILS
Inst Appl Date Run C/Ltr Job Name
9001 0040 10/15/01 0027 00001 MAPPIN

Original Cash Letter Number : 00000 Record Status . . . . . . ( A )

Balance Status . . . . . . . : O Date Added . . . . . . . . : 10/24/01
Balance Status Date . . . . : 10/15/01 Last Maintenance By . . . :
Nbr of Out of Balance Batches: 00002 Date Of Last Maintenance . : 00/00/00
Beginning Batch Number . . . : 00001 Time Of Last Maintenance . : 00:00:00
Ending Batch Number . . . . : 00002
Balancing Method . . . . . . : N
File Path Name . . . . . . . : MAPPIN
Hash Total . . . . . . . . . : 0

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F8=FWRD F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS

The Cash Letter Details screens display detailed information for the selected cash letter
key fields redisplayed near the top of the screen. These fields remain displayed on all of
the detailed Cash Letter screens for identification and reference purposes.

Fields

ORIGINAL CASH Number that identifies the incoming cash letter.

LETTER NUMBER
5N

BALANCE STATUS Code that indicates whether the cash letter is in balance or out
1C of balance. The values are:
B = Balanced
M = Balanced with rejects and suspense
R = Balanced with rejects
S = Balanced with suspense
O = Out of balance
P = Out of balance with rejects
Q = Out of balance with suspense
T = Out of balance with rejects and suspense.

February 2008 7–22

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

BALANCE STATUS Date that TRAMS assigned the balance status to the cash letter
DATE (shown in user-defined format).
6N

NBR OF OUT OF Number of batches in the cash letter that did not balance back to
BALANCE BATCHES their batch headers.
5N

BEGINNING BATCH Number identifying the first batch contained in the cash letter.
NUMBER
5N

ENDING BATCH Number identifying the last batch contained in the cash letter.
NUMBER
5N

BALANCING METHOD Method used by the Process Input program to balance the
1C original cash letter amounts against the system-calculated cash
letter amounts. The values are:
D = Do not balance. In this case, all original count
and amount fields on subsequent screens are
protected in update mode.
G = Gross method. The calculated debits and
credits are added together and compared to the
original amount plus debit adjustments minus
credit adjustments.
N = Net method. The system subtracts the
calculated credits from the calculated debits
and compares that figure to the original amount
plus Debit adjustments minus credit
adjustments. This method displays an
additional field D/C on the screen which
indicates whether the original amount is a debit
or credit value.
P = Net positive method. The system subtracts the
calculated debits from the calculated credits. If
the result is a negative value, the system
changes it to positive. The system compares
that value to the original amount plus debit
adjustments minus credit adjustments (this
value is also changed to positive if it was
negative).
S = Split debits/credits method. The system
compares the calculated debits to the original

February 2008 7–23

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

debits plus any debit adjustments, then

compares the calculated credits to the original
credits plus any credit adjustments. Results of
the calculations are allowed to remain
negative.

 Values are set on the application record. Counts (total number of

items), when supplied, are used for balancing. When the count is
zero, the COUNT field is disregarded.

FILE PATH NAME Name of the filepath used to control processing of the record.
8C

HASH TOTAL Number calculated during the input process for duplicate
13N checking.

RECORD STATUS Code identifying the current maintenance status of the cash
1C letter header record. The values are:
A = Active
B = Both reject and suspense
C = Corrupted during reject process
D = Duplicate
E = Duplicate and also reject/suspense or both
I = In progress via process (file is unusable)
N = New
P = Purge
R = Reject
S = Suspense.

DATE ADDED Date that the cash letter record was added to the system, shown
6N in user-defined format.

LAST MAINTENANCE System-supplied identification of the user who last updated the
BY cash letter information.
5C

DATE OF LAST System-supplied date on which the cash letter information was
MAINTENANCE last updated, shown in user-defined format.
6N

TIME OF LAST Time of day at which the cash letter information was last
MAINTENANCE updated.
6N

February 2008 7–24

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

CASHLIST2—Cash Optional Fields Detail

( ) (U)Update (V)View (D)Delete (H)Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/13/01 5:21:45
CASH OPTIONAL FIELDS DETAIL More:
PROC JOB RECORD
INST APPL DATE RUN C/LTR NAME NAME
7777 0002 06/12/99 0001 00001 BCTEST CASHOPT

CASH OPTION

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

If there are optional fields on the record, this screen displays when you press Enter from
the Cash Letter Details screen.

Fields

CASH OPTION User-defined information not otherwise accommodated by the

file header record. The optional field record definition is created
in TRAMS/AG.

 If no optional fields exist on the records, this screen does not

display.

When you finish viewing the Cash Letter Details screen or the Cash Optional Fields Detail
screen, if applicable, press Enter to proceed to the second Cash Letter Totals screen.

Cash letter totals

If you press Enter while displaying the Cash Letter Details screen, the system displays a
screen similar to the one following page.

February 2008 7–25

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

CASHLIST3—Cash Letter Totals

( ) (V) View (U) Update (D) Delete (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/13/01 15:22:44
CASH LETTER TOTALS
Balancing Out of Bal
Inst Appl Currency Date Run C/Ltr Job Name Method Batches
9001 0040 840 10/15/01 0027 00001 MAPPIN N 00002

Items Source Amount D/C

Original Amount : ( 6 ) ( 143.18 ) ( D )
Original Debits : : 4 286.36
Original Credits : : 2 143.18
Original Memos : ( 0 )
Debit Adjustments : 0 .00
Credit Adjustments: 0 .00
Original Net Amt : 6 143.18
Base Amount
Calculated Debits : 2 143.18 143.18
Calculated Credits: 0 .00 .00
Calculated Memos : 0
Calculated Net Amt: 2 143.18 143.18

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen contains both count and amount totals for the specified cash letter. Key fields
redisplay near the top of the screen. An additional field, CURRENCY, also displays in this
location. This field identifies the source currency for transactions in the cash letter; that is,
the currency of the transactions on the incoming cash letter.

Fields

ITEMS Values in this column represent the actual count of transactions

9N included in the cash letter.

SOURCE AMOUNT Values in this column represent the monetary value of

21C transactions included in the cash letter, expressed in the cash
letter’s source currency. For example, if the incoming cash
letter’s transactions represented marks, these values are
expressed in marks.

D/C Code that indicates if the associated settlement amount is a

1C debit or a credit amount. The values are:
C = Credit
D = Debit.

February 2008 7–26

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

BASE AMOUNT Values in this column represent the monetary value of

21C transactions included in the cash letter, expressed in the
currency that your organization uses to process TRAMS. For
example, if your organization processes and balances TRAMS
using Canadian dollars, these values are expressed in Canadian
dollars.

 Under these column headings, only certain fields are open for input.
The remainder of the fields on the screen are protected. The
balancing method (as identified on the CASHLIST1 screen)
determines which fields are protected.

ORIGINAL AMOUNT Count and amount of all transactions in the cash letter as
21N identified in the incoming cash letter header record. If the
balancing method is D or S, this value is protected in update
mode.

ORIGINAL DEBITS Total count and amount of debit transactions in the cash letter
21N according to its incoming cash letter header. If the balancing
method is G, N, P, or D, these fields are protected in update
mode.

ORIGINAL CREDITS Total count and amount of credit transactions in the cash letter
21N according to its incoming cash letter header. If the balancing
method is G, N, P, or D, these fields are protected in update
mode.

ORIGINAL MEMOS Count of memo items in the cash letter according to its
21N incoming cash letter header.

DEBIT ADJUSTMENTS Monetary value of any debit adjustments made to the cash letter
21N during processing and settlement. If you increase the value for
ORIGINAL AMOUNT, the amount of the increase is placed in this
field.

CREDIT Monetary value of any credit adjustments made to the cash

ADJUSTMENTS letter during processing and settlement. If you decrease the
21N value for ORIGINAL AMOUNT, the amount of the increase is
placed in this field.

February 2008 7–27

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

 An exception exists when the balancing method is S (split debits/

credits). In that case, the following rules apply:
‰ If you decrease the ORIGINAL DEBITS amount, the system
places the amount of the decrease in the DEBIT ADJUSTMENTS
field as a negative value
‰ If you increase the ORIGINAL DEBITS amount, the system
places the amount of the increase in the DEBIT ADJUSTMENTS
field as a positive value
‰ If you decrease the ORIGINAL CREDITS amount, the system
places the amount of the decrease in the CREDIT
ADJUSTMENTS field as a negative value
‰ If you increase the ORIGINAL CREDITS amount, the system
places the amount of the increase in the CREDIT ADJUSTMENTS
field as a positive value.

2 TRAMS offers only one opportunity to adjust the original debit,

credit, and memo count and amount fields. Any adjustments you
make must balance the values with the calculated debit, credit, and
memo values reflected on this screen. If you attempt to make any
subsequent adjustments once balancing is achieved, TRAMS
returns an error message.

ORIGINAL NET AMT Total count and amount of transactions in the cash letter
21N according to its incoming cash letter header.

CALCULATED DEBITS System-calculated count and amount of debit transactions in the

21N cash letter.

CALCULATED System-calculated count and amount of credit transactions in

CREDITS the cash letter.
21N

CALCULATED System-calculated count of memo transactions in the cash letter.

MEMOS
21N

CALCULATED NET System-calculated total item count and monetary value of the
AMT transactions in the cash letter.
21N
When you have finished viewing the screen, press Enter to proceed to the Cash Letter
Destinations screen.

Cash letter destinations

If you selected Destinations from the Cash Letter Details screen, the system displays a
screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 7–28

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

CASHLIST4—Cash Letter Destinations

( ) (D) Delete (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/13/01 15:28:36
Nbr CASH LETTER DESTINATIONS More:
Inst Appl Dests Date Run C/Ltr Job Name
9001 0040 02 10/15/01 0027 00001 MAPPIN

Destination Primary Status Status Run Status Date

9000 0001 P R 0028 10/15/01

9550 0001 S A 0000 00/00/00

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen contains information about the institution/application to which the cash letter
is routed. Key fields redisplay near the top of the screen. An additional field, NBR DESTS,
also displays in this location. This field indicates the number of destinations established
for this cash letter. All of the fields on this screen are protected and cannot be changed.
Paging options may apply to this function. Refer to the “Working in TRAMS” chapter for
help with paging.
As with files, cash letter destinations are classified into two categories: primary and
secondary. The primary destination is the institution and application to which the cash
letter is routed for monetary purposes. Secondary destinations are those to which the file is
routed for reporting, tracking, and other non-monetary purposes. A cash letter can have up
to 50 destinations.

Fields

DESTINATION Combination of institution and application numbers that

2N uniquely identifies the destination within TRAMS.

February 2008 7–29

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

PRIMARY Flag that indicates whether the destination is the primary or

1C secondary destination for the transactions in the cash letter. The
values are:
P = Primary
S = Secondary.

STATUS Current status of the destination. The values are:

1C
A = Available
S = Some items released
R = Released all items
P = Purge.

STATUS RUN Run of TRAMS during which the transactions in the cash letter
4N were assigned the current destination status.

STATUS DATE Date on which the status run occurred.

6N

Exiting the function

When you finish viewing the screen, complete the function by performing one of the
following actions:
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Type a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. This action negates
any entries you may have made on the current screen.

Batch information
Purpose
This function displays the batches processed by TRAMS. Each batch contains one or more
transactions; batches optionally may be contained within cash letters in the file.

Special fastpath handling

Batch Information functions include specialized handling for certain fastpath commands,
as follows:
‰ FILELIST results in a File Header action list positioned at the file containing the
batch.
‰ CASHLIST results in a Cash Letter action list positioned at the cash letter containing
the batch. If the batch you were on when you issued the command did not belong to

February 2008 7–30

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

any cash letter, the action list displays blank with a message of STARTING POINT
NOT FOUND.
‰ TRNREFLIST results in a Transaction action list positioned at the first transaction in
the batch you were on when you issued the fastpath command.
‰ REJLIST results in a Reject Transaction action list positioned at the first rejected
transaction in the batch. If the batch header you were on when you issued the
command did not contain any rejected transactions, the action list is positioned at the
next rejected transaction in the reject file.
‰ SUSPLIST results in a Suspense Transaction action list positioned at the first
suspended transaction in the batch. If the batch header you were on when you issued
the command did not contain any suspended transactions, the action list is positioned
at the next suspended transaction in the suspense file.
‰ HASHTOTALS results in a Hash Totals action list positioned at the first Hash Total
record for the batch letter you were on when you issued the command. If there are no
Hash Total records for the batch letter you are on, the Hash Totals action list is
positioned at the next batch letter Hash Total record.

Accessing batch information

To access this function, select Batch Information from the File Management Menu or type
BATCHLIST in the command line. Press Enter. The system displays a screen similar to
the one following.

February 2008 7–31

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

BATCHLIST—Batch Header Action List

BATCHLIST TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 08/23/06 11:52:47
BATCH HEADER ACTION LIST More: +

Type actions next to selected objects. Then press Enter.

D=Delete S=Search U=Update V=View X=Delete Released J=Jobname

Action Date Run Batch BthSt RecSt Inst Appl

( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
C/Ltr ( ) Job Name ( ) Merchant ( )
Action Sts Date Run Batch Merchant Nbr Net Amount
( ) OA 10/16/06 0001 00001 0000000000000000 9001 1001 14,103.23
( ) OA 10/16/06 0002 00001 0000000000000408 9300 1001 621.06
( ) OA 10/16/06 0002 00002 0000000000000424 9300 1001 1,314.72
( ) OA 10/16/06 0002 00003 0000000000000409 9300 1001 693.06
( ) OA 10/16/06 0002 00004 0000000000000411 9300 1001 1,458.72
( ) OA 10/16/06 0002 00005 0000000000000415 9300 1001 1,161.09
( ) OA 10/16/06 0002 00006 0000000000000403 9300 1001 134.01
( ) OA 10/16/06 0002 00007 0000000000000416 9300 1001 2,503.08
( ) OA 10/16/06 0002 00008 0000000000000419 9300 1001 879.06
( ) OA 10/16/06 0002 00009 0000000000000420 9300 1001 915,06
( ) OA 10/16/06 0002 00010 0000000000000417 9300 1001 156.01

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen displays an action list with the information contained within the batch header
for each batch.
Paging options may apply to this function. After the system reads 100 records, it displays
the message RECORD LIMIT REACHED. ENTER TO CONTINUE OR CANCEL. If you
want to continue looking at additional records, press Enter. If you want to page backward
and forward through only those records already read, press Cancel.

Fields

ACTION Code that indicates the action you want to take concerning the
1C associated batch. Valid actions are displayed on the screen.

DATE Date TRAMS generated the batch header record (shown in

8N KEY user-defined format).

RUN Number identifying the processing run of TRAMS that

4N KEY generated the batch header record.

BATCH System-assigned number that identifies the batch.

5N KEY

February 2008 7–32

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

BTHST Current balancing status of the batch header record. The values
1C are:
B = Balanced
C = Corrupted during reject re-entry
M = Balanced with rejects and suspense
R = Balanced with rejects
S = Balanced with suspense
O = Out of balance
P = Out of balance with rejects
Q = Out of balance with suspense
T = Out of balance with rejects and suspense.

RECST Current maintenance status of the batch header record. The

1C values are:
A = Active
B = Both reject and suspense
C = Corrupted during reject process
D = Duplicate
E = Duplicate and also reject/suspense or both
I = In progress via process (file is unusable)
N = New
P = Purge
R = Reject
S = Suspense.

 Both the BTHST and RECST values are reflected in the STS field
within the action list.

INST Institution with which the batch is associated.

4N KEY

APPL Application with which the batch is associated.

4N KEY

C/LTR System-assigned number that identifies the cash letter

5N KEY containing the batch.

JOB NAME Name of the filepath used to process this file. This name is user-
8C KEY defined through the job schedule.

MERCHANT Name of the merchant with which the batch is associated.

17C

February 2008 7–33

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

STS Two-position field that identifies the balancing and current

2C maintenance status of the batch header record. Refer to the
BTHST and RECST field descriptions for values.
An asterisk (*) to the left of this field indicates that a mirror file
record is present, which means that the batch header record has
changed since the last batch run. The change may reflect a
change to a lower-level record such as the transaction record.
TRAMS displays the latest information from the mirror file on
the following screens. The next batch run applies the changes
on the mirror file to the appropriate master file.

MERCHANT NBR Number identifying the merchant with which the batch is
16N associated.

NET AMOUNT Net (debits less credits) monetary value of the transactions
22N contained within the batch.
When you finish viewing the screen (paging forward and backward as necessary),
continue by performing one of the following actions:
‰ Type values in the key fields located near the top of the action list and press Enter.
Refer to the “Working in TRAMS” chapter of this guide for help in searching the
action list based on a key.
‰ Type an action code in the ACTION field beside any selected object(s). Press Enter.
Refer to the “Batch header details” subtopic for help with resulting screens. If you
need help in understanding action codes and their use, refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide.
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Type a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. This action negates
any entries you made on this screen.

Batch header details

If you selected a specific batch and action on the preceding Batch Header Display screen,
the system displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 7–34

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

BATCHLIST1—Batch Header Details

( ) (V) View (U) Update (D) Delete (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 08/23/06 11:50:34
BATCH HEADER DETAILS
Inst Appl Date Run C/Ltr Batch Job Name
9300 1001 10/16/06 0002 00000 00009 ESERIPT

Original Cash Letter Number: 0000000000 Record Status . . . . . . ( A )

Original Batch Number . . : 0000000008 Date Added . . . . . . . . : 08/18/06
Original Sequence Number . : 00000000 Last Maintenance By . . . :
Balance Status . . . . . . : O Date Of Last Maintenance . : 00/00/00
Balance Status Date . . . : 10/16/06 Time Of Last Maintenance . : 00:00:00
Balancing Method . . . . . : N
Reversal Indicator . . . . :
Visa Processing Date . . . : 00/00/00
MC Processing Date . . . . : 00/00/00
File Path Name . . . . . . : USERIPT
Hash Total . . . . . . . . : 000000000000000000

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F8=FWRD F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS

Detail screens display detailed information for the batch you selected. Key fields redisplay
near the top of the screen. These fields remain displayed on detailed Batch Header screens
for information and reference purposes.

Fields

ORIGINAL CASH Number that identified the incoming cash letter containing the
LETTER NUMBER batch.
10N

ORIGINAL BATCH Number that identified the incoming batch.

NUMBER
10N

ORIGINAL SEQUENCE Number that identified the batch’s position within the incoming
NUMBER cash letter or file record.
8N

February 2008 7–35

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

BALANCE STATUS Code that indicates whether the batch is balanced against its
1C batch header. The values are:
B = Balanced
M = Balanced with rejects and suspense
R = Balanced with rejects
S = Balanced with suspense
O = Out of balance
P = Out of balance with rejects
Q = Out of balance with suspense
T = Out of balance with rejects and suspense.

BALANCE STATUS Date that TRAMS assigned the current balance status to the
DATE batch, shown in user-defined format.
6N

BALANCING METHOD Method used by the Process Input program to balance the
1C original batch amounts against the system-calculated batch
amounts. The values are:
D = Do not balance. In this case, all original count
and amount fields on subsequent screens are
protected in update mode.
G = Gross method. Calculated debits and credits
are added together and compared to the
original amount plus debit adjustments minus
credit adjustments.
N = Net method. The system subtracts the
calculated credits from the calculated debits
and compares that figure to the original amount
plus debit adjustments minus credit
adjustments. This method displays an
additional field D/C on the screen which
indicates whether the original amount is a debit
or credit value.
P = Net positive method. The system subtracts the
calculated debits from the calculated credits. If
the result is a negative value, the system
changes it to positive. The system compares
that value to the original amount plus debit
adjustments minus credit adjustments (this
value is also changed to positive if it was
negative).
S = Split debits/credits method. The system
compares the calculated debits to the original

February 2008 7–36

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

debits plus any debit adjustments, then

compares the calculated credits to the original
credits plus any credit adjustments. Results of
the calculations are allowed to remain
negative.

REVERSAL User-defined code indicating whether this batch was processed

INDICATOR to reverse a previous batch.
1C

VISA PROCESSING Date of any Visa processing involving this batch.

DATE
6N

MC PROCESSING Date of any MasterCard processing involving this batch.

DATE
6N

FILE PATH NAME Name of the filepath associated with this file.
8C

HASH TOTAL Number calculated during the input process for duplicate
13N checking.

RECORD STATUS Current maintenance status of the batch header record. The
1C values are:
A = Active
B = Both reject and suspense
C = Corrupted during reject process
D = Duplicate
E = Duplicate and also reject/suspense or both
I = In progress via process (file is unusable)
N = New
P = Purge
R = Reject
S = Suspense.

DATE ADDED Date on which the batch header was added to TRAMS (shown
6N in user-defined format).

LAST MAINTENANCE System-supplied identification of the user who last updated the
BY batch information.
5C

February 2008 7–37

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

DATE OF LAST System-supplied date on which the batch information was last
MAINTENANCE updated.
6N

TIME OF LAST Time of day at which the batch information was last updated.
MAINTENANCE
6N

February 2008 7–38

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

BATCHLIST2—Batch Optional Field Display

( ) (U)Update (V)View (D)Delete (H)Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 08/23/06 11:50:59
BATCH OPTIONAL FIELD DISPLAY More: +
PROC JOB RECORD
INST APPL DATE RUN C/LTR BATCH NAME NAME
9300 1001 10/16/06 0002 00000 00009 ESERIPT BTCHOPT

ORG ( 500 )
STORE NUMBER ( 000000420 )
SOURCE BATCH NUMBER ( 00000 )
TRANS CODE IND ( )
LOGIC-MODULE ( 000 )
ITEM QUANTITY ( 00000000 )
STATUS ( )
POSTING FLAG ( )
SETTLEMENT ACCOUNT ( 0 )
BATCH DATE ( 0000000 )
REF BATCH SOURCE ( 00000 )
REF BATCH NBR ( 00000 )
OPERATOR CODE ( SUZ )

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

If there are optional fields on the record, this screen displays when you press Enter from
the Batch Header Details screen.

Fields

BATCH OPTION User-defined information not otherwise accommodated by the

file header record. Optional field record definitions are created
in TRAMS/AG.

 If no optional fields exist on the record, this screen does not display.

When you finish viewing the Batch Header Details screen or the Batch Optional Field
Display screen, if applicable, press Enter to proceed and view the Batch Totals screens.

Batch totals
If you press Enter while viewing the Batch Details screen, the system displays a screen
similar to the one following.

February 2008 7–39

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

BATCHLIST3—Batch Totals (Screen 1)

( ) (V) View (U) Update (D) Delete (H) Help
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 08/23/06 11:51:27
BATCH TOTALS
Balancing
Inst Appl Currency Date Run C/Ltr Batch Job Name Method
9300 1001 826 10/16/06 0002 00000 00009 ESERIPT N

Items Source Amount D/C

Original Amount : ( 1 ) ( 999,00 ) ( D )
Original Debits : : 0 ,00
Original Credits : : 0 ,00
Original Memos . : ( 0 )
Debit Adjustments : 0 ,00
Credit Adjustments : 0 ,00
Original Net Amt . : 1 999,00
Base Amount
Calculated Debits : 6 915,06 1,409.22
Calculated Credits : 0 ,00 .00
Calculated Memos . : 0
Calculated Net Amt : 6 915,06 1,409.22

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen contains both count and amount totals for the transactions in the batch. The
screen reflects these values as shown on the incoming batch header as well as those
calculated by TRAMS during processing. This allows you to compare the two and identify
any out-of-balance conditions.
Key fields remain displayed near the top of the screen. An additional field, CURRENCY,
also displays in this location. This field identifies the source currency for transactions in
the batch; that is, the currency of the transactions in the incoming batch.

Fields

ITEMS Values in this column represent the actual count of transactions

9N included in the batch.

SOURCE AMOUNT Values in this column represent the monetary value of

16N transactions included in the batch, expressed in the batch’s
source currency. For example, if transactions in the incoming
batch represented francs, these values are expressed in francs.

D/C Code that indicates whether the total is a debit or credit amount.
1C

February 2008 7–40

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

BASE AMOUNT Values in this column represent the monetary value of

16N transactions in the batch, expressed in the currency that your
organization uses to process TRAMS. For example, if your
organization processes and balances TRAMS using pounds,
these values are expressed in pounds.

 Only the ITEM and SOURCE AMOUNT fields for ORIGINAL DEBITS,
ORIGINAL CREDITS and ORIGINAL MEMOS are open for entry. The
remainder of the fields on the screen are protected. Certain
balancing methods (as identified on the BATCHLIST3 screen)
require protection of some of the fields otherwise open.

ORIGINAL AMOUNT Count and amount of all transactions in the batch as identified
16N in the incoming batch header record. If the balancing method is
D or S, this value is protected in update mode.

ORIGINAL DEBITS Total count and amount of debit transactions in the batch
16N according to its incoming batch header. If the balancing method
is G, N, P, or D, these fields are protected in update mode.

ORIGINAL CREDITS Total count and amount of credit transactions in the batch
16N according to its incoming batch header. If the balancing method
is G, N, P, or D, these fields are protected in update mode.

ORIGINAL MEMOS Total count of memo (nonmonetary) transactions in the batch

16N according to its incoming batch header.

DEBIT ADJUSTMENTS Monetary value of any debit adjustments made to the batch
16N during processing and settlement. If you increase the values for
ORIGINAL AMOUNT, the amount of the increase is placed in this
field.

CREDIT Monetary value of any credit adjustments made to the batch

ADJUSTMENTS during processing and settlement. If you decrease the values for
16N ORIGINAL AMOUNT, the amount of the decrease is placed in this
field.

February 2008 7–41

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

 An exception exists when the balancing method is S (split debits/

credits). In that case, the following rules apply:
‰ If you decrease the ORIGINAL DEBITS amount, the system
places the amount of the decrease in the DEBIT ADJUSTMENTS
field as a negative value.
‰ If you increase the ORIGINAL DEBITS amount, the system
places the amount of the increase in the DEBIT ADJUSTMENTS
field as a positive value.
‰ If you decrease the ORIGINAL CREDITS amount, the system
places the amount of the decrease in the CREDIT
ADJUSTMENTS field as a negative value.
‰ If you increase the ORIGINAL CREDITS amount, the system
places the amount of the increase in the CREDIT ADJUSTMENTS
field as a positive value.

2 TRAMS offers only one opportunity to adjust the ORIGINAL DEBIT,

CREDIT, and MEMO COUNT and AMOUNT fields. Any adjustments
you make must balance the values with the calculated debit, credit,
and memo values reflected on this screen. If you attempt to make
any subsequent adjustments once balancing is achieved, TRAMS
returns an error message.

ORIGINAL NET AMT Total count and net (debits minus credits) amount of
16N transactions in the batch according to its incoming batch header.

CALCULATED DEBITS System-calculated count and amount of debit transactions in the

16N batch.

CALCULATED System-calculated count and amount of credit transactions in

CREDITS the batch.
16N

CALCULATED System-calculated count of memo transactions in the batch.

MEMOS
16N

CALCULATED NET System-calculated total item count and net monetary value of
AMT the transactions in the batch.
16N
When you finish viewing the screen, press Enter to continue reviewing batch totals.
The system displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 7–42

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

BATCHLIST4—Batch Totals (Screen 2)

( ) (D) Delete (H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 08/23/06 11:51:40
BATCH TOTALS
Inst Appl Date Run C/Ltr Batch Job Name
9300 1001 10/16/06 0002 00000 00009 ESERIPT
Total Transactions Accepted Transactions
Db : 6 915,06 Db : 6 915,06
Cr : 0 ,00 Cr : 0 ,00
Net : 6 915,06 Net : 6 915,06
Memo: 0 Memo: 0
Released Transactions Rejected Transactions
Db : 0 ,00 Db : 0 ,00
Cr : 0 ,00 Cr : 0 ,00
Net : 0 ,00 Net : 0 ,00
Memo: 0 Memo: 0
Unreleased Transactions Suspended Transactions
Net : 6 915,06 Db : 0 ,00
Memo: 0 Cr : 0 ,00
Undetermined Transactions Net : 0 ,00
All : 0 ,00 Memo: 0

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen contains a batch totals summary organized according to TRAMS transaction
classification. Key information is redisplayed at the top of the screen. All fields on this
screen are protected and cannot be changed.

Fields

TOTAL All transactions processed within the batch.

TRANSACTIONS
17N

ACCEPTED All transactions that TRAMS accepted without requiring

TRANSACTIONS further handling.
17N

RELEASED All transactions that TRAMS released to their destinations from

TRANSACTIONS within the batch.
17N

REJECTED All transactions from the batch that TRAMS rejected due to
TRANSACTIONS failed edits, unrecognized formats, or other factors.
17N

February 2008 7–43

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

UNRELEASED All transactions from the batch that TRAMS warehoused for
TRANSACTIONS later release.
17N

SUSPENDED All transactions from the batch that TRAMS flagged for further
TRANSACTIONS review and verification.
17N

UNDETERMINED All transactions from the batch whose identifications and/or

TRANSACTIONS amounts were not recognized.
17N

DB Count and monetary value of debit transactions.

17N

CR Count and monetary value of credit transactions.

17N

NET Count and net (debits minus credits) monetary value of all
17N transactions.

MEMO Count of memo (nonmonetary) transactions.

17N

ALL For undetermined transactions, values represent the count and

17N monetary value of all undetermined transactions in the batch.
When you finish viewing the screen, press Enter to proceed and review batch merchant
information.

Batch merchant information

If you press Enter while viewing the second Batch Totals screen, the system displays a
screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 7–44

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

BATCHLIST5—Batch Merchant Information (Screen 1)

( ) (V) View (U) Update (D) Delete (H)Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRAMS/DATA ENTRY (T) 07/10/07 10:52:04
BATCH MERCHANT INFORMATION
Inst Appl Date Run C/Ltr Batch Job Name
9300 0001 10/15/07 0001 00000 00001 USERIPT

Merchant Number . . . . . . . ( 0000000000004441 )

Merchant Name . . . . . . . . : FUN ZONE
Merchant Street Address . . . : 123 MAIN STREET
Merchant City . . . . . . . . : MAITLAND St/Prov: FL Cntry: USA US
Merchant Postal Code . . . . : 32751 Contact : 4072998807X655
Sole Proprieter Name . . . . : JONES ANNA
Legal Corporate Name . . . . : JONES CORPORATION
Dun & Bradstreet Number . . . : 000000000000000 SDI . . . . . . : 0
Card Acceptor Url . . . . . . : WWW.JONESFORFUN.COM
MC/Visa/JCB/PL MCC Codes . . : 5999 5999 0000 0000
Program Registration ID . . . : Pos Data Code . :
Merchant Tax Id . . . . . . . : 598145698 Merchant Type . : 1000NNNN
MC Category Code . . . . . . : M3 Visa Category Code . : PCA
Original Discount Amount . . : Currency Code . . . . : 840

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen contains detailed information about the merchant who originated the
transactions in the batch. Key information redisplays near the top of the screen.

Fields

MERCHANT NUMBER User-defined number that uniquely identifies this merchant.

16N

MERCHANT NAME Doing-business-as name of the merchant where the transaction

25C was initiated.

MERCHANT STREET Address where the merchant conducts business.

ADDRESS
25C

MERCHANT CITY City where the merchant resides or conducts business.

21C

ST/PROV State or province where the merchant resides or conducts

3C business.

February 2008 7–45

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

CNTRY MasterCard or Visa code that indicates the country where the
3C merchant resides or conducts business.

MERCHANT POSTAL Post-office defined code defined to further classify the address
CODE of the merchant.
10C

CONTACT Telephone number or URL/e-mail address where the merchant

20C conducts business.

 When an URL/e-mail address is specified in MBS, TRAMS will

move only the first 13 positions of a properly formatted URL/e-mail
address to this field.

SOLE PROPRIETOR Name of the sole proprietor.

NAME
40C

LEGAL CORPORATE Merchant’s legal corporate name.

NAME
40C

DUN & BRADSTREET Merchant’s Dun and Bradstreet number.

NUMBER
15N

SDI Service development indicator. Code that identifies a specific

1N type of transaction activity. The values are:
0 = Not used
1 = Electronic commerce
2 = In-flight commerce
5 = Transponder-initiated
6 = Relationship participant
7 = Deferred billing.

CARD ACCEPTOR Web site address of the card acceptor.

URL
40C

MC/VISA/JCB/PL MCC Merchant category codes defined by MasterCard, Visa, JCB,

CODES and issuers of private label cards to identify the merchant’s type
4N of business.
(appears 4 times)

February 2008 7–46

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

PROGRAM MasterCard-assigned identifier used to monitor and track a

REGISTRATION ID participant’s activity in special programs, such as supermarket,
3C service industries, payment transactions, gaming, and
warehouse club programs.

POS DATA CODE Code that identifies the point-of-sale data supplied. Each
12C position is present and filled with the relevant data.

 The asterisk ( *) displayed in position 7 represents the only POS

data code value supplied from the merchant’s terminal and,
therefore, has no related field in MBS.

MERCHANT TAX ID Merchant’s federal tax ID or value-added tax ID.

14N

MERCHANT TYPE Type of business.

8C

MC CATEGORY CODE This merchant’s interchange fee level for MasterCard

3C classification, if applicable. For more information, refer to
“TRAMS Bankcard Qualification Category Code and MBS
Qualification Level Tables” on the download pages for
TRAMS/BC or MBS on the client services Web site at http://
visionplus.firstdata.com.

VISA CATEGORY This merchant’s interchange fee level for Visa classification, if
CODE applicable. For more information, refer to “TRAMS Bankcard
3C Qualification Category Code and MBS Qualification Level
Tables” on the download pages for TRAMS/BC or MBS on the
client services Web site at http://visionplus.firstdata.com.

ORIGINAL DISCOUNT Window discount applied to this merchant’s total sales.

AMOUNT
17N

CURRENCY CODE The currency code associated with the original discount
3N amount.

February 2008 7–47

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

BATCHLIST5—Batch Merchant Information (Screen 2)

( ) (D) DELETE (H) HELP
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRAMS/DATA ENTRY (T) 07/10/07 11:03:10
BATCH MERCHANT INFORMATION
Inst Appl Date Run C/Ltr Batch Job Name
9300 0001 10/15/07 0001 00000 00001 USERIPT

MC Bin/ICA. . . . . . . : 000000 / 000000 MC Region/MBS Data Flg: / A

MERCHANT VERIFICATION . :
MASTERCARD ASSIGNED ID. : 444100
EMAIL ADDRESS.:

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

MC BIN MasterCard BIN number found on the MBS or similar

6N merchant system organization record.

MC ICA MasterCard ICA number found on the MBS or similar

6N merchant system organization record.

MC REGION Code that identifies the MasterCard region found on the MBS
1C or similar merchant system organization record.

MBS DATA FLG Code that identifies if the combination of MC BIN, MC ICA, and
1C MC REGION was obtained from the TRAMS Institution/
Application record or from MBS or a similar merchant system.
The values are:
A = Non-cross-border transaction (the Institution/
Application region was used)

February 2008 7–48

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

M = Acquirer cross-border transaction (the

Merchant region was used)
N = Issuer cross-border transaction (the Institution/
Application region was used).

MERCHANT Unique value that identifies the merchant as a participant in the

VERIFICATION Select Merchant Fee program.
10C

MASTERCARD Identification number that indicates that the merchant qualifies

ASSIGNED ID for a high-volume and industry-specific tiered interchange rate
6C program.Valid values for the field are supplied by MasterCard
and must be entered on the acquirer presentment and provided
throughout the life cycle of the transaction.

EMAIL ADDRESS Card acceptor contact e-mail address used for electronic
60C correspondence with the card acceptor.
When you finish viewing the screen, press Enter to proceed and view batch destinations.

Batch destinations
If you press Enter while reviewing the Batch Merchant Information screen, the system
displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 7–49

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

BATCHLIST6—Batch Destinations
( ) (D) Delete (H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 08/23/06 11:52:31
Nbr BATCH DESTINATIONS More:
Inst Appl Dests Date Run C/Ltr Batch Job Name
9300 1001 04 10/16/06 0002 00000 00009 ESERIPT

Destination Primary Status Status Run Status Date

9001 0001 P A 0000 00/00/00

9550 0004 S A 0000 00/00/00
9450 0001 P A 0000 00/00/00
9001 0001 S A 0000 00/00/00

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen contains information about the various destinations targeted for transactions
within the selected batch. Key information redisplays at the top of the screen. An
additional field, NBR DESTS, also displays in this location. This field indicates the number
of destinations established for this batch. All fields on this screen are protected and cannot
be changed.
As with files and cash letters, batch destinations are classified into two categories: primary
and secondary. The primary destination is the one to which the batch is normally routed.
Secondary destinations are those to which the batch is routed on request by the client
institution or under some exception condition. A batch can have up to 25 destinations.

Fields

DESTINATION Institution and application combination making up this

4N/4N destination.

PRIMARY Flag that indicates whether the destination is the primary

1C destination for the batch. The values are:
P = Primary
S = Secondary.

February 2008 7–50

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

STATUS Current release status of the batch. The values are:

1C A = Available
S = Some items released
R = Released all items
P = Purge.

STATUS RUN Processing run of TRAMS during which the batch was assigned
4N its status in relation to the destination.

STATUS DATE Date that the destination entered its current status, shown in
6N user-defined format.

Exiting the function

When you finish viewing the screen, complete the function by performing one of the
following actions:
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Type a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. This action negates
any entries you made on the current screen.

Hash totals
Purpose
During input processing, the Transaction Management System enables your organization
to perform duplicate header checking. Writing of the Hash Total records is optional. You
can control these records by setting the criteria in the Application record. A Hash Total
record is computed for the particular level of checking you set up. It is a comparison of
these calculated Hash Total records that are used for the duplicate checking process.

Special fastpath handling

Hash Totals information functions include specialized handling for certain fastpath
commands as follows:
‰ FILELIST results in a File Header action list positioned at the File Header for the
Hash Total record you were on when you issued the command.
‰ CASHLIST results in a Cash Letter action list positioned at the Cash Letter for the
Hash Total record you were on when you issued the command.
‰ BATCHLIST results in a Batch Header action list positioned at the Batch Header for
the Hash Total record you were on when you issued the command.
Refer to the “Working in TRAMS” chapter of this guide for help in entering fastpath
commands.

February 2008 7–51

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

Accessing hash totals

To access this function, select Hash Totals from the File Management menu or type
HASHTOTALS in the command line and press Enter. The system displays a screen
similar to the one on the following page.

February 2008 7–52

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

HASHTOTALS—Hash Total Action List

HASHTOTALS TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/14/01 08:53:09
HASH TOTAL ACTION LIST More:

Type actions next to selected objects. Then press Enter.

S=Search V=View

Action Hdr Hash Total Seq Nbr ProcDte Run# Inst Appl
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
Action Hdr Hash Total Seq Nbr ProcDte Run# Inst Appl Sts

Command ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

ACTION Code that indicates the action you want to take concerning the
1C associated batch. Valid actions are displayed on the screen.

HDR TRAMS header type that triggered the creation of this Hash
1C Total record. The values are:
F = File header
C = Cash header
B = Batch header.

HASH TOTAL Calculated total of all fields selected for the computation. The
18N fields used to create this total are selected in the Application
Details screen. (See the “Client Information” chapter in this
guide).

SEQ NBR Sequence number used as a tiebreaker on this file. If duplicate

4N hash totals are detected for a particular header type, this
sequence number increments by one and is used as part of the
key so that a record writes to this file.

February 2008 7–53

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

PROCDTE Processing date that the input file was brought into the TRAMS
6N warehouse.

RUN# Run number of the input file that was brought into the TRAMS
4N warehouse.

INST APPL Two-part field that indicates the source institution and
4N/4N application numbers of the input file that was brought into the
TRAMS warehouse.

STS Current status of the Hash Total record. The values are:
1C
A = Active
P = Purge (to be purged)
I = Inactive.
As in all TRAMS action lists, you can search for specific records by typing S in the
ACTION option. You can view the detail of a Hash Total record by entering the exact key or
typing V in the action of the specific Hash Total record desired.

 Once a match is found, the header is written with a status of D. This

status is bypassed during Process Output. To determine the
duplicate record, you must determine what the Hash Total number is
for the duplicate header and then do a search action on the Hash
Total number. This displays the Action List starting with that
particular Hash Total number followed by any matches.

February 2008 7–54

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

HASHTOTALS1—Hash Totals Detail

( ) (H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/14/01 08:53:09
HASH TOTALS DETAIL

Header Type. . . . . : B Status . . . . . . : A

Hash Total . . . . . : 000001211736493000 Date Added. . . . . : 07/26/99
Sequence Nbr . . . . : 0000 Last Maint By . . . :
Process Date . . . . : 061298 Date Last Maint . . : 00/00/00
Run Number . . . . . : 0002 Time Last Maint . . : 00:00:00
Batch Number . . . . : 00001
Source Inst - Appl . : 7777 - 0002 User Ref Nbr:

Calc Db Cnt : 5 Orig Db Cnt : 5

Calc Db Amt : 16.65 Orig Db Amt : 16.65
Calc Cr Cnt : 0 Orig Cr Cnt : 0
Calc Cr Amt : .00 Orig Cr Amt : .00
Merchant Nbr: 0000000000000111 Orig Bal Cnt: 0
Act Nbr Hash: 000000000121173495 Orig Bal Amt: .00

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F8=FWRD F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS

Any fields not documented here were previously documented for the preceding Hash Total
Action List screen.

Fields

BATCH NUMBER Variable field depending on the header type. If this is a batch
5N header, this is the batch number from the original batch header
in TRAMS that was used to create this record. If this is a cash
header, the field displays CASH NUMBER and the number
assigned to the cash letter header. If this is a file header, this
field and its description do not display since there is no
corresponding FILE NUMBER on the TRAMS File Header record.

USER REF NBR User-defined reference number that can be used in any way the
17N customer wants. However, it is up to each customer to
customize the hash totaling subroutine to populate this field.

CALC DB CNT System-calculated count of all debit transactions from the

5N TRAMS header that was used to create this record.

February 2008 7–55

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

ORIG DB CNT Count of all debit transactions from the TRAMS header that
5N was used to create this record.

CALC DB AMT System-calculated amount of all debit transactions from the

13N TRAMS header that was used to create this record.

ORIG DB AMT Amount of all debit transactions from the TRAMS header that
13N was used to create this record.

CALC CR CNT System-calculated count of all credit transactions from the

5N TRAMS header that was used to create this record.

ORIG CR CNT Count of all credit transactions from the TRAMS header that
5N was used to create this record.

CALC CR AMT System-calculated amount of all credit transactions from the

13N TRAMS header that was used to create this record.

ORIG CR AMT Amount of all credit transactions from the TRAMS header that
13N was used to create this record.

 Fields used to build the hash total depend on options selected in

detail screen 3 of the Application control record.

MERCHANT NBR Merchant number from the batch header used to create the
16N Batch Hash Total record. This field does not display if you are
viewing the File or Cash Hash Total records.

ORIG BAL CNT Total count of debit and credit transactions from the TRAMS
5N header that was used to create this record.

ACT NBR HASH Sum of the last eight digits of all account numbers (excluding
18N all trailing zeros) used to create the TRAMS header from which
this Hash Total record was generated. It is populated during
“process input” runs generated by the Application Generator
(AG).

ORIG BAL AMT Total amount of debit and credit transactions from the TRAMS
13N header that was used to create this record.

February 2008 7–56

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

Warehouse totals
Purpose
After processing, TRAMS enables your organization to route transactions to their
appropriate destinations for further processing such as general ledger posting. However,
your organization can choose to retain certain transactions and release them at a later time
or date. These are called warehoused transactions.
The Warehouse Totals option displays both summary and detailed information about
warehoused transactions. In addition, this option enables you to monitor incoming and
outgoing warehouse activity.

Accessing warehouse totals

To access this function, select Warehouse Totals from the File Management Menu or type
WRHSELIST in the command line. Press Enter. The system displays a screen similar to
the one following.

February 2008 7–57

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

WRHSELIST—Warehouse Totals Action List

WRHSELIST TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/14/01 09:12:22
WAREHOUSE TOTALS ACTION LIST More:

Type actions next to selected objects. Then press Enter.

S=Search V=View

Action Inst Appl Type

( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
Action Inst Appl Type Sts Items Net Amount Memos
( ) 9000 0001 P A 38 8,760.05 0
( ) 9000 0001 S A 0 .00 0
( ) 9001 0001 P A 0 .00 0
( ) 9001 0001 S A 0 .00 0
( ) 9250 0001 P A 0 .00 0
( ) 9450 0001 P A 6 577.41 0
( ) 9550 0001 S A 119 33,491.69- 0
( ) 9750 0001 P A 7 20,463.70 0
( ) 9750 0001 S A 19 6,879.61 0
( ) 9750 0003 S A 8 98.00 0

21800026 INVALID ACTION TYPE REQUESTED

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen consists of an action list displaying warehouse totals by destination.

Paging options may apply to this function. Refer to the “Working in TRAMS” chapter if
you need help with paging.

Fields

ACTION Action you want to take concerning the associated warehouse

1C totals.

INST Number that uniquely identifies the institution to which

4N KEY warehoused transactions belong.

APPL Number that uniquely identifies the application to which

4N KEY warehoused transactions belong.

TYPE Code that identifies the type of destination represented by the

1C KEY institution and application numbers. The values are:
P = Primary (monetary) destination
S = Secondary (nonmonetary) destination.

February 2008 7–58

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

STS Current status of the warehouse record. The values are:

A = Active
I = Inactive
N = New
P = Purge.

ITEMS Total count of monetary transactions warehoused for the

associated destination.

NET AMOUNT Net (debits minus credits) monetary value of the warehoused
21C transactions, expressed in your organization’s base currency.

MEMOS Total count of memo (nonmonetary) transactions warehoused

11N for the associated destination.
When you finish viewing the screen, continue by performing one of the following actions:
‰ Type values in the key fields located near the top of the action list and press Enter.
Refer to the “Working in TRAMS” chapter for help in searching the action list based
on a key.
‰ Type an action code in the ACTION field beside any selected object(s). Press Enter.
Refer to the “Warehouse totals” topic that follows for help with resulting screens. If
you need help in understanding action codes and their use, refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter in this guide.
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Type a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. This action negates
any changes you made on this screen.

Warehouse totals
If you decided to review detailed warehouse information using the Warehouse Totals
Action List screen, the system displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 7–59

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

WRHSELIST1—Warehouse Totals
( ) (V) View (H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 03/23/06 13:23:03
WAREHOUSE TOTALS
Inst Appl Type
Status : A 9000 0001 P

Begin Net Amt . : 0 .00 D

*********** Debits *********** ********** Credits ***********

Begin Balance . : 0 .00 0 .00
Added Today . . : 12 2,018.00 0 .00
Released Today : 0 .00 0 .00
Ending Balance : 12 2,018.00 0 .00

Beginning Memos : 0
Added Today . . : 0
Released Today : 0
Ending Memos . : 0
Ending Net Bal : 12 2,018.00 D

COMMAND ===>
F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS F12=CANCEL

This screen provides an overview of transactions and activity within the warehouse for the
destination that you selected. The institution, application, and type values are redisplayed
near the top of the screen. All fields on this screen are protected and cannot be changed.

Fields

STATUS Current status of this warehouse record. The values are:

1C
A = Active
I = Inactive
N = New
P = Purge.

BEGIN NET AMOUNT Count and net (debits minus credits) monetary value of
19N transactions warehoused at the beginning of today’s TRAMS
processing.

BEGIN BALANCE Count and monetary value of debit and credit transactions
19N warehoused at the beginning of today’s TRAMS processing.

February 2008 7–60

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide FILEMENU
File Management

ADDED TODAY Count and monetary value of debit and credit transactions
19N added to the warehouse during today’s processing. The system
adds these values to the BEGIN BALANCE values to calculate
today’s ending balance.

RELEASED TODAY Count and monetary value of debit transactions released from
19N the warehouse during today’s processing. The system subtracts
these values from the BEGIN BALANCE values to calculate
today’s ending balance.

ENDING BALANCE Count and monetary value of debit and credit transactions
19N warehoused at the end of today’s TRAMS processing.

BEGINNING MEMOS Count of memo (nonmonetary) transactions warehoused at the

10N beginning of today’s TRAMS processing.

ADDED TODAY Count of memo transactions added to the warehouse during

19N today’s processing. The system adds this value to the BEGINNING
MEMOS value to calculate the ENDING MEMOS value.

RELEASED TODAY Count of memo transactions released from the warehouse

19N during today’s processing. The system subtracts this value from
the BEGINNING MEMOS value to calculate the ENDING MEMOS
value.

ENDING MEMOS Count of memo transactions warehoused at the end of today’s

19N TRAMS processing.

ENDING NET BAL Total count and net (debits minus credits) monetary value of
19N transactions warehoused at the end of today’s TRAMS
processing.

Exiting the function

When you finish viewing the screen, complete the function by performing one of the
following actions:
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Type a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. This action negates
any entries you made on the current screen.

February 2008 7–61

 Chapter 8

TRANMENU
Transactions

The Transaction Management System provides online access to any of the transactions
that it processes. Using these capabilities, you can review a transaction in either the
preamble view or in its original view. The display of the preamble includes all data moved
to Transaction file (NCVTRAN) fields such as Visa, MasterCard, and American Express
fields, and destination assignments. The entire original transaction can also be viewed. By
viewing the transaction online, you will be able to see whether the transaction has been
released to one or all destinations and any currency conversion that may have been
performed.

Special fastpath handling

Transaction functions include specialized handling for certain fastpath commands, as
follows:
‰ FILELIST results in a File Header action list positioned at the file containing the
transaction.
‰ CASHLIST results in a Cash Letter action list positioned at the cash letter containing
the transaction.
‰ BATCHLIST results in a Batch Header action list positioned at the batch containing
the transaction.
‰ REJLIST results in a Reject Transaction action list positioned at the appropriate
transaction or, if the transaction you were on when you issued the command was not a
reject, the next rejected transaction in the reject file.
‰ SUSPLIST results in a Suspense Transaction action list positioned at the appropriate
transaction or, if the transaction you were on when you issued the command was not a
suspended transaction, the next suspended transaction in the suspense file.
Refer to the “Working in TRAMS” chapter of this guide for help in entering fastpath
commands.

February 2008 8–1

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

Accessing transactions
From the TRAMS Main Menu, select the Transactions option, or type the command
TRANMENU in the command line. Press Enter. The system displays a menu similar to
the one following.

February 2008 8–2

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRANMENU—Transaction Display Menu

( ) (H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANMENU TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/09/03 10:06:40
TRANSACTION DISPLAY MENU

Select one of the following and press Enter.

( ) 1. Display By Reference Number

2. Display By Account Number

COMMAND ===>
F1=HELP F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS

Using this menu, you can access a listing of transactions based on one of the following
criteria:
‰ Reference Number⎯The unique reference number that identifies each transaction.
The reference number is a combination of the date, run, batch, and sequence number
that uniquely identifies the transaction. This is a TRAMS-assigned number.
‰ Account Number⎯The number that identifies the account associated with the
transaction. This listing displays in account number order any transactions in the
Transaction database that have an account number in the NCVTRAN account number
field.

 The option to search for transactions by account number is not

supported. This search function must be custom-coded.
‰ To select either of these options, enter the number identifying the option in the field
provided and press Enter. Alternatively, use the fastpath command TRNACTLIST to
display transactions by account number, or TRNREFLIST to display transactions by
reference number.

Display by reference number

If you chose to display transactions by reference number, the system displays a screen
similar to the one following.

February 2008 8–3

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNREFLIST—Transaction Action List (Reference Number)

TRNREFLIST TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/09/03 09:56:48
TRANSACTION ACTION LIST More: - +

Type actions next to selected objects. Then press Enter.

S=Search V=View Preamble T=Tran Details O=Output Records

Action Date Run Batch Seq Status Tran Code

( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
Action Sts Date Run Batch Seq Inst Appl T/Cd Tran Date Amount
( ) A A 10/06/03 0013 00015 000002 9300 0001 0040 04/03/03 920.00
( ) A A 10/06/03 0013 00015 000003 9300 0001 0040 04/03/03 930.00
( ) A A 10/06/03 0013 00015 000004 9300 0001 0040 04/03/03 940.00
( ) A A 10/06/03 0013 00015 000005 9300 0001 0040 04/03/03 950.00
( ) A A 10/06/03 0013 00015 000006 9300 0001 0040 04/03/03 960.00
( ) A A 10/06/03 0013 00015 000007 9300 0001 0040 04/03/03 970.00
( ) A A 10/06/03 0013 00015 000008 9300 0001 0040 04/03/03 980.00
( ) A A 10/06/03 0013 00015 000009 9300 0001 0040 04/03/03 990.00
( ) A A 10/06/03 0013 00015 000010 9300 0001 0040 04/03/03 1,000.00
( ) A A 10/06/03 0014 00001 000001 9300 0001 0040 04/06/03 219.00
( ) A A 10/06/03 0014 00001 000002 9300 0001 0040 04/05/03 223.00
( ) A A 10/06/03 0014 00002 000001 9300 0001 0040 04/07/03 200.00

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen lists the transactions within TRAMS beginning with the first item in the
Transaction file and permits you to select a specific transaction or further refine the action
list.
Paging options may apply to this function. Refer to the “Working in TRAMS” chapter for
help with paging.

Fields

ACTION Code that indicates the action you want to take concerning the
1C associated file. Valid action codes are displayed on your screen.

STS Two-part field that identifies the processing status of the

2C transaction and the maintenance status of the record.

DATE Date on which the transaction was processed, in user-defined

6N Key format.

RUN TRAMS processing run during which the transaction was

4N Key processed.

February 2008 8–4

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

BATCH Batch containing the transaction.

5N Key

SEQ Number identifying the transaction within the batch.

8N Key

STATUS Status of the transaction. The values are:

1C Key
A = Accepted
B = Both rejected and suspended
R = Rejected
S = Suspended
U = Undetermined
E = Reentered reject
L = Released suspense.

 Both transaction and maintenance status codes are shown in the

STS (status) column of the action list. Maintenance status codes are:
A = Active
N = New
P = Purge.

TRAN CODE Transaction code of the source (incoming) transaction.

4N Key

INST Source institution for the transaction.

4N

APPL Source application for the transaction.

4N

T/CD Source transaction code.

4N

TRAN DATE Date on which the transaction occurred, in user-defined format.

6N

AMOUNT Monetary value of the transaction in base currency.

11N
When you finish viewing the screen (paging forward and backward as necessary),
continue or complete the function by performing one of the following actions:
‰ Enter values in one or more of the key fields near the beginning of the action list.
Enter an action code in the ACTION field associated with the key fields and press Enter.
If you requested V (view preamble), T (transaction details), or O (output records) as
an action and completed all of the key fields, and the system locates a transaction

February 2008 8–5

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

matching the key, the system displays the Transaction Preamble Details (V) screen,
the Original Transaction Details (T) screen, or the Output Record Details (O) screen
for that transaction. If you did not complete all of the key fields, the system redisplays
an action list containing transactions matching the key information provided.
‰ Enter an action code in the ACTION field beside any selected object in the list. Press
Enter. If you selected V (view preamble) as your action, the system displays the
Transaction Preamble Details screen. If you selected T (transaction details) as your
action, the system displays the Original Transaction Details screen. If you selected O
(output records) as your action, the system displays the Output Record Details screen.

Turn to the appropriate topic for help with resulting screens. If you selected S
(Search), the system re-displays the action list with the selected transaction as its only
entry.
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Enter a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. Remember, this
action negates any entries you may have made on this screen.

Display by account number

If you chose to display transactions by account number, the system displays a screen
similar to the one following.

 The option to search for transactions by account number is not

supported. This search function must be custom-coded.
This process is resource-intensive. Consult with your system
administrator before using this method to list transactions.

February 2008 8–6

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNACTLIST—Transaction Action List (Account Number)

TRNACTLIST TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/09/03 14:13:14
TRANSACTION ACTION LIST More:

Type actions next to selected objects. Then press Enter.

S=Generic Srch E=Exact Srch V=View Preamble T=Tran Details O=Output Records
Action Account Number Proc Dte Run Btch
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
Sts ( ) Code ( )
Action Sts Account Number Proc Dte Run Batch Code Amount
( ) A A 4111111111111111 02/19/03 0164 01216 6286 14.74-
( ) A A 4122222222222222 02/19/03 0164 00553 6285 28.12
( ) A A 4133333333333333 02/19/03 0164 00549 6285 84.49
( ) A A 4144444444444444 02/19/03 0164 02408 6285 19.17
( ) A A 4155555555555555 02/19/03 0164 01464 6285 90.66
( ) A A 4166666666666666 02/19/03 0164 02971 6325 184.80
( ) A A 4177777777777777 02/19/03 0164 01216 6285 18.98
( ) A A 4188888888888888 02/19/03 0164 03933 6285 16.41
( ) A A 4199999999999999 02/19/03 0164 01228 6285 19.60
( ) A A 5000000000000000 02/19/03 0164 00676 6285 36.88
( ) A A 5111111111111111 02/19/03 0164 00676 6285 82.45
( ) A A 5222222222222222 02/19/03 0164 01305 6285 57.73

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen consists of an action list displaying transactions in account number order.
Paging options may apply to this function. Refer to the “Working in TRAMS” chapter for
help with paging.

Fields

ACTION Code that indicates the action to take concerning the associated
1C object. This action list includes two actions used to search the
list. To perform a generic search, type S in the ACTION field at
the top of the screen and type a full or partial account number in
the appropriate field. Press Enter. The system displays
transactions that match the key value entered. For example, if
you enter S in the ACTION field and enter the account number
and date, the system displays all transactions for that account
number for the date specified. If you enter only the full account
number, the system displays all the transactions in the file
starting with the record that matches this account number. If
you enter a partial account number, the system displays all
transactions whose account number starts with the search key
and all transactions that follow.

February 2008 8–7

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

To search for a specific account number transaction, type E in

the ACTION field at the top of the screen and complete the
account field. This displays an action list with all transactions
that have that account number. Entering an E in the ACTION field
and completing all of the key fields also displays all
transactions with that account number. Entering an E in the
ACTION field and completing the account number and batch field
displays an action list of only those transactions with the
specified account number within that batch. Press Enter. For
example, if you enter E in the ACTION field and enter the
account number and date, the system displays all transactions
for that account number for the date specified. If you only enter
the full account number, the system displays all transactions for
the given account number.

ACCOUNT NUMBER Number of the account to which the transaction applies.

28N Key

PROC DTE Date on which TRAMS processed the transaction, in user-

6N Key defined format.

RUN Number of the TRAMS processing run during which the

4N Key transaction was processed.

BTCH Number of the batch containing the transaction.

5N Key

STS Current maintenance status of the transaction. The values are:

1C
A = Active
N = New
P = Purge.

CODE Transaction code.

4N

AMOUNT Monetary value of the transaction.

11N
When you finish viewing the screen (paging forward and backward and using the search
actions as necessary), continue or complete the function by performing one of the
following actions:
‰ Enter values in one or more of the key fields near the beginning of the action list.
Enter an action code in the ACTION field associated with the key fields and press Enter.
If you requested V (view preamble), T (transaction details), or O (output records) as

February 2008 8–8

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

an action and completed all of the key fields, and the system locates a transaction
matching the key, the system displays the Transaction Preamble Details (V) screen,
the Original Transaction Details (T) screen, or the Output Record Details (O) screen
for that transaction.
‰ Enter an action code in the ACTION field beside any selected object in the list. Press
Enter. If you selected V (view preamble) as your action, the system displays the
Transaction Preamble Details screen. If you selected T (transaction details) as your
action, the system displays the Original Transaction Details screen. If you selected O
(output records) as your action, the system displays the Output Record Details screen.
Turn to the appropriate topic for help with resulting screens.
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Enter a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. Remember, this
action negates any entries you may have made on this screen.

Transaction preamble details

If you chose to access transaction preamble details, the system displays a screen similar to
the one following.

February 2008 8–9

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNDETAIL1—Transaction Preamble Details

( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/09/03 14:27:15
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
A A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005
Account Nbr/Type: 5567000000006621 M Src Tran Code : 0040 D
Network Switch : Currency Tbl : 12 Src Tran Date : 04/07/03
Destinations Source Amount : 451.00
Inst Appl Tran Code Sts Run Date Src Currency Cd: 840
9001 0001 6275 D R 0029 10/06/03 Base Amount . : 451.00
9550 0001 0315 C A 0000 00/00/00 Bse Currency Cd: 840
0000 0000 0000 0000 00/00/00 Prim Dest Amt : 451.00
0000 0000 0000 0000 00/00/00 Prim Dest C/C : 840
0000 0000 0000 0000 00/00/00 Interchange Fee: 10.15
0000 0000 0000 0000 00/00/00 Src Rec Name . : UIDTLTRN
0000 0000 0000 0000 00/00/00 Nbr Orig Aux . : 0005
0000 0000 0000 0000 00/00/00 Reject Reference Number
0000 0000 0000 0000 00/00/00 Date Run Batch Sequence
0000 0000 0000 0000 00/00/00 00/00/00 0000

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F8=FWRD F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS

Note that key information for the transaction is redisplayed near the top of the screen,
including both the transaction status and maintenance status. This information is retained
during the remainder of the function for reference purposes.
The remainder of the screen displays the preamble for the selected transaction. The
preamble is the set of standard fields that TRAMS defines and carries for each transaction.
All preamble values are protected and cannot be changed.

Fields

ACCOUNT NBR Number identifying the account to which the transaction

16N applies.

ACCOUNT TYPE Code assigned to the transaction during process input to further
2N identify the transaction. Used for report sorting and totaling.

NETWORK SWITCH User-defined field to identify the network routing.

10N

CURRENCY TBL Number that identifies the currency table associated with the
transaction.

February 2008 8–10

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

DESTINATIONS
Each transaction routes to as many as ten destinations. Values below this heading identify
these destinations.

INST Number identifying the destination institution.

4N

APPL Number identifying the destination application.

4N

TRAN Transaction code of the outgoing transaction.

4N

CODE Code identifying the outgoing transaction as a debit, credit, or

1C memo.

STS Destination status code. The values are:

1C
A = Available
R = Released
S = Partially released.

RUN TRAMS processing run during which the transaction will be

4N released to this destination.

DATE Date on which the transaction will be released to this

6N destination.

SRC TRAN CODE Two-part field that identifies the transaction code of the source
4N/1C (incoming) transaction and whether it is a credit, debit, or
memo transaction. The values are:
D = Debit
C = Credit
M = Memo.

SRC TRAN DATE Date that the source transaction actually occurred, in user-
6N defined format.

SOURCE AMOUNT Monetary value of the transaction expressed in its source

11N currency. An R beside this value indicates a reversal of another
transaction.

SRC CURRENCY CD Code identifying the transaction’s source currency.

1C

February 2008 8–11

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

BASE AMOUNT Monetary value of the transaction expressed in your

11N organization’s base currency. An R beside this value indicates a
reversal of another transaction.

BSE CURRENCY CD Code identifying the base currency.

1C

PRIM DEST AMT Monetary value of the transaction expressed in the currency
11N used by its primary destination. An R beside this value indicates
a reversal of another transaction.

PRIM DEST C/C Code identifying the currency used by the primary destination.
3C

 Refer to your Visa, MasterCard, and American Express manuals for

a list of currency codes.

INTERCHANGE FEE Fee applied to an interchange transaction. This fee applies to the
11N members participating in the transaction as issuer and acquirer.
For volume-tiered interchange fee merchants, this field shows
the recalculated (including the discount depending on the tier
level) interchange fee amount. For European Union commercial
card merchants, this field shows the recalculated (including the
discount depending on the data level) interchange fee amount.

SRC REC NAME Name of the record definition applied to this transaction, as
6C defined within the Application Generator.

NBR ORIG AUX Original number of auxiliary records making up this

4N transaction.

REJECT REFERENCE NUMBER

If the transaction was originally rejected and then corrected, the data in the following
fields would identify the reject-correction run.

DATE Date on which the transaction was rejected, in user-defined

6N format.

RUN TRAMS processing run during which the transaction was

4N rejected.

BATCH Batch within the Reject file that contains the rejected
5N transaction.

February 2008 8–12

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

SEQUENCE Number identifying the rejected transaction within the batch.

8N

 Based on the switches set in segment processing, the display of the

Transaction screens may vary. Transaction screens include:
‰ Transaction Preamble Details
(Every transaction will include this segment.)
‰ Bankcard Common
‰ Bankcard Merchant
‰ Bankcard MasterCard
‰ Bankcard Visa
‰ Bankcard Reps
‰ VCRFS
‰ Bankcard Special Interchange
‰ Visa PURCHA
‰ Visa PURCHL
‰ Visa Data
‰ Europay
‰ Passenger Transport
‰ Vehicle Rental/Lodging
‰ Fleet
‰ Commercial Card Fleet
‰ Visa Fleet
‰ Corporate Common
‰ Corp Line Item Detail
‰ Merchant Registration
‰ Merchant Mailing
‰ MAPP
‰ Fraud
‰ NRI
‰ ICS
‰ Chip Data
‰ Private Label
‰ CMSDATA
‰ MBSDATA.

When you finish viewing the screen, press Enter to review additional transaction preamble
details.

February 2008 8–13

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG01—Bankcard Common (Screen 1)

( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/09/03 14:45:58
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More: +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
A A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 BANKCARD COMMON

SOURCE BIN/ICA NUMBER 0009693

PRIMARY DEST BIN/ICA NBR 0005401
ACQUIRING INST ID
ACTUAL CATEGORY CODE CP0
VOLUME-TIER 23
DATA LEVEL
SETTLEMENT FLAG
REGION CODE 1
ISSUER COUNTRY CODE USA
ANTICIPATED CATEGORY CODE CP2
SUB REGION CODE
CARD PRODUCT TYPE MCF
CARD TYPE

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen contains information pertinent to Visa and/or MasterCard merchants.

 This screen contains information pertinent to data moved to the

user-defined optional fields in NCVTRAN. Data will be displayed
listing the literal followed by its corresponding value.

Fields

SOURCE BIN/ICA Visa identification number or Interbank Card Association

NUMBER number associated with the transaction, if applicable. The
7N number is assigned during process input.

PRIMARY DEST BIN/ Visa identification number or Interbank Card Association

ICA NBR number of the transaction’s primary destination. The number is
7N assigned during process input.

ACQUIRING INST ID Code that identifies the transaction acquirer.

11N

February 2008 8–14

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

ACTUAL CATEGORY Category code indicating the level of interchange currently

CODE applicable to the transaction based on qualification edits
3C performed. See the “Commands and Codes” appendix.

VOLUME-TIER Volume-tier level used to determine the merchant’s interchange

1C fee based on annual volume. The values are space, 1, and 2.

DATA LEVEL TIFT data level, which shows the discount level a transaction’s
1N interchange fee will be. The values are 1, 2, and 3.

SETTLEMENT FLAG Bankcard-related field pertaining to the type of settlement. For

1N current values, check Visa and MasterCard manuals.

REGION CODE Visa or MasterCard region in which the transaction originated.

1C This code is based on the issuer for outgoing interchange
transactions and on the acquirer for incoming transactions. For
current values, check Visa and MasterCard manuals.

ISSUER COUNTRY Code that identifies the country of the issuer.

CODE
3C

ANTICIPATED Category code that is expected to be assigned to the transaction.

CATEGORY CODE This code is based on the qualification level that the merchant is
3C certified for.

SUB REGION CODE Subregion code based on the ICA table.

3C

CARD PRODUCT Card product type associated with the account number of this
TYPE transaction. This field is populated by a read of the ARDEF
3C table. Refer to the Visa Edit Package Operations guide for
current valid values and their descriptions.

CARD TYPE Card type associated with the account number of this
3C transaction. This field is populated by a read of the ARDEF
table. Refer to the Visa Edit Package Operations guide for
current valid values and their descriptions.
Press the Forward function key to display a second Bankcard Common screen.

February 2008 8–15

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG01—Bankcard Common (Screen 2)

( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 09:23:33
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More: - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
A A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 BANKCARD COMMON

ACQUIRER REGION CODE 1

ACQUIRER COUNTRY CODE USA
ACQUIRER SUB REGION CODE
ACQUIRER REFERENCE NBR 65418883279008000100052
CENTRAL PROCESSING DATE 2003097
PROCESSING CODE 000000
REASON CODE 0000
USAGE CODE 000
AUTHORIZATION CODE 111451
AUTHORIZATION AMOUNT 101.00
AUTHORIZATION RESPONSE
AUTHORIZATION SOURCE IND
FOREIGN TRANS AMOUNT 0000000000000

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

ACQUIRER REGION Code that identifies the Visa or MasterCard region of the
CODE acquirer.
1N

ACQUIRER COUNTRY Code that identifies the country of the acquirer.

CODE
3C

ACQUIRER SUB MasterCard subregion.

REGION CODE
1C

ACQUIRER Identification number assigned to the transaction by the

REFERENCE NBR acquirer, used in tracking.
16N

CENTRAL Date the original file was processed.

PROCESSING DATE
6N

February 2008 8–16

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

PROCESSING CODE Series of digits that describe the effect of a transaction on a

6N customer account and the type of accounts affected.

REASON CODE Code that identifies the reason the message was sent.
4N

USAGE CODE Code that identifies the specific processing cycle of a

3N chargeback or presentment. For current values, refer to the Visa
and MasterCard manuals.

AUTHORIZATION Code issued to this transaction when authorization approval

CODE was obtained.
3N

AUTHORIZATION Amount authorized for this transaction. This field is required

AMOUNT for Visa Customer Payment Services (CPS). Refer to the Visa
16N BASE II Clearing and Settlement Codes and Processes manual
for current values and descriptions.

AUTHORIZATION Code assigned by Visa at the time of authorization. This field is

RESPONSE required for CPS. Refer to the Visa BASE II Clearing and
1C Settlement Codes and Processes manual for current values and
descriptions.

AUTHORIZATION Code that identifies the source of authorization for the

SOURCE IND transaction.
3C

FOREIGN TRANS Transaction amount listed in transaction currency.

AMOUNT
17N
Press the Forward function key to display a third Bankcard Common screen.

February 2008 8–17

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG01—Bankcard Common (Screen 3)

( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 07/17/06 14:38:08
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More: - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
A A ST 10/16/06 0413 00001 00000001 BANKCARD COMMON

FOREIGN CURRENCY CODE 000

FOREIGN CURRENCY EXP 0
CARDHOLDER ACTIVATED TERMINAL
TERMINAL ID
CARD ACCEPTOR ID 500000000009
AMOUNT TYPE 40
MULTIPLE CLEARING/CASHBACK AMT 00000000000000.00
VALIDATION CODE
CARDHOLDER ID METHOD
MAGNETIC STRIPE READ 0
POS ENTRY MODE 90
POS DATA CODE
EXPIRATION DATE 0000

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

FOREIGN CURRENCY Code that identifies the acquired currency of the original
CODE transaction.
3N

FOREIGN CURRENCY Code that identifies the position of the decimal point.
EXP
1N

CARDHOLDER Code that identifies an unattended customer-activated terminal

ACTIVATED from which the transaction originated. Refer to the Visa BASE II
TERMINAL Clearing and Settlement Codes and Processes manual for
1N
current values and descriptions.

TERMINAL ID Code that identifies the terminal and the location.

8N

CARD ACCEPTOR ID Code that identifies the card acceptor, such as the merchant or
15N ATM.

February 2008 8–18

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

AMOUNT TYPE Code used to identify a MasterCard cash-back transaction. The

2N value is 40.

MULTIPLE CLEARING/ Cash-back amount submitted in the authorization request.

CASHBACK AMT
16N

VALIDATION CODE Code assigned by Visa at the time of authorization. This field is
1C required for CPS. Refer to the Visa BASE II Clearing and
Settlement Codes and Processes manual for values and
descriptions.

CARDHOLDER ID Code used to identify the method used to verify the cardholder’s
METHOD identification. The values are:
1C
Space = Not specified
1 = Signature
2 = PIN
3 = Unattended terminal; no PIN pad
4 = Mail/telephone order.

MAGNETIC STRIPE User-defined field that indicates if the complete magnetic stripe
READ was read and captured.
1N

POS ENTRY MODE Code that indicates the mode in which the merchant’s point-of-
2C sale terminal captures transactions. Refer to the Visa BASE II
Clearing and Settlement Codes and Processes manual for
current values and descriptions.

POS DATA CODE Codes that identify point-of-sale data such as terminal
12C capability, terminal environment, and point-of-interaction (POI)
security data.

EXPIRATION DATE Date that identifies the year and month the card expires.
4N
Press the Forward function key to display a fourth Bankcard Common screen.

February 2008 8–19

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG01—Bankcard Common (Screen 4)

( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 07/17/06 14:41:56
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More: - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
A A ST 10/16/06 0413 00001 00000001 BANKCARD COMMON

CROSS BORDER MERCH REGION

CROSS BORDER MERCH PREFIX 00000000
CROSS BORDER MERCH BIN/ICA 0000000
CROSS BORDER MBS DATA FLG
RECONCILIATION AMOUNT 000000000000
CURRENCY CODE RECONCILIATION 000
ORIGINAL TRANSACTION AMOUNT 000000000000
ORIGINAL RECONCILIATION AMOUNT 000000000000
CONV RATE RECON 00000000
RETRIEVAL REF NBR
DOC NEEDED RETR 0
TRANSACTION TIME 000000
TRANSACTION TYPE IND 1

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

CROSS BORDER Code that identifies the merchant’s region.

MERCH REGION
1N

CROSS BORDER Prefix that identifies the merchant.

MERCH PREFIX
8N

CROSS BORDER Visa BIN number or MasterCard member ID assigned to this

MERCH BIN/ICA merchant.
7N

CROSS BORDER MBS Code that identifies whether the data used for qualification was
DATA FLG obtained from the TRAMS Institution/Application record or
1C from the Merchant Bankcard System (MBS) Organization
record. The values are:
A = Non-cross-border transaction (region obtained
from the Institution/Application record)
I = Cross-border issuer (region obtained from the
Institution/Application record)

February 2008 8–20

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

M = Cross-border acquirer (region obtained from

the MBS Organization record)
T = U.S. territory cross-border.

RECONCILIATON Monetary value of the transaction amount after being converted

AMOUNT to the member’s payment currency.
12N

CURRENCY CODE Code that identifies the currency of the reconciliation or

RECONCILIATION conversion fee.
3N

ORIGINAL Monetary value of the original transaction amount.

TRANSACTION
AMOUNT
12N

ORIGINAL Monetary value of the original reconciliation amount.

RECONCILIATION
AMOUNT
12N

CONV RATE RECON Rate used to convert the transaction amount to reconciliation
8N amount.

RETRIEVAL REF NBR Unique number that identifies a retrieval request.

12N

DOC NEEDED RETR Code that identifies the document type provided in a retrieval
1N request.

TRANSACTION TIME Local time of the transaction.

6N

TRANSACTION TYPE Transaction type indicator. This field enables CMS to identify
IND characteristics of a transaction to ensure that the correct issuer
1C markup fee is applied. The values apply to both Visa and
MasterCard. The values are:
1 = Intraregional, single currency
2 = Intraregional, multi-currency
3 = Interregional, single currency
4 = Interregional, multi-currency.
Press the Forward function key to display a fifth Bankcard Common screen.

February 2008 8–21

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG01—Bankcard Common (Screen 5)

( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 07/17/06 14:42:21
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More: - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
A A ST 10/16/06 0413 00001 00000001 BANKCARD COMMON

SCHEME ASSESSMENT IND 0

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

SCHEME Scheme assessment indicator. This field enables CMS to

ASSESSMENT IND identify the type of assessment applied to the transaction by the
1C card association. The values for the Visa scheme assessment
indicator are:
0 = Card association markup not applied
1 = Single currency, card association markup
applied
2 = Multi-currency, card association markup
applied.
The values for the MasterCard scheme assessment indicator
are:
0 = Card association markup not applied
1 = Single currency, cross-border transaction
2 = Multi-currency, cross-border transaction
3 = Multi-currency, non-cross-border transaction.
When you finish viewing the screen, press Enter to review additional transaction preamble
details.

February 2008 8–22

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG02—Bankcard Merchant
( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 09:45:17
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More: - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
A A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 BANKCARD MERCHANT

MER ID NUMBER 000000000000000

MERCHANT NAME
MERCHANT CITY
MERCHANT STATE/PROV
MERCHANT COUNTRY
MERCHANT POSTAL CODE 00000
MERCHANT MCC 5541
MERCHANT PHONE NUMBER 000-0000000
INFO INDICATOR
ACTION INDICATOR
RECORD TYPE
CARD ACCEPTOR URL

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

MER ID NUMBER Number that uniquely identifies the merchant.

15N

MERCHANT NAME Doing-business-as (DBA) name of the merchant.

25C

MERCHANT CITY City where the merchant conducts business.

21C

MERCHANT STATE/ Code for the state or province where the merchant conducts
PROV business.
3C

MERCHANT Code for the country where the merchant conducts business.
COUNTRY
3C

MERCHANT POSTAL Code identifying the merchant’s postal region.

CODE
10C

February 2008 8–23

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

MERCHANT MCC Code identifying the type of business.

4N

MERCHANT PHONE Phone number of the merchant.

NUMBER
10N

INFO INDICATOR Code that identifies whether the supplied merchant phone
1N number may be given to the cardholder. The values are:
0 = Do not give out information
1 = Give out information.

ACTION INDICATOR Code that identifies the action requested by the member. For
1C valid values, refer to your Visa and MasterCard manuals.

RECORD TYPE Code that identifies the type of record. For valid values, refer to
4N your Visa and MasterCard manuals.

CARD ACCEPTOR Web site address of the card acceptor.

URL
40C
When you finish viewing the screen, press Enter to review additional transaction preamble
details.

February 2008 8–24

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG03—Bankcard MasterCard (Screen 1)

( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (F) 09/24/07 12:03:45
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More: - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
A A ST 10/15/07 0002 00001 00000001 BANKCARD MASTERCARD

SOURCE PREFIX 00513015

AUTHORIZATION DATE 07288
BANKNET NUMBER 100000000
AUTH TIME STAMP 00000000
PROMOTION CODE
TIPS INDICATOR
ACCOUNT LEVEL PARTICIPATION N
EC SECURITY LEVEL CD 00
UCAF COLLECTION IND 0
PAYPASS MAPPING INDICATOR
FUNCTION CODE 000
CARDHOLDER BILLING FEE AMT 00000000
CARDHOLDER BILLING CONV RATE 00000000

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

SOURCE PREFIX First six digits of the cardholder number used during
6N qualification to read the MasterCard ICA table.

AUTHORIZATION Date the authorization was obtained from Banknet.

DATE
6N

BANKNET NUMBER Unique number assigned to the transaction by MasterCard

9C when an authorization is processed.

AUTH TIME STAMP Time at which the authorization request was obtained.
6N

PROMOTION CODE Code that provides a member the ability to calculate and track
2C value-added cardholder services and promotions.

TIPS INDICATOR Travel Industry Premier Service indicator that informs the
2C issuer that the transaction involves a cardholder enrolled in the

February 2008 8–25

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

merchant’s frequent customer program and the transaction may

not have magnetic stripe data present.

ACCOUNT LEVEL Code that indicates whether this account participates in

PARTICIPATION Account Level Management processing. The values are:
1C
Y = Account participates in Account Level
Management processing
N = Not an Account Level Management processing
participant.

EC SECURITY LEVEL Code that indicates the type of security associated with the
CD transaction. The values are:
2C
Position 1 = Security protocol
Position 2 = Cardholder authentication.

UCAF COLLECTION Code that indicates whether the merchant supports the
IND Universal Card Authentication field (UCAF) and if the UCAF
1N data field was populated in the 0100 authorization message. The
values are:
0 = UCAF data collection is not supported at the
merchant’s Web site.
1 = UCAF data collection is supported by the
merchant, but the UCAF data field was not
populated.
2 = UCAF data collection is supported by the
merchant, and the UCAF data field was
populated.

PAYPASS MAPPING Code that indicates whether the issuer participates in the
INDICATOR MasterCard PayPass Mapping Service. Refer to your
1C MasterCard documentation for values.

FUNCTION CODE Code that identifies the specific purpose of a message.

3N

CARDHOLDER Currency conversion revenue that the card-issuing institution is

BILLING FEE AMT to receive from the cardholder billing amount.
8N

CARDHOLDER Rate used to convert the transaction amount to the cardholder

BILLING CONV RATE billing amount.
8N
Press the Forward function key to display a second MasterCard screen.

February 2008 8–26

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG03—Bankcard MasterCard (Screen 2)

( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (F) 09/24/07 11:52:09
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More: - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
A A ST 10/15/07 0002 00001 00000001 BANKCARD MASTERCARD

INTERCHANGE RATE DESIGNATOR 75

FEE COLLECTION CONTROL NBR 00000000000000000
ORIGINAL REASON CODE 0000
MASTERCOM CONTROL NUMBER
PARTIAL TRANSACTION AMOUNT 0000000000000
PARTIAL TRANS AMT CURR CODE 000
ORIGINATING MESSAGE FORMAT 0
RISK MANAGEMENT CODE 00000000000
EXTENDED SERVICE CODE 000
CROSS BORDER
TRANSACTION CATEGORY IND 00
CUSTOM IDENTIFIER TYPE
CUSTOM ID DETAIL (1-48)

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

INTERCHANGE RATE Code that identifies the interchange rate associated with the
DESIGNATOR transaction.
2C

FEE COLLECTION Financial control number (reference number) assigned by the

CONTROL NBR fee collection message originator.
17N

ORIGINAL REASON Reason code associated with the original transaction.

CODE
3N

MASTERCOM MasterCom PC Endpoint number used to route chargeback and

CONTROL NUMBER retrieval documentation.
7C

PARTIAL Amount of the partial transaction in the first presentment.

TRANSACTION
AMOUNT
12N

February 2008 8–27

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

PARTIAL TRANS AMT Code that identifies the partial amount currency.
CURR CODE
3N

ORIGINATING Code that identifies the message format in which the clearing
MESSAGE FORMAT system received the message.
1N

RISK MANAGEMENT Approval code provided by MasterCard on a first presentment

CODE that was rejected for failing dollar value edits.
11N

EXTENDED SERVICE Code that determines the chip compliance.

CODE
3N

CROSS BORDER Two-part field that indicates the transaction’s cross-border

2N status. The first part identifies whether the transaction qualifies
as a cross-border transaction and could be subject to cross-
border transaction fees. The values are:
Y = Transaction qualifies as a cross-border
transaction
N = Transaction does not qualify as a cross-border
transaction.
The second part identifies whether the transaction was
submitted to MasterCard in the local currency of the merchant.
The values are:
Y = Transaction submitted in local currency of
merchant
N = Transaction not submitted in local currency of
merchant.

TRANSACTION Code that provides additional transaction information, such as

CATEGORY IND whether the the transaction is a Low Value Payment Service
2N transaction. Refer to your MasterCard documentation for
values.

CUSTOM IDENTIFIER Code that identifies the type of custom information displayed in
TYPE the CUSTOM DETAIL (1–48) and (49–76) fields (for example,
6C CUSORD for customer order) for a corporate card transaction.
Refer to your MasterCard documentation for valid values.

February 2008 8–28

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

CUSTOM ID DETAIL Custom information pertinent to the transaction, used to qualify

(1–48) the transaction for European corporate card incentive
48C interchange rates.
Press the Forward function key to display a third MasterCard screen.

February 2008 8–29

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG03—Bankcard MasterCard (Screen 3)

( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 01/08/08 15:29:39
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More: - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
A A ST 04/08/08 0551 00001 00000001 BANKCARD MASTERCARD

CUSTOM ID DETAIL (49-76)

POI CURR CNV TYPE 58
POI CURR CNV AMT 000000000250
POI CURR CNV CURR CD 124

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

CUSTOM ID DETAIL Custom information pertinent to the transaction, used to qualify

(49–76) the transaction for European corporate card incentive
28C interchange rates.

POI CURR CNV TYPE Code indicating that a point-of-interaction currency conversion
2N was performed for this transaction. Refer to your MasterCard
documentation for DE 54 (Amounts, Additional) for more
information.

POI CURR CNV AMT Transaction amount prior to the point-of-interaction currency
12N conversion.

POI CURR CNV CURR Currency code prior to the point-of-interaction currency
CD conversion.
3N
When you finish viewing the screen, press Enter to review additional transaction preamble
details.

February 2008 8–30

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG04—Bankcard Visa (Screen 1)

( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 01/25/07 14:59:59
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More: - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
A A ST 04/16/07 0298 00001 00000001 BANKCARD VISA

ACQUIRERS BUSINESS ID 00000000

POS TERMINAL INDICATOR 2
ELECTRONIC COMMERCE GOODS IND
PREPAY CARD INDICATOR
SPECIAL CONDITION INDICATOR 2
SPECIAL CONDITION INDICATOR
REIMBURSEMENT ATTRIBUTE 0
MAIL/PHONE/ELEC COMMERCE IND 2
AUTHORIZATION CHARACTER INDIC N
INTERNATIONAL FEE INDIC
LOCAL TAX 0000000.00
LOCAL TAX INCLUDED
REQUESTED PAY SERV IND

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

 These screens contain information pertinent to data moved to the

user-defined optional fields in NCVTRAN. Data will be displayed
listing the literal followed by its corresponding value.

Fields

ACQUIRERS Unique number assigned to identify the acquirer of the

BUSINESS ID transaction. Required field on the Visa Draft Data transaction.
8N

POS TERMINAL Type of point-of-sale terminal used to generate the transaction.

INDICATOR Refer to the Visa BASE II Clearing and Settlement Codes and
1N Processes manual for current valid values and their
descriptions.

ELECTRONIC Code that identifies the type of goods or services purchased

COMMERCE GOODS over the Internet. Refer to the Visa BASE II Clearing and
IND Settlement Codes and Processes manual for current values and
2C
their descriptions.

February 2008 8–31

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

PREPAY CARD Code that indicates whether the card associated with the
INDICATOR transaction is a prepaid card or not. Refer to the Visa BASE II
1N Clearing and Settlement Codes and Processes manual for
current valid values and their descriptions.

SPECIAL CONDITION Code to specify that one or more unique conditions are
INDICATOR applicable to the transaction.
1N

REIMBURSEMENT Code designating reimbursement fees applicable to the

ATTRIBUTE transaction. Refer to the Visa BASE II Clearing and Settlement
1N Codes and Processes manual for current valid values and their
descriptions.

MAIL/PHONE/ ELEC Mail/telephone or electronic commerce code. Refer to the Visa

COMMERCE IND BASE II Clearing and Settlement Codes and Processes manual
1N for current valid values and their descriptions.

AUTHORIZATION Code that identifies if the transaction qualifies for payment

CHARACTER INDIC service interchange reimbursement. Refer to the Visa BASE II
1N Clearing and Settlement Codes and Processes manual for
current valid values and their descriptions.

INTERNATIONAL FEE Code that indicates whether a transaction has been settled under
INDIC the Visa IRF schedule. Refer to the Visa BASE II Clearing and
1N Settlement Codes and Processes manual for current valid values
and their descriptions.

LOCAL TAX Amount of the local tax.

10N

LOCAL TAX Flag that indicates whether the local tax is included in the
INCLUDED transaction amount. The values are:
1N
0 = Tax not included
1 = National tax included.

REQUESTED PAY Custom payment service desired. Refer to the Visa BASE II
SERV IND Clearing and Settlement Codes and Processes manual for
1N current valid values and their descriptions.
Press the Forward function key to display a second Visa screen.

February 2008 8–32

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG04—Bankcard Visa (Screen 2)

( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 01/25/07 15:02:17
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More: - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
A A ST 04/16/07 0298 00001 00000001 BANKCARD VISA

AVS RESPONSE CODE X

PURCHASE ID FORMAT 1
PURCHASE ID DESCRIPTION 12345
CRB EXCEPTION INDICATOR
NATIONAL TAX AMT 00000000000000.00
SINGLE BUSINESS NUMBER
CUST VAT REGISTRATION NBR
COMMODITY CODE
CUSTOMER CODE
OTHER TAX 0000000.00
NATIONAL TAX INCLUDED
BUSINESS FORMAT CODE
SERVICE IDENTIFIER 00000000

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

AVS RESPONSE Code generated by the address verification service. Refer to the
CODE Visa BASE II Clearing and Settlement Codes and Processes
1N manual for current valid values and their descriptions.

PURCHASE ID Value that indicates what will be supplied in the purchase

FORMAT description field. Refer to the Visa BASE II Clearing and
1N Settlement Codes and Processes manual for current valid values
and their descriptions.

PURCHASE ID Field used to send information to further identify the purchase

DESCRIPTION to the issuer and cardholder.
10C

CRB EXCEPTION Card Recovery Bulletin exception code indicator. Refer to the
INDICATOR Visa BASE II Clearing and Settlement Codes and Processes
1N manual for current valid values and their descriptions.

NATIONAL TAX AMT Amount of the national tax included in the transaction amount.
17N

February 2008 8–33

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

SINGLE BUSINESS Merchant’s VAT registration number or the single business

NUMBER reference number (SBRN).
10N

CUST VAT Customer’s VAT registration number.

REGISTRATION NBR
13C

COMMODITY CODE National standard coding structure for the description of goods.
2N

CUSTOMER CODE Customer’s code or the customer reference identifier number

10C (CRI).

OTHER TAX Total amount of other taxes incurred.

10N

NATIONAL TAX Flag that indicates whether the national tax is included in the
INCLUDED transaction amount. The values are:
1N
0 = Tax not included
1 = National tax included.

BUSINESS FORMAT Code that identifies the industry type. The values are:
CODE
AI = Passenger itinerary
2C
LG = Lodging
CA = Car rental.

SERVICE IDENTIFIER Code that identifies the industry associated with the transaction.
1N Refer to the Visa BASE II Clearing and Settlement Codes and
Processes manual for current valid values and their
descriptions.
Press the Forward function key to display a third Visa screen.

February 2008 8–34

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG04—Bankcard Visa (Screen 3)

( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 01/25/07 15:04:13
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More: - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
A A ST 04/16/07 0298 00001 00000001 BANKCARD VISA

MESSAGE ID
SERVICE DEVELOPMENT INDIC
CHIP CONDITION CODE
POS ENVIRONMENT
CVV2 RESULT CODE
BCFPI - FEE PROGRAM INDICATOR
PRODUCT ID
BUSINESS APPLICATION ID FD
SOURCE OF FUNDS 1
PAYMENT REVERSAL REASON CODE 01

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

MESSAGE ID Unique number assigned to addendum data to link it to the

15C financial transaction detail.

SERVICE Code that indicates service type. Refer to the Visa BASE II
DEVELOPMENT INDIC Clearing and Settlement Codes and Processes manual for
1N current valid values and their descriptions.

CHIP CONDITION Code that indicates the status of transactions read by magnetic
CODE stripe for chip-based debit and credit cards at Europay-,
1C MasterCard-, and Visa-compliant terminals. The values are:
Space = Unknown/not applicable
0 = Non-chip card read at chip terminal
1 = Last chip read was successful
2 = Last attempted chip read failed.

POS ENVIRONMENT Code that indicates that a transaction is a recurring payment.

1C The values are:

February 2008 8–35

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

Space = Field not applicable or acquirer did not specify

R = Recurring payment.

CVV2 RESULT CODE Visa CVV2 result. The values are:

1C
Space = Field not applicable
M = CVV2 match
N = CVV2 no match
P = Not processed
S = CVV2 should be on card, but the merchant has
indicated that CVV2 is not present
U = Issuer is not certified or has not provided Visa
the encryption keys, or both.

BCFPI – FEE Fee program indicator assigned by Visa to identify the

PROGRAM interchange fee program for which the transaction qualified.
INDICATOR
3C

PRODUCT ID Visa product identifier, which identifies the card product type
2C used in the transaction. Refer to your Visa documentation for
current values.

BUSINESS Code that identifies the type of business application for an

APPLICATION ID original credit transaction, for example PS (payment for goods
2C and services—general). Refer to your Visa documentation for
current values.

SOURCE OF FUNDS Code that identifes the source of funds in an original credit
1C transaction. The values are:
1 = Cash
2 = Check
3 = Card
Space = Not used.

PAYMENT REVERSAL Code that identifies the reason for a payment reversal in an
REASON CODE original credit transaction, for example 01 (returned check for
2C nonsufficient funds [NSF]). Refer to your Visa documentation
for current values.
When you finish viewing the screen, press Enter to review additional transaction preamble
details.

February 2008 8–36

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG05—Bankcard Reps
( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 07/17/06 14:45:36
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More: - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
A A ST 10/16/06 0537 00001 00000001 BANKCARD REPS

TRANSACTION IDENTIFIER 000000000000000

TOTAL AUTHORIZED AMOUNT 0000000000000000
AUTHORIZATION CURRENCY CODE 840
EXCLUDE TRAN ID REASON
CRS PROCESSING CODE
CHARGEBACK CONDITION CODE
MARKET SPECIFIC AUTH DATA
MULTIPLE CLEARING SEQ COUNT 00
MULTIPLE CLEARING SEQ NUMBER 00

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

TRANSACTION Number assigned by Visa when identifying the transaction. This

IDENTIFIER is a required field for Custom Payment Service (CPS). Refer to
15N Visa BASE II Clearing and Settlement Codes and Processes
manual for current values and their descriptions.

TOTAL AUTHORIZED Amount for which the transaction was authorized. This field is
AMOUNT required for some CPS transactions. Refer to the Visa BASE II
16N Clearing and Settlement Codes and Processes manual for
current values and their descriptions.

AUTHORIZATION Code that identifies the currency of the transaction. This is a

CURRENCY CODE required field for CPS. Refer to the Visa BASE II Clearing and
3N Settlement Codes and Processes manual for current values and
their descriptions.

EXCLUDE TRAN ID Code that identifies whether or not the original transaction was
REASON cleared by VisaNet. Refer to the Visa BASE II Clearing and
3C

February 2008 8–37

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

Settlement Codes and Processes manual for values and their

descriptions.

CRS PROCESSING Chargeback rights indicator. Refer to the Visa BASE II Clearing
CODE and Settlement Codes and Processes manual for current values
1N and their descriptions.

CHARGEBACK Chargeback condition code for the transaction. Refer to the Visa
CONDITION CODE BASE II Clearing and Settlement Codes and Processes manual
1N for current values and their descriptions.

MARKET SPECIFIC Code that identifies if there is authorization data that is market
AUTH DATA specific.
1N

MULTIPLE CLEARING Total count of clearing transactions within a batch.

SEQ COUNT
2N

MULTIPLE CLEARING Sequence of transactions within a batch.

SEQ NUMBER
2N
When you finish viewing the screen, press Enter to review additional transaction preamble
details.

February 2008 8–38

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNDTLPL—VCRFS (Screen 1)
( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 11:53:11
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
A A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 VCRFS

DESTINATION SUB-ADDRESS 1234567

RETRIEVAL REQUEST RSN CODE 12
ISSUER CONTROL NUMBER 123456789
TRANSACTION CURRENCY CODE 123
REQUEST ID 123456789012
ACCOUNT NUMBER X
PURCHASE DATE X
TRANSACTION AMOUNT X
EXPIRATION DATE X
MERCHANT NAME/LOCATION X
SIGNATURE X
OTHER ERRORS X
CONTACT NAME XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

DESTINATION SUB- Issuer RFC sub-address from the RFC advice.

ADDRESS
7N

RETRIEVAL REQUEST Code that identifies the reason the retrieval request is not being
RSN CODE fulfilled. Refer to the Visa BASE II Clearing and Settlement
2N Codes and Processes manual for values codes and descriptions.

ISSUER CONTROL Issuer-generated number that uniquely identifies the retrieval

NUMBER request within the issuer organization.
9N

TRANSACTION Currency code of the country in which the transaction took

CURRENCY CODE place.
3C

REQUEST ID Visa-generated number that uniquely identifies retrieval

12N requests.

February 2008 8–39

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

ACCOUNT NUMBER Code that indicates if the account number is incorrect, illegible,
1C or missing from the image.

PURCHASE DATE Code that indicates if the purchase date is incorrect, illegible, or
1C missing from the image.

TRANSACTION Code that indicates if the transaction amount is incorrect,

AMOUNT illegible, or missing from the image.
1C

EXPIRATION DATE Code that indicates if the expiration date is incorrect, illegible,
1C or missing from the image.

MERCHANT NAME/ Code that indicates if the merchant name and/or location is
LOCATION incorrect, illegible, or missing from the image.
1C

SIGNATURE Code that indicates if the signature is incorrect, illegible, or

1C missing from the image.

OTHER ERRORS Code that indicates if there is a problem with the image not
1C specified by the other fields. Must be followed by a text
message.

 The text message is displayed on the Bankcard Special Interchange

screen.

CONTACT NAME Name of the person to contact at the issuer site regarding the
30C dispute.
Press the Forward function key to display a second VCRFS screen.

February 2008 8–40

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNDTLPL—VCRFS (Screen 2)
( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 11:53:11
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
A A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 VCRFS

CONTACT PHONE

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

CONTACT PHONE Telephone number of the person to contact at the issuer site
16C regarding the dispute.

February 2008 8–41

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG06—Bankcard Special Interchange (Screen 1)

( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 01/31/08 11:54:41
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More: - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
A A DT 04/08/08 0715 00001 00000031 BANKCARD SPECIAL INTRCHG

CHARGEBACK REASON CODE 0060

CHARGEBACK REFERENCE NBR 0000096017
DOCUMENT INDICATOR
MESSAGE TEXT
MESSAGE TEXT
MESSAGE TEXT
MESSAGE TEXT
ISSUER CONTROL NUMBER 0000000000
SPECIAL CHARGEBACK INDIC
PARTIAL AMOUNT IND
EDIT EXCLUSION IND
EDIT BYPASS INDICATOR
ACQUIRER RESPONSE CODE

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

CHARGEBACK Potential chargeback reason code. For current values, check

REASON CODE MasterCard manuals.
4N

CHARGEBACK Tracking number assigned by the issuer. For values, check Visa
REFERENCE NBR and MasterCard manuals.
10N

DOCUMENT Status of mailed supporting documentation. For current values,

INDICATOR check Visa and MasterCard manuals.
1C

MESSAGE TEXT Free-form text message.

25C
(appears 4 times)

ISSUER CONTROL Unique number assigned by an issuer.

NUMBER
10N

February 2008 8–42

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

SPECIAL Code used to indicate the chargeback amount is less than the
CHARGEBACK INDIC transaction amount. For current values, check Visa and
1C MasterCard manuals.

PARTIAL AMOUNT Code that indicates a chargeback submitted for an amount that
IND is different from the original transaction amount.
1C

EDIT EXCLUSION IND Code that indicates a chargeback or representment that began its
1C life cycle outside of the clearing system. Refer to your
MasterCard manual for further information.

EDIT BYPASS Code that identifies chargebacks for which edits will be
INDICATOR bypassed. Refer to your MasterCard manual for further
1C information.

ACQUIRER Response to a retrieval request that the acquirer cannot fulfill.

RESPONSE CODE
1C
Press the Forward function key to display a second bankcard special interchange screen.

February 2008 8–43

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG06—Bankcard Special Interchange (Screen 2)

( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 01/31/08 11:59:28
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More: - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
A A DT 04/08/08 0715 00001 00000031 BANKCARD SPECIAL INTRCHG

CONTROL NUMBER 00000000000000000

RECORD INDICATOR
FAX NUMBER
REQUESTED FULFILL METHOD 0
ESTABLISHED FULFILL METH
ISSUER RFC BIN
ISSUER RFC SUB-ADDRESS 0000000
PROG REG ID
PAY TRAN INIT
MVV 24

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

CONTROL NUMBER Number assigned by the original record sender.

17N

RECORD INDICATOR Code that indicates whether the transaction is an original

1N presentment or a reversal. For current values, check Visa and
MasterCard manuals.

FAX NUMBER Fax number for participants in automated copy request. For
16C issuers, this field contains the fax number to which the copy
should be sent. For acquirers, this field contains the fax
confirmation number.

REQUESTED FULFILL Requested method of transaction fulfillment for an automated

METHOD issuer. The values are:
1N
0 = Nonautomatic fulfillment requested (Default)
1 = Automatic fulfillment requested.

February 2008 8–44

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

If the issuer is not automated, no edit occurs and the field is

overlaid with a zero. If the acquirer does not participate in the
automated RFC service, the request is fulfilled manually.

ESTABLISHED Method of transaction fulfillment. The values are:

FULFILL METH
0 = The acquirer is not automated
1N
1 = The acquirer is automated.

ISSUER RFC BIN Code that identifies the endpoint to which automated
11N fulfillments and non fulfillments should be routed.

ISSUER RFC SUB- Public network mailbox for the automated fax issuer.
ADDRESS
10C

PROG REG ID Program registration ID. This identifier is used to monitor and
3C track a participant’s activity in special programs, such as
supermarket, service industries, payment transactions, gaming,
and warehouse club programs.

PAY TRAN INIT Payment transaction initiator. This value indicates that
3C MasterCard initiated a payment transaction on behalf of a
member. Refer to your MasterCard documentation for values.

MVV Merchant verification value. This value is assigned by Visa and

10C used to determine a merchant’s eligibility to participate in
specific programs.
When you finish viewing the screen, press Enter to review additional transaction preamble
details.

February 2008 8–45

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG20—Visa PURCHA
( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 11:53:11
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
A A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 VISA PURCHA

DISCOUNT AMOUNT 1234567890.12

FREIGHT AMOUNT 1234567890.12
DUTY AMOUNT 1234567890.12
DEST POSTAL CODE 12345-6789
FROM POSTAL CODE 98765-4321
DEST COUNTRY CODE 840
UNIQUE VAT REF NUMBER 121345656788181
ORDER DATE 061599
ACCT NUMBER 4012345678901234
ACCT NUMBER EXT
FREIGHT VAT TAX AMT 1234567890.12
FREIGHT VAT TAX RATE 10.50

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

DISCOUNT AMOUNT Amount of discount received.

12N

FREIGHT AMOUNT Charge for shipping.

12N

DUTY AMOUNT Duty on the total purchase.

12N

DEST POSTAL CODE Destination postal code where the goods will be delivered.
10C

FROM POSTAL CODE Postal code from which the items were shipped.
10C

DEST COUNTRY Destination country code where the goods will be delivered.
CODE
3N

February 2008 8–46

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

UNIQUE VAT REF Unique VAT invoice reference number.

NUMBER
15N

ORDER DATE Date of the purchase. The date is MM/DD/YY.

6N

ACCT NUMBER Number of the account to which the transaction applies.

16N

ACCT NUMBER EXT Account number extension.

6N

FREIGHT VAT TAX Value-added tax amount on freight or shipping costs.

AMT
12N

FREIGHT VAT TAX Value-added tax rate on freight or shipping costs.

RATE
12N
When you finish viewing the screen, press Enter to review additional transaction preamble
details.

February 2008 8–47

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG21—Visa PURCHL
( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 11:53:11
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
A A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 VISA PURCHL

MESSAGE ID 123456781234567
ITEM COMMODITY CODE ABCDEF012345
ITEM DESCRIPTION BANKCARD SOFTWARE
QUANTITY 123456789012
UNIT OF MEASUREMENT
UNIT OF COST 1234567890.12
SUPPLY TYPE 03
VAT TAX AMOUNT 1234567890.12
LINE ITEM DETAIL IND 1
PRODUCT CODE 1A2B3C4D5E6F
VAT TAX RATE 10.50
LINE ITEM DISCOUNT 1234567890.12
LINE ITEM TOTAL 1234567890.12

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

MESSAGE ID Unique number assigned to addendum data to link it to the

15N financial transaction detail.

ITEM COMMODITY National standard coding structure for the description of this
CODE item.
12C

ITEM DESCRIPTION Description of the item purchased.

20C

QUANTITY Number of items purchased.

12N

UNIT OF Unit of measurement of items purchased.

MEASUREMENT
10C

UNIT OF COST Cost of each unit.

12N

February 2008 8–48

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

SUPPLY TYPE Type of supply.

2C

VAT TAX AMOUNT Amount of value-added tax.

12N

LINE ITEM DETAIL IND Code that identifies the record as part of a set or last item in a
1N set.

PRODUCT CODE Code identifying the type of item purchased.

12C

VAT TAX RATE Rate of the value-added tax.

12N

LINE ITEM DISCOUNT Discount amount per line item.

12N

LINE ITEM TOTAL Total line item amount.

12N
When you finish viewing the screen, press Enter to review additional transaction preamble
details.

February 2008 8–49

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNDTLPL—Visa Data
( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 11:53:11
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
A A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 VISADATA

LAST NAME
FIRST NAME
MIDDLE INITIAL
MERCHANT STREET ADDRESS
MERCHANT CITY
MERCHANT STATE
MERCHANT ZIP
MERCHANT INCORP STATUS
MERCHANT TAX ID
MERCHANT TIN TYPE

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

LAST NAME Merchant’s last name.

10C

FIRST NAME Merchant’s first name.

10C

MIDDLE INITIAL Middle initial of the merchant.

1C

MERCHANT STREET Street address where the merchant conducts business.

ADDRESS
25C

MERCHANT CITY City where the merchant conducts business.

16C

MERCHANT STATE State where the merchant conducts business.

2C

February 2008 8–50

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

MERCHANT ZIP ZIP code of the merchant site.

9N

MERCHANT INCORP Merchant incorporation status code.

STATUS
1C

MERCHANT TAX ID Merchant’s federal tax identification number.

9N

MERCHANT TIN TYPE Merchant tax identification number type code.

10N
When you finish viewing the screen, press Enter to review additional transaction preamble
details.

February 2008 8–51

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG18—Europay (Screen 1)
( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 11:53:11
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
R A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 EUROPAY

TRANS FEE RULE XXXX

PRCS FEE RULE XXXX
DATE RECON 000000
RECON IND 000
DATE CONV 0000
CONV RATE RECON 00000000
RECON AMOUNT 000000000000
CURRENCY CODE RECON 000
CURRENCY EXP RECON X
CANCEL IND X
DOC NEEDED RET 0
ORIGINAL MESSAGE ID 0000
ORIGINAL STAN 000000

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

TRANS FEE RULE Identification of the fee rule used to compute the transaction
4C fee.

PRCS FEE RULE Identification of the fee rule used to compute the processing fee.
4C

DATE RECON Submission date of the batch related to the detailed position
6N detail message.

RECON IND Reconciliation indicator of the batch related to the detailed

3N position detail message.

DATE CONV Month and day the conversion rate is effective to convert the
4N transaction amount from the transaction currency to the
reconciliation currency.

CONV RATE RECON Transaction Currency (DE 049) to Reconciliation Currency (DE
8N 050) cross-rate.

February 2008 8–52

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

RECON AMOUNT Funds transferred between the institution identified by the FID
12N (DE 033) and the one identified in the RID (DE 100) as the
result of settlement.

CURRENCY CODE ISO currency code of the reconciliation currency for the
RECON original transaction to which this retrieval request (response)
3N relates.

CURRENCY EXP Number of decimals applicable for all amounts expressed in the
RECON reconciliation currency (DE 050).
1C

CANCEL IND Flag that indicates whether the message is a retrieval request (or
1C response) or the cancellation of a previous retrieval request (or
response) message. Refer to your Visa or MasterCard manual
for values.

DOC NEEDED RET Code that indicates the type of retrieval document that is
1N requested (1604) or that has been supplied (1614).

ORIGINAL MESSAGE Identification of the type of original message being sent.

ID
4N

ORIGINAL STAN Unique number assigned by a message originator to identify the

6N current message.
Press the Forward function key to display a second Europay screen.

February 2008 8–53

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG18—Europay (Screen 2)
( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 11:53:11
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
R A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 EUROPAY

ORIG TRANSACTION DATE 000000

ORIG TRANSACTION TIME 000000
ORIG TRANSACTION AMOUNT 000000000000
ORIG RECON AMOUNT 000000000000
ORIG CURRENCY CODE RECON 000
ORIG CURRENCY EXP RECON X
FEE TRANS TYPE 0
FEE REF DATE 000000
CONTROL NUMBER 00000000000000
ELEC IMG PROC FACILITY X
ACTION CODE 000
CONVERSION DATE 0000
MAGNETIC TRACK 0

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

ORIG TRANSACTION Date of the original transaction related to this retrieval request.
DATE
6N

ORIG TRANSACTION Time of the original transaction related to this retrieval request.
TIME
6N

ORIG TRANSACTION Original amount of the transaction in the local currency of the
AMOUNT acquirer or source location of the transaction, exclusive of fees.
12N

ORIG RECON Original amount in the reconciliation currency of the original

AMOUNT transaction to which this retrieval request (response) relates.
12N

ORIG CURRENCY Original ISO currency code of the reconciliation currency for
CODE RECON the original transaction to which this retrieval request
3N (response) relates.

February 2008 8–54

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

ORIG CURRENCY EXP Original number of decimals applicable for all amounts
RECON expressed in the reconciliation currency (DE 050).
1C

FEE TRANS TYPE Code that defines the type of fee transaction.
1N

FEE REF DATE Reference date of the transaction for which the fee is changed.
6N

CONTROL NUMBER Unique reference number assigned by the original sender of the
14N 1740 message, which must be maintained throughout the
message cycle.

ELEC IMG PROC Flag that indicates whether both the issuer and the acquirer use
FACILITY Electronic Image Processing. Refer to your Visa or MasterCard
1C manual for values.

ACTION CODE Code that defines both the action taken and the reason for the
3N action.

CONVERSION DATE Month and day the conversion rate is effective to convert the
4N transaction amount from the transaction currency to the
reconciliation currency.

MAGNETIC TRACK Code that identifies the magnetic track of the card used by the
1N ATM/POS to obtain the cardholder identification.
When you finish viewing the Transaction Preamble Details screen, continue or complete
the function by performing one of the following actions:
If you want to review detailed data for this transaction, press the Actions function key to
move to the action bar. Enter T (Transaction Details) in the field provided. Refer to the
“Original transaction details” topic for help with the resulting screen.
‰ Use a function key to complete the function.
‰ Enter a fastpath command in the Command line and press Enter.

February 2008 8–55

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG07—Passenger Transport (Screen 1)

( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 11:53:11
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
R A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 PASSENGER TRANSPORT

PASSENGER NAME
PASSENGER CUSTOMER CODE 10000000000000000
ISSUE DATE
TRAVEL/DEPARTURE DATE
TRAVEL AGENCY
TRAVEL AGENCY NAME
TICKET NUMBER
Restricted Ticket Indicator
ISSUING CARRIER
TOTAL FARE AMOUNT
TOTAL FEE AMOUNT
TOTAL TAX AMOUNT
ExchaNge Ticket AmT

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

PASSENGER NAME Name of the passenger to whom the ticket was issued.
40C

PASSENGER Customer code that the cardholder supplied to the merchant

CUSTOMER CODE (MasterCard only).
17N

ISSUE DATE Date the ticket was issued to the customer (MasterCard only).
6N

TRAVEL/DEPARTURE Departure date, primarily used by Visa. For MasterCard, this

DATE will be the first trip leg.
6N

TRAVEL AGENCY Name of the travel agency issuing the ticket.

25C

February 2008 8–56

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRAVEL AGENCY Code assigned to the travel agency.

NAME
8C

TICKET NUMBER Number of the ticket (MasterCard only).

15N

RESTRICTED TICKET Code that indicates which restrictions apply to this ticket. Refer
INDICATOR to your Visa manual for valid values.
3N

ISSUING CARRIER Abbreviation for the airline or railway issuing the ticket.
4C

TOTAL FARE AMOUNT Amount of the ticket.

11N

TOTAL FEE AMOUNT Amount of the fees associated with the ticket.
11N

TOTAL TAX AMOUNT Amount of the taxes associated with the ticket.
9N

EXCHANGE TICKET Amount of the exchanged ticket (Visa only).

AMT
11N
Press the Forward function key to display a second Passenger Transport screen.

February 2008 8–57

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG07—Passenger Transport (Screen 2)

( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 11:53:11
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
R A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 PASSENGER TRANSPORT

ELECTRONIC IMAGING X
PASSSENGER (AIR) DATA CODE X
CONTROL IDENTIFICATION XXXXXXXXXXXXX
EXCHANGE FEE AMOUNT 999999999999
TRAVEL AUTH CODE XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
TRAVEL AUTH CODE XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
IATA CLIENT CODE XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
TRIP LEG COUNTER 999
CONJUNCTION TKT NBR XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
TRAVEL/DEPARTURE DATE 999999
EXCHANGE TICKET NBR XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
CARRIER CODE X
COUPON NUMBER X

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

ELECTRONIC Code that indicates if electronic imaging was performed on the

IMAGING ticket.
1N

PASSENGER (AIR) Internal switch indicating the quality of the passenger data. The
DATA CODE values are:
1C
A = All edits passed
S = Some edits passed
T = Some format 2 fields missing
X = Required fields missing or invalid
Y = Some format 2 fields invalid or missing.

CONTROL Unique code assigned by carrier at the time the reservation is

IDENTIFICATION made.
13C

EXCHANGE FEE Amount of the fee paid to exchange the ticket.

AMOUNT
12N

February 2008 8–58

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRAVEL AUTH CODE Code provided by the company to the travel agent authorizing
64C ticket issuance.

IATA CLIENT CODE International Air Transportation Association (IATA) code

17C identifying the company that purchased the ticket.

TRIP LEG COUNTER Internal trip leg counter.

3N

CONJUNCTION TKT Ticket that contains additional coupons on an itinerary that is

NBR more than four segments. Visa uses first occurrence.
15C MasterCard uses all occurrences.

TRAVEL/DEPARTURE Travel departure date.

DATE
6N

EXCHANGE TICKET New ticket number that is issued when a ticket is exchanged.
NBR Visa uses first occurrence. MasterCard uses all occurrences.
15C

CARRIER CODE Abbreviation for the airline or railway carrier.

1C

COUPON NUMBER Number that identifies the specific leg of travel when a ticket
1C contains several legs of travel.

Press the Forward function key to display a third Passenger Transport screen.

February 2008 8–59

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG07—Passenger Transport (Screen 3)

( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 11:53:11
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
R A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 PASSENGER TRANSPORT

SERVICE CLASS XXXXXXX

STOP CODE X
ORIGIN CITY XXXXX
DESTINATION CITY XXXXX
FARE BASIS CODE XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
FLIGHT NUMBER
DEPARTURE TIME
DEPARTURE TIME SEGMENT
ARRIVAL TIME
ARRIVAL TIME SEGMENT
FARE AMT
FEE AMT
TAX AMT

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

SERVICE CLASS Service type (for example, coach or first class).

7C

STOP CODE Code that indicates a nondirect flight or route on the same ticket
1C number.

ORIGIN CITY Abbreviation for the airport or railway of the originating city.
5C Visa uses first occurrence. MasterCard uses all occurrences.

DESTINATION CITY Abbreviation for the airport or railway of the destination city.
5C

FARE BASIS CODE Alphanumeric code that carriers assign to a particular ticket
15C type, such as business class or discounted/nonrefundable.

FLIGHT NUMBER Number assigned by the operating or marketing carrier.

5C

February 2008 8–60

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

DEPARTURE TIME Time of departure (per trip leg).

4N

DEPARTURE TIME Indicator of departure time portion (per trip leg). (MasterCard
SEGMENT only.) The values are:
1C
A = A.M.
P = P.M.

ARRIVAL TIME Time of arrival (per trip leg).

4N

ARRIVAL TIME Indicator of arrival time portion (per trip leg). (MasterCard
SEGMENT only.) The values are:
1C
A = A.M.
P = P.M.

FARE AMT Amount of the ticket (per trip leg). (MasterCard only).
11N

FEE AMT Amount of the fee (per trip leg) associated with the ticket.
9N (MasterCard only.)

TAX AMT Amount of the taxes (per trip leg) associated with the ticket (per
9N trip leg). (MasterCard only.)
Press the Forward function key to display a fourth Passenger Transport screen.

February 2008 8–61

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG07—Passenger Transport (Screen 4)

( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 11:53:11
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
R A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 PASSENGER TRANSPORT

ENDORSEMENT/RESTRICTIONS
CONJUNCTION TKT NBR
TRAVEL/DEPARTURE DATE
EXCHANGE TICKET NBR
CARRIER CODE
COUPON NUMBER
SERVICE CLASS
STOP CODE
ORIGIN CITY
DESTINATION CITY
FARE BASIS CODE
FLIGHT NUMBER
DEPARTURE TIME

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

ENDORSEMENTS/ Description of the endorsement or restrictions associated with

RESTRICTIONS this ticket (MasterCard only).
15C

 If more than one trip leg is provided, the fields CONJUNCTION

TICKET NUMBER through ENDORSEMENTS/RESTRICTIONS are
repeated for the additional leg(s), up to a maximum of 4
occurrences.

CONJUNCTION TKT Ticket that contains additional coupons on an itinerary that is

NBR more than four segments. Visa uses first occurrence.
15C MasterCard uses all occurrences.

TRAVEL/DEPARTURE Travel departure date.

DATE
6N

EXCHANGE TICKET New ticket number that is issued when a ticket is exchanged.
NBR Visa uses first occurrence. MasterCard uses all occurrences.
15C

February 2008 8–62

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

CARRIER CODE Abbreviation for the airline or railway carrier.

1C

COUPON NUMBER Number that identifies the specific leg of travel when a ticket
1C contains several legs of travel.

SERVICE CLASS Service type (for example, coach or first class).

7C

STOP CODE Code that indicates a nondirect flight or route on the same ticket
1C number.

ORIGIN CITY Abbreviation for the airport or railway of the originating city.
5C Visa uses first occurrence. MasterCard uses all occurrences.

DESTINATION CITY Abbreviation for the airport or railway of the destination city.
5C

FARE BASIS CODE Alphanumeric code that carriers assign to a particular ticket
15C type, such as business class or discounted/nonrefundable.

FLIGHT NUMBER Number assigned by the operating or marketing carrier.

5C

DEPARTURE TIME Time of departure (per trip leg).

4N
When you finish viewing the screen, press Enter to review additional transaction preamble
details.

February 2008 8–63

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG08—Vehicle Rental/Lodging (Screen 1)

( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 11:53:11
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
R A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 VEHICLE RENTAL/LODGING

CL DATA CODE
NBR OF ITEM OCCURS 0001
CHECK IN DATE 00000
CHECK OUT DATE 00000
TYPE OF EXTRA CHARGES XXXXXX
NO SHOW INDICATOR
AGREEMENT/FOLIO NBR
RENTER NAME
RENTAL LOCATION CITY XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
RENTAL LOC ST/PROV XXX
RENTAL LOCATION COUNTRY XXX
RENTAL LOCATION ID XXXXXXXXXX
RENTER RETURN CITY

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

CL DATA CODE Switch set during TRAMS process input to identify that CL
1C data passed the defined edits. The values are:
A = Active edits passed
S = Some fields missing
X = Required fields missing or invalid.

NBR OF ITEM Number of actual vehicle rental and lodging occurrences

OCCURS contained in this transaction.
4N

 Each of the following fields occurs the number of times necessary to

display all occurrences up to a maximum of four times on the
Vehicle Rental/Lodging series of screens.

CHECK IN DATE For lodging transactions this date reflects the check-in date. For
6N vehicle rental this date reflects the day the vehicle was picked
up.

February 2008 8–64

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

CHECK OUT DATE For lodging transactions this date reflects the check-out date.
6N For vehicle rental this date reflects the day the vehicle was
returned.

TYPE OF EXTRA Code that indicates the type of extra charges included in the
CHARGES lodging total.
6C

NO SHOW INDICATOR Code used for “no show” transactions. Refer to the Visa BASE
1C II Clearing and Settlement Codes and Processes manual for
values and their descriptions.

AGREEMENT/FOLIO Number assigned to identify the transaction.

NBR
10N

RENTER NAME Name of the individual making the rental agreement.

20C

RENTER LOCATION City and country where the vehicle was rented.
CITY
18C

RENTAL LOC ST/ State or province where the vehicle was rented, if applicable.
PROV
3C

RENTAL LOCATION Country where the vehicle was rented.

COUNTRY
3C

RENTAL LOCATION ID Rental agency code, phone number, or address abbreviation

10C used to identify the rental location.

RENTER RETURN City where the vehicle was returned.

CITY
18C
Press the Forward function key to display a second vehicle rental/lodging screen.

February 2008 8–65

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG08—Vehicle Rental/Lodging (Screen 2)

( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 11:53:11
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
R A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 VEHICLE RENTAL/LODGING

RENTER RETURN STE/CNTRY

RETURN LOCATION ID
PHONE NUMBER
CUST SERVICE 800 NBR
RENTAL CLASS
RENTAL RATE INDICATOR
RENTAL RATE
CL TAX INDICATOR
CAR/LODGING TAX AMT 00000.00
PER MILE INDICATOR
PER MILE RATE 000000000000
TOTAL MILES INDICATOR Y
TOTAL MILES 0000

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

RENTER RETURN Code that identifies the state/country where the vehicle was
STE/CNTRY returned.
3C

RETURN LOCATION Code used to identify the location of the vehicle rental return.
ID
10C

PHONE NUMBER Local phone number of a specific property.

10N

CUST SERVICE 800 Customer service number used to resolve questions.

NBR
10N

RENTAL CLASS Class of vehicle rented.

2C

February 2008 8–66

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

RENTAL RATE Flag that indicates if a rental rate is supplied. The values are:
INDICATOR Y = Supplied
1C
Space = Not supplied.

RENTAL RATE Rental rate charged for the vehicle.

12N

CL TAX INDICATOR Flag that indicates if a vehicle/lodging tax amount is supplied.

1C The values are:
Y = Supplied
Space = Not supplied.

CAR/LODGING TAX Monetary value of the tax applied to the transaction.

AMT
9N

PER MILE INDICATOR Flag that indicates if a per mile rate is supplied. The values are:
1C
Y = Supplied
Space = Not supplied.

PER MILE RATE Rate charged for each mile traveled by customer.
12N

TOTAL MILES Flag that indicates if total miles are supplied. The values are:
INDICATOR
Y = Supplied
1C
Space = Not supplied.

TOTAL MILES Number of total miles driven by the customer.

4N
Press the Forward function key to display a third vehicle rental/lodging screen.

February 2008 8–67

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG08—Vehicle Rental/Lodging (Screen 3)

( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 11:53:11
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
R A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 VEHICLE RENTAL/LODGING

MAX FREE MILES INDIC

MAX FREE MILES 0000
INSURANCE INDICATOR
INSURANCE AMOUNT 0000000000.00
ADJUSTMENT INDICATOR
ADJUSTMENT AMOUNT 0000000000.00
PROGRAM CODE
PHONE INDICATOR
PHONE AMOUNT 0000000000.00
REST/ROOM SVC INDICATOR
REST/ROOM SVC AMT 0000000000.00
BAR INDICATOR
BAR AMOUNT 0000000000.00

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

MAX FREE MILES Flag that indicates if maximum free miles are supplied. The
INDIC values are:
1C
Y = Supplied
Space = Not supplied.

MAX FREE MILES Number of free miles allowed to a customer for the duration of
4N the vehicle rental agreement.

INSURANCE Code used to specify if insurance was purchased by the

INDICATOR customer.
1C

INSURANCE AMOUNT Monetary amount charged to the customer for purchasing

12N vehicle rental insurance.

February 2008 8–68

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

ADJUSTMENT Code that identifies any miscellaneous charges incurred after

INDICATOR the vehicle was returned. The values are:
1C
Space = No additional charges
A = Drop-off charges
B = Delivery charges
C = Parking expenses
D = Extra hours
E = Violations
X = More than one of the above.

ADJUSTMENT Monetary value of miscellaneous vehicle rental charges

AMOUNT incurred after the vehicle was returned.
12N

PROGRAM CODE Identifies special circumstances, for instance, “no show.”

2C

PHONE INDICATOR Flag that indicates if a telephone charge is supplied. The values
1C are:
Y = Supplied
Space = Not supplied.

PHONE AMOUNT Total charges for telephone calls.

12N

REST/ROOM SVC Flag that indicates if a hotel restaurant or a room service charge
INDICATOR is supplied. The values are:
1C
Y = Supplied
Space = Not supplied.

REST/ROOM SVC AMT Total amount of hotel restaurant or room service charges.
12N

BAR INDICATOR Flag that indicates if a bar charge is supplied. The values are:
1C
Y = Supplied
Space = Not supplied.

BAR AMOUNT Monetary value of bar charges.

12N
Press the Forward function key to display a fourth vehicle rental/lodging screen.

February 2008 8–69

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG08—Vehicle Rental/Lodging (Screen 4)

( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 11:53:11
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
R A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 VEHICLE RENTAL/LODGING

GIFT SHOP INDICATOR

GIFT SHOP AMOUNT 0000000000.00
LAUNDRY INDICATOR
LAUNDRY AMOUNT 0000000000.00
OTHER SERVICE CODE
OTHER SERVICE AMT 0000000000.00
WEEKLY RATE/RENTAL AMT 0000000000.00
FUEL CHARGE 0000000000.00
ONE-WAY DROP-OFF 0000000000.00
PREPAID EXPENSE 0000000000.00
FOLIO CASH ADVANCE 0000000000.00
AUTO TOWING AMOUNT 0000000000.00
REGULAR MILES AMT 0000000000.00

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

GIFT SHOP Flag that indicates if a gift shop charge is supplied. The values
INDICATOR are:
1C
Y = Supplied
Space = Not supplied.

GIFT SHOP AMOUNT Total amount of gift shop expenses.

12N

LAUNDRY INDICATOR Flag that indicates if a laundry charge is supplied. The values
1C are:
Y = Supplied
Space = Not supplied.

LAUNDRY AMOUNT Monetary value of dry cleaning charges.

12N

February 2008 8–70

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

OTHER SERVICE Code used to define the “other service amount” applied to the
CODE transaction.
3C

OTHER SERVICE AMT Total amount of other expenses incurred.

12N

WEEKLY RATE/ Rate charged weekly for the rental.

RENTAL AMT
12N

FUEL CHARGE Amount charged for fuel.

12N

ONE-WAY DROP-OFF Charge applied for rentals not returned to the original rental
12N establishment.

PREPAID EXPENSE Prepaid expenses on the transaction.

12N

FOLIO CASH Cash advance obtained at the lodging establishment.

ADVANCE
12N

AUTO TOWING Amount charged for auto towing.

AMOUNT
12N

REGULAR MILES AMT Amount charged for the regular miles.

12N
Press the Forward function key to display a fifth vehicle rental/lodging screen.

February 2008 8–71

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG08—Vehicle Rental/Lodging (Screen 5)

( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 11:53:11
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
R A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 VEHICLE RENTAL/LODGING

EXTRA MILES AMOUNT 0000000000.00

LATE RETURN AMT 0000000000.00
CORPORATE ID
VALET PARKING AMT 0000000000.00
MOVIE AMOUNT 0000000000.00
BUSINESS CENTER AMT 0000000000.00
HEALTH CLUB AMOUNT 0000000000.00
DAYS RENTED 9999
ROOM NIGHTS 9999
TOTAL ROOM TAX 0000000000.00
TOTAL NON-ROOM CHARGES 0000000000.00
MILES/KILOMETERS INDICATOR
TOTAL AUTHORIZED AMOUNT 0000000000.00

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

EXTRA MILES Amount charged for the extra miles used on the vehicle.
AMOUNT
12N

LATE RETURN AMT Amount charged for the late return of the vehicle.
12N

CORPORATE ID Unique code that identifies the corporation or entity renting the
12C vehicle.

VALET PARKING AMT Amount associated with the use of valet services.
12N

MOVIE AMOUNT Amount charged for movie rentals.

12N

BUSINESS CENTER Amount charged for use of the business center.

AMT
12N

February 2008 8–72

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

HEALTH CLUB Amount charged for use of the health club.

AMOUNT
12N

DAYS RENTED Number of days the vehicle was rented.

4N

ROOM NIGHTS Number of nights the room was rented.

4N

TOTAL ROOM TAX Total of all room taxes.

12N

TOTAL NON-ROOM Total cost for all non-room-related charges.

CHARGES
12N

MILES/KILOMETERS Code that indicates whether the charge is based on miles or

INDICATOR kilometers.
1C

TOTAL AUTHORIZED Amount reserved on the credit card to cover the anticipated
AMOUNT charges associated with the vehicle rental or lodging stay.
12N
Press the Forward function key to display a sixth vehicle rental/lodging screen.

February 2008 8–73

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG08—Vehicle Rental/Lodging (Screen 6)

( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 11:53:11
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
R A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 VEHICLE RENTAL/LODGING

EXTRA CHARGES 0000000000.00

TOTAL NON-ROOM TAX AMT 0000000000.00
FIRE SAFETY ACT INDICATOR X

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

EXTRA CHARGES Amount of extra charges associated with the transaction.

12N

TOTAL NON-ROOM Total amount of taxes for all items not specifically related to the
TAX AMT room rental during the stay.
12N

FIRE SAFETY ACT Code that indicates that the facility is in compliance with local
INDICATOR fire safety laws.
1C

 If more than one occurrence of the Vehicle/Lodging addendum data

is provided, the fields CHECK IN DATE through FIRE SAFETY ACT
INDICATOR are repeated up to a maximum of four occurrences.

When you finish viewing the screen, press Enter to review additional transaction preamble
details.

February 2008 8–74

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG09—Fleet (Screen 1)
( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 11:53:11
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
R A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 FLEET

OIL COMPANY BRAND-NAME CD 9999

MERCHANT ADDRESS XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
MERCHANT POSTAL CODE XXXXXXXXXX
PURCHASE TIME 9999
MOTOR FUEL SERVICE TYPE X
MOTOR FUEL PRODUCT CODE 999
MOTOR FUEL UNIT PRICE 999999999999
MOTOR FUEL UOM X
MOTOR FUEL QUANTITY 999999
MOTOR FUEL QUANTITY EXPONENT 9
MOTOR FUEL SALES-AMT 999999999999
ODOMETER READING XXXXXXX
VEHICLE NUMBER 00000000000000654

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

OIL COMPANY Brand name of the merchant oil company.

BRAND-NAME CD
4C

MERCHANT Street address where the product was purchased.

ADDRESS
30C

MERCHANT POSTAL Postal code of the merchant site.

CODE
10C

PURCHASE TIME Time of day the purchase was made.

4N

MOTOR FUEL Type of service.

SERVICE TYPE
1C

February 2008 8–75

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

MOTOR FUEL Motor fuel product code translated by the acquirer from the
PRODUCT CODE information entered by the attendant.
3N

MOTOR FUEL UNIT Motor fuel price per unit.

PRICE
12N

MOTOR FUEL UOM Unit of measurement (gallon or liter) for the fuel dispensed.
1C

MOTOR FUEL Number of units of fuel purchased.

QUANTITY
6N

MOTOR FUEL Number that indicates the location of the decimal point in the
QUANTITY MOTOR FUEL QUANTITY field for MasterCard IPM transactions
EXPONENT and for Europay transactions.
1N

MOTOR FUEL SALES- Product of the value for MOTOR FUEL QUANTITY times the value
AMT for MOTOR FUEL UNIT PRICE.
12N

ODOMETER READING Vehicle odometer reading entered by the purchaser.

7C

VEHICLE NUMBER Vehicle number assigned by the business using the fleet card.
17C
Press the Forward function key to display a second Fleet screen.

February 2008 8–76

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG09—Fleet (Screen 2)
( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 11:53:11
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
R A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 FLEET

DRIVER/ID NUMBER XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

PRODUCT TYPE CODE X
COUPON/DISCOUNT AMOUNT 999999999999
TAX AMOUNT 1 XXXXXXXXXXXX
TAX AMOUNT 2 XXXXXXXXXXXX
NET FUEL PRICE 99999999999999
NET FUEL PRICE EXPONENT 9

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

DRIVER/ID NUMBER Driver number assigned by the business using the fleet card.
17C

PRODUCT TYPE Card magnetic stripe code that indicates which prompts display
CODE at the POS.
1C

COUPON/DISCOUNT Amount of the coupon or discount.

AMOUNT
12N

TAX AMOUNT 1 Tax amount for corporate use.

12C

TAX AMOUNT 2 Tax amount for corporate use.

12C

February 2008 8–77

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

NET FUEL PRICE Total cost of the fuel purchased, not including fuel taxes.
12N

NET FUEL PRICE Exponent that indicates the decimal location for the net fuel
EXPONENT price.
1N
When you finish viewing the screen, press Enter to review additional transaction preamble
details.

February 2008 8–78

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG09—Commercial Card Fleet (Screen 1)

( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 11:53:11
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
R A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 COMMERCIAL CARD - FLEET

FEDERAL NON-FUEL TAX EXEMPT 1

FEDERAL NON FUEL TAX 000000000.00
FEDERAL FUEL TAX EXEMPT 0
FEDERAL FUEL TAX 000000000.00
STATE FUEL TAX EMEMPT 1
STATE FUEL TAX 00000000.00
COUNTY FUEL SALES TAX EXEMPT 1
COUNTY FUEL SALES TAX 000000000.0
LOCAL NON FUEL TAX EXEMPT 1
LOCAL NON FUEL TAX 000000000.00
COUNTY MOTOR FUEL TAX EXEMPT 1
COUNTY MOTOR FUEL TAX 000000000.00

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

FEDERAL NON-FUEL Flag that indicates whether the item is exempt or nonexempt
TAX EXEMPT from the federal tax (non-fuel). The values are:
1N
0 = Nonexempt
1 = Exempt.

FEDERAL NON FUEL Amount of federal tax (non-fuel.

TAX
12N

FEDERAL FUEL TAX Flag that indicates whether the item is exempt or nonexempt
EXEMPT from the federal tax (fuel). The values are:
1N
0 = Nonexempt
1 = Exempt.

FEDERAL FUEL TAX Amount of federal tax (fuel).

12N

February 2008 8–79

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

STATE FUEL TAX Flag that indicates whether the item is exempt or nonexempt
EXEMPT from the state fuel tax. The values are:
1N
0 = Nonexempt
1 = Exempt.

STATE FUEL TAX Amount of state fuel tax.

12N

COUNTY FUEL SALES Flag that indicates whether the item is exempt or nonexempt
TAX EXEMPT from the county fuel sales tax. The values are:
1N
0 = Nonexempt
1 = Exempt.

COUNTY FUEL SALES Amount of county fuel sales tax.

TAX
12N

LOCAL NON FUEL Flag that indicates whether the item is exempt or nonexempt
TAX EXEMPT from the non-fuel local sales tax. The values are:
1N
0 = Nonexempt
1 = Exempt.

LOCAL NON FUEL Amount of non-fuel local tax.

TAX
12N

COUNTY MOTOR Flag that indicates whether the item is exempt or nonexempt
FUEL TAX EXEMPT from the county motor fuel tax. The values are:
1N
0 = Nonexempt
1 = Exempt.

COUNTY MOTOR Amount of county motor fuel tax.

FUEL TAX
12N
Press the Forward function key to display a second Commercial Card Fleet screen.

February 2008 8–80

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG09—Commercial Card Fleet (Screen 2)

( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 11:53:11
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
R A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 COMMERCIAL CARD - FLEET

CITY FUEL SALES TAX EXEMPT 1

CITY FUEL SALES TAX 000000000.00
CITY MOTOR FUEL TAX EXEMPT 0
CITY MOTOR FUEL TAX 000000000.00
SECONDARY STATE FUEL TAX EXEMPT 1
SECONDARY STATE FUEL TAX 000000000.00
FEDERAL SALES TAX EXEMPT 000000000.00
FEDERAL SALES TAX 1

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

CITY FUEL SALES Flag that indicates whether the item is exempt or nonexempt
TAX EXEMPT from the city fuel sales tax. The values are:
1N
0 = Nonexempt
1 = Exempt.

CITY FUEL SALES Amount of city sales fuel tax.

TAX
12N

CITY MOTOR FUEL Flag that indicates whether the item is exempt or nonexempt
TAX EXEMPT from the city motor fuel tax. The values are:
1N
0 = Nonexempt
1 = Exempt.

CITY MOTOR FUEL Amount of city motor fuel tax.

TAX
12N

February 2008 8–81

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

SECONDARY STATE Flag that indicates whether the item is exempt or nonexempt
FUEL TAX EXEMPT from the secondary state fuel tax. The values are:
1N
0 = Nonexempt
1 = Exempt.

SECONDARY STATE Amount of secondary state fuel tax.

FUEL TAX
12N

FEDERAL SALES TAX Flag that indicates whether the item is exempt or nonexempt
EXEMPT from the federal sales tax. The values are:
1N
0 = Nonexempt
1 = Exempt.

FEDERAL SALES TAX Amount of federal sales tax.

12N
When you finish viewing the screen, press Enter to review additional transaction preamble
details.

February 2008 8–82

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG19—Visa Fleet (Screen 1)

( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 11:53:11
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
R A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 VISA FLEET

PRODUCT CODE 1 01
PRODUCT CODE 2 02
PRODUCT CODE 3 03
PRODUCT CODE 4 04
PRODUCT CODE 5 05
PRODUCT CODE 6 06
PRODUCT CODE 7 07
PRODUCT CODE 8 08
PURCHASE TIME 1704
PURCHASE TYPE 1
FUEL TYPE 26
UNIT OF MEASURE K
QUANTITY 12345678.90123

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

PRODUCT CODE 1–8 Motor fuel product code.

2N

PURCHASE TIME Time of day the purchase was made.

4N

PURCHASE TYPE Code to indicate the type of purchase.

1N

FUEL TYPE Code for the type of fuel purchased.

2N

UNIT OF MEASURE Unit of measurement for the fuel dispensed.

1C

QUANTITY Quantity of fuel purchased.

14N
Press the Forward function key to display a second Visa Fleet screen.

February 2008 8–83

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG19—Visa Fleet (Screen 2)

( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 11:53:11
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
R A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 VISA FLEET

UNIT COST 12345678.9012

GROSS FUEL PRICE 12345678.9012
NET FUEL PRICE 12345678.9012
GROSS NON-FUEL PRICE 1234567890.12
NET NON-FUEL PRICE 1234567890.12
ODOMETER 7654321
VAT/TAX RATE 10.50
MISC FUEL TAX 1234567890.12
MISC FUEL TAX EXEMPT 1
MISC NON-FUEL TAX 1234567890.12
MISC NON-FUEL TAX EXEMPT 1
SERVICE TYPE F

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

UNIT COST Motor fuel price per unit.

12N

GROSS FUEL PRICE Total cost of the fuel.

12N

NET FUEL PRICE Net price of the fuel.

12N

GROSS NON-FUEL Total cost of the non-fuel purchase.

PRICE
12N

NET NON-FUEL PRICE Net price of the non-fuel purchases.

12N

ODOMETER Vehicle odometer reading entered by the purchaser.

12N

February 2008 8–84

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

VAT/TAX RATE Rate of the sales tax charged.

12N

MISC FUEL TAX Amount of miscellaneous fuel tax.

12N

MISC FUEL TAX Flag that indicates whether the item is exempt or nonexempt
EXEMPT from the miscellaneous fuel tax. The values are:
1N
0 = Nonexempt
1 = Exempt.

MISC NON-FUEL TAX Amount of miscellaneous non-fuel tax.

12N

MISC NON-FUEL TAX Flag that indicates whether the item is exempt or nonexempt
EXEMPT from the miscellaneous non-fuel tax. The values are:
1N
0 = Nonexempt
1 = Exempt.

SERVICE TYPE Code for the type of service.

1C

February 2008 8–85

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG10—Corporate Common (Screen 1)

( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 11:53:11
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
R A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 CORPORATE COMMON

DYNAMIC TRAN CODE

TOTAL TAX AMOUNT 0000000.00
FREIGHT INDICATOR
FREIGHT AMOUNT 0000000.00
DUTY INDICATOR
DUTY AMOUNT 0000000.00
DESTINATION ZIP CODE
MERCHANT TYPE
MERCHANT ZIP CODE
MERCHANT TAX ID
CARD ACCEPTOR REF NBR XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
MERCHANT STATE/PROV
FROM ZIP CODE

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

DYNAMIC TRAN Code provided to the merchant by the cardholder. Refer to

CODE MasterCard manual for description.
4N

TOTAL TAX AMOUNT Total amount of sales tax on the total purchase.
10N

FREIGHT INDICATOR Flag that indicates if a freight amount is supplied. The values
1C are:
Y = Supplied
Space = Not supplied.

FREIGHT AMOUNT Monetary value of the freight to the total purchase.

10N

DUTY INDICATOR Flag that indicates if a duty amount is supplied. The values are:
1C
Y = Supplied
Space = Not supplied.

February 2008 8–86

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

DUTY AMOUNT Duty on the total purchase.

10N

DESTINATION ZIP Zip code where the goods will be delivered.

CODE
10N

MERCHANT TYPE Code used to identify the merchant’s type of business.

8C

MERCHANT ZIP CODE Zip code of the merchant site.

10N

MERCHANT TAX ID Merchant’s federal tax ID or value-added tax ID.

15N

CARD ACCEPTOR Number that identifies the card acceptor.

REF NBR
25C

MERCHANT STATE/ Code identifying U.S. state or province for non-U.S. merchant.
PROV
3C

FROM ZIP CODE Zip code from which items were shipped.
10N
Press the Forward function key to display a second Corporate Common screen.

February 2008 8–87

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG10—Corporate Common (Screen 2)

( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 11:53:11
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
R A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 CORPORATE COMMON

ALT TAX INDICATOR X

ALTERNATE TAX AMT 9999999.99
TOTAL TAX COLL IND X
DEST COUNTRY CODE XXX
ORDER DATE 99999999
CARD ACCEPTOR VAT NUMBER XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
CUSTOMER VAT NUMBER XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
UNIQUE INVOICE NUMBER XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
AUTHORIZED CONTACT NAME XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
AUTHORIZED CONTACT PHONE 99999999999999999

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

ALT TAX INDICATOR Flag that indicates if an alternate tax amount is included in the
1C purchase amount. The values are:
Y = Supplied
Space = Not supplied.

ALTERNATE TAX AMT Value of an alternate tax applied to transaction.

12N

TOTAL TAX COLL IND Flag that indicates a sales tax amount is included in the total
1C amount. The values are:
Y = Supplied
Space = Not supplied.

DEST COUNTRY Code of country where goods will be delivered.

CODE
3C

February 2008 8–88

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

ORDER DATE Date the item was ordered.

8N

CARD ACCEPTOR Card acceptor’s value-added tax number.

VAT NUMBER
20C

CUSTOMER VAT Customer’s value-added tax number.

NUMBER
20C

UNIQUE INVOICE Unique number created by the card acceptor for this transaction.
NUMBER
17C

AUTHORIZED Name of a person or company contact for company authorized

CONTACT NAME purchases.
36C

AUTHORIZED Telephone number of a person or company contact for company

CONTACT PHONE authorized purchases.
17N
When you finish viewing the screen, press Enter to review additional transaction preamble
details.

February 2008 8–89

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG11—Corp Line Item Detail (Screen 1)

( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 11:53:11
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
R A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 CORP LINE ITEM DETAIL

NBR OF ITEM OCCURS 0001

ITEM PRODUCT CODE
ITEM DESCRIPTION
ITEM QUAN INDICATOR
ITEM QUANTITY 00000
ITEM QUANTITY EXPONENT 9
ITEM UNIT OF MEASURE
ITEM AMOUNT 0000000.00
NET / GROSS IND
VAT RATE APPLIED
VAT TYPE APPLIED
VAT TAX AMOUNT
DISCOUNT INDICATOR

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

NBR OF ITEM Number of actual purchases.

OCCURS
4N

 Each of the following fields occurs up to a maximum of ten times on

the Corp Line Item Detail series of screens to reflect the number of
Corp Line Item Detail addendum records that TRAMS will submit
with a single financial detail.

ITEM PRODUCT CODE Code identifying type of item purchased.

2C

ITEM DESCRIPTION Description of the item purchased.

15C

ITEM QUAN Code that indicates whether a quantity is supplied. The values
INDICATOR are:
1C
Y = Supplied
N = Not supplied.

February 2008 8–90

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

ITEM QUANTITY Quantity of items purchased.

12N

ITEM QUANTITY Exponent (or number of decimals) associated with the item
EXPONENT quantity.
1N

ITEM UNIT OF Unit of measure of items purchased.

MEASURE
1C

ITEM AMOUNT Amount of the item purchased.

10N

NET / GROSS IND Net/gross indicator for the item amount. The values are:
1C
Space = Not supported
Y = Item amount includes the tax amount
N = Item amount does not include the tax amount.

VAT RATE APPLIED Rate of the value-added tax applied to the transaction.
5N

VAT TYPE APPLIED Type of value-added tax applied to this transaction.

3C

VAT TAX AMOUNT Amount of the value-added tax on the total purchase.
9N

DISCOUNT Code that indicates if a discount has been applied to the

INDICATOR transaction. The values are:
1C
Y = A discount has been applied
N = No discount has been applied.
Press the Forward function key to display a second Corp Line Item Detail screen.

February 2008 8–91

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG11—Corp Line Item Detail (Screen 2)

( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 11:53:11
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
R A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 CORP LINE ITEM DETAIL

DISCOUNT AMT 0000000.00

ITEM DISCOUNT RATE 99999
ITEM DISCOUNT RATE EXP 9
DB/CR INDICATOR D
ALT TAX ID CD
ALT TAX ID 100000001
ITEM TAX AMOUNT 0000000.00
UNIT PRICE 999999999999
UNIT PRICE EXP 9
TYPE OF SUPPLY XX
UNIQUE VAT INVOICE REF NBR XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
LINE ITEM TOTAL AMOUNT 999999999999

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

DISCOUNT AMT Amount of discount applied to the described item.

10N

ITEM DISCOUNT Rate at which the item has been discounted.

RATE
5N

ITEM DISCOUNT RATE Exponent applied to the item discount rate.

EXP
1N

DB/CR INDICATOR Code that identifies the item as a debit or credit. The values are:
1C
D = Debit
C = Credit.

February 2008 8–92

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

ALT TAX ID CD Code that indicates whether an alternate tax amount is included
1C in the purchase amount. The values are:
Y = Supplied
Space = Not supplied.

ALT TAX ID Merchant’s tax identification number or merchant reference

15C number.

ITEM TAX AMOUNT Amount of tax applied to the item.

9N

UNIT PRICE Item price per unit.

12N

UNIT PRICE EXP Exponent applied to the unit price.

1N

TYPE OF SUPPLY Code that indicates whether the item is defined as a good or a
2C service.

UNIQUE VAT INVOICE Unique value-added tax invoice reference number or tax receipt
REF NBR number.
17C

LINE ITEM TOTAL Total amount of all line items.

AMOUNT
12N

 If more than one occurrence of the Corporate Line Item addendum

data is provided, the fields ITEM PRODUCT CODE through LINE
ITEM TOTAL AMOUNT are repeated up to a maximum of ten
occurrences.
When you finish viewing the screen, press Enter to review additional transaction preamble
details.

February 2008 8–93

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG13—Merchant Registration
( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 11:53:11
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
R A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 MERCHANT REGISTRATION

MPS IDENTIFICATION NUMBER 11123456767890987

MERCH LOC STREET ADDR 1
MERCH LOC STREET ADDR 2
FEDERAL TAXPAYER ID NBR 000000000
MERCHANT INC STATUS CODE
SOLE PROP/OWNER LAST NAME
SOLE PROP/OWNER 1ST NAME
SOLE PROP/OWNER MID INIT 32
UNIQUE VAT INV REF NBR
POSTAL CODE

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

MPS IDENTIFICATION Merchant Profile Service identification number, which is Visa-

NUMBER supplied proprietary information. See your Visa documentation
16N for more information.

MERCH LOC STREET Address of the merchant that accepted the card. The first
ADDR 1 position must not be a space.
15C

MERCH LOC STREET Address of the merchant that accepted the card. The first
ADDR 2 position must not be a space.
15C

FEDERAL TAXPAYER Number assigned by the Internal Revenue Service. If the

ID NBR merchant is an individual/sole proprietorship, this field contains
9N the individual’s Social Security number.

February 2008 8–94

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

MERCHANT INC Code that identifies the incorporation status of the merchant
STATUS CODE location. The values are:
1N
0 = Other
1 = Individual/sole proprietorship
2 = Partnership
3 = Corporation.

SOLE PROP/OWNER Last name of the owner if the MERCHANT INC STATUS CODE is 1.
LAST NAME This field must contain a nonrepeating, alphanumeric value and
10C may not be all space-filled or zeros.

SOLE PROP/OWNER First name of the owner if the MERCHANT INC STATUS CODE is 1.
1ST NAME This field must contain a nonrepeating, alphanumeric value and
10C may not be all space-filled or zeros.

SOLE PROP/OWNER Middle initial of the owner if the MERCHANT INC STATUS CODE is
MID INIT 1.
1C

UNIQUE VAT INV REF Unique invoice reference number for value-added tax.
NBR
12N

POSTAL CODE Postal code of the merchant’s location.

10N
When you finish viewing the screen, press Enter to review additional transaction preamble
details.

February 2008 8–95

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG14—MAPP (Screen 1)
( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 11:53:11
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
R A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 MAPP

TRANSACTION TIME
CARDHOLDER EXPIRATION DTE
TRANSACTION OVERRIDE CODE
TRANSACTION CATEGORY CODE
EDC REFERENCE NUMBER
TERMINAL ID
TIP AMOUNT 000000.00
AUTHORIZATION DATE
NETWORK SETTLEMENT DATE
DEBIT NETWORK ID
NETWORK SETTLEMENT ID
NETWORK SEQUENCE NUMBER
SERVICE ESTABLISHMENT

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

TRANSACTION TIME Time the transaction occurred.

4N

CARDHOLDER Date the card expires.

EXPIRATION DTE
8N

TRANSACTION Code that indicates whether the transaction should be bypassed.

OFERRIDE CODE
1C

TRANSACTION Code that indicates the type of transaction.

CATEGORY CODE
1C

EDC REFERENCE Number assigned to the transaction when it was electronically

NUMBER captured.
8N

February 2008 8–96

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TERMINAL ID Code that identifies the terminal and its location.

5N

TIP AMOUNT Total amount of the tip.

8N

AUTHORIZATION Date the authorization was obtained.

DATE
6N

NETWORK Date the transaction was settled in the network.

SETTLEMENT DATE
6N

DEBIT NETWORK ID Code that identifies the debit network.

5N

NETWORK Code that identifies the settlement network.

SETTLEMENT ID
5N

NETWORK Number assigned by the network during the clearing of the

SEQUENCE NUMBER transaction.
5N

SERVICE Code that identifies the merchant establishment where the

ESTABLISHMENT transaction took place.
5C
Press the Forward function key to display a second MAPP screen.

February 2008 8–97

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG14—MAPP (Screen 2)
( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 11:53:11
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
R A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 MAPP

DOWNGRADE CODE
TERMINAL DATE
TERMINAL TIME

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

DOWNGRADE CODE Code assigned during authorization. For current values, refer to
3C the Global Payment System manuals.

TERMINAL DATE Date the transaction occurred at the terminal.

6N

TERMINAL TIME Time the transaction occurred at the terminal.

4N
When you finish viewing the screen, press Enter to review additional transaction preamble
details.

February 2008 8–98

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG15—Fraud (Screen 1)
( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 11:53:11
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
R A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 FRAUD

FRAUD PROCESSING DATE 000000

CARD EXPIRATION DATE
ACCOUNT SEQUENCE
FRAUD TYPE
NOTIFICATION CODE
ACCT NBR EXT
RESPONSE CODE
ISSUER GEN AUTH
MERCHANT POSTAL CODE
INVESTIGATE STATUS
MARKET SEGMENT CODE
CARD VALID FROM
MULTI CLR SEQ 00

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

FRAUD PROCESSING Date the fraud transaction was processed.

DATE
6N

CARD EXPIRATION Date that the card expires.

DATE
6N

ACCOUNT Number that identifies the transaction within the batch.

SEQUENCE
10N

FRAUD TYPE Code that identifies the type of fraud activity. Refer to the Visa
1N BASE II Clearing and Settlement Codes and Processes manual
for current valid values and their descriptions.

NOTIFICATION CODE Transaction status. Refer to the Visa BASE II Clearing and
1N Settlement Codes and Processes manual for current values and
their descriptions.

February 2008 8–99

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

ACCT NBR EXT Extension for an account number that is greater than 16 digits.
5N

RESPONSE CODE Code that identifies the type of response contained in this
1N transaction. Refer to the Visa BASE II Clearing and Settlement
Codes and Processes manual for current values and their
descriptions.

ISSUER GEN AUTH Code that identifies how the authorization was obtained. Refer
1N to the Visa BASE II Clearing and Settlement Codes and
Processes manual for current values and their descriptions.

MERCHANT POSTAL Postal code where the merchant conducts business.

CODE
10N

INVESTIGATE User-defined code that indicates the type of fraud investigation

STATUS for this transaction.
2C

MARKET SEGMENT Code that enables members to specify different parameters

CODE within a BIN. Refer to the Visa BASE II Clearing and
2C Settlement Codes and Processes manual for current values and
their descriptions.

CARD VALID FROM Date after which the card is valid.

6N

MULTI CLR SEQ Multiple clearing sequence number. Sequence of a transaction

2N within the batch.
Press the Forward function key to display a second Fraud screen.

February 2008 8–100

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG15—Fraud (Screen 2)
( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 11:53:11
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
R A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 FRAUD

CARD ACCEPT ID
TERMINAL ID
TRAVEL AGENCY ID
CASHBACK
AUTH CODE
CARDHOLDER ID
POS ENTRY MODE
POS TERM INDICATOR
CARD CAPABILITY
RECORD TYPE INDICATOR
AUDIT CONTROL NUMBER 000000000000000
FRAUD POSTED DATE 000000
MERCHANT CATEGORY CODE

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

CARD ACCEPT ID Code assigned to a card accepted at a merchant location.

15N

TERMINAL ID Terminal and its associated location.

8N

 CARD ACCEPT ID and TERMINAL ID work together to specify the

location of the terminal if a merchant has more than one terminal per
address.

TRAVEL AGENCY ID Code assigned to the travel agent.

5C

CASHBACK Flag that identifies whether a cashback amount was submitted

1C in the authorization request. The values are:
Y = Cashback
N = No cashback.

February 2008 8–101

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

AUTH CODE Code issued to this transaction when authorization approval

2C was obtained.

CARDHOLDER ID Cardholder identification used by this merchant. Refer to your

1C Visa User’s Manual for more information. The values are:
Space = Not specified
1 = Signature
2 = PIN
3 = Unattended terminal; no PIN pad
4 = Mail/telephone order.

POS ENTRY MODE Mode in which the merchant’s POS captures transactions. Refer
2N to the Visa BASE II Clearing and Settlement Codes and
Processes manual for current values and their descriptions.

POS TERM Type of POS terminal used to generate this transaction. Refer to
INDICATOR the Visa BASE II Clearing and Settlement Codes and Processes
1N manual for current values and their descriptions.

CARD CAPABILITY Code that identifies the card capability for the terminal. Refer to
1N the Visa BASE II Clearing and Settlement Codes and Processes
manual for current values and their descriptions.

RECORD TYPE Code that identifies the type of fraud record. The values are:
INDICATOR
1 = Fraud information only
1N
2 = Fraud with NRI
3 = NRI only
4 = Convenience check fraud
5 = Convenience check fraud with NRI
6 = Convenience check NRI only.

AUDIT CONTROL Unique number assigned to each fraudulent transaction reported

NUMBER to and accepted by SAFE. This number is required to make
15N changes or deletions to a member’s file.

FRAUD POSTED Date the transaction was posted as fraudulent at the member’s
DATE site.
6N

MERCHANT Code that identifies the type of business.

CATEGORY CODE
4N
Press the Forward function key to display a third Fraud screen.

February 2008 8–102

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG15—Fraud (Screen 3)
( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 11:53:11
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
R A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 FRAUD

ORIG TRANSACTION TIME

TRANSACTION AMOUNT
TRANSACTION CURRENCY CODE
TRANSACTION CURRENCY EXP
CARDHOLDER BILL AMOUNT
CARDHOLDER BILL CURR CDE
CARDHOLDER BILL CURR EXP
CARD TYPE
SUB-FRAUD TYPE CODE
SPECIAL CHARGEBACK IND
COUNTERFEIT INS ELIG
DELETE DUPLICATES FLAG
SECURITY BULLETIN NUMBER

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

ORIG TRANSACTION Local time the transaction took place at the merchant location.
TIME
4N

TRANSACTION Amount of the transaction.

AMOUNT
12N

TRANSACTION Code that indicates the currency used for this transaction.
CURRENCY CODE
2N

TRANSACTION Number that indicates the location of the decimal point in the
CURRENCY EXP transaction amount.
1N

CARDHOLDER BILL Amount that appears on the cardholder’s statement in the

AMOUNT cardholder’s billing currency.
8N

February 2008 8–103

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

CARDHOLDER BILL Code that indicates the cardholder’s billing currency.

CURR CDE
3N

CARDHOLDER BILL Number that indicates the location of the decimal point in the
CURR EXP cardholder’s billing amount.
1N

CARD TYPE Code that identifies the type of card used for this transaction.
4C

SUB-FRAUD TYPE Code that further explains the fraudulent transaction.

CODE
2C

SPECIAL Code that indicates chargeback status. For valid values, refer to
CHARGEBACK IND your Visa and MasterCard manuals.
3N

COUNTERFEIT INS Code that explains the status of insurance eligibility for this
ELIG transaction.
10C

DELETE DUPLICATES Flag that indicates a potential fraud duplicate. The values are:
FLAG
Y = There is a potential fraud duplicate
1C
N = There is no potential fraud duplicate.

SECURITY BULLETIN Number that determines whether the incoming SAFE

NUMBER transaction has chargeback rights.
3N
Press the Forward function key to display a fourth Fraud screen.

February 2008 8–104

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG15—Fraud (Screen 4)
( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 11:53:11
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
R A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 FRAUD

CASHBACK AMOUNT
CARDHOLDER ACTIVATED TERMNAL
MAIL/PHONE/ELEC COMMERCE IND

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

CASHBACK AMOUNT Amount the customer received with this transaction.

9N

CARDHOLDER Cardholder-activated-terminal indicator. Type of terminal and

ACTIVATED its capability used in this transaction. Refer to the Visa BASE II
TERMINAL Clearing and Settlement Codes and Processes manual for
1C
current values and their descriptions.

MAIL/PHONE/ELEC Mail/telephone or electronic commerce code. Refer to the Visa

COMMERCE IND BASE II Clearing and Settlement Codes and Processes manual
1C for current values and their descriptions.
When you finish viewing the screen, press Enter to review additional transaction preamble
details.

February 2008 8–105

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG16—NRI (Screen 1)
( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 11:53:11
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
R A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 NRI

CARDHOLDER NAME
CARDHOLDER ADDRESS 1
CARDHOLDER ADDRESS 2
CARDHOLDER CITY
CARDHOLDER STATE
CARDHOLDER POSTAL CODE
CARDHOLDER COUNTRY
MAILED DATE
MAILED FROM CITY
MAILED FROM STATE
MAILED FROM POSTAL CODE
MAILED FROM COUNTRY
POSTED DATE 000000

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

CARDHOLDER NAME Full name of the cardholder.

20C

CARDHOLDER First line of the address to which the card was mailed.
ADDRESS 1
20C

CARDHOLDER Second line of the address to which the card was mailed.
ADDRESS 2
20C

CARDHOLDER CITY City to which the card was mailed.

15C

CARDHOLDER STATE Code for the state or province to which the card was mailed.
2C

CARDHOLDER Postal code to which the card was mailed.

POSTAL CODE
10N

February 2008 8–106

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

CARDHOLDER Code for the country to which the card was mailed.
COUNTRY
2C

MAILED DATE Date the card was mailed. The format is year, month, date.
6N

MAILED FROM CITY City from which the card was mailed.
15C

MAILED FROM STATE Code for the state from which the card was mailed.
2C

MAILED FROM Postal code from which the card was mailed.
POSTAL CODE
10N

MAILED FROM Country from which the card was mailed.

COUNTRY

POSTED DATE Date the NRI record was posted at the member’s site. The
6N format is year, month, date.
Press the Forward function key to display a second NRI screen.

February 2008 8–107

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG16—NRI (Screen 2)
( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 11:53:11
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
R A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 NRI

PAYMENT BRAND/PRODUCT
PHONE NBR 0000000000000000

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

PAYMENT BRAND/ Code that identifies the payment brand.

PRODUCT
2C

PHONE NBR Cardholder phone number.

16N
When you finish viewing the screen, press Enter to review additional transaction preamble
details.

February 2008 8–108

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG17—ICS (Screen 1)
( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 11:53:11
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
R A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 ICS

ENTRY DATE 0000000

LOCATOR NUMBER 00000000000
TRACE NUMBER 00000000
SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER 000000000
NAME
PRIMARY ADDRESS
SECONDARY ADDRESS
CITY
STATE
PHONE NUMBER
NON-ALERT APPLICATION CDE
MARKET SEGMENT

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

ENTRY DATE Date, in Julian format (CCYYDDD) that identifies the issuer
7N who generated the transaction for input to ICS.

LOCATOR NUMBER Issuer-assigned number.

11N

TRACE NUMBER Issuer-assigned number used to further identify this transaction.

8N

SOCIAL SECURITY Social Security number from the application or inquiry for
NUMBER information. This field may be zero-filled.
9N

NAME First name, middle initial, and last name of the applicant or
15C cardholder.

PRIMARY ADDRESS Primary address of the person identified in the NAME field. This
30C field includes residence number, direction (North, South), street
name, and street suffix (Street, Drive, Lane).

February 2008 8–109

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

SECONDARY Secondary address of the person identified in the NAME field.

ADDRESS This field includes the apartment number, floor, suite, unit, or
30C other PRIMARY ADDRESS supporting data.

CITY City of the PRIMARY ADDRESS.

15C

STATE Code for the state of the PRIMARY ADDRESS.

2C

PHONE NUMBER Phone number of the person identified in the NAME field.
20C

NON-ALERT Code used for declined applications.

APPLICATION CDE
3N

MARKET SEGMENT Code that identifies the issuer-defined market segment. This
2C field enables issuers to set separate thresholds for up to 26
different market segments under the same BIN. The thresholds
may be based on economic or geographic levels, participation
in a specific credit card program, or other issuer-defined factor.
Press the Forward function key to display a second ICS screen.

February 2008 8–110

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG17—ICS (Screen 2)
( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 11:53:11
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
R A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 ICS

UNAUTH/FRAUD TYPE
CASE NBR
ARREST/INTERNET INDICATOR 1
SENDING POSTAL CODE
ORIG ENTRY DATE 00000000
ORIG LOCATOR NUMBER 00000000000

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

UNAUTH/FRAUD Code that identifies the type of unauthorized usage.

TYPE
2C

CASE NBR Issuer-assigned or law enforcement agency-assigned number

8N that identifies a fraud case or bankruptcy court-assigned full
docket number that includes the judge’s initials. The case
number is sent to ICS as part of the fraud report.

ARREST/INTERNET Code indicating whether the original application was acquired

INDICATOR through the Internet and whether an arrest was made in
1N connection with this fraud activity. The values are:
0 = Original application acquired through a
channel other than the Internet and no arrest
was made (Default)
1 = Original application acquired through a
channel other than the Internet and an arrest
was made

February 2008 8–111

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

2 = Original application acquired through the

Internet and no arrest was made
3 = Original application acquired through the
Internet and an arrest was made.

SENDING POSTAL Postal code of the location from which the card was sent.
CODE
10N

ORIG ENTRY DATE Date the fraud was first reported to ICS by the issuer.
8N

ORIG LOCATOR Original locator number of the transaction that previously

NUMBER contained data about this application or account.
11N
When you finish viewing the screen, press Enter to review additional transaction preamble
details.

February 2008 8–112

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNSEG24—Chip Data
( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 01/06/05 12:12:14
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More: - +
TRans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
A A ST 04/04/05 0524 00001 00000001 CHIP DATA

ICC SYS REL DATA (001-048) 2200204040512345684012345678123456781 PRO11234

ICC SYS REL DATA (049-096) 56789012345612V1VERIFY OK VERIFID 000000010100RE
ICC SYS REL DATA (097-144) SERVED AREA919191117ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWABCDE
ICC SYS REL DATA (145-192) FG5RESERV51234567890
ICC SYS REL DATA (193-240)
ICC SYS REL DATA (241-255)

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

ICC SYS REL DATA System-related data for integrated circuit card system. This
255C field displays chip-based transactions data unique to the
acceptance of an integrated circuit card. Data is displayed in its
original format and is not parsed or edited.
When you finish viewing the screen, press Enter to review additional transaction preamble
details.

February 2008 8–113

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNDTLPL—Private Label
( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 11:53:11
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
R A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 PRIVATE LABEL

REFERENCE NUMBER 0002

REASON CODE 00
CARD ACCEPTOR ID

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

 This screen contains information pertinent to data moved to the

user-defined private label fields in NCVTRAN. Data will be displayed
listing the literal followed by its corresponding value.

 If you are using the Eurocard-MasterCard processor, ACH, CMS, or

MBS, screens will also display information pertinent to data moved
to the user-defined Eurocard-MasterCard, ACH, CMS, and MBS
fields in NCVTRAN. The associated area name will display where
PRIVATE LABEL appears in the above screen and data will be listed
with the literal followed by its corresponding value.

February 2008 8–114

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNDTLPL—ADDNDATA
( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 01/19/04 12:09:25
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More: -
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
A A ST 04/05/04 0006 00001 00000005 ADDNDATA

FLEET ADDENDUM
FLEET TAX RATE APPLIED 00000
FLEET ALT TAX ID 000000000000000
PURCH FMT2 ADDENDUM
NBR OF ITEM OCCURS 0000
UNIT MEASURE XXXXXXXXXXXX
ORDER DATE 000000
SHIP TAX RATE 00000

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

(FLEET ADDENDUM) Description of the addendum message being reported.

15C

TAX RATE APPLIED Rate of the tax applied to the transaction.

5C

FLEET ALT TAX ID Tax ID number of the merchant that reported the alternate tax
15C amount.

(PURCH FMT 2 Description of the addendum message being reported.

ADDENDUM)
15C

NBR OF ITEM Number of actual common addendum occurrences contained in

OCCURS this transaction.
4N

UNIT MEASURE Code that identifies the unit of measure.

12C

February 2008 8–115

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

ORDER DATE Date of the purchase order for this item.

6N

SHIP TAX RATE Rate of the freight/shipping tax applied to this transaction.
5N

February 2008 8–116

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNDTLPL—CMSDATA
( ) (T) TRAN DETAILS (O) OUTPUT RECORDS (H) HELP
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 07/06/05 15:06:20
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS MORE: - +
TRANS MAINT RECORD
STATUS STATUS TYPE DATE RUN BATCH SEQUENCE
R A DT 10/03/05 0001 00001 00000001 CMSDATA

LOGO DUAL CURRENCY IND 0

EFFECTIVE ADJUSTMENT DATE 2005277
ICCR AMOUNT 0000000000000
CURR CONV ASSESSMENT AMT 0000000000000
LOGO 000

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

LOGO DUAL Code that indicates if dual currency is active for this
CURRENCY IND transaction.
1N

EFFECTIVE CMS effective date of the transaction.

ADJUSTMENT DATE
7N

ICCR AMOUNT MasterCard issuer currency conversion rate amount. Monetary

12N amount that is the result of applying the percentage rate set by
the issuer to the sum of the cardholder billing amount (DE 8)
and the currency conversion assessment amount (DE 111).

CURR CONV Monetary amount that is the result of applying MasterCard’s

ASSESSMENT AMT currency conversion assessment adjustment to the currency
12N conversion rate used to convert the transaction amount (DE 4)
to the cardholder billing amount (DE 6) for qualified
transactions.

February 2008 8–117

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

LOGO Identification number of the logo associated with the

3N transaction.
When you finish viewing the screen, press Enter to review additional transaction preamble
details.

February 2008 8–118

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNDTLPL—MBSDATA (Screen 1)
( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 11:53:11
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
R A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 MBSDATA

ORG 300
MERCHANT NUMBER 000000001
SEQUENCE NUMBER 0000000
STORE NUMBER 000000412
PRODUCT 02
PLAN 10002
LOGIC-MODULE 210
MTPT-QUAL-LEVEL 085
GOVERNING-STATE FLA
BATCH DATE 0000000
MTPT-BATCH-SOURCE 00000
BATCH NUMBER 00000
BATCH SEQ NBR 00000000

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

ORG Organization number for this transaction.

3N

MERCHANT NUMBER Identification number of the merchant.

9N

SEQUENCE NUMBER Sequence number of the transaction displayed.

8N

STORE NUMBER Store number that originated this batch of transactions.

9N

PRODUCT Card product number associated with the transaction. The

2N values are:
01 = Visa
02 = MasterCard
03–99 = Private label.

February 2008 8–119

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

PLAN MBS credit plan associated with the transaction.

5N

LOGIC-MODULE MBS logic module associated with the transaction.

3N

MTPT-QUAL-LEVEL Qualification level of the transaction. Refer to the

3N “Qualification Levels” appendix in the MBS Screens Guide for
additional information.

GOVERNING-STATE Code that indicates the governing state of this store.

3C

BATCH DATE Batch date assigned to the batch.

7N

MTPT-BATCH- Batch source number contained on the Monetary Transaction

SOURCE record (MTPT).
5N

BATCH NUMBER Transaction batch number.

5N

BATCH SEQ NBR Batch sequence number.

8N
Press the Forward function key to display a second MBSDATA screen.

February 2008 8–120

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNDTLPL—MBSDATA (Screen 2)
( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 11:53:11
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
R A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 MBSDATA

MTPT-REF-BATCH-DATE 0000000
MTPT-REF-BATCH-SOURCE 00000
REF BATCH NBR 00000
MTPT-REF-BATCH-SEQ 00000000
REFERENCE NUMBER
REF AMT 1 00000000000000000
REF AMT 2 00000000000000000
MTPT-REF-NBR-ITEMS 00000000
MTPT-REF-PRODUCT 00
MTPT-REF-PLAN 10002
MTPT-REF-QUAL-LEVEL 000
MTPT-DUP-IN-BATCH-FLAG N
MTPT-DUP-BY-DAY-FLAG N

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

MTPT-REF-BATCH- Batch date contained on the Monetary Transaction Record

DATE (MTPT).
8N

MTPT-REF-BATCH- Source code contained on the Monetary Transaction record

SOURCE (MTPT).
5N

REF BATCH NBR Reference batch number.

5N

MTPT-REF-BATCH- Batch sequence number contained on the Monetary Transaction

SEQ record (MTPT) for the transaction.
8N

REFERENCE NUMBER Reference number associated with the transaction.

5N

REF AMT 1 Amount of transaction.

17N

February 2008 8–121

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

REF AMT 2 Amount of transaction.

17N

MTPT-REF-NBR- Number of items contained on the Monetary Transaction record

ITEMS (MTPT) for the transaction.
8N

MTPT-REF-PRODUCT Reference card product number contained on the Monetary

2N Transaction record (MTPT) for this transaction.

MTPT-REF-PLAN Credit plan number contained on the Monetary Transaction

5N record (MTPT) for the transaction.

MTPT-REF-QUAL- Qualification level contained on the Monetary Transaction

LEVEL record (MTPT) for the transaction.
3N

MTPT-DUP-IN-BATCH- Flag indicating if this transaction is a duplicate transaction

FLAG found in the batch processing run. The values are:
1C
Y = Duplicate transaction found
N = Duplicate transaction not found.

MTPT-DUP-DAY-FLAG Flag indicating whether a duplicated transaction was found in a

1C specific processing day. The values are:
Y = Duplicate transaction found
N = Duplicate transaction not found.
Press the Forward function key to display a third MBSDATA screen.

February 2008 8–122

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNDTLPL—MBSDATA (Screen 3)
( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 11:53:11
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
R A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 MBSDATA

ORIG-GL-SOURCE 5
MTPT-GL-SOURCE 5
MTPT-GOVERNING-STATE
MTPT-QUAL-INDICATOR 6
MTPT-DATA-ENTRY-MODE 0
TRANSACTION CODE 000
MTPT-TRANS-FLAG
MTPT-REJ-REENTRY-FLAG N
MTPT-POST-DATE 0000000
MTPT-ENTRY-DATE 0000000
MTPT-ORIG-OPERATOR
MTPT-LAST-OPERATOR
NBR-ITEMS 00000001

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

ORIG-GL-SOURCE Original general ledger source number of this transaction

1N record.

MTPT-GL-SOURCE General ledger source number of this transaction record. Valid

1N values are:
0 = Local Input (Default)
1 = Pos 1 input
2 = Pos 2 input
3 = Pos 3 input
4 = Data capture input
5 = User input
6 = Generated
7 = Warehoused
8 = Generated
9 = Reserved.

February 2008 8–123

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

MTPT-GOVERNING- State governing the merchant.

STATE
3N

MTPT-QUAL- Code that identifies the qualification level associated with this
INDICATOR transaction. The values are:
1N
0 = Not used
1 = Intrachange
2 = On-us
3 = Domestic
6 = International.

MTPT-DATA-ENTRY- Code that indicates how the transaction was entered. Valid
MODE values are:
1N
0 = Not applicable
1 = Keyed
2 = Swiped
3 = Card-read
4 = Non-card-read
5 = Fallback.

TRANSACTION CODE Transaction code of a specific transaction.

3N

MTPT-TRANS-FLAG Flag indicating the type of transaction. The values are:

1C
C = Credit
M = Memo.

MTPT-REJ-REENTRY Flag that identifies a transaction that previously rejected. The

FLAG values are:
1C
Y = Posted to merchant
N = Not posted to merchant.

MTPT-POST-DATE Date this transaction was posted.

7N

MTPT-ENTRY-DATE Original entry date of this transaction record.

7N

MTPT-ORIG- Operator identification of the person who originated the

OPERATOR transaction.
3C

February 2008 8–124

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

MTPT-LAST- Last operator to update the transaction.

OPERATOR
3C

NBR-ITEMS Number of items represented by this transaction. The default

8N value is 1.
Press the Forward function key to display a fourth MBSDATA screen.

February 2008 8–125

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNDTLPL—MBSDATA (Screen 4)
( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/10/03 11:53:11
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
R A ST 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000005 MBSDATA

ORIGINAL TRANSACTION AMOUNT 00000000000000000

MTPT-INDIV-DISC-FLAG D
MTPT-INDIV-DISC-AMT 00000000000000000
MTPT-INDIV-PART-FLAG C
MTPT-INDIV-PART-AMT 00000000000000000
DESCRIPTION SALES
REFERENCE NUMBER

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

ORIGINAL Original amount of the transaction.

TRANSACTION
AMOUNT
17N

MTPT-INDIV-DISC- Flag that identifies if discount was charged or refunded to the

FLAG merchant The values are:
1C
D = Discount
C = Refund.
The default value is D.

MTPT-INDIV-DISC- Amount of discount associated with the transaction.

AMT
17N

February 2008 8–126

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

MTPT-INDIV-PART- Flag that identifies if participation was paid to the merchant or

FLAG if participation is owed by the merchant. The values are:
1C
D = Debit
C = Credit.
The default value is C.

MTPT-INDIV-PART- Amount of participation associated with the transaction.

AMT
17N

DESCRIPTION Description of the transaction.

40C

REFERENCE NUMBER Reference number associated with this transaction.

23N
When you finish viewing the screen, press Enter to review additional transaction preamble
details.

February 2008 8–127

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNDTLPL—MBSDATA2 (Screen 1)
( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/01/06 13:50:32
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More: - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
R A DT 08/27/05 0135 00001 00000003 MBSDATA2

MTPT-RPT-DESC
AR-ORG 000
ACCOUNT NUMBER
TRANSACTION CODE 0000
AR POST FLAG 00
AR LOGIC MODULE 000
AR AUTH CD
MTPT-SKU 000000000
DEPARTMENT CODE
PL USER
POSTING FLAG 00
PROD REJECT FLAG
PROD SETTLE FLAG

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

MTPT-RPT-DESC Description of this transaction that appears on transaction

15C journals.

AR-ORG Identification number of the accounts receivable organization in

3N which the cardholder’s account resides.

ACCOUNT NUMBER Cardholder account number associated with this transaction.

16N

TRANSACTION CODE Transaction code associated with the transaction. This value can
4N be a CMS transaction code (4 digits) or an MBS transaction
code (3 digits).

AR POST FLAG Accounts receivable transaction flag. The values are:

2C
C = Credit
D = Debit
M = Memo.

February 2008 8–128

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

AR LOGIC MODULE Accounts receivable logic module associated with this

3N transaction.

AR AUTH CD Code that identifies the authorization message associated with

1N the transaction.

MTPT-SKU Stock keeping unit number associated with this transaction.

9N

DEPARTMENT CODE Flag that indicates whether MBS assigns a special rate based on
1C department code of the transaction.

PL USER Identity of the private label user.

10C

POSTING FLAG Flag that indicates settlement posting. The values are:
2N
50 = No store, non-merchant item, or qualified
nonpost non-merchant
51 = No transaction code translation
52 = Invalid transaction code or logic module
53 = Nonpost merchant item
54 = Processed repeat reject or reentry
55 = Processed posted reject or reentry
56 = Non-settled store deposits
57 = Merchant blocked
58 = Not posted to store; record status purging or
purged
59 = No store found
90 = Warehoused.

PROD REJECT FLAG Flag that identifies a transaction that previously rejected. The
1C values are:
Y = Posted to merchant
N = Not posted to merchant.

February 2008 8–129

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

PROD SETTLE FLAG Flag that identifies the settlement status of a transaction. The
1C values are:
B = Invoiced to the merchant
N = Not settled yet
S = Settled by ACH, check, wire, or manual
W = Window settlement transactions.
1-4 = Reserve transactions.
Press the Forward function key to display a second MBSDATA2 screen.

February 2008 8–130

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

TRNDTLPL—MBSDATA2 (Screen 2)
( ) (T) Tran Details (O) Output Records (H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/01/06 13:52:04
TRANSACTION PREAMBLE DETAILS More: - +
Trans Maint Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence
R A DT 08/27/05 0135 00001 00000003 MBSDATA2

BATCH DESCRIPTION
VAR DATA INDICATOR 1
FEE FACTOR NBR 000000000
FEE FACTOR AMT 00000000000000000
FEE INC PER ITEM 000000000
FEE INC RATE 0000000
FEE EX PER ITEM 00000000000000000
FEE EX RATE 0000000
FEE EX AMT 00000000000000000
VISA MERCHANT INTERCHANGE FLAG
VISA TIERED THRESHOLD IND
MASTERCARD THRESHOLD IND

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

BATCH DESCRIPTION Description of the batch data.

20N

VAR DATA INDICATOR Flag that indicates the type of variable data present on the
1N transaction. The values are:
1 = Deposit data
2 = Fee data
3 = Header data.

FEE FACTOR NBR Number used to calculate the fee or expense amount on a per
9N item basis.

FEE FACTOR AMT Monetary amount that MBS uses to calculate the expense
17N amount on a percent rate basis.

FEE INC PER ITEM Per rate item that MBS uses to compute the fee.
9N

February 2008 8–131

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

FEE INC RATE Percent rate that MBS uses to compute the fee.
7N

FEE EX PER ITEM Per item rate that MBS uses to compute the expense amount.
17N

FEE EX RATE Percent rate that MBS uses to compute the expense amount.
7N

FEE EX AMT Amount of expense related to this fee transaction.

17N

VISA MERCHANT Flag that identifies the interchange level for this merchant.
INTERCHANGE FLAG
1C

VISA TIERED Value obtained from the MBS merchant record that indicates
THRESHOLD IND which tier level applies to the merchant if the merchant is
1C eligible for tiered interchange rates. The values are:
0 = Merchant is not eligible for tiered rates
1 = Merchant is eligible for Tier 1 rates
2 = Merchant is eligible for Tier 2 rates
3 = Merchant is eligible for Tier 3 rates.

MASTERCARD Value obtained from the MBS merchant record that indicates
THRESHOLD IND which tier level applies to the merchant if the merchant is
1C eligible for tiered interchange rates. The values are:
0 = Merchant is not eligible for tiered rates
1 = Merchant is eligible for Tier 1 rates
2 = Merchant is eligible for Tier 2 rates
3 = Merchant is eligible for Tier 3 rates.
When you finish viewing the transaction preamble details screen, continue or complete the
function by performing one of the following actions:
‰ If you want to review detailed data for this transaction, press the Actions function key
to move to the action bar. Enter T (transaction details) in the field provided. Refer to
the “Original transaction details” subtopic for help with the resulting screen.
‰ Use a function key to complete the function.
‰ Enter a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter.

Original transaction details

If you continued the function by entering T in the action bar, the system displays a screen
similar to the one following.

February 2008 8–132

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

Original Transaction Details—ITSMI661

( ) (V) View Preamble (O) Output Records (H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 01/07/05 12:43:32
ORIGINAL TRANSACTION DETAILS More: -
Trans Maint Record Auxiliary Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence Rec Name Seq
A A DT 04/04/05 0444 00001 00000001 ITSMI661 0001 of 0001

MERCHANT ZIP CODE 32810

MASTERCOM PC ENDPOINT
POS DATA CODE
BUS ACT - ACC BRAND ID CD
C/H BILLING CURR CD 840
INTERCHANGE LIFE CYC VAL CD 123456789012345

This screen displays information for a MasterCard dispute item passed by the Interchange
Tracking System (ITS) into TRAMS.

Fields

MERCHANT ZIP CODE ZIP code of the location where the merchant conducts business.

MASTERCOM PC MasterCom PC Endpoint number used to route chargeback and

ENDPOINT retrieval documentation.

POS DATA CODE Code used to identify terminal capability, terminal environment,
and presentation of security data. This code indicates specific
conditions that were present at the time the transaction occurred
at the point of service and/or the transaction was initiated. Refer
to your MasterCard manual for values.

BUS ACT - ACC Code that identifies the acceptance brand or financial network
BRAND ID CD associated with the transaction.

February 2008 8–133

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

C/H BILLING CURR CD Code that identifies the currency of the cardholder billing
amount.

INTERCHANGE LIFE Interchange life cycle validation code. The code is a GCMS-
CYC VAL CD generated number based on the original interchange rate
designator (IRD) of the first presentment. This field is used to
ensure that the value of the IRD submitted in the first
presentment remains constant throughout the life cycle of the
transaction. The value is retained and returned in each
subsequent cycle within the transaction life cycle (1240, 1442),
except when one of the members associated with the transaction
is processing in the ECCF format.

February 2008 8–134

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

Original Transaction Details—ITSVSDT

( ) (V) View Preamble (O) Output Records (H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/04/03 10:43:05
ORIGINAL TRANSACTION DETAILS More: +
Trans Maint Record Auxiliary Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence Rec Name Seq
A A DT 10/06/03 0008 00001 00000002 ITSVSDT 0001 of 0001

ACCOUNT NUMBER 0004428270001000186

ACQUIRER REF NBR 24005514200000232314396
JULIAN DATE 2000323
TRANSACTION TIME 0075722
CMS-CARDHOLDER-ORG 800
ORG 000
MERCHANT ID 00000000000
ADJUSTMENT AMOUNT 00000000000.00
ADJUSTMENT INDICATOR
ADJUSTMENT PROCESSING INDIC
ADJUSTMENT DATE 0000000
DESCRIPTION
REFERENCE NUMBER 000000000

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen contains field-by-field detail for the transaction as it was originally received
by TRAMS. Key information redisplays at the top of the screen.

Fields

ACCOUNT NUMBER Number of the account to which the transaction applies.

16N

ACQUIRER REF NBR Identification number assigned to the transaction by the

23N acquirer and used in tracking.

JULIAN DATE Transaction date entered in 4-digit year and 3-digit day.
7N

TRANSACTION TIME Local time at which the transaction took place at the merchant
6N location.

CMS-CARDHOLDER– CMS organization number associated with the transaction.

ORG
3N

February 2008 8–135

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

ORG Organization number associated with the transaction.

3N

MERCHANT ID Unique number that identifies the merchant.

16N

ADJUSTMENT Amount of the adjustment made to the transaction.

AMOUNT
12N

ADJUSTMENT Code that indicates the type of adjustment. Refer to the Visa
INDICATOR BASE II Clearing and Settlement Codes and Processes manual
1C for current values and their descriptions.

ADJUSTMENT Code that indicates the method used to process the adjustment.
PROCESSING INDIC Refer to the Visa BASE II Clearing and Settlement Codes and
1C Processes manual for current values and their descriptions.

ADJUSTMENT DATE Date on which the adjustment to the transaction was made.
6N

DESCRIPTION Description of the adjustment for the transaction.

20C

REFERENCE NUMBER Unique number assigned to the original transaction.

9N

February 2008 8–136

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

Original Transaction Details—UIMS034 (Screen 1)

( ) (V) View Preamble (O) Output Records (H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/04/04 10:43:05
ORIGINAL TRANSACTION DETAILS More: +
Trans Maint Record Auxiliary Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence Rec Name Seq
X X XX 00/00/00 0000 00000 00000000 UIMSO34

TRANSACTION TYPE XX
CARD SEQUENCE NUMBER 000
TRANSACTION DATE 000000
TERMINAL CAPABILITY 000000
COUNTRY CODE 000
INTERNAL TERMINAL SERIAL NBR XXXXXXXX
UNPREDICTABLE NUMBER 00000000
APPLICATION TRAN COUNTER 0000
APP INTERCHANGE PROFILE 0000
CRYPTOGRAM 0000000000000000
DERIVATION KEY INDEX 00
CRYPTOGRAM VERSION XX
TERMINAL VERIFICATION RESULTS 0000000000

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen displays Visa TCR7 smart card data.

Fields

TRANSACTION TYPE Code that identifes the transaction type used by the card to
2C calculate the cryptogram. The values are:
00 = Goods or services purchase
01 = Withdraw/cash advance
02 = Adjustment
03 = Check guarantee (funds guaranteed)
11 = Quasi-cash transaction
17 = Script
19 = Fee collection
20 = Return (of goods)
22 = Adjustment
29 = Funds disbursement
30 = Available funds inquiry
40 = Cardholder account transfer
A0 = COPAC goods or service purchaser
A1 = COPAC withdraw/cash advance.

February 2008 8–137

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

CARD SEQUENCE Sequence number of the primary account number (PAN). This
NUMBER number corresponds to the VisionPLUS chip sequence number.
3N

TRANSACTION DATE Local date that the transaction was authorized.

6N

TERMINAL Code that identifies the card data input, the cardholder
CAPABILITY verification method, and the security supported by the terminal.
6N

COUNTRY CODE Code that identifies the country code of the terminal.
3N

INTERNAL TERMINAL Unique and permanent identification number of the chip

SERIAL NBR terminal assigned by the manufacturer. This number is used to
8C track devices regardless of their location.

UNPREDICTABLE Number used in the generation of the cryptogram for chip

NUMBER transactions. This number provides variability and uniqueness
8N to the cryptogram.

APPLICATION TRAN Count of the transactions performed with this application.

COUNTER
4N

APP INTERCHANGE Code that indicates the specific functions supported by the
PROFILE smart card.
4N

CRYPTOGRAM Clearing cryptogram used to validate transaction processing in

16N the event of a dispute.

DERIVATION KEY Code for the index to the issuer’s list of keys used in online card
INDEX authentication, issuer authentication, and validation of the
2N clearing cryptogram.

CRYPTOGRAM Code that identifies the set of data elements and the algorithm
VERSION used to calculate a cryptogram.
2C

TERMINAL Status of the different functions as seen from the terminal.

VERIFICATION
RESULTS
10N

February 2008 8–138

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

Original Transaction Details—UIMS034 (Screen 2)

( ) (V) View Preamble (O) Output Records (H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/04/04 10:43:05
ORIGINAL TRANSACTION DETAILS More: +
Trans Maint Record Auxiliary Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence Rec Name Seq
X X XX 00/00/00 0000 00000 00000000 UIMSO34

CARD VERIFICATION RESULTS 00000000

CRYPTOGRAM AMOUNT 000000000000
SCRIPT 1 RESULTS 0000000000
SCRIPT 1 IDENTIFIER 0000000000

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Fields

CARD VERIFICATION Code that indicates the results of offline and online processing
RESULTS from the card perspective. These results are available to
8N members in the online message and clearing transaction.

CRYPTOGRAM Amount of the cryptogram when it differs from the authorized

AMOUNT amount.
12N

SCRIPT 1 RESULTS Code that indicates the results of the update command sent by
10N the issuer in the authorization response to the card during online
processing. With this command, the card updates the card
parameters and records the success or failure of the updates.

SCRIPT 1 IDENTIFIER Code that identifies the script that was sent.
10N

February 2008 8–139

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

Original Transaction Details—UIMS045

( ) (V) View Preamble (O) Output Records (H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/04/04 10:43:05
ORIGINAL TRANSACTION DETAILS More: +
Trans Maint Record Auxiliary Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence Rec Name Seq
X X XX 00/00/00 0000 00000 00000000 UIMSO45

RECORD TYPE 0
STATUS 0
BATCH NUMBER 00000
BATCH SEQ NBR 000
MONETARY RECORD TYPE 0
MARKET SEGMENT FORMAT 000
CHIP DATA LENGTH 000

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen displays MasterCard and MasterCard Europe DE 55 smart card data.

Fields

RECORD TYPE Length of the record type field.

1C

STATUS Length of the status field.

1N

BATCH NUMBER Length of the batch number field.

5N

BATCH SEQ NBR Length of the batch sequence number field.

3N

MONETARY RECORD Length of the monetary transaction type field.

TYPE
1N

February 2008 8–140

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

MARKET SEGMENT Length of the market segment format field.

FORMAT
3N

CHIP DATA LENGTH Length of the chip data field.

3N
Paging options may apply to this function. Refer to the “Working in TRAMS” chapter for
help with paging. Choosing the Forward or Backward paging options moves you within
the same record. The Previous and Next options move you between records. If there are no
more records to display, the display does not change if you chose Next. Pressing Enter
moves you to the next page of the record. If there are no more pages to display, you move
to the next record. If there are no more records to display, you return to the Action List.
The screen consists of two columns. The left column contains each field name as defined
within Application Generator. These values are established through the Application
Generator Record Definition functions and associated with a message table that is
uploaded to the host computer. The right column contains the data value within the field.
Values are left-justified and non-zero-filled.

 If the system located a field that is not defined through Application

Generator, the message NOT FOUND appears in the left-hand
column.

Exiting the function

When you finish reviewing the Original Transaction Details screen, complete or continue
the function by performing one of the following actions:
‰ Switch back to the transaction preamble by typing V, or display the output records by
typing O in the action bar.
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Enter a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter.

Output record details

If you continued the function by entering O in the action bar, the system displays a screen
similar to the one following.

February 2008 8–141

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

Output Record Details

( ) (V) View Preamble (T) Tran Details (H) Help
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 09/16/03 13:09:51
OUTPUT RECORD DETAILS More: +
Trans Maint Record Output Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence Rec Name Seq
A A ST 10/06/03 0017 00002 00000001 M1644CP1 0001 of 0002
VALID ADDENDUM
FUNCTION CODE 000
ACQUIRING INST ID 00000000000
FORWARDING INST ID 00000000000
TRAN LIFE CYC SUP IND
TRAN LIFE CYC TRACE ID
MESSAGE NUMBER 00000000
TRAN DEST INST ID CD 00000000000
TRAN ORIG INST ID CD 00000000000
RECV INST ID CD 00000000000
ORIGINATION MESSAGE FORMAT 0
TRAN DESC - USAGE CD 00
TRAN DESC - INDUSTRY REC NBR 000
TRAN DESC - OCCURRENCE IND 000

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen displays the IPM addendum data on the output file for the selected transaction.
The PDS fields on the output record are shown in the IPM format.
This screen is displayed by selecting the (O) Output Records option from the Transaction
Action List, Preamble, Segment (for example, Fleet, Purchasing) or Original Transaction
Details screens.

Fields

(VALIDITY Description of the validity of the addendum record. The values

INDICATOR) are Valid Addendum or Invalid Addendum. If invalid, this field
will also include the reason why the record is invalid (for
example, bad MCC).

FUNCTION CODE Code that identifies the specific purpose of the message.
3N

ACQUIRING INST ID Code that identifies the transaction acquirer.

11N

February 2008 8–142

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide TRANMENU
Transactions

FORWARDING INST ID Code that identifies the institution in a transaction flow that
11N sends a message forward from the originating institution.

TRAN LIFE CYC SUP Code that identifies the type of life cycle support associated
IND with this transaction.
1C

TRAN LIFE CYC Data that identifies the trace associated with this transaction.
TRACE ID
15C

MESSAGE NUMBER Number assigned to data messages in a file by the transaction

8N originator.

TRAN DEST INST ID Code that identifies the transaction destination institution.
CD
11N

TRAN ORIG INST ID Code that identifies the transaction originator institution.
CD
11N

RECV INST ID CD Code that identifies the institution receiving the transaction.
11N

ORIGINATION Code that identifies the message format in which the clearing
MESSAGE FORMAT system received a mesage.
1N

TRAN DESC - USAGE Code that identifies the type of addendum data provided. (Used
CD by MasterCard)
2N

TRAN DESC - Code used with the usage code to uniquely identify the
INDUSTRY REC NBR addendum data format used by MasterCard.
3N

TRAN DESC - Code that identifies the specific occurrence number of each
OCCURRENCE IND addendum data in a particular usage code. (Used by
3N MasterCard)

February 2008 8–143

 Chapter 9

EXCEPTMENU
Exception Transactions

Exception transactions are transactions that TRAMS could not process normally. TRAMS
Process Input programs recognize these transactions as they process. The system is able to
store exception transactions in its database and make them available for later review and
correction. Alternatively, your organization can route exception transactions to another
destination for correction.

Reject items
Reject items are items that failed certain edits established within the system. For example,
as the system processes, it checks each transaction for a valid account number, date, etc. If
a field within the transaction does not pass one or more edits, the system rejects the entire
transaction. Rejected transactions captured throughout the day are available online for
review, including the reason for the reject and any possible solution. Users can review the
transactions, correcting erroneous fields within each transaction.
Under Reject Options (accessible through the Control Options Menu), your organization
has the option of setting controls over rejected transactions. You may choose to establish a
maximum number of rejected transactions allowed within a file; if that number is
exceeded, TRAMS rejects the entire file. You can also choose whether or not you want to
release batches, cash letters, and files if any of these contain rejected items.

Suspense items
Suspense items are those that are correct but which require some type of review,
verification, or manual intervention before they can be released. Suspense transactions, as
with reject items, are stored in the database for review and decision making. For example,
suppose that a customer has reported a credit card as lost or stolen. Within TRAMS, the
organization can set up controls to flag all transactions for the lost/stolen card as suspense
items, requiring that they be reviewed and verified as legitimate. Another example of

February 2008 9–1

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide EXCEPTMENU
Exception Transactions

transactions that may be processed as suspense items are those that do not fall within
certain minimum/maximum monetary parameters.
Your organization sets up reject and suspense reason codes within the Messages table,
accessible through the Application Generator.

Accessing exception items

To access reject and suspense items, select Exception Items from the Main Menu, or type
the command EXCEPTMENU in the command line. Press Enter.
The system displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 9–2

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide EXCEPTMENU
Exception Transactions

EXCEPTMENU—Exception Transactions Menu

( ) (H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCEPTMENU TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/18/01 11:53:28
EXCEPTION TRANSACTIONS MENU

Select one of the following and press Enter. Include any search options below.

( ) 1. Reject Transactions
2. Suspense Transactions

Date Run Batch Sequence

Search . . . . . ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
Inst Appl Tran Reason Status
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )

COMMAND ===>
F1=HELP F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS

Using this menu, you can access detailed information for rejected or suspended
transactions. To select an option, enter the number identifying the option in the field
provided, then select any search options as explained in the following topic.

Search options
The Exception Transactions Menu enables you to target and search for specific exception
items. The top row of the Search fields are key fields; the bottom row are nonkey fields.
Remember that your search entries determine the resulting display, as described in the
“Working in TRAMS” chapter of this guide.
‰ To target a specific processing date, enter the six-digit date in the DATE field beside
the Search prompt. Any resulting action list will begin with the targeted date. You can
use this entry in combination with any other search fields.
‰ To target a specific TRAMS run, enter the four-digit run number in the RUN field
beside the Search prompt. Any resulting action list will begin with the targeted run.
You can use this entry in combination with any other search fields.
‰ To target a specific batch of transactions, enter the five-digit batch number in the
BATCH field beside the Search prompt. Any resulting action list will begin with the
targeted batch. You can use this entry in combination with any other search fields.
‰ To target a specific transaction within a batch, enter the eight-digit sequence number
identifying the transaction in the SEQUENCE field beside the Search prompt. Any

February 2008 9–3

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide EXCEPTMENU
Exception Transactions

resulting action list will begin with the targeted transaction. You can use this entry in
combination with the DATE, RUN, and BATCH fields.
‰ To target a specific institution, enter the four-digit institution number in the INST field
beside the Search prompt. Any resulting action list will begin with exception items
for the targeted institution. You can use this entry in combination with any other
search fields.
‰ To target a specific application, enter the four-digit application number in the APPL
field beside the Search prompt. Any resulting action list will begin with exception
items for the targeted application. You can use this entry in combination with any
other search fields.
‰ To target a specific type of transaction, enter the four-digit transaction code in the
TRAN field beside the Search prompt. Any resulting action list will begin with
exception items with the targeted transaction code. You can use this entry in
combination with any other search fields.
‰ To target items that were rejected or suspended for a specific reason, enter the four-
digit reason code in the REASON field beside the Search prompt. Any resulting action
list will begin with items excepted for the targeted reason. You can use this entry in
combination with any other search fields.
‰ To target items with a specific classification, enter the one-character status code in the
STATUS field beside the Search prompt. The values are:

B = Both reject and suspense

E = Reentered
L = Released
R = Reject only
S = Suspended only.
Any resulting action list will begin with items assigned that status. You can use this entry
in combination with any other search fields.
When these steps are complete, press Enter. Now, turn to the appropriate subsection and
continue with the instructions for your chosen function.

Reject transactions
Purpose
This function lets you review, correct, or delete items that TRAMS rejected during
processing.

Special fastpath handling

Batch Information functions include specialized handling for certain fastpath commands,
as follows:
‰ FILELIST results in a File Header action list positioned at the file containing the
reject transaction.

February 2008 9–4

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide EXCEPTMENU
Exception Transactions

‰ CASHLIST results in a Cash Letter action list positioned at the first cash letter
containing the rejected transaction. If the rejected transaction you were on when you
issued the command was not part of a Cash Letter, the action list will be positioned at
the next cash letter in the cash letter file.
‰ BATCHLIST results in a Batch Header action list positioned at the batch containing
the rejected transaction.
‰ TRNREFLIST results in a Transaction action list positioned at the transaction.
‰ SUSPLIST results in a Suspense Transaction action list positioned at the suspended
transaction if the rejected transaction you were on when you issued the command was
also suspended. If it was not, the action list will be positioned at the next suspended
transaction in the suspense file.

Accessing reject transactions

To access this function, select Reject Transactions from the Exception Transactions Menu
or type the command REJLIST in the command line. Enter any search criteria if you are
using the menu. Press Enter. The system displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 9–5

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide EXCEPTMENU
Exception Transactions

REJECTLIST—Reject Action List

REJECTLIST TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 03/23/06 13:28:10
REJECT ACTION LIST More: +

Type actions next to selected objects. Then press Enter.

S=Search U=Update V=View D=Delete F=Update Full Tran T=View Full Tran

Action Date Run Batch Sequence

( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
Inst Appl Tran Reason Status
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
Action Sts Date Run Batch Seq Inst Appl Tran Reas Amount Nbr
( * ) R A 04/10/06 0001 00004 000001 9300 0001 0040 4431 107.00 02
( * ) R A 04/10/06 0002 00001 000001 9000 0001 0005 3030 101.00 01
( ) R A 04/10/06 0002 00003 000001 9000 0001 0005 3030 101.00 01
( ) R A 04/10/06 0003 00001 000001 9000 0001 0005 3030 101.00 01
( ) R A 04/10/06 0003 00003 000001 9000 0001 0005 3030 101.00 01
( ) R A 04/10/06 0003 00005 000001 9000 0001 0005 3030 101.00 01
( ) R A 04/10/06 0003 00007 000001 9000 0001 0005 3030 101.00 01
( ) R A 04/10/06 0004 00001 000001 9000 0001 0005 3030 101.00 01
( ) R A 04/10/06 0004 00003 000001 9000 0001 0005 3030 101.00 01
( ) R A 04/10/06 0004 00005 000001 9000 0001 0005 3030 101.00 01

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen consists of an action list that displays rejected items that are available for your
review. If you targeted any information using the Exception Transactions Menu search
options, the list displays the items that correspond to the criteria you entered.
Paging options may apply to this function. Refer to the “Working in TRAMS” chapter for
help with paging.

Fields

ACTION Code that indicates the action you want to take concerning the
1C associated transaction. Valid action codes are displayed on your
screen.

DATE Processing date of the rejected transaction, in user-defined

6N KEY format.

RUN TRAMS run during which the transaction was rejected.

4N KEY

BATCH Batch of transactions containing this rejected item.

5N KEY

February 2008 9–6

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide EXCEPTMENU
Exception Transactions

SEQUENCE Transaction within the batch.

8N KEY

INST Institution that is the source of the rejected transaction.

4N

APPL Application that is the source of the rejected transaction.

4N

TRAN Code identifying the type of transaction. Your organization

4N establishes these codes within the Transaction Code table.

REASON Reason why the transaction was rejected. Your organization

4N establishes these codes within the Messages table.

 If TRAMS rejected a transaction for multiple reasons, the first

reason code is displayed in the action list. Use the Reject Details
screen to review additional reject reasons.

STATUS Classification status of the transaction. Valid status codes are:

1C
B = Both reject and suspense
E = Reentered
I = Unidentified
L = Released
R = Reject only
S = Suspense only
U = Undetermined.

 Items with a status of S (suspended) are items that were originally

both rejected and suspended. Through reject reentry, the Rejected
status was cleared; however, the transaction still remains
suspended. To clear the suspended status, correct the transaction
through the Suspense Transactions menu option.
Both the classification status and maintenance status codes are
displayed in the STS column within the action list. Maintenance
status codes include:
A = Active
I = Inactive
N = New
P = Purge.

AMOUNT Monetary value of the rejected transaction.

10N

February 2008 9–7

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide EXCEPTMENU
Exception Transactions

NBR Number of fields causing the item to reject.

2N

When you finish viewing the screen, continue or complete the function by performing one
of the following actions:
‰ Enter values in the key fields located near the top of the action list. Enter a code in the
ACTION field beside the key and press Enter.
‰ Enter an action code in the ACTION field beside any selected object(s). Press Enter.
Refer to the “Reject details” topic for help with resulting screens. If you need help in
understanding action codes and their use, refer to the “Working in TRAMS” chapter
of this guide.
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Enter a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. This action negates
any entries you may have made on this screen.

Reject details
If you selected a specific transaction and action from the Reject Action List, the system
displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 9–8

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide EXCEPTMENU
Exception Transactions

REJDTL—Reject Details
( ) (V)View (U)Update (D)Delete (F)Upd Tran (T)View Tran
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 03/23/06 13:26:50
REJECT DETAILS More:
Inst Appl Date Run Batch Sequence Original Record
9000 0001 04/10/06 0002 00001 00000001 0001 VSDDTCR0
Status . . ( A ) *-------- Destinations -------*
Acct Nbr . : 4041002602261033000 Inst Appl Inst Appl
Tran Code : 0005 9450 0001 0000 0000
RETAIL SALE 0000 0000 0000 0000
Tran Date : 04/05/06 0000 0000 0000 0000
Tran Amt . : 101.00 0000 0000 0000 0000
Nbr Aff Fld: 01 0000 0000 0000 0000

Field Name . . . . . . : ACCOUNT NUMBER Len : 19 Decimals : 00

( 4041002602261033000 )
Reason . . . . . : 3030 CMS - INV PREFIX/ORG NOT FOUND Edit Name : ELST0127

Field Name . . . . . . : Len : Decimals :

( )
Reason . . . . . : Edit Name :

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen displays detailed information for the rejected transaction you selected. The
screen also displays up to two fields containing errors causing the reject. Paging options
may apply to this function. Refer to the “Working in TRAMS” chapter for help with
paging. Choosing the Forward or Backward paging options moves you within the same
record. The Previous and Next options move you between records.

Fields

INST Institution associated with the transaction.

4N

APPL Application associated with the transaction.

4N

DATE Processing date of the rejected transaction in user-defined

6N KEY format.

RUN TRAMS run during which the transaction was processed.

4N

BATCH Batch of transactions containing this rejected item.

5N KEY

February 2008 9–9

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide EXCEPTMENU
Exception Transactions

SEQUENCE Number that identifies the transaction within the batch.

8N KEY

ORIGINAL Code that identifies the sequence of the record within the
4N transaction.

RECORD Name of the record definition applied to this transaction.

8C

STATUS Maintenance status of this reject record. The values are:

1C
A = Active
I = Inactive
N = New
P = Purge.

ACCT NBR Number of the account associated with the transaction.

19N

TRAN CODE Code identifying the type of transaction. Your organization

3N establishes these codes within the Transaction Code table. An
alphanumeric description of the transaction is displayed
beneath the code.

TRAN DATE Date the transaction actually occurred, displayed in user-

8N defined format.

TRAN AMT Monetary value of the transaction.

12N

NBR AFF FLD Number of fields in the transaction that were in error or suspect.
1N

DESTINATIONS Destination institution and application numbers assigned to the

4N transaction. Up to ten destinations are available.

The following fields identify the transaction information that caused the item to be
rejected. You can page forward to review additional fields as necessary. These fields
include:

FIELD NAME Name of the field that failed TRAMS edits.

10C

LEN Maximum number of characters defined for the field.

4N

February 2008 9–10

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide EXCEPTMENU
Exception Transactions

DECIMALS Number of decimal places defined for the field.

2N
The actual field data is displayed following these fields. Up to 75 characters of field data
are displayed. The field is open for input, enabling you (with proper security) to correct
the field.
Once you correct a field and press Enter, the system performs edits on your entry (as with
input processing). These edits ensure that the transaction is completely correct before the
system moves to the next transaction.

REASON Code and message identifying the reason for the field’s
20C rejection, as defined within your organization’s Messages table.

EDIT NAME The type of edit that the transaction failed, as established within
10C your organization’s Application Generator.
When you finish viewing the screen, you have the option of updating or viewing the entire
transaction (as opposed to only the erroneous fields). To do so, move your cursor to the
action bar. Type F to update the complete transaction, or T to view the full transaction.
Press Enter and proceed to the following topic.

Original reject transaction details

If you chose to look at the full transaction, the system displays a screen similar to the one
following.

February 2008 9–11

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide EXCEPTMENU
Exception Transactions

REJORDTL—Original Rejected Transaction Details

( ) (U)Update (V)View (D)View Reject (R)Update Reject
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 03/23/06 13:32:07
ORIGINAL REJECTED TRANSACTION DETAILS More: +
Trans Maint Record Original Record
Status Status Type Date Run Batch Sequence Sequence Name
R A 04/10/06 0002 00001 00000001 0001 VSDDTCR0

TRANSACTION CODE ( 05 )
TRANSACTION CODE QUALIFIER ( 0 )
TRANSACTION SEQUENCE NUMBER ( 0 )
ACCOUNT NUMBER ( 4041002602261033000 )
FLOOR LIMIT ( )
CRB / EXCPTION FILE IND ( )
LCS INDICATOR ( )
INTERCHANGE REFERENCE NUMBER ( 74141002098000000000012 )
ACQUIRER'S BUSINESS ID ( 00000000 )
TRANSACTION DATE ( 0405 )
ISSUER TRANSACTION AMOUNT ( 101.00 )
CURRENCY CODE - ISSUER ( 840 )
ACQUIRER TRANSACTION AMOUNT ( 101.00 )

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

If your action bar selection on the preceding screen was F, the fields on this screen are
open to input. If your action bar selection was T, the fields are protected. You can switch
from protected to unprotected view (and vice versa) by making the appropriate entry in the
action bar.
This screen displays the original fields in the rejected transaction in their entirety, allowing
you to review them and change values to correct the transaction. Fields are defined within
the Record Definition tables, established in the Application Generator. The Record
Definition table is associated with a Messages table that determines the field name
displayed on this screen. Both tables are created at the Application Generator level and
uploaded to your host computer for run-time access.
If the system did not find a corresponding field within the Record Definition table, the
message NOT FOUND appears in the left-hand column.
Numeric fields with decimals are zero-supressed and right-justified when displayed. You
can type values in these fields in any format. However, the decimal point and negative
sign are the only symbols allowed for this type of field. If you use a different format, the
system returns a nonnumeric condition from the Field Parsing routine.
There may be more fields within the transaction than the screen can contain. If so, a plus
sign appears beside the word More at the top of the screen. Choosing the Forward or

February 2008 9–12

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide EXCEPTMENU
Exception Transactions

Backward paging options moves you within the same record. The Previous and Next
options move you between records.

Exiting the function

When you finish viewing the screen and making corrections, complete the function by
performing one of the following actions:
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Type a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. This action negates
any changes you made on this screen.

Suspense transactions
Purpose
This function lets you review, reassign destinations, or delete items that TRAMS
suspended during processing.

Special fastpath handling

Batch Information functions include specialized handling for certain fastpath commands,
as follows:
‰ FILELIST results in a File Header action list positioned at the file containing the
reject transaction.
‰ CASHLIST results in a Cash Letter action list positioned at the first cash letter
containing the suspended transaction. If the suspended transaction you were on when
you issued the command was not part of a Cash Letter, the action list will be
positioned at the next cash letter in the cash letter file.
‰ BATCHLIST results in a Batch Header action list positioned at the batch containing
the rejected transaction.
‰ TRNREFLIST results in a Transaction action list positioned at the transaction.
‰ REJLIST results in a Reject Transaction action list positioned at the rejected
transaction if the suspended transaction you were on when you issued the command
was also rejected. If it was not, the action list will be positioned at the next rejected
transaction in the reject file.
Refer to the “Working in TRAMS” chapter of this guide for help in entering fastpath
commands.

February 2008 9–13

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide EXCEPTMENU
Exception Transactions

Accessing suspense transactions

To access this function, select Suspense Transactions from the Exception Transactions
Menu. Enter any search criteria and press Enter. The system displays a screen similar to
the one following.

February 2008 9–14

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide EXCEPTMENU
Exception Transactions

SUSPLIST—Suspense Action List

SUSPLIST TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/19/01 12:24:30
SUSPENSE ACTION LIST More: +

Type actions next to selected objects. Then press Enter.

S=Search U=Update V=View D=Delete R=Release P=Suspend

Action Date Run Batch Sequence

( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
Inst Appl Tran Reason Status
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
Action Sts Date Run Batch Seq Inst Appl Tran Reas Amount Nbr

10200138 STARTING POINT NOT FOUND

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

You can also display this screen by entering the SUSPLIST command on a Transaction
Detail screen.
This screen consists of an action list displaying suspended items that are available for your
review. If you targeted any information using the Exception Transactions Menu search
options, the list displays the items that correspond to the criteria you entered.
Paging options may apply to this function. Refer to the “Working in TRAMS” chapter for
help with paging.

Fields

ACTION Code that indicates the action you want to take concerning the
1C associated transaction. Valid action codes are displayed on your
screen.

DATE Processing date of the run containing this suspended

6N KEY transaction.

RUN TRAMS run during which the transaction was suspended.

4N KEY

February 2008 9–15

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide EXCEPTMENU
Exception Transactions

BATCH Batch of transactions containing this suspended item.

5N KEY

SEQUENCE Transaction within the batch.

8N KEY

INST Institution that is the source of the suspended transaction.

4N

APPL Application that is the source of the suspended transaction.

4N

TRAN Code identifying the type of transaction. Your organization

4N establishes these codes within the Transaction Code table.

REASON Reason why the transaction was suspended. Your organization

4N establishes these codes within the Messages table.

 If TRAMS suspended a transaction for multiple reasons, the first

reason code is displayed in the action list. Use the Suspense Details
screen to review additional reject reasons.

STATUS Status of the suspended transaction. The values are:

1C
B = Both suspense and reject
E = Reentered
L = Released
R = Reject only
S = Suspense only.
The STS field within the action list displays maintenance status
codes for the transaction record. The values are:
A = Active
I = Inactive
N = New
P = Purge.
Transaction status codes are valid entries for the key field.

AMOUNT Monetary value of the suspended transaction.

10N

NBR Number of suspect fields in the suspended transaction.

2N
When you finish viewing the screen, continue or complete the function by performing one
of the following actions:

February 2008 9–16

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide EXCEPTMENU
Exception Transactions

‰ Enter values in the key fields located near the top of the action list. Enter a code in the
ACTION field beside the key and press Enter. Refer to the “Working in TRAMS”
chapter in this guide for help in searching the action list based on a key.
‰ Enter an action code in the ACTION field beside any selected object(s). Press Enter.
Refer to the “Suspense details” subtopic for help with resulting screens. If you need
help in understanding action codes and their use, refer to the “Working in TRAMS”
chapter of this guide.
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Enter a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. This action negates
any entries you may have made on this screen.

Suspense details
If you selected a specific transaction and action from the Suspense Action List, the system
displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 9–17

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide EXCEPTMENU
Exception Transactions

SUSPDTL—Suspense Details
( ) (V)View (U)Update (D)Delete (F)Upd Tran (T)View Tran
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 12/19/01 12:26:52
SUSPENSE DETAILS More: +
Inst Appl Date Run Batch Sequence Original Record
7777 0002 07/27/97 0005 00001 00000001 0001 BCTESTDX

Status . . ( A ) *-------- Destinations -------*

Acct Nbr . : 532903156712916600 Inst Appl Inst Appl
Tran Code : 0005 ( 9001 ) ( 0001 ) ( 0000 ) ( 0000 )
PURCHASE ( 0000 ) ( 0000 ) ( 0000 ) ( 0000 )
Tran Date : 07/27/97 ( 0000 ) ( 0000 ) ( 0000 ) ( 0000 )
Tran Amt . : 1.00 ( 0000 ) ( 0000 ) ( 0000 ) ( 0000 )
Nbr Aff Fld: 01 ( 0000 ) ( 0000 ) ( 0000 ) ( 0000 )
Field Name . . . . . . : ACCOUNT NUMBER
Reason . . . . . : 0101 FIELD NOT NUMERIC

Field Name . . . . . . :

Reason . . . . . :

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen displays detailed information for the suspended transaction you selected. The
screen also displays up to two fields identifying the reason for suspending the transaction.
If additional fields are available for review, the word More is displayed in the upper right
of the screen along with paging symbols. Choosing the Forward or Backward paging
options moves you within the same record. The Previous and Next options move you
between records.

Fields

INST Institution that is the source of the suspended transaction.

4N

APPL Application that is the source of the suspended transaction.

4N

DATE Processing date of the suspended transaction.

8N

RUN TRAMS run during which the transaction was processed.

4N

February 2008 9–18

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide EXCEPTMENU
Exception Transactions

BATCH Batch of transactions containing this suspended item.

5N

SEQUENCE Number that identifies the transaction within the batch.

8N

ORIGINAL Code that identifies the sequence of the record within the
4N transaction.

RECORD Name of the record definition applied to this transaction.

8C

STATUS Maintenance status of the transaction. The values are:

1C
A = Active
I = Inactive
N = New
P = Purge.

DESTINATIONS Destination institution and application numbers assigned to the

4N transaction. Up to five destinations are available.

ACCT NBR Number of the account associated with the transaction.

17N

TRAN CODE Code identifying the type of transaction. Your organization

3C establishes these codes within the Transaction Code table. An
alphanumeric description of the transaction is displayed
beneath the code.

TRAN DATE Date the transaction actually occurred, displayed in user-

8N defined format.

TRAN AMT Monetary value of the transaction.

10N

NBR AFF FLD Number of fields in the transaction that were in question.
2N

The following fields identify the transaction information that caused the item to be
suspended. You can page forward to review additional fields as necessary. These fields
include:

FIELD NAME Name of the field that flagged the item for suspension.
10C

February 2008 9–19

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide EXCEPTMENU
Exception Transactions

The actual field data is displayed following these fields. Up to 75 characters of field data
are displayed. The field is open for input, enabling you (with proper security) to correct
the field.
Once you correct a field and press Enter, the system performs edits on your entry (as with
input processing). These edits ensure that the transaction is completely correct before the
system moves to the next transaction.

REASON Code and message identifying the reason for the field’s
20C suspension, as defined within your organization’s Messages
table.

Exiting the function

When you finish viewing the screen and making corrections (paging forward and
backward as necessary to view all fields), complete the function by performing one of the
following actions:
‰ To release the transaction, type R in the input field within the action bar and press
Enter.
‰ To suspend a transaction previously flagged for release, type P in the input field
within the action bar and press Enter.
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Enter a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. This action negates
any entries you may have made on this screen.

February 2008 9–20

 Chapter 10

SETTMENU
Settlement

While the Transaction Management System is processing transactions, it is also creating

settlement records; these records are then further processed as part of End of Day. During
settlement, TRAMS handles both incoming and outgoing transaction files. It subtracts the
credit transaction amount from the debit transaction amount and applies any pertinent fees
to the transactions. The result is a settlement file that is ready for distribution to the
appropriate destination.
TRAMS performs up to five types of settlement:
‰ Common settlement (for all transactions)
‰ MasterCard settlement (For MasterCard pre- and post-processing transactions)
‰ Visa settlement (for Visa pre- and post-processing transactions)
‰ AMEX settlement (For AMEX pre- and post-processing transactions)
‰ JCB settlement (For JCB pre- and post-processing transactions).

 JCB settlement occurs only when JCB processing is active in

TRAMS (JCB ACTIVE is 1 on the System Options screen
SYSPLIST1). AMEX settlement occurs only when AMEX
processing is active in TRAMS (AMEX ACTIVE is 1 on the System
Options screen SYSPLIST1).
In addition to these settlement routines, your organization can define its own settlement
procedures within Application Generator. This feature enables your organization to apply
specific settlement rules according to your requirements.

Settlement reporting
TRAMS produces the Common Settlement report (860).
In addition to the printed report, the Settlement selection on the Main Menu enables you to
access online reporting of settled transactions. Both detailed and summary information is

February 2008 10–1

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SETTMENU
Settlement

available. The remainder of this section describes the information that is available through
the Settlement menu selection.

Accessing settlement functions

To access Settlement functions, select Settlement from the Main Menu or type
SETTMENU in the command line. Press Enter. The system displays a menu similar to the
one following.

February 2008 10–2

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SETTMENU
Settlement

SETTMENU—Settlement Menu
( ) (H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SETTMENU TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 02/09/05 08:44:43
SETTLEMENT MENU

Select one of the following and press Enter. Include any search options below.

( ) 1. Common Settlement
2. MC IPM Settlement
3. VISA Settlement
4. AMEX Settlement
5. JCB Settlement

Inst Appl Date Run Dest

Search . . . . . ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
Status File Path
( ) ( )

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET1 F12=CANCEL

The Settlement Menu enables you to work with the following objects:
‰ Common Settlement—All transactions that have been settled by TRAMS
‰ MasterCard Settlement—Transactions that have been settled through MasterCard
settlement routines
‰ Visa Settlement—Transactions that have been settled through Visa settlement
routines.
‰ AMEX Settlement—Online information on incoming and outgoing American
Express messages.
‰ JCB Settlement—Online information on incoming and outgoing JCB messages.
To select any of these options, type the number identifying the option in the field
provided.

 Menu items appear for MasterCard, Visa, AMEX, and JCB only if
the TRAMS system record indicates that processing for these
products is installed and active.

February 2008 10–3

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SETTMENU
Settlement

Search options

 IThis chapter includes examples for common settlement only. For

information about MasterCard and Visa settlement, refer to the
TRAMS/BC Screens Guide.
For information about AMEX settlement, refer to the TRAMS Guide
Supplement in the AMEX documentation.
For information about JCB settlement, refer to the TRAMS/BC
Guide Supplement in the JCB documentation.
Note that the Settlement Menu permits you to make entries that target a specific
institution, application, date, run, status, and/or filepath. The system searches for the
information you target and creates an action list based on your entries, as follows:
‰ To target a specific institution, type the institution number in the INST field near the
bottom of the Settlement Menu.
‰ To target a specific application, type the application number in the APP field near the
bottom of the Settlement Menu.
‰ To target a specific date, type the date in the DATE field near the bottom of the
Settlement Menu.
‰ To target a specific processing run of TRAMS, type the run number in the RUN field
near the bottom of the Settlement Menu.
‰ To target settlement records for a specific destination, type the destination number in
the DEST field near the bottom of the action list.
‰ To target settlement records with a specific status, type the status code in the STATUS.
The values are:
IN = Input
OUT = Output
CI = Consolidated input
CO = Consolidated output
REE = Reject reentry.
‰ To target a specific settlement job, type its name in the FILE PATH field near the bottom
of the Settlement Menu.
When these steps are complete, press Enter. Then, turn to the appropriate subsection and
continue with your selected function.

Common settlement
Purpose
This function displays transactions that TRAMS has processed through common
settlement routines. Common settlement is used with all transactions, both bankcard and
non-bankcard related.

February 2008 10–4

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SETTMENU
Settlement

Accessing common settlement

To access this function, select Common Settlement from the Settlement Menu. Enter any
search options in the appropriate fields and press Enter. The system displays a screen
similar to the one on the following page.

February 2008 10–5

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SETTMENU
Settlement

SETTLIST—Common Settlement Action List

SETTLIST TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 03/23/06 13:39:43
COMMON SETTLEMENT ACTION LIST More: +

Type actions next to selected objects. Then press Enter.

S=Search V=View T=Tran Totals

Action Inst Appl Date Run Dest Status Job Name

( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
Action Inst Appl Date Run Dest Status Hdr Job Name Settlement Amount
( * ) 9000 0001 04/10/06 0002 P A IN N A VISAIN 612.00
( ) 9000 0001 04/10/06 0003 P A IN N A VISAIN 1,224.00
( ) 9000 0001 04/10/06 0004 P A IN N A VISAIN 1,020.00
( ) 9000 0001 04/10/06 0005 P A IN N A VISAIN 1,020.00
( ) 9000 0001 04/10/06 0006 P A IN N A VISAIN 1,020.00
( ) 9000 0001 04/10/06 0007 P A IN N A VISAIN 612.00
( ) 9001 0001 04/10/06 0033 P A IN N A IPMIN 5,005.00
( ) 9001 1001 04/10/06 0020 P A IN N A EPMIN 5,005.00
( ) 9001 1001 04/10/06 0021 P A IN N A EPMIN 5,005.00
( ) 9001 1001 04/10/06 0022 P A IN N A EPMIN 3,08-
( ) 9001 1001 04/10/06 0023 P A IN N A EPMIN 1.253,58-
( ) 9200 0001 04/10/06 0031 P A IN N A ETPIN 1.076,00

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen consists of an action list displaying settlement records processed by TRAMS
common settlement routines. If you entered complete key information in the SEARCH
fields on the Settlement Menu, the action list begins with the record targeted by that key. If
you entered nonkey or partial-key information, the action list contains information
corresponding to your entries. If you did not enter any search options, the action list
begins with the first settled file.
Paging options may apply to this function. Refer to the “Working in TRAMS” chapter for
help with paging.

Fields

ACTION Code that indicates the action you want to take concerning the
1C associated settlement record. Valid action codes are displayed
on your screen.

INST Institution associated with the settlement record.

4N KEY

APPL Application associated with the settlement record.

4N KEY

February 2008 10–6

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SETTMENU
Settlement

DATE Date the settlement record was generated by TRAMS.

6N KEY

RUN TRAMS run that processed this settlement record.

4N KEY

DEST Flag that identifies the file destination as primary (P) or

1C KEY secondary (S).

STATUS Settlement file type and its current status. File codes are:
3C KEY
IN = Input
OUT = Output
CI = Consolidated input
CO = Consolidated output
REE = Reject reentry.
Status codes are:
A = Active
I = In progress via process (file is unusable)
N = New
P = Purge.
File type codes are valid entries for the key STATUS field.

JOB NAME Job that processed the settlement record.

8C

SETTLEMENT Net (debits minus credits) monetary value of the settlement

AMOUNT record, expressed in your organization’s base currency.
12N
When you finish viewing the screen (paging forward and backward as necessary),
continue by performing one of the following actions:
‰ Enter values in the key fields located near the top of the action list. Enter a code in the
ACTION field beside the key and press Enter. Refer to the “Working in TRAMS”
chapter for help in searching the action list based on a key.
‰ Enter an action code in the ACTION field beside any selected object(s). You can enter
key information in the open fields as necessary. Press Enter. Refer to the “Common
settlement totals” subtopic that follows for help with the resulting screen.

 If your selected action code is T (transaction totals), the system

displays the Transaction Code Totals screen when you press Enter.
Refer to the “Transaction code totals” subtopic for help with resulting
screens.

February 2008 10–7

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SETTMENU
Settlement

‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Enter a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter.

Common settlement totals

If you selected a common settlement record for review, the system displays a screen
similar to the one on the following page.

February 2008 10–8

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SETTMENU
Settlement

SETTLIST1—Common Settlement Totals (Screen 1)

( ) (T) Tran Totals (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 03/23/06 13:36:12
Currency COMMON SETTLEMENT TOTALS
Code Inst Appl Date Run Dest Job Name In/Out/Net
840 9000 0001 04/10/06 0002 P VISAIN IN

Total Transactions Status . . . : A

Db : 6 612.00 File Path Name: VISAIN
Cr : 0 .00
Net : 6 612.00
Memo: 0

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F8=FWRD F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS

This screen is the first in a series displaying totals for the settlement record you selected.
The key information (INST, APPL, DATE, RUN, and DEST) is displayed near the top of the
screen. This information remains displayed on each screen in the series.

Fields

CURRENCY CODE Code used to identify the currency associated with the
3C transaction. This is the base currency.

TOTAL TRANSACTIONS

DB Total count and monetary value of debit transactions in the

21N Settlement record.

CR Total count and monetary value of credit transactions in the

21N Settlement record.

NET Total count and net (debits minus credits) monetary value of all
21N transactions in the Settlement record.

February 2008 10–9

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SETTMENU
Settlement

MEMO Total count of memo (nonmonetary) transactions in the

3N settlement record.

STATUS Current status of the settlement record. The values are:

1C
A = Active
I = In progress via process (file is unusable)
N = New
P = Purge.

FILE PATH NAME Name of the filepath processed by this settlement job.
8C
When you finish viewing the screen, press Enter to proceed to the next Common
Settlement Totals screen.
The system displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 10–10

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SETTMENU
Settlement

SETTLIST2—Common Settlement Totals (Screen 2)

( ) (T) Tran Totals (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 03/23/06 13:37:09
Currency COMMON SETTLEMENT TOTALS
Code Inst Appl Date Run Dest Job Name
840 9000 0001 04/10/06 0002 P VISAIN
Accepted Transactions Re-entered Transactions
Db : 4 410.00 Db : 0 .00
Cr : 0 .00 Cr : 0 .00
Net : 4 410.00 Net : 0 .00
Memo: 0 Memo: 0
Rejected Transactions Released Transactions
Db : 2 202.00 Db : 0 .00
Cr : 0 .00 Cr : 0 .00
Net : 2 202.00 Net : 0 .00
Memo: 0 Memo: 0
Suspended Transactions
Db : 0 .00 Undetermined Transactions
Cr : 0 .00 All : 0 .00
Net : 0 .00
Memo: 0 Unidentified Trans . . : 0

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS

This screen reflects the status of transactions within the settlement record. The values on
the screen are protected and cannot be changed.

Fields

ACCEPTED TRANSACTIONS

DB Count and monetary value of debit transactions that were

10N/21N accepted by TRAMS.

CR Count and monetary value of credit transactions that were

10N/21N accepted by TRAMS.

NET Total count and net (debits minus credits) monetary value of
10N/21N transactions that were accepted by TRAMS.

MEMO Total count of memo (nonmonetary) transactions that were

3N accepted by TRAMS.

February 2008 10–11

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SETTMENU
Settlement

REJECTED TRANSACTIONS

DB Count and monetary value of debit transactions that were

10N/21N rejected by TRAMS.

CR Count and monetary value of credit transactions that were

10N/21N rejected by TRAMS.

NET Total count and net (debits minus credits) monetary value of
10N/21N transactions that were rejected by TRAMS.

MEMO Total count of memo (nonmonetary) transactions that were

3N rejected by TRAMS.

SUSPENDED TRANSACTIONS

DB Count and monetary value of debit transactions that were

10N/21N suspended by TRAMS.

CR Count and monetary value of credit transactions that were

10N/21N suspended by TRAMS.

NET Total count and net (debits minus credits) monetary value of
10N/21N transactions that were suspended by TRAMS.

MEMO Total count of memo (nonmonetary) transactions that were

3N suspended by TRAMS.

RE-ENTERED TRANSACTIONS

DB Count and monetary value of rejected debit transactions that

10N/21N were reentered into TRAMS.

CR Count and monetary value of rejected credit transactions that

10N/21N were reentered into TRAMS.

NET Total count and net (debits minus credits) monetary value of
10N/21N rejected transactions that were reentered into TRAMS.

MEMO Total count of rejected memo (nonmonetary) transactions that

3N were reentered into TRAMS.

February 2008 10–12

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SETTMENU
Settlement

RELEASED TRANSACTIONS

DB Count and monetary value of suspended debit transactions that

10N/21N were released by TRAMS.

CR Count and monetary value of suspended credit transactions that

10N/21N were released by TRAMS.

NET Total count and net (debits minus credits) monetary value of
10N/21N suspended transactions that were released by TRAMS.

MEMO Total count of suspended memo (nonmonetary) transactions

3N that were released by TRAMS.

UNDETERMINED TRANSACTIONS

ALL Total count and net monetary value of all transactions that were
10N/21N not recognized by TRAMS as debits, credits, or memos.

UNIDENTIFIED TRANS Total count of all transactions whose formats were not
10N recognized by TRAMS.
When you finish viewing the screen, press Enter to return to the Common Settlement
Action List, or type T in the action bar to view Transaction Code Totals.

Transaction code totals

If you typed T in the action bar while viewing any Common Settlement Totals screen, the
system displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 10–13

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SETTMENU
Settlement

SETTLIST3—Transaction Code Totals

( ) (V) View Currency (S) Settlement Totals (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 03/23/06 13:39:16
TRANSACTION CODE TOTALS More:
Inst Appl Date Run Dest Job Name
9000 0001 04/10/06 0002 P VISAIN

Tran Code : 05 D Currency Code . : 840 Src

Accepted . : 2 206.00
Rejected . : 2 202.00
Re-entered : 0 .00
Suspended : 0 .00
Susp-Rel . : 0 .00

Tran Code : 15 D Currency Code . : 840 Src

Accepted . : 2 204.00
Rejected . : 0 .00
Re-entered : 0 .00
Suspended : 0 .00
Susp-Rel . : 0 .00

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen summarizes transactions in the settlement record by transaction code. An

indicator beside the transaction code specifies whether the transaction is a credit (C) or
debit (D).
You can use the standard paging methods to page forward and review totals for additional
transactions, then page backward as necessary. If you want to display the Settlement
Totals for these transactions, type S in the ACTION field near the top of the screen and press
Enter, then refer to the “Common settlement totals” subtopic.

Fields

TRAN CODE Code identifying the type of transaction. Your organization

4N/1C establishes these codes within the Transaction Code table.

CURRENCY CODE Code identifying the currency in which the totals are expressed.
3N Refer to your Visa, MasterCard, or American Express manual
for a list of currency codes.

February 2008 10–14

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SETTMENU
Settlement

 When you first access this screen, the totals are displayed in either
source (process input) or destination (process output) currency,
depending on the filepath. If you want to view the totals in base
currency, select V (view currency) from the action bar. The system
redisplays the screen with the totals in base currency, and SRC,
which appears next to CURRENCY CODE, will change to BASE. To
redisplay the source or destination currency totals, select V from the
action bar again. If you return to the action list and select another
institution, application, or effective date, the screen is again
displayed in source or destination currency.

ACCEPTED Count and net monetary value of transactions that were

8N/21N accepted by TRAMS.

REJECTED Count and net monetary value of transactions that were rejected
8N/21N by TRAMS.

RE-ENTERED Count and net monetary value of rejected transactions that were
8N/21N reentered into TRAMS.

SUSPENDED Count and net monetary value of transactions that were

8N/21N suspended by TRAMS.

SUSP-REL Count and net monetary value of suspended transactions that

8N/21N were released by TRAMS.

Exiting the function

When you have finished viewing screens, complete the function by performing one of the
following actions:
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Enter a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. This action negates
any entries you may have made on this screen.

February 2008 10–15

 Chapter 11

JOBMENU
Job Schedule

TRAMS processes work as a series of jobs. Jobs perform tasks that keep TRAMS files and
schedules up-to-date, process incoming and outgoing transactions, create temporary
reporting files, and produce reports reflecting TRAMS processing and maintenance.
This chapter describes the functions that your organization uses to establish the schedule
that TRAMS follows when processing your jobs. For more information about the
procedures executed by each job, refer to the “Job Streams” section of the TRAMS
Technical Guide.

Accessing job schedule

To access Job Schedule functions, select Job Schedule from the Main Menu or type the
command JOBMENU in the command line. Press Enter. The system displays a menu
similar to the one on the following page.

February 2008 11–1

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide JOBMENU
Job Schedule

JOBMENU—Job Schedule Menu

( ) (H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
JOBMENU TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/19/01 15:00:20
JOB SCHEDULE MENU

Select one of the following and press Enter. Include any search options below.

( ) 1. Job Schedule
2. Job Status

Job Name Date Run Inst Appl

Search . . . . . ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )

COMMAND ===>
F1=HELP F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS

Use this menu to establish, maintain, and monitor the various jobs that TRAMS processes
for your organization. These functions include:
‰ Job Schedule—Determines when specific jobs are processed and the filepath
processed as part of the job
‰ Job Status—Displays information about a specific job that is scheduled to be run or
has been run.
To select either of these options, enter the number identifying the option in the field
provided.

Search options
Note that the Job Schedule Menu permits you to make entries that target the specific job
name, date, run, institution, and/or application to access.
‰ To target a specific job, enter its identifier in the JOB NAME field next to the Search
prompt. The resulting display will begin with the job name you targeted. If you make
an entry in this field, any additional targeting entries are not valid. This field is valid
only when accessing Job Schedule.
‰ To target a specific date, enter the date in the DATE field next to the Search prompt.
The resulting displays will begin with the date you targeted. You can use this field in

February 2008 11–2

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide JOBMENU
Job Schedule

combination with the RUN, INST, and/or APPL fields. This field is valid only when
accessing Job Status.
‰ To target a specific run of TRAMS, enter its identifier in the RUN field next to the
Search prompt. The resulting display will begin with the run you targeted. You can
use this field in combination with the DATE, INST, and/or APPL fields. This field is
valid only when accessing Job Status.
‰ To target a specific institution, enter its identifier in the INST field next to the Search
prompt. The resulting display will begin with jobs for the institution you targeted.
You can use this field in combination with any of the other targeting fields on the
screen.
‰ To target a specific application, enter its identifier in the APPL field next to the Search
prompt. The resulting display will begin with jobs that include the application you
targeted. You can use this field in combination with any of the other targeting fields
on the screen.
When these steps are complete, press Enter. Then, turn to the appropriate subsection and
continue with instructions for your selected function.

Manually requesting jobs

Occasionally, you may need to manually request a job to run outside of its normal
schedule. For example, you may need to restart a job that was canceled or run a job twice
to accommodate multiple tapes.
TRAMS offers two methods to manually request a job: through the Next Requested Run
DATE field on the Job Schedule Details screen, or through job control parameters entered
by operations personnel.

Next requested run date

To manually request a job through the Job Schedule function, access the function and
perform an update action for the appropriate job. On the Job Schedule Details screen, tab
to the NEXT REQUESTED RUN DATE field. Enter the date on which you want the job to run
(this must be greater than today’s date and cannot conflict with your processing calendar).
The system will run the job at the next available time on the date indicated.
For more detailed information about the function, refer to the “Job schedule” topic.

Job control parameters

For manual job selection using job control, submit the job using the following parameters:
‰ Job name (8C)
‰ Run number (4N) or
‰ On request flag (R).

February 2008 11–3

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide JOBMENU
Job Schedule

If no other parameters are used, the system processes the job at the next available date and
time. If the job is not already scheduled, the system generates an on request status of R for
the job. This status is reflected on the Job Status screens.
Certain restrictions apply to this procedure:
‰ The system will not run on request a job that is already scheduled with a Job Status
record attached. The Job Status record indicates the completion status of the job and is
assigned to the job when processing commences.
‰ The system does not permit entry of the run number and on request flag parameters in
combination. Other combinations of the parameters are permitted.
For more information about job control language and parameters, refer to the “Job
Streams” section of the TRAMS Technical Guide.

Job schedule
Purpose
Use this option to list and access detailed information for the TRAMS jobs set up within
your organization.

Accessing job schedule

To access the function, select Job Schedule from the Job Schedule menu or type the
command JOBSCHDLST in the command line. If you are using the menu, make any
entries required to target a specific job, institution, and/or application. Press Enter.
The system displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 11–4

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide JOBMENU
Job Schedule

JOBSCHDLST—Job Schedule Action List

JOBSCHDLST TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/20/01 8:56:15
JOB SCHEDULE ACTION LIST More: +

Type actions next to selected objects. Then press Enter.

C=Copy D=Delete N=New S=Search U=Update V=View

Action Job Name F/Path Inst Appl

( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
Action Job Name F/Path Inst Appl Last Run Status
( ) ABSMTVN MBSMTVN 9000 1001 10/16/01 A
( ) ACARDIN MCARDIN 9001 3001 10/16/01 A
( ) ACARDOUT MCARDOUT 9001 3001 10/16/01 A
( ) ACMBST BCMBST 7777 0012 10/16/01 A
( ) ACTEST BCTEST 7777 0012 10/16/01 A
( ) AISAIN VISAIN 9000 3001 10/16/01 A
( ) AISAOUT VISAOUT 9000 3001 10/16/01 A
( ) AMT125 AMT125 9400 0002 10/16/01 A
( ) ASERIPT USERIPT 9300 3001 10/16/01 A
( ) ATLFIN ATLFIN 9450 0001 10/16/01 A
( ) ATSCRCR ITSCRCR 9700 3001 10/16/01 A
( ) ATSFFD ITSFFD 9700 3002 10/16/01 A

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen displays all of the jobs that are available for your review. If you targeted a
specific job, institution, and/or application on the menu screen, the listing begins with that
object.

Fields

ACTION Code that indicates the action you want to take concerning the
1C associated job. Valid actions are displayed on your screen.

JOB NAME Name that uniquely identifies this job within TRAMS.
8C KEY

F/PATH Name that uniquely identifies the filepath used to process the
8C KEY job.

INST Institution with which the job is associated.

4N KEY

APPL Application with which the job is associated.

4N KEY

February 2008 11–5

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide JOBMENU
Job Schedule

LAST RUN Date that this job was last run by your organization, shown in
4N user-defined format.

STATUS Current status of the job record. The values are:

1C
A = Active
I = Inactive
N = New
P = Purge.
When you finish viewing the screen, paging backward and forward as necessary, continue
by performing one of the following actions:
‰ Enter values in the key fields located near the top of the action list. Enter a code in the
ACTION field beside the key and press Enter. Refer to the “Working in TRAMS”
chapter of this guide if you need help in searching the action list using a key.
‰ Enter an action code in the ACTION field beside any selected object(s). Press Enter.
Refer to the “Job schedule details” subtopic for help with resulting screens. If you
need help in understanding action codes and their use, refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide.
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Enter a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. Remember, this
action negates any changes you may have made on this screen.

Job schedule details

If you selected a specific job and action on the Job Schedule Display screen, the system
displays a screen similar to the one on the following page.

February 2008 11–6

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide JOBMENU
Job Schedule

JOBSCHDLS1—Job Schedule Details

( ) (V) View (U) Update (C) Copy (D) Delete (H) Help
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/20/01 09:04:09
JOB SCHEDULE DETAILS

Job Name . . . . . . . . : ABSMTVN Record Status . . . . . . ( A )

File Path Name . . . . . ( MBSMTVN ) Date Added . . . . . . . : 04/16/99
Institution . . . . . . . ( 9000 ) Last Maintenance By . . . :
Application . . . . . . . ( 1001 ) Date of Last Maintenance. : 00/00/00
Date Next Scheduled Run . ( 101701 ) Time of Last Maintenance. : 00:00:00
Time of Each Run . . . . ( 0000 )
Period . . . . . . . . . ( 001 ) Date of Last Scheduled Run: 10/16/01
Frequency . . . . . . . . ( D ) Last Run Number . . . . . : 0001
Day of the Month . . . . ( 00 ) Next Requested Run Date . ( 000000 )
Run Type . . . . . . . . ( N ) Last Requested Run Date . : 00/00/00
Job Class . . . . . . . . ( ) Multiple Run Indicator . : 01
Job Disposition . . . . . ( H )
Holiday Run Option . . . ( N )
Prior Job Required . . . ( )

COMMAND ===>
F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS F12=CANCEL

This screen displays detailed information for the job you selected. If you selected “new”
as the action on the preceding screen, the values displayed within the fields are the
defaults established for your organization. You can change these values as necessary by
entering new values directly over those displayed.

Fields

JOB NAME Name that uniquely identifies the job within TRAMS.
8C

FILE PATH NAME Name that uniquely identifies the filepath used to process the
8C job.

INSTITUTION Institution with which the job is associated.

4N

APPLICATION Application with which the job is associated.

4N

February 2008 11–7

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide JOBMENU
Job Schedule

DATE NEXT Date on which this job is next scheduled for processing, shown
SCHEDULED RUN in user-defined format. This date must be greater than today’s
6N date and have no conflicts with calendars; for instance, the date
cannot be that of a holiday on which the system is not
processing.

TIME OF EACH RUN Time of day at which this job is next scheduled for processing,
4N in 24-hour-clock format (for example, 2:00 p.m. is entered as
“1400”). Enter the time with hours and minutes only (no
seconds).

PERIOD Number of days, weeks, months, or years (as defined by the

3N FREQUENCY field) elapsing from one execution of this job to the
next.

FREQUENCY Code that indicates whether the PERIOD value identifies a

1C number of days, weeks, months, or years. The values are:
D = Days
W = Weeks
M = Months
Y = Years.

DAY OF THE MONTH Specific day of the month on which the job is processed. This
2N field is invalid if PERIOD and FREQUENCY are entered.

RUN TYPE Category of TRAMS run used within this job. The values are:
1C
N = Normal run
R = Rerun.

JOB CLASS Job classification to which this job belongs. The values are A
1C through Z (user-defined) or blank.

JOB DISPOSITION Indicates any further action to be performed regarding this job.
1C The values are:
H = Hold
P = Purge.

HOLIDAY RUN Method used to run this job when the organization observes a
OPTION holiday. The values are:
1C
A = Run after the holiday
B = Run before the holiday
N = Do not run the job at all.

February 2008 11–8

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide JOBMENU
Job Schedule

PRIOR JOB Name of the last job that must be successfully completed before
REQUIRED this job can be processed.
8C

RECORD STATUS Current status of this job record. The values are:
1C
A = Active
I = Inactive
N = New
P = Purge.

DATE ADDED Date this job record was created by TRAMS.

8N

LAST MAINTENANCE System-supplied identification of the user who last updated the
BY job record.
5C

DATE OF LAST System-supplied date on which this job record was last updated.
MAINTENANCE
8N

TIME OF LAST System-supplied time of day at which this job record was last
MAINTENANCE updated.
6N

DATE OF LAST System-supplied date on which this job was last processed.
SCHEDULED RUN
8N

LAST RUN NUMBER System-supplied number of the last TRAMS run processed by
4N this job.

NEXT REQUESTED Date on which the job is next requested to be run, shown in
RUN DATE user-defined format. This date must be greater than today’s date
8N and have no conflicts with the calendar. Use this entry to
override the job schedule and process the job on request.
Example: A merchant for whom you usually process a job
informs you that he will provide two transaction tapes on a
certain date rather than the normal single tape. By making an
entry in the NEXT REQUESTED RUN DATE field, you can request a
run of the merchant’s job in addition to the scheduled job to
accommodate both tapes.

February 2008 11–9

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide JOBMENU
Job Schedule

LAST REQUESTED Date on which the job was last requested to be run, shown in
RUN DATE user-defined format.
8N

MULTIPLE RUN Number of times this job will run during its next scheduled
INDICATOR processing session.
2N

Exiting the function

When you finish viewing the Job Schedule Details screen, exit the function by performing
one of the following actions:
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Type a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. Remember, this
action negates any changes you may have made on this screen.

Job status
Purpose
Use this option to review the current status of one or more Transaction Management
System jobs.

Accessing job status

To access the function, select Job Status from the Job Schedule Menu or type the
command JOBSTSLIST in the command line. If you are using the menu, make any
entries required to target a specific job, date, run, institution, application, and/or filepath.
Press Enter. The system displays a screen similar to the one following.

February 2008 11–10

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide JOBMENU
Job Schedule

JOBSTSLST—Job Status Action List

JOBSTSLST TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/20/01 09:17:12
JOB STATUS ACTION LIST More: +

Type actions next to selected objects. Then press Enter.

S=Search V=View J=Jobname Order I=Inst/Appl Order A=Appl Order C=Sts Order

Action Date Run Job Name F/Path Inst Appl Run Sts
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
Action Date Run Job Name F/Path Inst Appl Time Sts Hdr Net Total
( ) 00/00/00 0001 0000 0000 00:00 S .00
( ) 10/15/01 0001 USERIPT USERIPT 9300 0001 07:22 C R A 218.00-
( ) 10/15/01 0002 ITSCRCR ITSCRCR 9700 0001 09:44 C R A 20023050.00
( ) 10/15/01 0003 VISAIN VISAIN 9000 0001 09:45 C R P 101.00
( ) 10/15/01 0004 ITSOUT ITSOUT 9750 0001 12:13 I R .00
( ) 10/15/01 0005 ITSOUT ITSOUT 9750 0001 12:15 C R A 101.00
( ) 10/15/01 0008 MCARDOUT MCARDOUT 9001 0001 11:16 C R A 217.00-
( ) 10/15/01 0009 LSERIPT USERIPT 9300 5001 11:25 C R A 8289.87
( ) 10/15/01 0010 USERIPT USERIPT 9300 0001 11:26 C R A 2222.00
( ) 10/15/01 0011 MCARDOUT MCARDOUT 9001 0001 11:28 C R A 10511.87
( ) 10/15/01 0012 USERIPT USERIPT 9300 0001 11:32 C R A 8289.87
( ) 10/15/01 0013 USERIPT USERIPT 9300 0001 11:34 C R A 8289.87

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen displays all of the jobs that are available for review. If you targeted a job using
the Job Schedule Menu, the list begins with the job you targeted.

Fields

ACTION Code that indicates the action you want to take concerning the
1C associated job. Valid action codes are displayed on the screen.

DATE Date the specified job was processed by TRAMS, shown in

8N KEY user-defined format.

RUN TRAMS run that processed the job.

4N KEY

JOB NAME Name that uniquely identifies the job within TRAMS.
8C KEY

F/PATH Name that uniquely identifies the filepath used to process the
8C KEY job.

February 2008 11–11

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide JOBMENU
Job Schedule

INST Institution associated with the job.

4N KEY

APPL Application associated with the job.

4N KEY

RUN STS Status of the processing run.

1C KEY

TIME Time of day at which the job was processed.

6N

STS Code that indicates whether the job was successfully

1C completed. The values are:
A = Aborted
C = Completed
D = Duplicate
I = In progress
F = Failed
S = Scheduled.
An R beside a status code identifies a job that was processed
upon request.

HDR Batch Header action code associated with this job.

1C

NET TOTAL Net monetary value of the Batch Header record.

8N
When you finish viewing the screen, continue by performing one of the following actions:
‰ Enter values in the key fields located near the top of the action list. Enter a code in the
ACTION field beside the key and press Enter. Refer to the “Working in TRAMS”
chapter of this guide for help in searching the action list based on a key.
‰ Enter an action code in the ACTION field beside any selected object(s). Press Enter.
Refer to the “Job status details” topic for help with resulting screens. If you need help
in understanding action codes and their use, refer to the “Working in TRAMS”
chapter of this guide.
Besides the normal search and view actions allowed on this screen, it is also possible to
search and sort the items on the screen at the same time for a specific date. The values are:
J = Sorts in ascending jobname order
I = Sorts in ascending institution and application order

February 2008 11–12

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide JOBMENU
Job Schedule

A = Sorts in ascending application order

C = Sorts in completion status order but in descending order so that scheduled
(status S) jobs will display first.
For example, to sort all jobs named MYJOB in completion status order for jobs run on 07/
25/99, type C in ACTION, 072599 in DATE, and MYJOB in JOB NAME. A screen similar to
the one following is displayed.

JOBSTSLST TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/20/01 09:19:33

JOB STATUS ACTION LIST More: +

Type actions next to selected objects. Then press Enter.

S=Search V=View J=Jobname Order I=Inst/Appl Order A=Appl Order C=Sts Order

Action Date Run Job Name F/Path Inst Appl Run Sts
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
Action Date Run Job Name F/Path Inst Appl Time Status Net Total
( ) 07/25/98 0012 MYJOB CGT3914 0001 0400 12:02:46 I R 0.00
( ) 07/25/98 0017 MYJOB CGT3914 0001 0400 08:44:51 F R 0.00
( ) 07/25/98 0018 MYJOB CGT3914 0001 0400 08:51:05 F R 0.00
( ) 07/25/98 0013 MYJOB CGT3914 0001 0400 12:27:57 C R 7,407.37
( ) 07/25/98 0015 MYJOB CGT3914 0001 0400 14:30:40 C R 3,801.35
( ) 07/25/98 0019 MYJOB CGT3914 0001 0400 08:55:06 C R 3,801.35

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

Jobs processed by the scheduler never have a scheduled status of S because the scheduled
status is changed depending on the completion status. For example, Beginning of Day
Batch run writes a Job Status record for every active Job Schedule record and sets a status
of S. When an input job is run, depending on its completion and whether it is run on
request or scheduled, another Job Status record is written with the appropriate completion
status or the job status is updated with the appropriate completion status respectively.
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Type a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. Remember, this
action negates any entries you may have made on this screen.

February 2008 11–13

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide JOBMENU
Job Schedule

Job status details

If you selected a specific job from the action list to view, the system displays a screen
similar to the one following.

February 2008 11–14

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide JOBMENU
Job Schedule

JOBSTSLST1—Job Status Details

( ) (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRAMS/BSE 8.0 (T) 12/20/01 09:23:44
JOB STATUS DETAILS
Inst Appl Date Run
1111 0001 11/13/98 0066

Job Name . . . . . . . : OUTCP1 Record Status . . . . : A

File Path Name . . . . : CPBUSOUT Last Run Date . . . . : 11/08/98
Run Status . . . . . . : C Last Run Number . . . : 0020
Requested Job . . . . :
Current Processing Date: 11/13/98
Scheduled Release Date : 00/00/00
Scheduled Release Time : 00:00:00
Frequency . . . . . . : D
Actual Release Date . : 11/13/98
Actual Release Time . : 21:28:02
Prior Job Required . . :
Status Message . :

COMMAND ===>
F3-EXIT F5-REFRSH F6-END F9-CMDS F10-ACTNS F12-CANCEL

This screen displays detailed status information for the job you selected. Key information
is redisplayed at the top of the screen.

Fields

JOB NAME Name that uniquely identifies the job within TRAMS.
8C KEY

FILE PATH NAME Name that uniquely identifies the file(s) processed by the job.
8C KEY

RUN STATUS Code that indicates whether the job was successfully
1C completed. The values are:
A = Aborted
C = Completed
D = Duplicate
I = In progress
F = Failed
S = Scheduled.

February 2008 11–15

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide JOBMENU
Job Schedule

REQUESTED JOB Flag that indicates a job that was manually requested instead of
1C automatically scheduled. The values are:
Blank = Automatically scheduled
R = Manually requested.

CURRENT System processing date.

PROCESSING DATE
8N

SCHEDULED Date on which the job is scheduled for processing, shown in

RELEASE DATE user-defined format.
8N

SCHEDULED Time of day at which the job is scheduled for release to its
RELEASE TIME destination(s).
6N

FREQUENCY Unit of time used to compute the schedule for this job. The
1C values are:
D = Days
W = Weeks
M = Months
Y = Years.

ACTUAL RELEASE Date on which the job was actually released for processing,
DATE shown in user-defined format.
6N

ACTUAL RELEASE Time of day at which the job was actually released for
TIME processing.
6N

PRIOR JOB Name of the last job required to be successfully completed

REQUIRED before running this job.
8C

STATUS MESSAGE Message identifying the job’s current status. This status serves
10C as an alert if a job fails.

RECORD STATUS Current status of this job record. The values are:
1C
A = Active
I = Inactive
N = New
P = Purge.

February 2008 11–16

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide JOBMENU
Job Schedule

LAST RUN DATE Date on which this job was previously scheduled to run, shown
8N in user-defined format.

LAST RUN NUMBER Number identifying the last run of TRAMS used to process this
4N job.

Exiting the function

When you finish viewing the Job Status Details screen, continue by performing one of the
following actions:
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Type a fastpath command in the command line and press Enter. Remember, this
action negates any changes you may have made on this screen.

February 2008 11–17

 Chapter 12

SYSTBLMENU
System Tables

TRAMS stores much of its data in a series of system tables. As TRAMS processes, it
refers to these tables to retrieve needed information.

TRAMS system tables

The TRAMS system tables include:
‰ Transaction Code Translation table—Contains data used to translate incoming
transaction codes into codes readable by various destinations.
‰ Interchange Fee table—Contains the current fees charged for use of the bankcard
networks. This table is available only if your organization is running the TRAMS
Bank Card module (TRAMS/BC).
‰ Interbank Card Association (ICA) table—Contains the identification numbers for
MasterCard member institutions. This table is available only if your organization is
running the TRAMS Bank Card module (TRAMS/BC).
‰ BIN table—Contains the identification numbers for Visa member institutions. This
table is available only if your organization is running the TRAMS Bank Card module
(TRAMS/BC).
‰ Account Range table—Contains the range of account prefix numbers available for
each institution.
‰ MasterCard—World Card Chargeback table—Contains the reason codes for
Chargeback transactions. This table is available only if your organization is running
the TRAMS Bank Card module (TRAMS/BC).
‰ EP Table Management Menu—Contains all of the maintenance files for Eurocard-
MasterCard transaction processing.
‰ IIN table—Contains both Licensee ID and Issuer Identification (IIN) records. This
table is available only if your organization is running TRAMS/BC and the JCB
module.

February 2008 12–1

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SYSTBLMENU
System Tables

‰ JCB Interchange Fee table—Contains data used to qualify each transaction for the
correct interchange fee rate. This table is available only if your organization is
running TRAMS/BC and the JCB module.
The tables that specifically relate to the TRAMS/BC module are documented in the
TRAMS/BC Screens Guide. The EP Table Management Menu is documented in the
TRAMS Eurocard-MasterCard Screens Guide.

 Additional tables, such as the Messages table and Record Definition

table, are created and maintained through the Application
Generator. These tables are accessible through the Security
Administration Menu.

Accessing system tables

To access the tables, select the System Tables option from the TRAMS Main Menu or type
SYSTBLMENU in the command line. Press Enter.
The system displays a menu similar to the one on the following page.

February 2008 12–2

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SYSTBLMENU
System Tables

SYSTBLMENU—System Table Management Menu

( ) (H) Help
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
SYSTBLMENU TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (T) 02/09/05 08:49:04
SYSTEM TABLE MANAGEMENT MENU

Select one of the following and press Enter.

( ) 1. Tran Code Translation Table

2. Interchange Fee Table
3. ICA Table
4. BIN Table
5. Account Range Table
6. World Card Chargeback Table
7. EP Table Management Menu
8. IIN Table
9. JCB Interchange Fee Table

COMMAND ===>
F1=HELP F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS

Use this menu to establish, view, change, or delete each of the system tables previously
described. To select a table, type the number for the option in the field provided and press
Enter. Then, turn to the appropriate chapter and continue with the instructions for that
function.

 With the exception of the Interchange Fee table, the IIN table, and
the JCB Interchange Fee table, the system tables have established
JCLs that load them. These should be scheduled on a regular basis
to ensure that files are current.

Transaction Code Translation table

Purpose
Use this function to access the table cross-referencing source transaction codes with
destination transaction codes. TRAMS refers to this table as it translates incoming
(source) transaction files into an outgoing (destination) file format. The table is created
and maintained in the Application Generator and uploaded to the host computer.

February 2008 12–3

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SYSTBLMENU
System Tables

Accessing the Transaction Code Translation table

To access the table, select the Tran Code Translation Table option from the System Table
Management Menu and press Enter.
The system displays a screen similar to the one on the following page.

February 2008 12–4

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SYSTBLMENU
System Tables

TRANLIST—Transaction Code Action List

TRANLIST TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 12/20/01 13:34:31
TRANSACTION CODE ACTION LIST More: +

Type actions next to selected objects. Then press Enter.

S=Search V=View
************** Source ************** ******** Destination *********
Action Inst Appl Tran Cd Rev D/C/M Inst Appl Tran Cd D/C/M
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
***************** Source ******************
Action Inst Appl Tran Rev D/C/M Description
( ) 7777 0002 6282 C PAYMENT TRANSACTION CREDIT
( ) 7777 0002 6302 C PAYMENT TRANSACTION CREDIT
( ) 7777 0002 6322 C PAYMENT TRANSACTION CREDIT
( ) 7777 0002 6342 C PAYMENT TRANSACTION CREDIT
( ) 7777 0002 1102 C PAYMENT TRANSACTION CREDIT
( ) 7777 0002 1302 C PAYMENT TRANSACTION CREDIT
( ) 7777 0002 1502 C PAYMENT TRANSACTION CREDIT
( ) 7777 0002 0017 D CASH CHARGEBACK
( ) 7777 0002 0019 D ATM (MASTERCARD ONLY)
( ) 7777 0002 0020 C FUNDS DISBURSEMENT

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F7=BKWD F8=FWRD F9=CMDS

This screen consists of an action list containing source transaction codes established in the
table. Using this action list, you can access detailed information used to translate the
source transactions into formats readable by their destination institutions.
Paging options may apply to this function. Refer to the “Working in TRAMS” chapter for
help with paging.

Fields

ACTION Code that identifies the action you want to take concerning the
1C associated object. Valid action codes are displayed on your
screen.

INST Institution pertaining to the transaction code. This field appears

4N KEY once for Source and once for Destination.

APPL Application pertaining to the transaction code. This field

4N KEY appears once for Source and once for Destination.

TRAN CD Specific transaction code affected by the translation. This field

4N KEY appears once for Source and once for Destination.

February 2008 12–5

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SYSTBLMENU
System Tables

REV Code that indicates whether this transaction is used to reverse

1C KEY another transaction.

D/C/M Code that identifies the transaction as a debit, credit, or memo

1C KEY item. This field appears once for Source and once for
Destination. The values are:
D = Debit
C = Credit
M = Memo.

 Enter all values associated with the Source heading to provide a full
key.

DESCRIPTION Full name or description of the source transaction.

30C
When you finish viewing the screen (paging forward and backward as necessary),
continue by performing one of the following actions:
‰ Enter values in the key fields displayed near the top of the screen. Enter a code in the
ACTION field associated with the key. Press Enter. Refer to the “Transaction code
details” topic for help with resulting screens.
‰ Enter an action code in the ACTION field beside any selected object(s). Press Enter.
Refer to the “Transaction code details” topic for help with resulting screens. If you
need help in understanding action codes and their use, refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide.
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Enter a fastpath command in the Command line and press Enter. Remember, this
action negates any entries you may have made on this screen.

Transaction code details

If you selected an object and action using the Transaction Code Action List, the system
displays a screen similar to the one on the following page.

February 2008 12–6

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SYSTBLMENU
System Tables

TRANLIST1—Transaction Code Details

( ) (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 12/20/01 13:34:37
TRANSACTION CODE DETAILS More: +

Status . . . . . . . : A
Institution Id . . . : 7777 Date Added . . . . . : 12/03/00
Application Id . . . : 0002 Last Maintenance By . :
Src Transaction Code : 6282 Date Last Maintenance : 00/00/00
Src Tran Code Reversal: Time Last Maintenance : 00:00:00
Debit/Credit/Memo Ind : D
Tran Code Description : CASH ADVANCE
Nbr Destination T/C . : 0006
************* Destination Transaction Codes *************
Inst Appl Tran D/C/M Description
9001 0001 6282 C PAYMENT TRANSACTION CREDIT
0001 0650 0500 D NOT FOUND
9000 0001 0007 D CASH ADVANCE
0001 0675 0500 D NOT FOUND
0001 0625 0999 C NOT FOUND
0001 0750 0022 D NOT FOUND

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F8=FWRD F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS

This screen displays the detailed information for the source transaction code, and lists the
destination transaction codes to which the source code is translated.

Fields

INSTITUTION ID Source institution generating this transaction.

4N

APPLICATION ID Source application generating this transaction.

4N

SRC TRANSACTION Transaction code assigned to the item at its source.

CODE
4N

SRC TRAN CODE Flag that indicates whether the transaction is used to reverse
REVERSAL another transaction.
4N

February 2008 12–7

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SYSTBLMENU
System Tables

DEBIT/CREDIT/MEMO Code that identifies the item as a debit, credit, or memo

IND transaction. The values are:
1C
D = Debit
C = Credit
M = Memo.

TRAN CODE Full name or description of the transaction.

DESCRIPTION
15C

NBR DESTINATION Total number of destination transaction codes to which this

T/C source transaction applies.
4N

STATUS Current status of this table record. The values are:

1C
A = Active
I = Inactive
N = New
P = Purge.

DATE ADDED Date this record was added to the system, displayed in user-
8N defined format.

LAST MAINTENANCE User who last updated this record.

BY
5C

DATE LAST Date on which this record was last updated, displayed in user-
MAINTENANCE defined format.
8N

TIME LAST Time of day at which this record was last updated.
MAINTENANCE
6N

DESTINATION TRANSACTION CODES

This section of the screen lists the destinations to which the transaction applies.

INST Destination institution.

4N

APPL Destination application.

4N

February 2008 12–8

TRAMS 8.28 Screens Guide SYSTBLMENU
System Tables

TRAN Transaction code to which the source item is translated for the
4N associated destination.

D/C/M Code that indicates whether the destination item is a debit,

1C credit, or memo item.

DESCRIPTION Full name or description of the destination transaction.

15C

 This list shows up to six destination transactions for this source

transaction. If more destination transactions apply, use paging
functions to page forward and backward.

Exiting the function

When you finish viewing the screen (paging forward and backward as necessary),
complete the function by performing one of the following actions:
‰ Choose a completion option using Enter or a function key. Refer to the “Working in
TRAMS” chapter of this guide for an explanation of completion options and their
results.
‰ Enter a fastpath command in the Command line and press Enter. Remember, this
action negates any entries you may have made on this screen.

February 2008 12–9

Appendices
 Appendix A

Appendix A

TRAMS/VisionPLUS Base
Information

TRAMS initializes the system files during installation, generating selected records that
contain initial values only. You can change, view, or establish additional records on the
corresponding online screens for each file.
Refer to the following topics for information on file records available in TRAMS. For
more information on installation processes, refer to the “Installation Job Streams” chapter
in the TRAMS Technical Guide. For more information on the online screen functions, refer
to the appropriate chapter in the TRAMS Screens Guide.

NCVRPTP—Report Control Parameter file

This topic lists the reports available in TRAMS depending on which TRAMS modules are
active. TRAMS initializes controls for many of the reports on the Report Control
Parameter file (NCVRPTP) during installation. You can establish, change, or view report
parameters online by selecting Report Options on the Control Options Menu screen
(OPTIONMENU). For more information on the Report Options function, refer to the
TRAMS Screens Guide.

 TRAMS automatically adds most VisionPLUS TRAMS reports to the

report action list (RPTLIST) during installation processes. However,
some reports require manual addition. Refer to the “Manually
adding a Report Options record” topic following the RPTLIST2
screen sample in the “OPTIONMENU—Control Options” chapter.

 NCVRPTP report options functionality is not available for American

Express reports.

February 2008 A–1

TRAMS 8.28 TRAMS/VisionPLUS Base Information—Appendix A

TRAMS

Report Description
560 System Calendar Journal

701 Report Production Listing

702 System Warehouse Totals

703 Unidentified Transactions

704 Reconciliation Report

705 System Maintenance Log

707 Scheduled Jobs Listing

708 Job Status Log

709 Control Options Log

710 Security Violations Log

711 Backup Purge and Archive Summary Report

713 Header Reject Listing

714 Pass-through Error Listing

730 Transaction Input Listing

731 Transaction Input Listing Pass-through

732 EMV Transaction Certificate Check

735 Transaction Output Listing

736 Accepted Pass-through

740 Reject Correction Listing

751 Reject Transaction Listing

752 Reject Transaction Listing By Reason Code

761 Suspense Transaction Listing

762 Suspense Transaction Listing By Reason Code

February 2008 A–2

TRAMS 8.28 TRAMS/VisionPLUS Base Information—Appendix A

Report Description
770 Institution/Application Input Totals

801 Transaction Input Listing by Merchant

802 Warehouse Exception Log

803 Unreleased Transaction Report

804 Addendum Error Listing

851 System Reconciliation Report

852 Warehouse Listing Primary Destinations

854 Header Transaction Listing

856 Warehouse Listing Secondary Destinations

858 Input/Output Reconciliation Report

860 Common Settlement Report

TRAMS/DE

Report Description
2711 Data Entry Deletion Log

2730 Data Entry Extract Log

2731 Data Entry Cash Letter Holdover Log

2732 Data Entry Batch Header Holdover Log

2735 Data Entry System Totals Report

2852 Data Entry Region Totals

TRAMS/BC—MasterCard

Report Description
1703 MasterCard ABU Merchant Request

1705 MasterCard ABU Merchant Request Reject

February 2008 A–3

TRAMS 8.28 TRAMS/VisionPLUS Base Information—Appendix A

Report Description
1707 MasterCard ABU Issuer Account Change Confirmations and
Errors

1709 MasterCard ABU Issuer Updates to Merchants

1711 MasterCard ABU Issuer Stop Payment Requests

1713 MasterCard ABU Issuer Stop Payment Confirmations and Errors

1715 MasterCard ABU Merchant Registration Confirmations and Errors

1716 MasterCard ABU Merchant Responses and Errors

1717 Terminated Merchants

1718 Terminated Merchants

1719 MasterCard ABU EU Merchant Responses and Errors

1769 NDC Central Host EDC Detail Listing

1770 Outgoing SAFE

1771 Incoming SAFE

1772 Outgoing Issuers’ Clearinghouse

1773 Incoming Issuers’ Clearinghouse Service

1775 Incoming ICS Issuer’s Alert

1777 Incoming Bankruptcy

3701 File Currency Summary

3703 Incoming First Presentment Detail

3704 Outgoing First Presentment Detail

3705 Incoming Retrieval Request

3706 Outgoing Retrieval Request

3711 Incoming Chargeback

3712 Outgoing Chargeback

February 2008 A–4

TRAMS 8.28 TRAMS/VisionPLUS Base Information—Appendix A

Report Description
3713 Incoming Second Presentment

3714 Outgoing Second Presentment

3715 Incoming Fee Collection (Retrieval Fee Billing)

3716 Outgoing Fee Collection (Retrieval Fee Billing)

3717 Currency Update

3719 Message Exception/File Reject

3721 Financial Position Detail

3723 Text Message

3727 Incoming Settlement Totals in Reconciliation Currency

3728 Outgoing Settlement Totals in Reconciliation Currency

3765 Incoming Fee Collection (Other than Retrieval Fee Billing)

3766 Outgoing Fee Collection (Other than Retrieval Fee Billing)

4701 File Currency Summary

4703 Incoming First Presentment Detail Summary

4704 Outgoing First Presentment Detail Summary

4705 Incoming Retrieval Request Summary

4706 Outgoing Retrieval Request Summary

4711 Incoming Chargeback Summary

4712 Outgoing Chargeback Summary

4713 Incoming Second Presentment Summary

4714 Outgoing Second Presentment Summary

4715 Incoming Fee Collection (Retrieval Fee Billing) Summary

4716 Outgoing Fee Collection (Retrieval Fee Billing) Summary

4717 Currency Update Summary

February 2008 A–5

TRAMS 8.28 TRAMS/VisionPLUS Base Information—Appendix A

Report Description
4719 Message Exception/File Reject Summary

4723 Text Message Summary

4765 Incoming Fee Collection (Other than Retrieval Fee Billing)

Summary

4766 Outgoing Fee Collection (Other than Retrieval Fee Billing)

Summary

TRAMS/BC—Visa

Report Description
1720 Visa VAU Incoming Issuer Stop

1721 Visa VAU Incoming Acquirer Inquiry

1722 Visa VAU Incoming Acquirer Inquiry Reject

1723 Visa VAU Incoming Acquirer Inquiry Response

1724 Visa VAU Incoming Issuer Response

1725 Visa VAU Incoming Issuer Response File Error

1726 Visa VAU Incoming Acquirer Inquiry Response File Error

1727 Visa VAU Incoming Merchant Reference

1729 Incoming Visa Transaction Code 50

1730 Outgoing Visa Transaction Code 50

1731 Reclassification Advice Report

1733 Incoming Financial Detail

1734 Outgoing Financial Detail

1735 Incoming Retrieval Request

1736 Outgoing Retrieval Request

1737 Incoming Retrieval Request Confirmation

February 2008 A–6

TRAMS 8.28 TRAMS/VisionPLUS Base Information—Appendix A

Report Description
1738 Outgoing Retrieval Request Confirmation

1739 Incoming Returned Items

1740 Outgoing Fraud Advice Transaction

1741 Incoming Chargebacks

1742 Outgoing Chargebacks

1743 Incoming Representments

1744 Outgoing Representments

1745 Incoming Fee Coll/ Funds Disbursements/CFCR

1746 Outgoing Fee Coll/ Funds Disbursements/CFCR

1747 Incoming BIN Totals

1749 Draft Capture Transactions

1750 Outgoing Issuers’ Clearinghouse

1751 TC 48 BASE I Advice

1753 Incoming Fraud

1755 Incoming Merchant Summary

1757 Incoming Bankruptcy Record

1759 Incoming Alert Record

1761 Incoming Issuers’ Clearinghouse

1763 Visa Incoming Audit Advices

1765 Incoming RC300 Fee Collection/Funds Disbursement

1766 Outgoing RC300 Fee Collection/Funds Disbursement

1767 Incoming Activity Summary

1778 NMAS Daily Activity Summary

1779 NMAS Daily Confirm Detail

February 2008 A–7

TRAMS 8.28 TRAMS/VisionPLUS Base Information—Appendix A

Report Description
1780 NMAS Daily Invalid Detail

1781 NMAS Daily Alert Detail

1782 NMAS Outgoing Daily Activity Alert Detail

1785 Incoming Dispute Ruling

1786 Outgoing Dispute Request

1787 Incoming Non-Fulfillment Message

1788 Outgoing Non-Fulfillment Message

1789 Unmatched Commercial Card TC50s

1791 VMAS Incoming Daily Activity

1792 VMAS Outgoing Daily Activity

TRAMS/BC—Miscellaneous

Report Description
1701 Auto Chargeback Transactions

1801 Downgrade Warning Listing

American Express

 TRAMS NCVRPTP report options functionality is not available for

American Express reports.

Report Description
5701–5703 AMEX Incoming First/Second Presentments

5702 AMEX Outgoing Retrieval Requests

5704 AMEX Outgoing Chargebacks

5706 AMEX Fraud Update

5707 AMEX Incoming Fulfillments

February 2008 A–8

TRAMS 8.28 TRAMS/VisionPLUS Base Information—Appendix A

Report Description
5709 AMEX Incoming Pass Through Fees/ATM Fees

5711 AMEX Incoming Fee Collections

5713 AMEX Acknowledgements

5715 AMEX Rejected Retrieval Requests

5717 AMEX Rejected Chargebacks

5719 AMEX Fraud Responses

5721 AMEX Fraud Reports

JCB

Report Description
1601 Incoming Presentments

1602 Outgoing Presentments

1603 Incoming Chargebacks

1604 Outgoing Chargebacks

1605 Incoming Second Presentments

1606 Outgoing Second Presentments

1607 Incoming Retrieval Requests

1608 Outgoing Retrieval Requests

1609 Stop List

NCVINST—Institution file
This topic lists the Institution records available in TRAMS depending on which TRAMS
modules are active. You can establish, change, or view Institution records online by
selecting Institutions on the Client Information Menu screen (CLIENTMENU).
For more information on installation processes, refer to the “Installation Job Streams”
chapter in the TRAMS Technical Guide. For more information on the Institutions online

February 2008 A–9

TRAMS 8.28 TRAMS/VisionPLUS Base Information—Appendix A

function, refer to the “CLIENTMENU—Client Information” chapter in the TRAMS

Screens Guide.

American Express

Institution Description
9100 American Express

Auto-Chargebacks

Institution Description
9760 Interchange Tracking System Auto Chargeback Output

CMS

Institution Description
9400 Credit Management System Inputs

9410 Credit Management System Prepaid

9450 Credit Management System Outputs

9460 Credit Management System Nonmonetary Output

9470 General Ledger Dummy Output

FAS

Institution Description
9600 Financial Authorization System Inputs

9650 RPCOUT

ITS

Institution Description
9700 Interchange Tracking System Inputs

9750 Interchange Tracking System Outputs

February 2008 A–10

TRAMS 8.28 TRAMS/VisionPLUS Base Information—Appendix A

JCB

Institution Description
9900 JCB Input/Output

9950 JCB Terminated Merchant Outgoing

MasterCard

Institution Description
9001 MasterCard

MBS

Institution Description
9500 Merchant Bankcard System Inputs

9550 Merchant Bankcard System Outputs

TRAMS/DE

Institution Description
9800 Data Entry Base

User input (acquirer)

Institution Description
9300 User Input

Visa

Institution Description
9000 Visa

February 2008 A–11

TRAMS 8.28 TRAMS/VisionPLUS Base Information—Appendix A

NCVAPPL—Application file
This topic lists the Application records available in TRAMS depending on which TRAMS
modules are active. You can establish, change, or view Application records online by
selecting Applications on the Client Information Menu screen (CLIENTMENU).
For more information on installation processes, refer to the “Installation Job Streams”
chapter in the TRAMS Technical Guide. For more information on the Applications online
function, refer to the “CLIENTMENU—Client Information” chapter in the TRAMS
Screens Guide.

Auto-chargeback

Institution Application Description

9760 0001 Auto-Chargebacks

American Express

Institution Application Description

9100 0001 AMEX Incoming Clearing and Settlement

9100 0050 AMEX Outgoing Clearing and Settlement

9100 0060 American Express Fraud

CMS

Institution Application Description

9400 0001 Cardholder Adjustments

9400 0002 CMS Monetary In

9410 0001 Credit Management System Prepaid

9420 0001 CMS Cardholder LMS (Loyalty Management

System) Credits

9450 0001–0010 CMS Output

9460 0001 CMS Nonmonetary Output

9470 0001 General Ledger Dummy Output

February 2008 A–12

TRAMS 8.28 TRAMS/VisionPLUS Base Information—Appendix A

FAS

Institution Application Description

9600 0001 Batch Authorizations

9650 0001 RPCOUT

ITS

Institution Application Description

9700 0001 ITS Chargebacks

9700 0002 ITS Fee/Fund Input

9700 0003 ITS Fraud Input

9700 0004 ITS Issuer Clearinghouse

9700 0060 ITS Issuer Account Updater Inputs

9750 0001 ITS Output Visa

9750 0002 ITS Output MasterCard

9750 0004 ITS Output American Express

9750 0005 ITS Output JCB

JCB

Institution Application Description

9900 0001 JCB Incoming/Outgoing Clearing

9950 0001 JCB Terminated Merchant Outgoing

MasterCard

Institution Application Description

9001 0001 MasterCard

9001 0002 MAPP Authorizations

February 2008 A–13

TRAMS 8.28 TRAMS/VisionPLUS Base Information—Appendix A

Institution Application Description

9001 0010 MasterCard MATCHOUT

9001 0020 MasterCard SAFEOUT

9001 0030 MasterCard ICHOUT

9001 0040 MAPP Input

9001 0060 MasterCard Automatic Billing Updater

9001 0061 MasterCard Automatic Billing Updater (EU)

MBS

Institution Application Description

9500 0001 MBS Model Retail Acquiring

9500 0002 MBS Unbatched Adjustments

9500 0003 MBS Settlement/Billing System

9500 0004 MBS Match

9500 0005 MBS Bulletin Records

9500 0010 MBS JCB Terminated Merchants

9550 0001–0010 MBS Transaction Output

February 2008 A–14

TRAMS 8.28 TRAMS/VisionPLUS Base Information—Appendix A

TRAMS/DE

Institution Application Description

9800 0001 Data Entry

User input (acquirer)

Institution Application Description

9300 0001 Acquirer User Inputs

9300 0060 Acquirer Account Updater Inquiries (MasterCard

Automatic Billing Updater and/or Visa Account
Updater)

Visa

Institution Application Description

9000 0001 Calendar Excludes Sunday Only

9000 0002 Visa CPS/Passenger Transport

9000 0010 Visa Draft Capture

9000 0060 Visa Account Updater

February 2008 A–15

TRAMS 8.28 TRAMS/VisionPLUS Base Information—Appendix A

NCVCALP—Calendar Parameters file

This topic lists Calendar records available in TRAMS depending on which TRAMS
modules are active. You can establish, change, or view Calendar records online by
selecting Calendar on the Control Options Menu screen (OPTIONMENU).
For more information on installation processes, refer to the “Installation Job Streams”
chapter in the TRAMS Technical Guide. For more information on the Calendar function,
refer to the “OPTIONMENU—Control Options” chapter in the TRAMS Screens Guide.

American Express

Institution Application Workday Table Description

9100 0000 OOOOOOO American Express

MasterCard

Institution Application Workday Table Description

9001 0001 OOOOOOC MasterCard

TRAMS

Institution Application Workday Table Description

0000 0000 OOOOOCC Saturday and Sunday
Non-work

Visa

Institution Application Workday Table Description

9000 0001 OOOOOOC Sunday Non-work

9000 0002 OOOOOCC Saturday and Sunday

Non-work

NCVJSCH—Job Schedule file

This topic lists the jobs available in TRAMS depending on which TRAMS modules are
active. You can establish, change, or view Job Schedule records online by selecting Job
Schedule on the Job Schedule Menu screen (JOBMENU).

February 2008 A–16

TRAMS 8.28 TRAMS/VisionPLUS Base Information—Appendix A

For more information on installation processes, refer to the “Installation Job Streams”
chapter in the TRAMS Technical Guide. For more information on the Job Schedule online
function, refer to the “JOBMENU—Job Schedule” chapter in the TRAMS Screens Guide.

American Express

Job Name Filepath Institution Application

AEFROUT AEFROUT 9100 0060

AEGNIN AEGNIN 9100 0001

AEGNOUT AEGNOUT 9100 0050

Auto-chargeback

Job Name Filepath Institution Application

CHBKOUT CHBKOUT 9760 0001

CMS

Job Name Filepath Institution Application

AML1OUT AML1OUT 9460 0001

CMSAMT1 CMSAMT1 9400 0002

CMSATGT CMSATGT 9400 0001

CMSOUT CMSOUT 9450 0001

GLDOUT GLDOUT 9470 0001

LMSATPT LMSATPT 9420 0001

PYMTIN PYMTIN 9410 0001

FAS

Job Name Filepath Institution Application

FASFTBA FASFTBA 9600 0001

RPCOUT RPCOUT 9650 0001

February 2008 A–17

TRAMS 8.28 TRAMS/VisionPLUS Base Information—Appendix A

ITS

Job Name Filepath Institution Application

AUISSUER AUISSUER 9700 0060

ITSCRCR ITSCRCR 9700 0001

ITSFFD ITSFFD 9700 0002

ITSFRD ITSFRD 9700 0003

ITSICH ITSICH 9700 0004

ITSOUT ITSOUT 9750 0001

JCB

Job Name Filepath Institution Application

JCBIN JCBIN 9900 0001

JCBMROUT JCBMROUT 9950 0001

JCBOUT JCBOUT 9900 0001

MasterCard

Job Name Filepath Institution Application

IPCOLOUT IPCOLOUT 9001 0001

IPMIN IPMIN 9001 0001

IPMOUT IPMOUT 9001 0001

MAPAUTH MAPAUTH 9001 0002

MAPPIN MAPPIN 9001 0040

MATCHOUT MATCHOUT 9001 0010

MCICHOUT MCICHOUT 9001 0030

MCSAFOUT MCSAFOUT 9001 0020

February 2008 A–18

TRAMS 8.28 TRAMS/VisionPLUS Base Information—Appendix A

MBS

Job Name Filepath Institution Application

MBSMTJO (JCB) MBSMTJO 9500 0010

MBSMTMO MBSMTMO 9500 0004

MBSMTPR MBSMTPR 9500 0001

MBSMTPT MBSMTPT 9500 0002

MBSMTSI MBSMTSI 9500 0003

MBSMTVO MBSMTVO 9500 0005

MBSOUT MBSOUT 9550 0001

TRAMS/DE

Job Name Filepath Institution Application

DEBASIN DEBASIN 9800 0001

DEEXTRCT NDPO519 9800 0001

User input (acquirer)

Job Name Filepath Institution Application

AUACQINQ AUACQINQ 9300 0060

USERIPT USERIPT 9300 0001

Visa

Job Name Filepath Institution Application

VISADC VISADC 9000 0010

VISAIN VISAIN 9000 0001

VISAOUT VISAOUT 9000 0001

VSAUTH VSAUTH 9000 0002

February 2008 A–19

 Appendix B

Appendix B

Error Messages

This section describes the various messages that the TRAMS displays on your terminal.
These messages inform you of the status of the system and warn you of errors or
conditions that can affect the system’s data.
Certain messages are displayed for your information and require no action on your part.
Other messages require that you take some action to correct an error or resolve a situation
before you continue work with TRAMS.

February 2008 B–1

TRAMS 8.28 Error Messages—Appendix B

System error messages

System error messages warn you of a condition within the system that caused an abnormal
termination of a program (known as an abend). System error messages are displayed on a
screen similar to the one following:

DFH22061 TRANSACTION TRAM ABEND TRAM . BACKOUT SUCCESSFUL 14:18:49 -----

TRAMERROR TRAMS SYSTEM ERROR REPORT

A critical error has been encountered and processing has

been temporarily terminated. Before entering another transaction, please write down
(or print) the following information. You should then present this to your
supervisor.

Transaction ID. . : TRAM

Date. . . . . . . : 12/09/99
Time. . . . . . . : 14:18:46

Application Program . . : NCPO338 Sub-program Name. . . . :

Application Location. . : 0020 Sub-program Location. . :
Error Code. . . . . . . : 0E00 Sub-program Error Code. :
Dataset Name. . . . . . : NCVCURT Sub-program Dataset . . :
Current Pgm Nbr . . . . : 0038 Previous Pgm Nbr. . . . : 00330
File Status . . . . . . : 00024

UNKNOWN TYPE ERROR - ERROR CODE NOT FOUND IN MSG TABLE

PRESS THE "CLEAR" KEY TO EXIT THE APPLICATION

If you receive one of these messages, copy down the information displayed before
clearing the screen. Give the information to your supervisor or designated support
personnel for use in troubleshooting.
An abend forces you to exit TRAMS and return to the operating system. You will need to
sign on to TRAMS again before you can proceed with your work.

Input/output errors
TRAMS includes an online input/output routine (NCIO000) that is used by all of its online
programs. This program returns a message if it encounters an error in opening, closing,
reading to, or writing to one of the VSAM files. Following is an explanation of these
messages.
DUPLICATE KEY
The key information received identifies duplicate records within the file. More specific
key information is required.

February 2008 B–2

TRAMS 8.28 Error Messages—Appendix B

DUPLICATE RECORD
More than one record exists in the file identified by the information given. More specific
key information is required.
END OF FILE
The program has encountered an unexpected end-of-file condition.
FILE DISABLED
The file has been disabled from access through a CICS operation.
FILE NBR ERROR (TS)
The file number located in temporary storage does not correspond to a valid file name.
FILE NOT FOUND
The program could not locate a program equal to the value identified by NCBCOMM-FILE-
NBR.

FILE NOT OPEN

The program is attempting to read or write to a file that is not yet opened. The requested
file may be closed and unenabled or is still open and in use with a closed request pending.
GENERAL EXCEPT ERROR
The program has encountered a general exception error within the file.
I/O ERROR
An error has occurred in reading or writing to the file.
ILLOGIC
The program encountered a VSAM error that does not fall into another CICS response
category.
INVALID REC LENGTH FOR VARIABLE RECORD
The program attempted to write a variable-length record that exceeds the maximum record
length for the file.
INVALID REQUEST
A request issued by the calling program is invalid. (Refer to the TRAMS Technical Guide
for valid request codes.)
LENGTH ERROR
The record to be written exceeds the maximum length of records in the file.
NO SPACE
The file has reached its maximum capacity and has no more space in which to write a
record.
NOT AUTHORIZED
Access to the given file is not authorized for this user.
RECORD NOT FOUND
No record matching the given key information exists within the file.

February 2008 B–3

TRAMS 8.28 Error Messages—Appendix B

REQUEST CODE INVALID

The value in NCBCOMM-REQ-CODE is not valid request code. (Refer to the TRAMS
Technical Guide for valid request codes.)
SIMULTANEOUS UPDATE
In comparing the maintenance date and time of the changed record to that of the master,
the program determined that these values differ. The record has been changed between the
time the operator received the record in order to change it and the time the operator was
actually ready to rewrite the master.

Abend Messages
TRAMS also includes a common online error handler (NCPO001) that controls the
system’s response when an unrecoverable error occurs in a program. These messages warn
that an ABEND has occurred.
A BMS MAPFAIL CONDITION
The data to be screen-mapped has a length of zero or does not contain a set buffer address
order.
A FILE ACCESS ATTEMPTED ON A DISABLED FILE (DISABLED)
The program attempted to read a file disabled by the organization.
A FILE ACCESS ATTEMPTED ON A CLOSED FILE (NOTOPEN)
The requested file is closed and unenabled, or it is still open and in use with a closed
request pending.
A FILE INPUT OPERATION FOUND A NON-UNIQUE KEY (DUPKEY)
A record was retrieved using an index with the NONUNIQUEKEY attribute, and another
alternate index record with the same key followed.
A FILE INPUT/OUTPUT ERROR (IOERR)
An error occurred in reading from or writing to a file.
A LENGTH ERROR IN PROCESSING A FILE COMMAND (LENGERR)
The length specified for a write operation exceeds the maximum record size; an incorrect
length was specified for a read or write operation involving fixed-length records; a length
option was not specified for a read or write operation involving variable-length records; or
the length of a record read during a read operation exceeds the value specified in the
length option.
A NOT FOUND CONDITION USING INTERVAL CONTROL
The request identifier specified in a CANCEL command failed to match an unexpired
interval control command; a RETRIEVE command was issued but a prior task retrieved
the data directly through temporary storage requests and released the data; or the request
identifier associated with the START command is not unique and CICS cannot find the
data.

February 2008 B–4

TRAMS 8.28 Error Messages—Appendix B

A PROGRAM OR FILE ERROR (UNEXPECTED END-OF-FILE)

The system encountered a logic error in the program or within a file.
A PROGRAM OR TEMPORARY STORAGE ERROR (ITEMERR)
The item number specified by a read or write command is invalid.
A RECORD TO BE READ OR DELETED NOT FOUND (NOTFOUND)
An attempt to retrieve or delete a record based on the search argument provided was
unsuccessful.
A TEMP STORAGE INTERVAL CONTROL LENGTH ERROR
The length specified within interval control is less than the actual length of the stored data.
A TEMPORARY STORAGE LENGTH ERROR HAS OCCURRED
The length of the stored data is greater than the value specified by the length option.
AN ILLOGICAL CONDITION OCCURRED IN A VSAM FILE (ILLOGIC)
A VSAM error occurred that does not fall within one of the other CICS response
categories.
AN INVALID REQUEST USING A FILE COMMAND (INVREQ)
A requested file control operation is not allowed. Refer to your CICS documentation for
additional conditions that result in this error.
AN INVALID REQUEST USING INTERVAL CONTROL
An invalid type of interval control was received for processing by CICS.
APPLICATION RETURNING MESSAGE IN NCBCOMM-FUNC-LINE-2
The application sent an error message from the communications area.
ATTEMPT TO READ AN EMPTY TRANSIENT DATA QUEUE (QZERO)
The destination (queue) accessed by a command is empty or the end of the transient data
queue has been reached.
BASIC MAPPING SUPPORT LENGTH ERROR (LENGERR)
The INTO area of a RECEIVE PARTN command is not large enough to hold the input
data.
DUPLICATE RECORD OR NON-UNIQUE KEY IN A FILE (DUPREC)
The system attempted to add a record to a data set, using a file, or to an alternate index
using the UNIQUEKEY attribute, in which the same key already exists.
FCT TABLE OR PROGRAM ERROR (DSIDERR)
An error occurred during an attempt to read the file control table or within the program
logic itself.
FILE ERROR (INVALID REQUEST ATTEMPTING ISC LINK)
The attempted link to the file failed due to an internal error.
FILE ERROR - RESOURCE SECURITY CHECK FAILED (NOTAUTH)
Resource security checking is in effect and a check has failed.

February 2008 B–5

TRAMS 8.28 Error Messages—Appendix B

FILE SYSID NAME INVALID, UNKNOWN OR LINK DOWN (SYSIDERR)

The SYSID option specified either a name which is not defined in the intersystem table or
a system to which the link is closed.
GETMAIN LENGTH ERROR HAS OCCURRED
The value specified for the data length in a GETMAIN command has exceeded the
maximum length.
IC - SYSIDERR (INVALID NAME, LINK DOWN OR NAME UNKNOWN)
The SYSID option using interval control specified either a name not defined in the
intersystem table or a system to which the link is closed.
INPUT/OUTPUT ERROR IN USING INTERVAL CONTROL
An input/output error occurred during a retrieve or start option; or a start operation
attempted to write to temporary storage and the temporary storage data set is full.
INSUFFICIENT SPACE IN A FILE TO ADD A RECORD (NOSPACE)
No space is available on the direct access device for adding records to a data set.
INTERVAL CONTROL RESOURCE LEVEL CHECK FAILURE (NOTAUTH)
Resource level checking is in effect for interval control, and a check has failed.
INVALID TEMP STORAGE REQUEST USING INTERVAL CONTROL
There was no support for a temporary storage read request issued by CICS during
execution of a retrieve command.
MISMATCH OPTIONS WITH START/RETRIEVE COMMANDS-ENVDEFERR
A RETRIEVE command specified an option not specified by the corresponding START
command.
NO SPACE AVAILABLE IN TEMP STORAGE DATASET (NOSPACE)
There is insufficient space available in the temporary storage data set to contain the data.
NO STORAGE TO SATISFY A GETMAIN
The system cannot obtain the storage requested through a GETMAIN command.
PROGRAM CONTROL ERROR (INVREQ)
A return command with the COMMAREA option was issued in a program that is not at
the highest logical level, or a return command with the TRANSID option was issued in a
task not associated with a terminal.
PROGRAM CONTROL RESOURCE LEVEL CHECK FAILURE (NOTAUTH)
Resource security checking is in effect, and a check has failed.
PROGRAM ERROR - INVALID MAP SIZE (INVMPSZ)
The specified map is too wide for the terminal, or a HANDLE CONDITION
OVERFLOW command is active and the specified map is too long for the terminal.

February 2008 B–6

TRAMS 8.28 Error Messages—Appendix B

PROGRAM UNKNOWN - POSSIBLE PPT ERROR

A program, table, or map cannot be found in the program table, in the library, or is
disabled.
REACHED END OF DATA USING INTERVAL CONTROL (IC)
No more data is stored for a task issuing a retrieve command; the retrieve command was
issued by a task started by a start option without a corresponding from option; or a retrieve
command was issued by a task not started by a start option.
TD SYSIDERR (INVALID NAME, LINK DOWN OR NAME UNKNOWN)
The system attempted to access a transient data using an erroneous name, or the link to the
data is not available.
TEMP STORAGE ERROR (ISCINVREQ)
The remote system identified a failure that does not correspond to a known condition.
TEMP STORAGE RESOURCE LEVEL CHECK FAILURE (NOTAUTH)
Resource security checking is in effect, and a check within temporary storage has failed.
TEMPORARY STORAGE - INVALID REQUEST (INVREQ)
A write command refers to data whose length is zero, or a write command specifies a
queue which is locked and awaiting session recovery.
TEMPORARY STORAGE ERROR QUEUE UNKNOWN (QIDERR)
The queue specified by a read or write command cannot be found in main storage or
auxiliary storage.
TEMPORARY STORAGE INPUT/OUTPUT ERROR (IOERR)
An unrecoverable input/output error occurred involving temporary storage.
TERMID (TCT) ERROR USING INTERVAL CONTROL
The terminal identifier specified in a START command cannot be found in the terminal
control table.
TRANSID (PCT) ERROR USING INTERVAL CONTROL
The transaction identifier specified in a START command cannot be found in the program
control table.
TRANSIENT DATA CONTROL ERROR (NOSPACE)
No more space exists on the intrapartition queue; therefore, no more data can be written to
the queue.
TRANSIENT DATA CONTROL ERROR (NOTOPEN)
The system attempted to access a destination that is closed.
TRANSIENT DATA CONTROL ERROR (QBUSY)
A command attempted to access a record in a queue that is being written to or is being
deleted by another task.

February 2008 B–7

TRAMS 8.28 Error Messages—Appendix B

TRANSIENT DATA QUEUE ID ERROR (QIDERR)

The destination to be used with a transient data control command cannot be found.
TS - SYSIDERR (INVALID NAME, LINK DOWN OR NAME UNKNOWN)
The system attempted to access temporary storage using an erroneous name, or the link to
the data is not available.
UNKNOWN TYPE ERROR - ERROR CODE NOT FOUND IN MSG TABLE
An error has occurred that does not have a corresponding error message in the table.

Online error messages

As TRAMS processes your entries, it continually edits them to ensure that they meet the
system’s requirements. If any entry fails one or more of these edits, the system displays an
error message above the command line describing the problem. If you receive one of these
messages, take the action suggested to correct the condition that caused the error and
continue with your work.
ACTION LIST REQUEST IS INVALID WITH FIRST ENTRY
The action you entered beside the key fields near the top of the action list is not valid with
that entry. Correct the action entry and press Enter again.
COMMAND NOT ALLOWED
The command that you entered is not valid with this function. Enter another command.
DATES INVALID FOR THIS SELECTION
You cannot target a date or range of dates for the selected option. Delete your entries in the
FROM and TO DATE fields and press Enter again.

DUPLICATE KEY
You entered key information along with a “New” action selection; however, a record
already exists that is identified by the key you entered. Either review and correct the key
information you entered or (with appropriate authorization) delete the existing record and
reenter the new information.
FIELD MUST BE NUMERIC
The value in the indicated field must contain numbers only, no alphabetic characters or
special characters. Correct the value and reenter.
FUNCTION IS NOT ALLOWED
You pressed a function key that is not valid with this program.
FUNCTION REQUESTED INCONSISTENT WITH ACTION
The function key you pressed is not compatible with the action you requested. For
example, pressing the “Command” function key after entering a “Copy” action beside an
object is an inconsistent function/action combination. Press the “Cancel” function key to
clear the error message, then choose another function key to proceed.

February 2008 B–8

TRAMS 8.28 Error Messages—Appendix B

GENERAL MAP FAILURE ERROR

The system could not send, receive, or redisplay a screen map due to an internal error.
Contact your TRAMS support personnel.
HELP IS NOT AVAILABLE AT THIS TIME
The online help facility is not accessible for the current function or field. Refer to your
documentation for assistance.
INVALID ACTION REQUEST
Your entry in the ACTION field for an object is not valid for that object. Security may
protect the object from change or deletion, you may have entered N (new) for an object
that already exists, or other factors may apply. Correct your entry and reenter.
INVALID ACTION - STILL IN COPY MODE
The system is still processing a “Copy” request. Allow the system to complete its
processing, then make the request again.
INVALID APPROVAL GROUP
Your entry in the APPROVAL GROUP CODE field is not valid for your organization.
Determine the appropriate group code, correct your entry, and reenter.
INVALID APPROVAL LIMIT
Your entry in the APPROVAL LIMIT field is not valid for your organization. Determine the
appropriate approval limit, correct your entry, and reenter.
INVALID COMMAND ENTERED
Your entry in the command line is not valid. Correct and reenter.
INVALID DATE FORMAT
The date(s) you entered on the screen are not formatted according to your organization’s
standards. Correct the entry and reenter.
INVALID DATE REQUESTED
The date you entered is not valid for the field. Check the date and its format, then correct
the entry and reenter.
INVALID FILE SECURITY GROUP
Your entry in the FILE GROUP CODE field is not valid for your organization. Determine the
appropriate group code, correct the entry, and reenter.
INVALID FILE SELECTION
The file you have identified does not exist within the TRAMS database. Correct the entry
and reenter.
INVALID FUNCTION KEY PRESSED
The function key you pressed is not available to you at this time. Valid function keys are
displayed at the bottom of your screen. Select one of these functions to continue.

February 2008 B–9

TRAMS 8.28 Error Messages—Appendix B

INVALID INSTITUTION APPLICATION SECURITY GROUP

Your entry in the INST/APPL GROUP field is not valid for your organization. Determine the
appropriate group code, correct the entry, and reenter.
INVALID KEY PRESSED
The function key you pressed is not available to you at this time. Valid function keys are
displayed at the bottom of your screen. Select one of these functions to continue.
INVALID MULTIPLE NON-DELETE ACTION TYPES
You cannot enter more than one action other than D (delete) on an action list. For example,
you can enter only one U (update) action along with one or more D actions. Delete all
except one of your N (new), U (update), V (view), or C (copy) actions and press Enter.
INVALID MULTIPLE SEARCH ACTION TYPES
Only one S (search) action is permitted on an action list. Delete all except one of your
search requests and reenter.
INVALID NEW PASSWORD EFFECTIVE DATE
Your entry in the NEW DATE field is not a valid date, or is formatted incorrectly. Correct the
entry and reenter.
INVALID PASSWORD
The password that you entered on the sign-on screen does not exist within the Security
file. Rekey a valid password to continue. If you do not have a password, see your System
Administrator.
INVALID PASSWORD EXPIRATION DATE
Your entry in the DATE field under the Password Expiration heading is not a valid date or is
formatted incorrectly. Correct the entry and reenter.
INVALID PASSWORD EXPIRATION PERIOD
Your entry in the PERIOD field under the Password Expiration heading is not valid. This
entry must be a three-digit numeric value. Correct the entry and reenter.
INVALID PROGRAM SECURITY GROUP
Your entry in the PROGRAM GROUP CODE field is not valid for your organization. Type the
appropriate valueand press Enter.
INVALID RECORD STATUS CHANGE REQUEST
You have attempted to assign a record a status that is not valid given its current status. For
example, a status of A (active) cannot be changed to N (new). Correct the status code and
reenter.
INVALID SEARCH INFORMATION FOR THIS SELECTION
The Search criteria entered near the bottom of your screen is not valid with your menu
selection. Correct the Search entries and reenter.

February 2008 B–10

TRAMS 8.28 Error Messages—Appendix B

INVALID SELECTION
The operator ID entered in the OPERATOR field is not on file for your organization. Correct
the entry and reenter.
INVALID STATUS
Your entry in the STATUS field is not valid. The entry must be A (active), I (inactive), N
(new), or P (purge). Correct the entry and reenter.
INVALID TARGETING INFORMATION FOR INSTITUTIONS/APPLICATIONS
The values entered to target institutions and/or applications are not valid for the selected
function. Review and correct your entries and press Enter to continue.
INVALID TIME FORMAT
Your entry in the TIME FORMAT field is not valid for your organization. Determine the
appropriate time format, correct the entry, and reenter.
INVALID TIME OFFSET
Your entry in the TIME OFFSET field is not valid for your organization. This is a three-digit
numeric value. Determine the appropriate time offset, correct the entry, and reenter.
INVALID USER EFFECTIVE DATE
Your entry in the EFFECTIVE DATE field under the User Information heading is not valid or
is not formatted correctly. Correct the entry and reenter.
INVALID USER EXPIRATION DATE
Your entry in the EFFECTIVE DATE field under the User Information heading is not valid or
is not formatted correctly. Correct the entry and reenter.
INVALID USER LEVEL
Your entry in the LEVEL field is not valid. This value must be A (Administrator), S (System
Administrator), M (Manager), or U (User). Correct the entry and reenter.
MUST CONTINUE PROCESSING ON NEW ACTION
The system requires you to review all of the function’s screens when entering a new
record. Therefore, you cannot exit the function prior to the last screen. Press Enter to
continue with the function.
NAME FIELD REQUIRED
You pressed Enter on the sign-on screen without completing the USER ID field. This field is
required. Enter a valid user ID and press Enter again.
NO PRIOR COMMANDS AVAILABLE
You pressed the “Commands” function key to redisplay previously entered commands, but
no such commands exist. You need to key in the FastPath command you want.
NON-NUMERIC APPLICATION REQUESTED
Application identifiers consist of numbers only, no alphabetic characters or special
characters such as slashes. Reenter the application number in the appropriate field and
press Enter.

February 2008 B–11

TRAMS 8.28 Error Messages—Appendix B

NON-NUMERIC DATE REQUESTED

Any date entries contain numbers only, no alphabetic characters or special characters such
as slashes. Check the date format used by your institution and reenter the date.
NON-NUMERIC INSTITUTION REQUESTED
Institution identifiers consist of numbers only, no alphabetic characters or special
characters. Reenter the institution number in the appropriate field and press Enter.
NON-NUMERIC RUN NUMBER REQUESTED
TRAMS processing runs are identified by numbers only, without alphabetic characters or
special characters. Reenter the run number in the appropriate field and press Enter.
OPERATOR EXISTS
The operator ID you entered for a new user record is already established within the
system. Make sure that you are entering the correct operator ID for the new user. If not,
correct the entry and reenter. If so, select V (view) to review the existing record and ensure
that it is correct.
ORIGINAL AMT NOT EQUAL CALC AMT
The total that the system calculated for this field is not the same as the amount on the
incoming file, cash letter, or batch header.
PASSWORD EXPIRED, SEE YOUR SECURITY ADMINISTRATOR
Your organization has arranged for your password to periodically expire. See your System
Administrator or Security Administrator to be assigned a new password.
PLEASE ENTER A SELECTION TO CONTINUE
You pressed Enter without making a selection from a menu screen. Type the number of a
valid selection in the field provided, then press Enter to continue. If you do not want to
make a menu selection, press the Exit function key.
PRESS ENTER TO DELETE SELECTIONS OR CANCEL
You have chosen a “Delete” action for one or more objects. The system offers you an
opportunity to change your mind before deleting the object(s). If you are sure of your
action, press Enter to proceed with the deletion(s). If you are not sure, press the “Cancel”
function key to revoke the action.
PROGRAM NUMBER NOT ASSIGNED
You selected a menu option for which no program number is currently assigned. Contact
your TRAMS support personnel.
RECORD ALREADY UPDATED BY ANOTHER OPERATOR
The record you are attempting to change has already been changed by another TRAMS
user.
RECORD REQUESTED DOES NOT EXIST
The object you are trying to access does not exist within TRAMS. Check to ensure that the
key information you have entered is correct and make your request again.

February 2008 B–12

TRAMS 8.28 Error Messages—Appendix B

RECORD NOT FOUND

The operator ID you entered to be copied, viewed, updated, or deleted is not established
within the system. Correct the USERID entry and reenter.
RECORD STATUS IS NOT A, I, N OR P
The status of this record was changed to a value other than A (active), I (inactive), N
(new), or P (purge). Change the entry to one of these valid values and reenter.
REVIEW LIST, ‘D’ HAS BEEN UPDATED, MUST REQUEST AGAIN
An object selected for deletion was previously updated during the same action list session.
To delete the object, you must exit the function and select it from the menu again.
Otherwise, correct the action entry and reenter.
SEARCH INVALID WITH OTHER ACTIONS
An action entry of S (search) is valid only if no other actions are entered for other objects.
Delete all other ACTION field entries and reenter.
SEARCH REQUEST DOES NOT EXIST
The operator identified for a “Search” request is not established within the system. The
system displays the action list beginning with the closest match to the operator ID you
entered. Enter another USERID value if necessary, or page through the action list to locate
the operator.
SELECT AN ACTION AND PRESS ENTER OR EXIT
You pressed Enter without entering an action for an object in the action list. Select one or
more objects for action, or press the Exit function key to leave the function.
SELECTION MUST BE NUMERIC
Your menu selection must be a number. Rekey your entry in the selection field, using one
of the numbers displayed on the menu.
SELECTION NOT ACTIVE
The menu option you selected is currently not activated for your organization.
STARTING POINT NOT FOUND
The information entered in the key field(s) is not sufficient or is incorrect, and the system
cannot use it to locate a starting point in the file. Check the entries, correct any errors, and
reenter.
THERE IS NO INPUT DATA
Valid entries are required for certain fields on this screen in order to proceed. Make entries
in these fields, then press Enter to continue.
THIS FUNCTION KEY IS NOT ALLOWED
The function key that you just pressed is not valid for the current screen. Refer to the
function key area at the bottom of your screen and select a key that is valid, or make a
selection from the action bar.

February 2008 B–13

TRAMS 8.28 Error Messages—Appendix B

USER ID NOT FOUND

The user ID that you entered on the sign-on screen does not exist in the Security file.
Rekey a valid user ID to proceed. If you do not have a user ID, see your System
Administrator.
YOU HAVE ENTERED AN INVALID COMMAND
The FastPath command you typed in the command line is not valid for TRAMS. Refer to
the list of valid FastPath commands in the “Commands and Codes” appendix in this guide
and rekey your entry.

February 2008 B–14

 Appendix C

Appendix C

Setup Procedures

This section describes the procedures that users commonly perform using TRAMS
functions.
Procedures described in this section include:
‰ Setting up programs and file tables
‰ Setting up new TRAMS users
‰ Setting up reports.
Many of the procedures included require the use of multiple TRAMS functions as
opposed to a single menu option. This appendix guides you through the functions you will
use and provides examples of screen entries. Use this information in conjunction with the
related topics in chapters of the TRAMS Screens Guide.

Setting up program tables

Related topics: “Program tables” and “User profiles” in the “SECRMENU—Security
Administration” chapter.
Each user’s security profile is linked to a program table through entries in the PROGRAM
TABLE ID and PROGRAM GROUP CODE fields (accessed through the User Profile menu
selection). As the user works with TRAMS, the system references the corresponding
program table and group. The controls set up within the program table determine any
limitations to the user’s system access.

February 2008 C–1

TRAMS 8.28 Setup Procedures—Appendix C

Example: Your organization establishes a program table with values as shown in the
following screen fragment.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------
( ) (V) View (U) Update (C) Copy (D) Delete (H) Help
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS 11/25/99 13:57:35
PROGRAM TABLE ENTRIES

Program Table ID. . : T

Number. . . . . . . : 020 Date Added. . . : 11/22/99
Program ID. . . . . ( NCPO144 ) Last Mntd By. . :
Map ID. . . . . . . ( NCMO144 ) Date Last Mntd. :
Status. . . . . . . ( A ) Time Last Mntd. : 00:00:00

Security Data Code Action Level Code Action Level

( 0011 ) ( 01 ) ( 1 ) ( 0012 ) ( 01 ) ( 2 )
( 0022 ) ( 02 ) ( 0 ) ( 0025 ) ( 03 ) ( 9 )
( 0033 ) ( 05 ) ( 1 ) ( 0034 ) ( 01 ) ( 0 )
( 0035 ) ( 01 ) ( 8 ) ( 0040 ) ( 02 ) ( 3 )
( 0000 ) ( 00 ) ( 0 ) ( 0000 ) ( 00 ) ( 0 )
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Then, your Security Administrator establishes a security profile for a new user, including
values as shown in the following screen fragment.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------
( ) (V) View (U) Update (D) Delete (C) Copy (H) Help
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS 11/25/99 13:56:24
USER PROFILE

User ID . . . . . . . . . : HSMYTHE
Level . . . . . . . . . . : M
Application . . . . . . . : TRAMS Transaction Management System

Approval Limit . . . . . ( 01000000000 )

Approval Group Code . . . ( 0001 )

Program Group Code . . . ( 0011 )

Program Table ID . . . . ( T )
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Based on this information, whenever this user accesses TRAMS, the system will check
Program Table “T” for each screen displayed to determine whether the specific screen
requested includes a code of “0011”. Once this requirement is satisfied, the system will

February 2008 C–2

TRAMS 8.28 Setup Procedures—Appendix C

use the “Action” and “Level” values associated with that code to determine the specific
actions and level of field security available to that user.

 The field security option is reserved for future use.

Your version of TRAMS is delivered with model program tables. The System
Administrator should modify the default tables to match your organization’s requirements,
following these steps:

Step Action
1 Analyze the TRAMS user base within your organization. Determine the
level of access you want each user to have, and assign a four-character
code to identify each access level. For example, a data entry clerk would
have limited access to the system, while a supervisor or manager would
have extensive access. The System Administrator should have unlimited
access to TRAMS functions.
2 Analyze the various programs accessible through TRAMS. For each of
the user types you have identified, decide what level of security you want
to assign to each program. For example, certain programs may be
available to everyone, while others are limited to access by the System
Administrator or senior management only.

Example: One organization using TRAMS has identified its TRAMS user types and
assigned them the following codes:
0001 = System Administrator
0002 = Senior Manager
0003 = Supervisor
0004 = User
0005 = Clerical.
The System Administrator has the task of determining program security for the Control
Options Menu and its associated functions. The Administrator makes the following
decisions:
‰ Clerical personnel will have no access to the Control Options functions at all
‰ Users and supervisors will be able to look at Control Options screens, but cannot
change any values
‰ Senior managers will be able to read and update Control Options
‰ The System Administrator will be able to create, read, update, and delete Control
Options.

February 2008 C–3

TRAMS 8.28 Setup Procedures—Appendix C

Therefore, the Security Data portion of the Program Tables screen is set up as shown in the
following screen fragment:

---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Security Data Code Action Level Code Action Level
( 0001 ) ( 15 ) ( 0 ) ( 0002 ) ( 02 ) ( 0 )
( 0003 ) ( 01 ) ( 0 ) ( 0004 ) ( 01 ) ( 0 )
( 0000 ) ( 00 ) ( 0 ) ( 0000 ) ( 00 ) ( 0 )
( 0000 ) ( 00 ) ( 0 ) ( 0000 ) ( 00 ) ( 0 )
( 0000 ) ( 00 ) ( 0 ) ( 0000 ) ( 00 ) ( 0 )
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

‰ For each program, determine which function keys are available for use within that
program’s screen. First Data has established a model for you to use as a basis.
‰ Use the Program Tables menu option, available from the Security Administration
Menu, to access each program and establish the table based on your decisions.
You can set up a program table for testing when you first install your TRAMS system,
then duplicate the table for live use through the Replicate Program Tables function.

Setting up file tables

Related topics: “File Tables” and “User Profiles” in the “SECRMENU—Security
Administration” chapter.
Each user’s security profile is linked to a file table entry through the FILE TABLE ID and FILE
GROUP CODE fields (accessed through the User Profile menu selection). As the user works
with TRAMS, the system refers to the corresponding file table and group. The controls set
up within the file table determine any limitations to the user’s access to a file and the data
stored in the file.

February 2008 C–4

TRAMS 8.28 Setup Procedures—Appendix C

Example: Your organization establishes a file table with the following values:

( ) (V) View (U) Update (C) Copy (D) Delete (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS 11/25/99 13:58:24
FILE TABLE ENTRIES

File Table ID . . . : T Status. . . . . . ( A )

File Number . . . . : 020 Date Added. . . . : 10/21/99
Description . . . . ( SETTLEMENT FILE ) Last Mntd By. . . : MARY
File ID . . . . . . ( NCVSETT ) Date Last Mntd. . : 10/25/99
Log Indicator . . . ( S ) Time Last Mntd. . : 15:19:00

Security Data Code Action Level Code Action Level

( 0011 ) ( 01 ) ( 0 ) ( 0022 ) ( 01 ) ( 1 )
( 0025 ) ( 02 ) ( 0 ) ( 0033 ) ( 03 ) ( 5 )
( 0040 ) ( 01 ) ( 9 ) ( 0000 ) ( 15 ) ( 0 )
( 0000 ) ( 15 ) ( 0 ) ( 0000 ) ( 15 ) ( 0 )
( 0000 ) ( 15 ) ( 0 ) ( 0000 ) ( 15 ) ( 0 )

Record Length . . . ( 0454 ) Key Length. . . . . ( 10 )

Min Record Len. . . ( 0454 ) Common Format . . . ( Y )

COMMAND ===>
F3-EXIT F5-REFRSH F6-END F9-CMDS F10-ACTNS F12-CANCEL

Then, your Security Administrator establishes a security profile for a new user, including
the following values

( ) (V) View (U) Update (D) Delete (C) Copy (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS 11/25/99 13:56:24
USER PROFILE

User ID . . . . . . . . . : HSMYTHE
Level . . . . . . . . . . : M
Application . . . . . . . : TRAMS Transaction Management System

Approval Limit . . . . . ( 01000000000 )

Approval Group Code . . . ( 0001 )

Program Group Code . . . ( 0011 )

Program Table ID . . . . ( T )
File Group Code . . . . . ( 0011 )
File Table ID . . . . . . ( T )
Inst/Appl Group . . . . . ( 0001 )
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

February 2008 C–5

TRAMS 8.28 Setup Procedures—Appendix C

Based on this information, whenever this user accesses a TRAMS file, the system will
check File Table “T” to determine whether it includes that file with an associated code of
“0011”. Once this requirement is satisfied, the system uses the “Action” and “Level”
values associated with that code to determine the specific actions and level of field
security available to that user while working with the file.

 The field security option is reserved for future use.

Your version of TRAMS is delivered with default file tables. The System Administrator
should modify the default tables to match your organization’s requirements, following
these steps:

Step Action
1 Analyze the TRAMS user base within your organization. Determine the
level of data access you want each user to have, and assign a four-
character code to identify each access level. For example, a data entry
clerk would have limited access to data, while a supervisor or manager
would have extensive access. The System Administrator should have
unlimited access to TRAMS data. (We recommend that you use the same
user types assigned for program security, for consistency.)

2 Analyze the various files accessible through TRAMS (a list of files and
their functions is provided in the “Commands and Codes” appendix in
this guide for your reference). For each of the user types you have
identified, decide what level of security you want to assign to each file.
For example, certain files may be available to everyone, while others are
limited to access by the System Administrator or senior management
only.

Example: One organization using TRAMS has identified its TRAMS user types and
assigned them the following codes:
0001 = System Administrator
0002 = Senior Manager
0003 = Supervisor
0004 = User
0005 = Clerical.
The System Administrator has the task of determining file security for the Institution file.
The Administrator makes the following decisions:
‰ Clerical personnel, users, and supervisors will be able to look at Institution file data,
but cannot enter or change any data in the file

February 2008 C–6

TRAMS 8.28 Setup Procedures—Appendix C

‰ Senior managers will be able to read and update the Institution file
‰ The System Administrator will be able to create, read, update, and delete the
Institution file.
Therefore, the Security Data portion of the File Tables screen is set up as shown in the
following screen fragment:

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Security Data Code Action Level Code Action Level

( 0001 ) ( 15 ) ( 0 ) ( 0002 ) ( 02 ) ( 0 )
( 0003 ) ( 01 ) ( 0 ) ( 0004 ) ( 01 ) ( 0 )
( 0005 ) ( 01 ) ( 0 ) ( 0000 ) ( 15 ) ( 0 )
( 0000 ) ( 15 ) ( 0 ) ( 0000 ) ( 15 ) ( 0 )
( 0000 ) ( 15 ) ( 0 ) ( 0000 ) ( 15 ) ( 0 )
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Use the File Tables menu option, available from the Security Administration Menu, to
enter your file table into the system.
You can set up a file table for testing when you first install your TRAMS system, then
duplicate the table for live use through the Replicate File Table function.

Setting up new users

Related topics: “User profiles” in the “SECRMENU—Security Administration” chapter.
Once you have established program and file tables within the system, you are ready to
begin adding TRAMS user records. TRAMS users fall within one of the following
categories:
‰ System Administrator
‰ Administrator
‰ Manager
‰ User.
Note that the codes you enter on the Program Table and File Table screens permit you to
further subdivide these user categories; that is, you can divide the user category into
subcategories for clerks, customer service personnel, department managers, etc.
To establish a new user record:

Step Action
1 Gather information pertinent to the user, such as name, title, department,
manager’s name, etc.
2 Determine which of the four user categories applies to this new user.

February 2008 C–7

TRAMS 8.28 Setup Procedures—Appendix C

Step Action
3 Assign the user an eight-character user ID and an eight-character
password. If you want the password to expire and be replaced regularly,
decide on the expiration/replacement schedule.
4 Determine whether the user’s requirements for language, time format,
date format, or function keys differ from your system standard. Also, if
the user is at a location other than your own, determine whether the time
offset differs from yours.
5 Decide on the system access level you want this user to have, and which
program and file tables are applicable. You may need to review the
Program Table and File Table functions to help you make this
determination.
6 Access the User Profile function, available from the Security
Administration Menu, to enter the new user information into the system.
Use an action code of N in the action list to identify the record as a new
user record, or copy and modify a record that is similar.

Setting up reports
Related topics: “Report Options” in the “OPTIONMENU—Control Options” chapter.
TRAMS controls report production through a set of parameters accessed through the
Control Options Menu. Using the Report Options selection from this menu, you can set up
as many as three sets of production and distribution controls for a single report. You can
also establish up to five separate schedules for each report.
TRAMS provides model report parameters for the reports that TRAMS produces. Follow
these procedures to set up controls for user-defined reports or to modify the model
parameters:

Step Action
1 Identify the appropriate institution and application for each report to be
produced. You may need to produce the same report for more than one
institution. Also, decide how the report will be distributed (for example,
by hand, by mail, by courier).
2 Decide on the level of detail required for each report. You can print totals
only or complete detail as needed.
3 Decide how often you want the report to be produced and how many
copies are required.

February 2008 C–8

TRAMS 8.28 Setup Procedures—Appendix C

Step Action
4 Identify the medium for each report (such as standard computer green bar
paper, plain white paper, microfiche, etc.). For each type of medium,
determine how many lines will print on a page.
5 Identify the printer that will be used to produce the report.
6 Use the Report Options function to set up these controls for each report.
For new reports, enter an action code of N (new) on the action list or copy
and modify the parameters for an existing report.

Example: One organization is required to produce three copies of its Reject Transaction
Listing daily. One copy is sent to the client by courier, another is mailed to the
organization’s home office, and another is filed on microfiche. In addition, the
organization produces a monthly Reject Transaction Listing that is mailed to the client.
The Report Options screens for this report are similar to the following:

( ) (V) View (U) Update (C) Copy (D) Delete (H) Help
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 11/27/98 11:44:34
REPORT OPTIONS More: +
Inst Appl Report Version Eff/Date
0000 0000 801 000 081398

Report Name ( REJECT TRANSACTION LISTING )

Institution ( TRANSACTION MGT SYS ) Date Added . . . . . : 00/00/00
Application ( TRANSYS ) Last Maintenance By : HAL
Detail . . ( Y ) Date Last Maintenance: 10/24/98
Status . . ( A ) Time Last Maintenance: 15:57:53
***** Frequency ******
Day Freq Period Date Next Run Date Last Run Fiche
( 00 ) ( D ) ( 001 ) ( 111492 ) 11/13/98 ( Y )

Media Dist Copies LPPg Printer Set Up User Parameters

( 01 ) ( 0001 ) ( 01 ) ( 60 ) ( ) ( )
( 02 ) ( 0002 ) ( 01 ) ( 60 ) ( ) ( )
( 00 ) ( 0000 ) ( 00 ) ( 00 ) ( ) ( )

COMMAND ===>
F2=SET2 F3=EXIT F5=REFRSH F6=END F8=FWRD F9=CMDS F10=ACTNS

February 2008 C–9

 Appendix D

Appendix D

Commands and Codes

This appendix includes a complete listing of fastpath commands and files used by
TRAMS.

 Refer to the TRAMS/DE Screens Guide for information on fastpaths

for TRAMS/DE.

 For information on how to research state, province, and country

codes, refer to the SSC Screens Guide, chapters “SCDC—Country
Code Directory” and “SCDS—State/Province Codes Directory.”

February 2008 D–1

TRAMS 8.28 Commands and Codes—Appendix D

TRAMS Fastpath Command Structure

MAIN
MENU

SECURITY CONTROL CLIENT FILE TRANS- EXC. SETTLE- JOB SYSTEM

ADMIN. OPTIONS INFO. MGT. ACTIONS TRANS. MENT SCHED. TABLES

System Display by Tran Code

Reject Job
User Profiles Institutions File Reference Common Translations
Options Transactions Schedule
Number Table

Program Display by
Calendar Cash Letter Suspense Interchange
Tables Applications Account MasterCard Job Status
Transactions Fee Table
Number

Report Control
File Tables Batch Visa ICA Table
Options Groups

Message Reject
Options Contacts Hash Totals AMEX BIN Table
Tables

Purge/
Archive Merchant Warehouse JCB Account
Help Facility
Options Records Totals Range Table

World Card
Fastpaths Chargeback
Table

View Log
FIle IIN Table

View RDEF JCB

File Interchange
Fee Table

Reload
Prog/File
Tables

Refresh
Filepath
Batch Run

Delete Mirror
File Records

Inst/Appl
Security
Groups

Approval
Limit Groups

Switch File
Table ID

February 2008 D–2

TRAMS 8.28 Commands and Codes—Appendix D

TRAMS fastpath commands

Command Abbreviation Full Command Name

APPLLIST Application Action List

APRVLGROUP Approval Limits Group Action List

BATCHLIST Batch Header Action List

CASHLIST Cash Letter Action List

CHECKMENU Data Entry Check Digit Function

CLIENTMENU Client Information Menu

EXCEPTMENU Exception Transactions Menu

FASTPATH FastPath Key Word List

FILELIST File Action List

FILEMENU File Management Menu

FILETBLIST File Table Action List

HASHTOTALS Hash Total Action List

ICALIST ICA Action List

IFETLIST Interchange Fee Rates Action List

IINLIST Issuer Identification Number Action List

INSTAPPLGP Institution/Application Group Action List

INSTLIST Institution Action List

IPSTLIST MasterCard IPM Settlement Action List

JFETLIST JCB Interchange Fee Table Action List

JISTLIST JCB Settlement Action List

JOBMENU Job Schedule Menu

JOBSCHDLST Job Schedule Action List

JOBSTSLIST Job Status Action List

February 2008 D–3

TRAMS 8.28 Commands and Codes—Appendix D

Command Abbreviation Full Command Name

LOGLIST Log File Action List

LOGOFF System Sign-off

MAINMENU TRAMS Main Menu

MCSTLIST MasterCard Settlement Action List

 MCSTLIST is obsolete with the decommissioning of INET. Use

IPSTLIST to view MasterCard settlement.

MSGTMENU Message Table Menu

OFF System Sign-off

OPTIONMENU Control Options Menu

PRGMTBLIST Program Table Action List

RDEFLIST Record Definition Action List

REJLIST Reject Action List

RPTLIST Report Action List

SECRMENU Security Administration Menu

SETTLIST Common Settlement Action List

SETTMENU Settlement Menu

SIGNOFF System Sign-off

SIGNON System Sign-on

SUSPLIST Suspense Action List

SYSTBLMENU System Table Management Menu

TRANLIST Transaction Code Action List

TRANMENU Transaction Display Menu

TRNACTLIST Transaction Action List by Account Number

February 2008 D–4

TRAMS 8.28 Commands and Codes—Appendix D

Command Abbreviation Full Command Name

 The option to search for transactions by account number is not

supported. This search function must be custom-coded.

TRNREFLIST Transaction Action List by Reference Number

USERLIST User Action List

VISTLIST Visa Settlement Action List

WRCTLIST World MasterCard Chargeback Amount by Reason

Code Action List

WRHSELIST Warehouse Totals Action List

February 2008 D–5

TRAMS 8.28 Commands and Codes—Appendix D

TRAMS files

File Name, ID, & Number Description

Application File— Control information for each of the applications processed
NCVAPPL (10) by TRAMS.

Approval Limit Controls the entry and approval amounts for data entry
Parameters— transactions. This file is currently used only in TRAMS/DE.
NSVAPRV (70)

Batch Header File— Control information for each of the batches of transactions
NCVBTCH (13) TRAMS processes. This information is used to balance the
batch header against the actual transactions in the batch.

Calendar Parameters— TRAMS’ operating calendar, which indicates the work days
NCVCALP (61) and the holidays.

Cash Letter Header Control information for each cash letter containing
File—NCVRPTP (14) transactions for TRAMS processing. This information is
used to balance the cash letter against the actual batch
headers and/or transactions within the cash letter.

Common Settlement Summary and total information for transactions that were
File—NCVSETT (20) processed through common settlement.

Common Settlement Summary and total information for transactions processed

Transaction Code through common settlement, organized by transaction code.
File—NCVSETR (21) This file is used for reconciliation reporting.

Duplicate Header Information about File, Cash, and Batch headers used to
File—NCVDUPH (26) detect duplicates during batch process inputs. Also known as
Hash Totals file.

File Header File— Control information for each of the transaction files
NCVFILE (15) processed by TRAMS. This information is used to balance
the file against the cash letter header, batch header, or
transaction information actually contained within the file.

File Table—NSVFILE Groupings of files for security purposes. Users are given
(03) access to a specific group of files.

Hash Totals File See Duplicate Header File.

Institution File— Control information for the institutions for which TRAMS
NCVINST (11) processes transactions.

February 2008 D–6

TRAMS 8.28 Commands and Codes—Appendix D

File Name, ID, & Number Description

Institution/Application Control group information that can be used to deny or
Group Security— authorize access to specific files based upon institution and
NCVIAGP (22) application number.

Job Schedule File— Information for each job scheduled for processing by
NCVJSCH (31) TRAMS.

Job Status File— Historical record of the status of each job processed by
NCVJSTA (30) TRAMS by processing date.

Log File—NCVLOGA Record of all maintenance that has occurred to the system
(07) during a given day for review purposes.

Message Table— Help text and other messages used by the system during
NCVMSGT (59) runtime, as defined within the Application Generator.

Mirror Batch Header Mirror image of the Batch Header file.

File—NCVCBTH (43)

Mirror Cash Letter Mirror image of the Cash Letter Header file.
Header File—
NCVCCSH (44)

Mirror File Header Mirror image of the File Header file.

File—NCVCFIL (45)

Mirror Reject and Mirror image of the Reject and Suspense file.
Suspense File—
NCVCRJS (48)

Mirror TRAMS Mirror image of the TRAMS Transaction file, except that it
Transaction File— contains the 21 bytes of common maintenance data, which
NCVCTRN (46) the original transaction does not.

Mirror Transaction Mirror image of the Transaction Auxiliary Detail file.

Auxiliary Detail File—
NCVCAUX (47)

Program Table— Groupings of programs for security purposes. Users are

NSVPRGM (02) given access to a specific group of programs.

Purge Control Controls that determine the next purge date for TRAMS
Parameters— information and the way purging is processed.
NCVPRGP (67)

February 2008 D–7

TRAMS 8.28 Commands and Codes—Appendix D

File Name, ID, & Number Description

Record Definition Layout of transaction records as defined within the
File—NCVRDEF (33) Application Generator.

Reject Control Control information used to process and clear rejected

Parameters— transactions.
NCVREJP (63)

Reject/Suspense File— Transactions that TRAMS identified as rejected or

NCVRJSP (18) suspended transactions. Rejected transactions are those that
failed specific key edits during processing. Suspended
transactions are those that were identified as requiring
additional review prior to release.

Report Control Scheduling and printing controls used for reports.

Parameters—
NCVRPTP (64)

Security File— Operator demographics and security profile information,

NSVSECR (01) used to control operator access to TRAMS.

System Control System-level parameters that govern the way TRAMS is

Parameters— used, including options available for the organization to
NCVSYSP (04) customize the way information is presented and entered.

TRAMS Transaction Detailed information for each of the transactions received

File—NCVTRAN (16) and processed by TRAMS.

Transaction Auxiliary Original input transaction detail.

Detail File—
NCVTAUX (17)

Transaction Code A list relating transaction codes to the appropriate debit/

Translation— credit/memo indicator and relating source transaction codes
NCVTRXT (58) to destination transaction codes.

Transaction Transaction information keyed by account number.

Information by
Account—NCVTXRF
(117)

Transaction Warehouse Summary and totals information by destination about

Totals File— transactions that are stored within TRAMS for future
NCVTRWH (23) release.

February 2008 D–8

TRAMS 8.28 Commands and Codes—Appendix D

TRAMS and TRAMS/DE files containing Institution and/or

Application

File Nbr Dataset Name Disp Code Name

010 NCVAPPL 01 B Application Master

011 NCVINST 01 I Institution Information

015 NCVFILE 28 B Warehouse File Headers

020 NCVSETT 01 B Settlement Transactions

021 NCVSETR 01 B Settlement Tran Code

Information

023 NCVTRWH 01 B Transaction Warehouse

Totals

030 NCVJSTA 08 B Job Status File

031 NCVJSCH 30 B Job Schedule

045 NCVCFIL 28 B Mirrored File Headers

058 NCVTRXT 05 B Tran Code Translate

061 NCVCALP 01 B Calendar Parameters

063 NCVREJP 01 B Reject Control Parameters

064 NCVRPTP 01 B Report Parameters

067 NCVPRGP 01 B Purge Parameters

113 NDVBTCH 01 B DE Batch Headers

114 NDVCASH 01 B DE Cash Headers

102 NDVTOTS 01 B DE Summary Totals

103 NDVTOTR 09 B DE Region Totals

116 NDVTRAN 01 B DE Detail Transactions

February 2008 D–9

TRAMS 8.28 Commands and Codes—Appendix D

File Nbr Dataset Name Disp Code Name

119 NDVXKEY 01 B DE Detail Tran Cross-
Reference

124 NDVSQUE 09 B DE Approval Queue

Records

Although NCVCASH, NCVBTCH, and NCVTRAN do not contain institution and

application, they will in effect be secured since all action lists also read NCVFILE, which
does fall under institution/application security.

February 2008 D–10

 Glossary

TRAMS Glossary

AEGN See American Express Global Network.

AEGNS See American Express Global Network Services.

alphanumeric Field attribute that indicates that a field can contain letters
(A–Z), numerals (0–9), special characters, or spaces. (Also
referred to as character or C.)

American Express See AMEX.

American Express American Express data processing systems, networks, and

Global Network operations that support and deliver authorization, exception file,
(AEGN) clearing and settlement, and other services.

American Express American Express division that is responsible for managing the
Global Network relationships with acquirers and issuers that are not American
Services (AEGNS or Express entities.
American Express
GNS)

AMEX American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc. The

term AMEX is used interchangeably with American Express in
VisionPLUS documentation regarding charge card processing.

application A software package or system that specializes in processing a

certain type of account. Examples are demand deposit systems,
savings, credit card, merchants, point-of-sale systems,
automated teller machine systems, and check processing
systems.

application generator See Transaction Management System (TRAMS/AG).

February 2008 Glossary–1

TRAMS 8.28 TRAMS Glossary

CASE tools Computer Aided Software Engineering; a set of advanced

software programs that assist developers in the design and
implementation of a new software product while enforcing
standards and adding rigor to the design process.

class solution The practice of classifying elements into various categories

according to the properties they have in common, enabling all
elements within a category to be maintained using a central set
of rules or controls while permitting specialized maintenance as
needed.

CMS See Credit Management System.

common settlement Settlement process that is applied to all of the transactions

processed by TRAMS, both bankcard and non-bankcard.

Common User Access IBM standard for user/system interface that ensures common
(CUA) usage of systems across application lines.

completion option Method used to finish with a screen and either proceed with or
end the function, either saving or ignoring changes. Completion
options are carried out using either the Enter key, the Exit
function key, the Cancel function key, or the End function key.

Credit Management VisionPLUS accounts receivable system that handles retail

System (CMS) credit card and bankcard processing. CMS serves as a
repository for the demographic, financial, and historical
information for VisionPLUS cardholder accounts.

CUA See Common User Access.

currency conversion Process of changing a monetary amount from the currency of

one country into that of another.

destination A combination of institution and application to which specific

transactions are directed for further processing. For example,
bankcard transactions are routed to a bank’s card processing
system; in this case, the bank is the institution and the card
processing system the application, and together they make up
the destination for the bankcard transactions.

Financial VisionPLUS system used to make authorization decisions for

Authorization System customer transactions online.
(FAS)

February 2008 Glossary–2

TRAMS 8.28 TRAMS Glossary

Global Online Windows NT-based server that functions as an interface

Business Exchange processor between a participant and the American Express
(GLOBE) Global Network (AEGN).

Global Network See American Express Global Network Services.

Services (GNS)

group An organizational entity consisting of individuals who perform

specialized tasks.

header A grouping of fields that precedes records in a file, cash letter,

or batch, and which contains information about the data in that
entity. TRAMS compares information in the header against
system-calculated values for balancing and accuracy-checking
purposes.

icon Small picture or illustration used to symbolize a procedure or to

draw your attention to a particular piece of text in a document
or on a screen.

IIN See Issuer Identification Number.

institution Corporation or other organizational entity that deals in

transactions and retains the user organization’s transaction
management services for the purposes of processing these
transactions. Examples are banks, credit unions, health care
organizations, travel and entertainment businesses, oil
companies, or retail organizations.

Interchange Tracking VisionPLUS system designed to interface with the Transaction

System (ITS) Management System (TRAMS) and Credit Management
System (CMS) to provide the functions necessary for
processing Visa, MasterCard, and American Express issuer
interchange transactions.

International International association of countries that works to establish

Organization for global standards for communication and information
Standardization (ISO) exchanges.

ISO See International Organization for Standardization.

Issuer Identification Number that identifies the issuer or the acquirer of a JCB
Number (IIN) transaction. Each IIN is associated with a licensee ID, and one
licensee may be associated with several IINs.

ITS See Interchange Tracking System.

February 2008 Glossary–3

TRAMS 8.28 TRAMS Glossary

JCBI See JCB International Ltd.

JCB International Ltd. JCB Co. Ltd. subsidiary that is focused on expanding the
(JCBI) issuance and acceptance of JCB cards outside of Japan. JCBI
(JCB International) can also refer to the online message
interface to the JCB network.

Licensee JCB participating institution.

Licensee ID Number assigned by JCBI that identifies a JCB participating

institution.

macro A portion of code that performs a specific task. A macro is

placed into a major program at the point at which that task is
required.

mapping The process of moving data from one field into another,
effectively reformatting its arrangement to serve another
purpose.

MasterCard Registered trademark for a charge card eligible for use in

interchange.

MCG See Merchant Category Group.

MBS See Merchant Bankcard System.

Merchant Bankcard VisionPLUS system used to efficiently process merchants and

System (MBS) stores.

Merchant Category Industry categories created by JCBI in order to place ISO-

Group (MCG) standard category codes in logical, purpose-oriented groups.

meta name Name used in a templated program to identify an element that

will be supplied by the template. In Application Generator
templating language, meta names are offset with curly brackets
( { } ).

methodology A highly formalized and standardized plan that guides software

development from the conceptualization phase through the
design to the actual programming and implementation phases.

monetary transaction Transaction activity that has a currency value posted to an

account. Compare nonmonetary transaction.

February 2008 Glossary–4

TRAMS 8.28 TRAMS Glossary

nonmonetary Transaction that changes some parameters on a cardholder or

transaction other master file but does not post a specific monetary item
against an account This term is synonymous to file
maintenance. Compare monetary transaction.

numeric Field attribute that indicates that the field can contain only
numbers (0–9). (Also referred to as N.)

organization A company that licenses the Transaction Management System

software for the purpose of processing transactions for client
institutions.

preamble The standardized area in a TRAMS transaction that carries

transaction information.

prepaid card account Account that has a stored value that is drawn against when the
card is used. Examples are telecom cards, transit cards, and gift
cards.

procedure A portion of code that performs a specific task. A procedure is

placed into a central location within a major program and
referred to through a “PERFORM” statement.

process A major program that carries out one of the primary TRAMS
tasks, such as process input or process output. A process
consists of core COBOL code as well as templated database,
macro, and procedure objects.

project An organizational entity working toward one goal. Groups

within Application Generator are assigned to projects.

reject item Transaction that has failed major edits and must be corrected
before it can be processed.

run-time Time at which a program is actually executed

SAA See Systems Application Architecture.

settlement Process used by merchants and cardholder banks to exchange

financial data and value resulting from transactions or the actual
amount exchanged during the process.

settlement file File that is produced during settlement and forwarded to the
transaction’s destination.

February 2008 Glossary–5

TRAMS 8.28 TRAMS Glossary

source A combination of institution and application that provides

transactions to TRAMS for processing.

structured See methodology.

methodology

suspense item An item that has been flagged by TRAMS for further research
and review.

Systems Application IBM standard for system development that ensures

Architecture (SAA) commonality across application lines.

templating See templating.

programming

templating The practice of using one entity as a model or pattern for

another; for example, basing a new program on one that is
already written.

TRAMS See Transaction Management System.

transaction See monetary transaction and nonmonetary transaction.

Transaction VisionPLUS front-end processing and routing system that

Management System serves for both monetary and nonmonetary transactions.
(TRAMS)

Transaction TRAMS Application Generator module is the central area

Management System within TRAMS that contains control data such as tables,
(TRAMS/AG) filepaths, record definitions, procedures, common codes, and
common messages. The control data is used to build the
components required for input and output processing.

Transaction TRAMS Bank Card module enables an organization to confine

Management System to one location numerous compliance issues related to
(TRAMS/BC) MasterCard and Visa.

Transaction TRAMS Data Entry module enables the direct and high-speed
Management System entry of transactions into the system.
(TRAMS/DE)

versioning The practice of using TRAMS’s capabilities to set up multiple

versions of the same file, table, or report, reflecting variations
of the same data.

February 2008 Glossary–6

TRAMS 8.28 TRAMS Glossary

Visa Registered trademark for a charge card eligible for use in

interchange. The members of the Visa charge card plan belong
to Visa USA and/or Visa International.

VisionPLUS Integrated retail and bankcard credit management system that

offers new account processing, merchant acquiring, cardholder-
relationship billing and management, promotions and
cobranding, card association compliance, and customer service
modules.

February 2008 Glossary–7